The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About8048 SW SHAFFER LANE-2 7 G H M IM cD to 0 _ 8048 SW Shaffer Ln Durham Elem. School Omstruction Inspection & Related Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. Ai rl l 8, 1991 PO ®ox 23814 CP-4242 Tigard.Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684.3460 FAX 664-0954 FIELD INSPECTION REPORT DAT:?S COVERED: April 0, 1991 PROJECT: Durham Elementary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon IIISPECTOR: S . Leach 4-8091: CTI representative was on site for moisture check on rock sub-gradE under gym slab. % Yoisture = 5 . 5% If there are any further questions regarding this :ratter. , please do not hesitate to cont-act this office. Respectfully submitted, CARLSON TESTI INC. Douglis W. Leach President tlb cc: Slayden Construction Co. Selig Lee Rueda Ress�gc.r & Got.chall Tigard Schooi District #231 ,'pity of Tigard s• N Q < 8• ti0/2-31 P TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE: & RESCUE AND BF'AVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT 4755 S.W. Griffith Drive • P.U. Box 4755 • Beaverton,OR 91776• (503) 151,6-2469• FAX 526-2538 oil. — October 17, 1990 C.M. (Bud) Hillman Director of Operations Tigard/Tualatin School District 23J 13137 S.W. Pacific Hwy. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Re: Modular Classroom #1 Dt.rham Elementary School 8048 S.W. Shaffer Ln. 6290A-177-000 Modular Classroom #2 Durham Elementary School 8048 S.W. Shaffer Ln. 6290A-178-000 Dear Bud: This is a Fire and Life Safety Plan Review and is based on the 1988 editions of the Fire and Life Safety Code (UBC) , Mechanical. Fire and Life Safety Code (UMC) , Uniform Fire Code (UFC) , and other .local ordinances and regulations. Pla.!a are co:-ditionally approved subject to the following 1 . Porch Area:. Plans did not show details of stairs, handrails, guardrails, or ramp from perch area. All shall comply w- th Uniform Building Code Section 3306 and 3307. 2. Fire Extinguisher Requirements: Not less than one (1) apprived fire extinguisher(s) with a rating of not less than (*) shall be provided for each (**) square feet of floor area or fraction thereof. The travel distance to an extinguishe.; fr.c.m any portion of the building shall not exceed 75 feet. UFC Sec. 10.303 (*) 2AIOB:C - Light and Ordinary Hazard 4AlOB:C - Extra Hazard ^Kbrk:-iR"Smoke Detu:ton'Ave Lives � ar ger as �► u� ar wir C.M. Bud Hillman October 17, 1990 Page 2 (**) 3,000 - Light Hazard 1 ,500 - Ordinary Hazard 1 ,000 - Extra Hazard Note: Where flammable or combubtible liquids are used, "B" ratings of extinguishers may need to be higher and travel distances shorter. See requirements in National Fire Protection Association Standard 10-1 . It is understood that this building was moved in, set and occupied prior to submittal of plans. In the future if this situation ocr-urs, one could expect under the rules and regulations of the building and fire codes that "DO NOT OCCUPY SIGNS" would be placed on the buildings and occupancy restricted until complying ,Flans reviews were comp.Ieted and certificate of ,occupancy was issued by the fire district, joint with the city. 4 . Approved Plans on Job Site: One set of approved plana bearing the stamps of the building department issuing the construction permit and this office must be maintained on the project site throughout all phases of construction and must be made available to buildi.r..,, and fare in!;poctors for reforence during required construction inspections. UBC Sec. 303 5. Required Occupancy Certificate: Prior to the use and occupancy of the project (space) , a certificate of occupancy or other written .instrument of approval must bk, obtained from the building department issuir,g the construction permit. UBC Sec. .307 If I can be of any further assistance to you, please feel free to contact me at 526-2.502 _ Sincerely, n I Gene Birchill Deputy Fire Marshal GB:kw cc: Tigard Building Department Selig/Lee/Rueda MAR-12-91 TUE 11 ,59 SELIG LEE RUEDA FAX N0. 5032224483F P. 01/01 • --�� "°�,-�--yam 'tet c, SELIG / LEE / RUEDA Architects and Planners 213 sup Ash Street. Portland, Oregon 97204 Telephone,(503)224-0173 18 September 1990 MEMO To: Bud Hillman By: Xavier Rueda RE: DURHAM ELEMENTARY 5('IIrW)I, Per telecon with Bob Runt, Fire Marshal: 1. Portables may be placed a minim-am of 20 feat from existing building as atown on Table 5A Uniform Building bode (attached) , Assume property line between buildings. 2. Portables may be considered as one building (UBC Section 504(c), 3. UBC !04(c) Exception: two or more buildings on same property can be considered as portions of one building. Therefore distance between portarles can be 10 feet. END (I MEMO Poe►-It"brand rax transmlttal memo 7671 wntp.ge• rom X •��•�l 41C AWWO A 01 e Phone a .0 +� R br jow 17 Poht•it-brard fax transmittal memo 7671 a or aeges From --- Dool _ AX �� TIGARD PUBLIC.SCHOOLS,DISTRICT 23J IiAdninlstratlon Office 13137 S W. Pacific Highway 1 igard,Oregon 97223 Area Code(503)620-1620 October 18 1989 .Jerry OHer,Assistant Planner City of Tigard 13125 SW Nall Blvd. Box 23397 Tigard, OR. 97223 Dear NW, Offer, With reference to your letter of September 28, 1989, concerning outstanding conditions for issuance of the certificate of occupancy, the following comments are submitted. Addition right of way dedicated to the State along Durham road. This item has been submitted to the State for processing and we await their final action (see attachment 1). Plan to discourage the use of Durharr► access to the subject property. The road does not go through from the old property to the new. The old building is now occupied by other than school personnel and a zign is being erected that reads "Parking or stopping for Staff Development only". Joint use and maintenance ageljment for common driveways. Attachment 2 is a coPy of the easement with U.S.A. Use and maintenance are included in the documen'c. Proposed landscaping materiais.. I met with Keith Liden on site and reviewed the plan, it was agreed that planting would take place in November to take advantage of tree availability and anticipated better planting survivability, Please call me if any of the above are unacceptable Sincerely,,, Bud Hillman HECEIVku Director of Operations UC r 19 1989 Cnim n"I Dpi ed c. Brad Roast John Hagman Jon Feigion —� ORDER TO RENDER SERVICE/MATERIALS HIGHWAY DIVISION pEr]UES7ER NAME DATE OVREOUEST WENDITURE ACCOl1MTUEPA .1TE PRRED bud Hillman r _ 9/18/89 86348208 9/18/89__ TITLE —�! —"' ESTIMATED BEGIN DATE ES IMATEU END V+TE — _Director ofOperations _ _ _9/18/89 � ORGANIZATION — '— MET HOD UF ppgYMENTXON Tigard School Dist./Durham f:lemontar y LI L.IMONTHLY Y)ONCOMPLETION STREET AUURESS —'-"— QUARTERLY LIOTHER:CE - — AMOUNT OF ADVANUEPO IT GATE RECE'tVED 8040 SW_ Durham Road $ '—ITV—,S1 Al E,ZIP CODE WER PR-E�ARED 6Y — ORGANIZATION i'ilrlard, Or 97223 _ _ Car K. Elunt ODo'1' 02-1100 RLOUESTAUTHORIYY 0(Ac7VtAer#1pERIvITNo: 219498 �~ SIGNA7U ll LEITER L]ORAL f l OTHER: LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE/MATERIALS UNIT TOTAL COST ITEM COST !nti.cipcit-od cont of propjration and fil:Ling of a dood conveying proporty to tho Highway Divivion 111 ccin_junution with Miscellaneous Permit . 1'.8t:mated Coag , $200.00 Locations boavclrton Tualatin llwy. , FI.P. 7.00--7.38 (:C= Erik Ingebrutnon / Ituginn Might ()f Way Supv ( Advi cue District 211 whon complete) I i TOTAL ESTIMATE 00 DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE (f�rrgc,YAI FvT ROADWAY LEASE: AGRREMENT TIGARD SCHOOL DISTRICT 2.3J AND UNIFIED SEWERAGE AGE .CY This lease agreement is between the Unified Sewerage Agency "USA" , lessor, and Tigard School District 23J "District" , lessee. I . This lease is entered into pursuant to 014S 271 . 300. The purpose of this agreement is to lease property to District to enable it to construct and use an alternate access roadway and relaf.ed improvements across USA 's Durham AWTP site, to the District' s Durham School Building. USA has determined that a lease of the roadway Lite to the District, upon the terms and conditi^ herein, will not conflict with Agency c,)erat at the Durham site, and that exclusive possess_ of the roadway site for the 1-erm of this lease is not needed for public use by USA. 2 . USA hereby agrees to lease to District , the property on USA' s Durham AWT? site identified on attachment "A" hereto, as "Proposed Roadway" . District may use the leased property for purpose of access to its Durham School , and for no other purpose. The parties acknowledge that USA has allowed free public, access to portions of the Derham AWTP :site in the past . USA reserves the right to limit such access in the future, in its discretio.1, provided however, that access to the nurham School, via the roadway, may contir;ue as otherwise provided in this agroEment. 3 . The term of this lease shall be twent;, ( 20 ) years from the date of execution by both par.tids . It. may be renewed thereaft ?r for successive terns of five ( 5 ) years by mutual agreement . Either party may terminate by providing five ( 5 ) years ' advance writtci ,jot- ir.e . In the event the Durham School site is no .longer used as a school , this lease shall terminate automa,.ically . District ' s right to possession under this lease shall. commence upon execution of this lease by both parties. Possession of the leased premises shall be non-exclusive . /?T-r#ic11mPtir #R 1 3 GARD SCHOOL DISTRICT 23J and UNIFIED SEWERAGE AGENCY LEASE AGREEMENT 13age 2 4. The District shall obtain all necessary permits and approvals for the roadway from the City of Tigard. The District shall construct the roadway according to the plans approved under. City permit, and as reviewed and approved by USA engineering staff. District may construct the roadway and related improvements in phases over a three-year period. Construction of all improvei,ic,,ts shall be completed within four (4) years . Any changes in the }dans , as approved, shall be ..ibmitted to USA for its review and approval . S. District shall pay all costs to design, build, operate .and maintain the roa&ay and related improvements provided in this lease ayreament. This shall include: all necessary modifications to USA's driveway, landscaping, irrigation and drainage facilities . During construction, a^cess to USA facilities shall he maintained at all t.imr.s . Construction materials shall not be kept on the USA propur.ty, except as they are incorporated into the work. All improvements constructed upon the premises by District shall , upon completion of construction, become the property of USA. District shall keep the road%,,: and sidewalks well maintained, and clear of ice, snow, debris and rubbish. 6 . District shall pay USA as rent for the leased premises the sum of $1 .00 (one dollar) per year. , payable in advance on January 1 of each year begiruli.ng January 1. , 1.990 . District shall also pay the storm water surface charge of the City of Tigard or any successor thereto, at City rates. 7. District shall at all times conform to all applicable laws and regulations of any public authority affecting the premises and its use, and correct at its expense, any failure of compliance caused by District's fault or by reason of District ': use of the premises . District: shall refrain from any use which would create a nuisance or damage the premises or adjoining areas . 8. District: shall be responsible for all claims , demands, liabilities and suits of whatever kind or character, brought by any person arising out of the de sign, , con- struction, maintenance and District's use of the leased premises . District shall maintain sufficient insurance or a program of self .insur,lncn to rover public body (1))TAC4Me,,1;r °TIGARU SCHOOL DIS_.(ICT 231 and UNI r I LD SEWER.. -E AGENCY LEASE AGREEMENT Page 3 tort liability, and shall Cause USA to be u namel insured on any policy with respect to this leas, TIGARU SCHOOL DISTRICT 23J UNIFIED SEWLRAGE AGENCY BY- Tit. e ?Vtj eL t er?L' 1.� .-_�.-,... .-.(.L ----- Z'j.t I e_ Q) C DatF $/! - Date Apijruved as to Corm: A crncy"Z`ounse 1.SS:U1:E: 0035s : 4/19/89-5 C117-Pkdote.vrAOR) 3-r13 i September 28, 1989 Bud Hillman Director of Operations Tigard Public Schools 13137 SW Pacific Hwy. Tigard, OR 97223 Dear Mc. Hillman: As you are undoubtedly aware, the City of Tigard Building Division has yet to issue a certificate of occupancy for the new Durham Elementary School Building. The building, however, has been occupied since early this month. The Bu+.lding Diviston 1.9 unable to issue an occupancy permit until all of the conditions of approval of the Conditional Use authorization for school expansion ate satisfied. Until a certificate of occraancy is issued, the School District ie in violation of the requirements of the Uniform Building Code and the Tigard Municipal Code. We hope you will work with us to complete the outstanding conditions of approval. I have enclosed a copy of the notice of decision on the Conditional Use application with comments regarding my understanding of where things stand with regard to the conditions of approval as well as City staff cont cts regarding ear,h condition. We can all be reached at 639-4171. Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, ;ferry Offer Assistant Planner cc: Xavier Rueda Arad Roast John Hagman Jon Feigion bkm/JO.BKM Construction Inspection if Related Tests Carlson Testing,Inc. PA.Box 23014 September 1 , 1989 %lard,Oregon 977223 SCP-4242 "hone(503)684-3460 FAX 664-0554 Slayden Construction, Inc. P.C. Box 625 Stayton, Oregon 97383 Re: Summary Inspection Report. for Durham Elementary School Durham, Oregon Gentlemen: As requested, and as stated in the Uniform Building Code Section 306, this letter is to serve as a final summary inspection report and letter of compliance to project plans and specifications for the above referenced project. We have reviewed our files which include field inspection and testing reports for the soils, concrete, structural steel , and tectum roof deck nailing phases of work. Work that was inspected/tested by nnr firm has, to the best of our knowledge, been found to be in conformance with the requirements of the project plans and specificatiois, as well as the structural engineers design changes and appl-ovals. If there are any further questions on this matter, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Very trully..��yours, CA�ON�(e.STING, I C. Douglas W. Leach President cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda Ressryer & Gotchall Tigard School Dist. #23J City of Tigard RFc,46` SF P 0,7t,�Q Ilk% t ar i? s W7 0 CIERTV Ic F OCCUPANCy CITY OF TIGARD OREGON JI-1,qF I Tigard School District 881891 Owner: Permit No. Address: 13137 SW Pacific Hwy, Tigard, OR 97223 I .......... BuIding Addres--: 8048 SW Shaffer Lane Land Use Zone: Bldg. Type (-)ccupancy: E VN AFF CA,--nrnen -k- Durham Elementary School ts: K Certificate is hereby given this 3-L:L—t day of AuaLst Ink LI that said building may be occup.'ed &nd that It complies with all requirements of the Building Code for the City of Tigard, as approved iV by the Tigard City Council. gr- Fire Dept. -J4ifldt;�g Spec s. Building Official 0 I.qu Post Certificate in Conspicuous Place X ........... ..................................... ............... ............ ................. J u-, V.2 AW oil'I i TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE and RESCUE FIRE Mt RSHALS OFFICE I (503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR BLDG. PERMIT It PROJECT NAME PLAN REVIEW �t LOCATION t- Crrs•^��C.�_ JURISDICTION: 1= BE. 2= Du. 3= K.C. 4= Ti. 5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi. 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-U,'IREINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL ElFraming � Separation Walls ❑ Sprinkler System Shaft Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) F] Alarm System Hood' Extng Systems El Conference r �--1 Spray Booth El Ceiling Cover hJ Other ;, -- _— - ! A, L2_ e Date: Inspector: j INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department P O Box 23397 Tigard, Oregon 97223 Phone 639-4175 Type of Inspection / �� Date Requested TI e �A P.M. Address _i __ Permit Owner_ y S °''� ' // Lot G- #_ Builder — -� The following Buildin Code defieieneier, are required to be corrected: t. f Presented to __ _ ❑ Approved Inspector 1 effr _ __ ❑ Disapproved Date CALL FOR REINSPECTION O YES 01NO W W Hiliwm�m TIGARD BUILDING DEPAR?iONT Request for FINAL apprcval on project. DATE.- There ATRsThere has been a request to give a final approval and occupancy permit for the following project: u SIN -2 It `/Z) "-e!e Please check your respective file and verify if there is any outstanding itewz that will prohibit approval of the request. Enqineering: Request: /+ Approved Denied Cumments: /U ✓ w K144� ;vYY C n vG If the request Is denied, please inform the applicant (or appropriate party) what needs to be done to obtain the approval. PLEASE RETURN TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT BY: Requested By: � �•� r RMPRAWKIIII TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE and RESCUE �i FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE _ (503) 526-2469 [POSTED: OCCUPANT &,LAIWI— CONTRACTOR � �� ' !'� ��" �c�_ BLDG. PERMIT I6 PROJECT NAMEPLAN REVIE14 0 u%t k SW 5� LOCATION oj JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= k,C.,A= Ti.) 5= Tu. 6= Sh• 7= Wi. 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL ❑ Framing ❑ Separation Walls ❑ sprinkler System ❑ Shaft. ❑ Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) El Hood' Extn El Conference El Alarm System g Systeme El Ceiling Cover ❑ Other FA Spray Booth —• 1 1-d `1 dL� 1 G n L 4 :.�[�-7�✓?lF •L '�%�1� �''4�F"t•�_ � f L..L,1t"L4•A.�....e'__.(t 44— Ly 4 Ly L-I, �i�� F IV Date:_ �. Inspector: ( t � INSPECTION! NOTICE City of Tigard Buliding Department P.O Box 23397 / 1;;--;d, Oregon 97223 " Phone: 639-4175 Type of Inspection -- Date RequestedP."JIB.,,/, Address _� ��C> -_ �Z� —�— Permit #-� 1511 i I Owner Lot # I Builder ,_ i' The following Building Code deficiencies are required to iie corrected: �' -— -- F .C=S' .ems :G"✓.t7FaAP i l ChG.0 SPS (V5 �_ _ —L� -- e(- 4)U ---may — -------- C P�/ 7 C. Presented to �� Approved Inspector — k Disapproved Date CALL FOR REINSPECTION [-1 YES FA NO mew„ +*�r.,^M�✓:1t''.M�,P^N�Ir+71n�M4' +.10AV-414'R 14 Opm"Ottw�rrMrW1G xe yyh�F{ 4+11►VIK'n�:al �Mkaa►,., d 11� � �NlM It 4sAm;-n '9 b.l , Nib TUAI.ATIN VALLEY - FIRE and RESCUE ° 5 FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE (503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR BLDG. PERMIT It PROJECT NAME __ PLAN REVIEW 0- LOCATION �� ✓�� f' JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= It,C 4=�T 5= Tu, 6= Sh, 7= Wi. 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL F ' LOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL ❑ Framing ❑ Separation lls Sprinkler System ❑ Shaft ❑ Fire Damper (Overhead/Underground) ❑ Alarm System El Hood' Extug Systems ❑ Conference ❑ El Ceiling Cover El Other__Spray Booth r k i Date: / '1 -7 Inspector: r� 1. Construction Inspection&Related 7ests Carlson. Test ng, Inc P.O.Box 23814 6 x 12 Concrete TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 91223 REPORT OF Phone(503)684-34W Dote Molded: 6 -30 _ 19 89 Job No. CP-4242 Permit. Client. __ Slayden Construction Co. Project: Durham Elernentany School Address Derham, Oregon — -- UnirOCfar Slayden Construcf.ion _ Sub Contractor: McCalib Concrete_ Concrete Supplier: Ross Island Truck No. 14__ _ Ticket No. A-188395 Cast By: l{- Payson _ Test Time: __ Load No.2 Overcast i 65 50 Weather: Temp. High: Temp. Low: Sidewalk ; North side of street beginning at cross street to sewage Location of Placement: _. lrratment. plant _Cu. Yds. __Concrete Temp: _ Strength Requirement: 3000 _ PSI ® 28 days Slump 5 Cement Type 1 Mix No./No Socks_ `joIW — Air Content t','/AE-A Max. Aggregate-— 3/4" Admix, Amount: Brand: Admix. Amount: __ Brand: Set I Test Reguter Date Date Unit Total T Areo ��nit Report IJe. Days Number Recd Test Wt, load PSI No. I 7 6398 07-03 l ? 66,128 28.27 2340 30 28 6398 07-03 7 -281 - 97,611. 128.27 3450 34 28 6398 07-03 7 -28 97,009 28.27 1 3460 34 cc' S Remarks L 1 i g/l ee/Rueda -� Tigard Srhnol District #23J City uf�i ' 11&r Constmcdon In jwction&Related Teats Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23A14Tigard,Oregon 97223 REPORT OF _ TEST SPECIMENS Phone(503)6843480 Date Molded: 6 -30 19_ 89 Job No. CP-4242 Permit Client: S l ayden Construction Co. Project: furham Elementary School Address: Durham, Oregon Contractor: Slayden Construction Sub Contractor: _ Concrete Supplier: Wilsonville Concrete Truck No. 42 Ticket No. I`I-CIM39 Cost By: N. Payson Test Time: _ load No. _1 Overcast 65 50 Weather: — _ Temp. High:_ _ Temp. low: Location of Plccement: Retaining wall at entry to parking )nt on North side of roadway. 1 Cu. Yds. Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: _ ��`� _ PSI (a 'T doysSlump 2 1!4Cement Type_ Mix No./No Socks ^�`�� Air Content _ Max, Aggregate_3%4„ Admix. Amount: Brand: Admix. Amount: Brand: Set Test q Register Date Date Unit Total Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. load Area _ PSI No. _ I 7 6397 07-03 7 - 7 67,216 28,27 2380 ; 29 28 6397 07-03 7 -28 96,484 28.27 3410 33 28 6397 07-03 7 -28 97, 130 128.27 3440 33 i i i CC: Selig/Lee/Rueda Remarks: 1igard School D4,strict. *23J (-;'arlson Testing, hic. (( X I" cont. t'(.l i, P.O.13ox 23814 RFPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 -----.._--------_.___.....-- --..._._._—_ Phone(503)684-3460 Date Molded: G -30 , 19 89 Job No. CF'-4 41_ Permit. Client- S l ayden Construction Co. Project: Durham Elementary School Address: Durham, Oregon Contractor.— Sla,yden Construct io n _ Sub Contractor: Concrete Supplier: Wilsonville Concrete � Truck No. 41 Ticket No. M`01939 Cast By: I]. Payson Test Time: _ load No. 1 Overcast 65 50 Weather. Temp. Fligh: Temp. low: Location of Placement: — Retaining wall at entry to parking lot on North side of roadway. 1 Cu. Yds. __ Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: 3000 PSI ® days Slump l 1/A _ Cement Type_1 Mix No,/No. Sacks 3000 Air Content _ Mom Aggregate _ 3/4 Admix. Amount: --_ Brand: Admix. Amount: Brand: Set Testa Register Dote Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. load PSI No. I 1 6397 07-03 7 - 1 67,216 28.27 2380 29 28 6391 01-03 7 --ZEI 28.27 — 28 6397 07-03 7 -2.8 28.27 cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda RPnx,(ks Tigard School District #23J - - ^=tA- UF T • -- t'construction Inspection&Related Test, Carlsoil Te g, Inc. P.O.Box 23614 Tigard,Oregon 97223 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Phone 1503►684-3460 Ei -30 89CP-4242_ I'errniI Dote Molded: 19 Job No. Client: S 1 ayden Construction Co. _ Project: _--_ Durham t Iement.ary School Address: Durham, Oregon Contractor: Slayden Construction Sub Contractor: McCal ib Concrete Concrete Supplier: Doss Island __ _ Truck No. 14 — Ticket No. A-188395 _ Cast By: 11 Payson Test Time: load No. �2 Overcast 6ti 50 Weather: Temp. High: Temp. Low: Sidewalk; North side of street heginning at. cross street. to sewage Location of Placement: Lreattnent plar t 14 — ---Cu. Yds. Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: _ _ 3000 PSI a 28 _days Slump 5"—____Cement Type Mix No./No. Sacks 1010t3 Air Content WALA Max. Aggregate Admix. Amount: _._ Brand: _ Admix. Amount: Brand: Set Test a W Register Date Dute Unit Total AreaUnit Report _iJo. Days Number Recd Test Wt. — Load PSI No.-- f)0H o.-- F>0H 07-03 7 - 7 66,128 28.27 2340 30 28 39H 07-03 7 -28 28.27 6,39H 01-03 7 -28 — 28.?] - - ------ --- -- -------- -------- Remarks: :A. Selig/Lee/Rueda Tigard School District #23J _.... City-ri f-fief— — -- --- •...............rr.gF;r'^'net"afgp�NARe-,..,..,...�..�,...+�+r—q...rer.++'t�,+,.!s.,t`::.;Mat':!£r*...,..�..y��..�.,;•,grYi.,/pN.�,i.;x r•. ..'..�- +..`fin... µdr+' 1i® TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE and RESCUE 0 �� FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE (50: ) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT .r• I CONTRACTOR G'{J BLDG. PERMIT 0 PROJECT NAME — PLAN REVIEW �E r' LOCATION JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= I:.C. 4= Ti. 5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi , 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-UPJREINSFECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL LI Framing El Separation Walls � Sprinkler System El Shaft-. C Fire Dampers (Overhead/Undergrouq�) Alarm System El Hooa Extug Systems F-1 Conference El Spray Booth Ceiling Cover El Other mak"(:� ✓Nly`; ,.f L__- �I n-��;I YI'IA.r. _�I��,� r Date: y c ' Inspector: � � l .�� {I ,W INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department P.O. Box 23397 Tjgir,., Ores.gon 97223 Phone: 639-1,17.5 Type of Inspection - ( - 2"', im') A.M. P.M. Date Requ Address Permit Owner-.—.--- Lot # Builder The following Building Code deficiencies are requir3d to be corrected: d4l dzr--i�OC3. 114— .00, Presented to F1 Approved Inspector Disapproved 4, Date 2 C,- 14 CALL FOR REINSPECTION '-hj Y E Z 0 NO Construction ln;jvction&Related Testa Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Or*Von 97223Phone(603)684.3460 Date Molded: ,_ 6 -23 , 19 89 Job No. CP-4242 Permit # Client: _ Slayden Construction Co. Durham Elementary School Ar ;rss: Durham, Oregon Contractor: Slayden Construction Sub Contractor: __ Concrete Supplier: Wilsonville Concrete Truck No. 35 Ticket No. L-05706 Cost By: C. Stasch Test Time: _1 50 _ load No. Sunny Weather: Temp. High: 90 65 Temp. Low: Location of Placement: Retaining wall footing on 85th entrance to school . Cu. Yds. Concrete Temp: Stren + Requirement: 1 iU�� PSI 2 y p�' Cement Type._ I g q >;�_ da sSlum Mix No./No. Sacks. 3000 _ Air Content w/AEA Max. Aggregate_ /A Admix. Amount: Brand: Admix. Amount: Brand: Set Test a Register Date Date T-_Unit Total Unit I Report Na, Days Number Recd I Test Wt. Load Area ` PSI_ No. — 7 6303 06-26 6 -30 55,727 28.27 1970 1 27 28 6303 06-26 7 -21 85,936 28.27 3('40 32 28 6303 06-26 7 -21 , 87,354 2P.27 -090 l 32 Remarks: CC: Se 1 i g/Lee/Rueda esseger & Gotchall Tigard School District #23J MY of ligara s M I r r ur to,I r I l r it ,rice to,Y 1frLrtrJ 7 i•,r, Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 1Z Concrete P.0.Box 23814 REPORT OF _ TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684-3460 Date Molded: 6 -23 , 19 139 Job No. CP-4241 ('erne i 1 r, Client: S 1 ayden Construction Co. Project: __Durham f_1 ementary School Address: D11rham, Oregon Contractor: Slayden Cow;truct.i(in Sub Contractor: Concrete Supplier: W i 1 sonv i I 1 e Concrete Truck No. _3�' _— Ticket No. Cast By: — C. Stasch Test Time: _ 1 1 :S0 Load No. �� Inny 90 -- - 61)�A Weather: Temp. High: _ Temp. Low: Retaining wall footing on 85th entrance to school . Location of Placement: -- —_--- — —_ --Cu. Yds. Concrete Temp: — Strength Requirement: 3000 PSI — (a_ 28._doys$Iump 4" _Cement Type Mix Elo./No. Sacks_ '1000 __- Air Content_ w/l11_A ._ Max. Aggregate ____l_4"'__ Admix. Amount: __ Brand: —_ _— Admix. Amount: . Brand: Set Test (,T Register �' Date Dupe Unit Total Unit Report No. Days Number I Recd Test Wt. -- Load Area PSI No. 6303 �� 06-26 6 '0 551727 28.27 1970 27 -- —?H - 6303 06-26 7 21 -- --_-- 28.27 !'13 6303 06-26 7 -21 _ I 28.27 Remarks: _ cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda esseger o c a Tigard School District #23J --- — City o w i ®® TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE and RESCUE FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE (503) 526-2469 POSTED: 1 L�o� OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR BLDG, PERMIT 0 PROJECT NAME PLAN REVIEW 0 LOCATION JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du, 3= I:.�. �4= Ti. 5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi. 8= CC 9= WC 0- MC COIrER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL El Framing u Separation Walls Sprinkler System 11 Shaft El Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) El Alarm System U Hood' Extng SystemsI� CGnf.erence Spray Booth � Ceiling Cover IJ Other Date: �_� Inspector: w ww Construction lnsjwo don&Related Testa Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF 6 x 12 Concrete TEST SPECIMENS Phone(0033)884.3480 Date Molded: 6-21 ' 19 89 Job No. CP-4242 Client: Slayden Construction Project: Durham Elementary School Address: Durham , Oregon Contractor: Slayden Construction _ Sub Contractor: Concrete Supplier: _ Ross Island _ Truck No. 75 Ticket No. T-470292 B. Leach 11 :20 Cast By: _ Test Time: load No. _ F Weather: , Sunny _ Temp. High: _- 85 5 _ Temp. Low: Sidewalks. Location of Placement: Cu. Yds. ___9 Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: 3000---- PSI 8�.� days Slump 4 _ Cement Type 3/4" Mix No./No. Socks._ 301013 Air Content _ Mnx. Aggregate / VR Admix. Amount: — Brand: Admix ount: _ __ Brand: Set Area Test a Register Date Date Unit Total i Unit Report N,,. Days Number Recd Teo WL Load _ i P51 No. I 7 ii' 6231 6-22 � 0-28 28.27 1 11,488 2530 116 j 28 623? 6-22 7-1 T108,170 _- 28.27 3830 31-------- =28 6231 6-22 -L 109,687 28.27 3880 31 I cc: Selig/Lee/fRueda Remarks: tv_Gentc!-nll - Tigatr] School District #23J w �r ■ � w �► �r a ■r Corwr-i tion lmlpertiun R Kcl.rrcd Yi.r G,wl on Testing; Inc. F.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF 6 x 12 Concrete TEST SPECIMENS RECEIVEo tigard,Oregon97223 Phone(503►684-3460 Date Molded: 6-21 89 CP-4242 Jury 19— Job No. _— Client: S].ayden Const ruct7on - --_ Project: — Durham Elementary School ` Address: Durham , Oregon — Contractor: Slayden Construction - Sub Contractor: Concrete Supplier: ROSS Island Truck No. 75 Ticket No. T-470292__ R. I.,each 11-20 1 Cost By: _ Test Time: _ _ Load No. W-other; Sunny _ Temp. High: _ 85 Temp. LOW: 55 _— Sidewalks. Location of Placement: Cu. Yds. 9 Concrete Temp: _ Strength Requirement: ___-3000 PSI ® 28 days Slump 4 Cement Type_ Mix No./No. Sacks - 3010B Air Content__— _ Max. Aggregate__ 3/4" VR Admix. Amount: Brand: Admix. Amount: _ Brand: Set Test (a Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. Load PSI No. 7 6231 6-22 6-28 71 ,488 28.27 2530 26 28 6zs1 6-22 7-1.9 28.27 28 6231. 6-22 7-19 28.27 CC: Selig/t_,ee/Rueda Remarks: engejerC —_ -- Tigard School District #23.7 w w w w w w w I ni rrrt,iirpit In+p+.tnrrr X Rvldtcd 7 •+n Carlson Testing, Inc. 14 P.O Box 23814 6 X 1? ( onc,I'll 1.J. �� I �� Tigard,Oregon 97223 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS 1 Phone(503)684-3460 6 -08 , 19 r 89 Cl'-4?_42 n .I't.r m i 1 Date Molded: _ _._ Job No. — Client: S l ayden Construction Co. Project: _—fhlrham FIementSchool — - -- - — ---------- Address: _ Durham, Oregon I i,ydan Consl.rur 1 inn _ Sub Contractor: Ca t i ;.o 1 Concrete Contractor: _ — Concrete Supplier: Lonestar Truck No. _ Ticket Cast 6 Z. Breazeal P Test Time)1—?L__ Load No. _ 1 OVPI-cao; 1O 50 VMeather: _ — Temp. High: __. Temp. Low: Nor 11) curb at station 3+10. Location of Placement: Cu. Yds. _ Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: ---_ 3000 — PSI a 28 days Slump l.. Cement Type Mix No./No. Socks _ Air Content _ Max. Aggregate -- Admix. Amount: - Brand: Admix. Amount: -_ Brand: Set Test qj Register Dute Date Unit Total 'Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt, load _ PSi No. — 1 6033 06-09 6 -15 113,070 ?8.27 4000 25 W ?8 6033 06-09 7 - 6 142,340 8.27 5040 28 ?ft 6033 06-09 7 - 6 143,8911 Y8.27 5090 28 r'i Selig/I ee/Rueda Remarks: __ 1igand School District #?3J Construction Inspection&Il-lated nsts ' Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 X 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 ConcreteTigerd,Oregon97223 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Phone(503)694-3460 6 -08 89 CP-4242 Permit � Date Molded: 19 Job No. — Client: S I ayden Construction Co. Project. Durham Elementary School _— — Address: Durham, Oregon _ Contractor: Slayden Construction Sub Contractor: C.�pitol Concrete Concrete Supplier: Lonestar Truck No. 77 Ticket No. A-87282 Cosi By: Z. Breazea l e Test Timej 1 :25 _s Load No. Overcast 10 50 Weather: Temp. High: —�—. Temp. Low: . North curb at stat.ion 3+10. Location of Placement: 9 Cu. Yds. ,_ —Concrete Temp: _— Strength Requirement: --v 3000 _ PSI a_ 28 .—_days Slump 1 Cement Type Mix No./No. Sacks— _ Air Content _ —_. Max. Aggregate _ Admix. Amount: _ Brand: Admin. Amount: Brand: —_ Set Test(a Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd icsT Wt. Load PSI No. 1 6033 06-09 6 -15 113,070 8.21 4000 25 28 6033 06-09 1 - 6 8.27 78 6033 06-09 1 - 6 8.21 Remarks: CC: Selig/Lee/Rueda RC1-5z)Pk3P1 Tigard School District *23,1 r orwrurtion 1ntPCL-ti0n R Related Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. A P.O.Bou 23814 Tigard,Oregon 97223 C1'-4242 Phone(503)684-3460 Poe NO. REPORT OF IN-PLACE SOIL DENSITY TESTS .lune 5, 1989 Client Slayden Construction Project Durham Elementary School — ----- ^---Y`— --— Sod Description 1 112"-0 Rock frau Tialni Sand F. -avel — Max. Dry Density 120.5 lbs.%cu. ft. Optimum .Moisture �1.4 a Method of TestNuclear 3411-B r i(l0 IN-r L ICE DE N$IT o.Tt or rtsr T E 5 T LOCATION (r[ ' u/T olslvst iLos icu rr.1 I[/1 M0. /T. M0. t r,(111/ (tiOw ~ T 01111 6-05 1 Sta. 10+50; 10' frau North shoulder 6.3 128.1 120.5 100.0 6-05 2 Sta. 8+50; 12' fran South shoulder 7.2 124.6 1.16.2 96.3 6-05 3 Sta. 6410; 14 ' ftin North shoulder 8.8 118.1 108.5 90.0 6-05 4 Sta. 8+00; At North Curb Line t 7.0 124.6 116.5 96.6 Re noTks cc: Selig/Lee/RL1eda _ Resseger & Gotchal.l Tiaai_;jchool Dist. #23J C.ARLSON TESTING INC i MEMORANDUM TO: Nancy White, Building Division X _ For your Information Bonnie Mulhearn, Planning Division Phyllis Harris, Finance/Accounting FROM: Laura Freeman, Engineering Technician DATE: May 11, 1989 RE: WCTM 2S1 13A, TL 300 & 2S1 13BA, TL 400 An address assignment for the new elementary school at the above listed property has been assigned by this office. The address has been assigned from the private street whose assess is from SW 85t.h Ave. —he assigned address for the elementary school is as follows: 8048 SW Shaffer Ln. Tigard, OR 97224 a ^ -r .;�y,};�7}1.']�I�TT1Y/ �'Pti'R'M.T!—n'..1.`�.JIA'..jll,.�M.yW'ryri MVr�aMN'{arbyq—y1��11.f('rM'Y+.-1+21Mk^I'7.'0�,.'.pf�{}y�. .,f�ri•�li• TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE and RESCUE FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE (503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT - CONTRACTOR BLDG. PERMIT # PFOJECT NAME PLAN REVIEW it LOCATION �n _k1 . JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= K.C. '4= Ti 5= 7u. h= Sh. 7= Wi. 8= CC 9= WC 0= PIC COVER FINAL SPECIAL _ FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL ❑ Framing ❑ Separation Walls ❑ Sprinkler System ❑ Shaft ❑ Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) ❑ Alarm System ❑ Hood' Extug Systems ❑ Conference ❑ Spray Booth ❑ Ceiling Cover ❑ Other Date: !� �. , Inspector: 31 --• d1YNMl'�� ' nM°MWq!Wt .`q�YcWNM11M.wwvtwh++��.+wnl "` + . wknMWNII`i" •q" MMwWvn�v�-. p'-'�Wu�4M,a:,.' .. .:i,:'w. CONSOLIDATED FIRE AND RESCUE Washington County Fire District No, 1 City of Beaverton Fire Department Tualatin Fire District FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE (503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR BLDG. PERMIT 0 PROJECT NAME PLAN REVIEW 0 LOCATION JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= I ,C 4�Ti. 5= Tu. 6= Sh, 7= Wi, 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPIF'h FINAL Framing ❑ Separ:+tion Walls Sprinkler System Shaft 0 Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) Alarm System Hood' Extug Systems El Conference Spray Bocth Ceiling Cover Other 74, 1 Date: Inspector: :' Fill iC!..'yy +M,:T,^w'34'��k�l' ui �® Washington CounDATEDty FIRE AND RESCUE Washington County Flre District No.1 City of Beaverton Fire Department Tualatn Fire District FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE (503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR BLDG, PERMIT It PROJECT NAME PLAN hEVIEW It LOCATION �� +. � � JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= I:. 4= Ti'. 5= Tu'. 6= Sh. 7= 4Ti. 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-UPIREINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL Framing Q Separation Walls Sprinkler System Shaft ) Fire .Dampers /(OVtLhead/Underground) El Alarm Syjtem ❑ Hood' Extng Systems Conference El Spray Booth El Ceiling Cover El Other tt Dates r� Inspector: / +�/ft l�'3'3y SELIG i LEF RUED, Architects tests aid n1t11111CI's 213 s.o Ash Street, Portland, Oregon 97204 RECEIVED Mephone:(503),24-11'3 APR 7 1980 5 April 1989 4MIN141bOMWp4nt `lEMO To: Gene Birchill By: Xavier. E. Rueda RE: DURHAM ELE.IMARY SCHOOL Pe;: ouz telephone conversation of 4 April 1989 the following changes to the pians have been approved: Distance from wall to Boiler Control Panel: can be reduced from 36" to 34" plus or minus. 2. Deletion of heat detector at skylight in IHC 15. END OF MEMO cc: Slayden Construction Tigard Building Department CONSOLIDATED FIRE AND RESCUE s ow Washington County Fire District No. 1 City.r Beaverton Fire Depertrnent Tt.alatln Fire District PRE MARSHALS OFFICE x(503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT UUk'r�f," S C•'1 Ca�- CONTRACTOR BLDG. PERMIT Ik PIOJECT NAME , PLAN REVIEW 0 LOCATION il�yrs S JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= R.C.C4=: Ti 5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi, 8-- CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-UPIPEINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL Framing IJ Separation Walls Sprinkler. System LJ Shaft El Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) F-1J Alarm Syatem Hood' ExtuE-1g Systems u Conference f� Spray Booth C Ceiling Cover CJ Other r Date: �� Inspector: r%.�04 y rI_ C(m,,rlctiOn Inspection & Related Tests Carlson Testing,Inc. PO.Box 23814 Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684-3460 April 3, 1989 FAX 684-0954 #CP-42.42 RECEIVED FIELD INSPECTION REPORT RPR 7 1989 DATES COVERED: April 3, 1989 ��Oplltert PROJECT: Durham Elementary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon INSPECTOR: J. Lytton 4-03-89: As requested, CTI representative visited the above referenced project for inspection of moisture content. Areas tested are as follows: 1 ) Alternate area - 146 average 2) Classroom Pod - 14% average Several tests were made on the entire roof at both areas, indicating an overall average of 14% moisture content. The contractor will heat and ventilate both areas until further testing indicates that the required maximum of 12% moisture content has been reached. Respectfully submitted, CAR 11 TF T G, INC. Douglai W. Leach President JL:Sam cc: Slayden Construction Se 1 i g.'Lee/Reuda Resseger R Gotchall Tigard School Dist. #23J City of Tigard CONS FIRE AND RESCUE Washington pton C Counun ty Fire District No.1 City of Beaverton Fire Department Tualatin Fire District FIRE MARSHAL3 OFFICE (503) 526-2469 POSTED: 1 OCCUPANTc CONTRACTOR — BLDG. PERMIT # PROJECT NAME — PLAN REVIEW # LOCATION JURISDLCTION: 1= Be. 2= Du, 3= 1'.C. 4= Ti: 5= Tu. 6= Sh, 7= Wi. A= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAI. FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL �.._ Framing Separation Walls u Sprinkler System Shaft LJ Fire Dampers (Overho ad./Underground) Alarm System 0 Hood' Extug Systems Conference Spray Booth Ceiling Cover El Other '� yid. lam•�'r�-�^3, �Y/"-9 i Date: Inspector: , �� 3 ar 1w ww F wrr i Cons"wrdon Inrpertion 1$Related 7i•.%t.. Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Bow 23814 11gerd,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684.3460 March 21 , 1989 #CP-4242 Memo FIELD INSPECTION REPORT MAR 2 3 1989 DATES COVERED: March 21 , 1999 PROJECT: Durnam Elementary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon INSPECTOR: H. Payson 3-21-89: CTI representative checked nailing pattern of tectum roofing and found all to be on average within sh:,,, drawings requirements. Occasionally, one was over on spacing, but most were on or under on spacing. There was no way of checking whether continuous glu, bead was used, but. CTI representative asked the roofing foreman how it was applied and he stated that it was applied correctly. Noticed several areas on the underside that were wet due to leaking through temporary visqueen cover. All nailing was acceptable and no problems were noted with the exception of the water stains. Respectfully submitted, ` 1 CAR SONi S ING, I J Douglas W. Leach President HP:sam cc: Slaydpn Construction Selig/Lee/Reuda Resseger & Gotchall Tigard School Dist. #23J City of Tigard w Wt ■! W W 1rr Constmrtiun/nsfwctinn& Rt-1jtrll'/('tf\ Carlson 'T'esting, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 Tigard.Oregon 97223 Phore(503)684-3460 March 8, 1989 #CP-•42.42- FIELD INSPECTION REPORT DATES COVERED: March 8, 1989 PROJECT: Durham Elementary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon INSPECTOR: H Payson 3-8-89: CTI representative arrived on site to observe installation of Tectum roofing on gym roof. Tectum had already been installed. CTI representative observed nailing of TecLvm and found ;t, to bp per pl.ins and specifications. Cnntractor stated that they had glued all edges of rectum. Re3pect.fully submitted, CARSON T�STING, IrNC. r ,(�c � Douglas W. Leach President lip: IIn cc: Slayden Construction Selig/Lee/Rueda Resseger & Gntchall Tigard School Oist. #23J City of Tigard TRLEPIIONh MPMOGRAM OG/ ler CITY OF TIGAR,')IBUIL DING DEPAR'I'MI?N'I' REASON FOR CALLISUBJECT MATTER: DATE: r �� TIME.- PHONE IME:PHONE NUMBER: PERSON SPOKE TO:_xoo POSITION/JOB TITLE: joq,& —v_#e, pIRAfts` S C Aas l 'ZQ CONVERSATION: 07 RESULTSIACTION TAKEN: : : : : : : /!oo W I•�1 /fid I�! � �,. d/ �' 0Ar"��I'� 3 w 00 to"- ' �►Ate �!'Ir �,r�.Alp NO7'F.SICOMMENTS: VR )M �THN' DE OF ME'C',I+)N:rX',AI_ -PEAM11' PEAWT I NO CIT"Y"OFTIGARD _'TY CITYone" COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT e.'2/ 17 09 13125 S.W.Hall Blvd..P.O.box 23397,Tigard,Oregon 97223 (503)639-4175 Will" gL)qg li)X MAr''/l 01, I ,i)Nl) Ill.'IL . 1 01 1 rl NO: NO r:1.11:44ACE, 0,00K AJ 1:4 VIANIA P <1 0 I 1 11001 1:-'1 IPNOCAE J. K f '411:1 HANI.A. 1:1 1.()I< (101.4 F 1.1I4NA(:A.:: WEN V F'AN N F V 1:.;'.N V t)V:0 FM c' 01...07 (:,(.)M I:1 3 3 :I WHINE; 131:4(DUM DWE.I.A. .UN". 1 !5 P/C1,1114111.) :1. 101--11::' J.N(.1*:IJ*..I4A*11'(')WI I UU.I ** Tyl:-'P-* 1:1 11 t"Umv, "10••';'.)01.-1P it. WEA:'101W i.)N*I.* 1!:) H6X :I'NPLI f' E:L.R C M V, 50+1-11... I. M A 1:4 107i 0 + 11.0 00 NAi(11 . 1 -*.,) E I X $89 . 00 R I!:* Y AX C 0 N T 1'r)Y'T'(.)N HE*'FP 1: R 1'1::'1'I A t4t:11 , 1111TAID S C r i"l q 1,11 11 T 01 PHONE. ( 50,14) 169-13119!'.) TO VAL, : $V.20 /0 R "I* N(*)This This permit is issued Subject to the regulations contained In Title 14 .......... ................. of the TMC. State of Oregon Specialty Codris, zoning regulations and all other applicable cones and ordinances, and it Is herpoy agreed that the work will be done in accordance with the plans and 1.. i 1", 1 specifications and in compliance with all applicable codes and P'01(V I ordinances The issuance oi this p,,;rmit does riot waive restrictive covenants. Contractor and subcontractors shall have current city business tax permits. This permit wAI expire and become null and void it work is not started within 180 days,or if work is Suspended of abandoned for a period of 180 days any time after work hes commenced. It shall be the responsibility of the permittee to MUM all required inspections are requested and approved Permittee Sign8hil" FOP 'I l"Icil:11: SEPARATE PERMITS REQUIRED FOR WORK OTHER THAN DESCRIBED ABOVE STAYTON REFRIGERATION CO. 207 'Third Avenue S'rAYTON, OREGON 97383 Phone 769-3495 Feb 15, 190"' City of Tigard ATT: Nancy Check: enclosed for Tfechanical permit for. Durham School. r Helen D. Llaanp Secy—trews. � � A Construction Inspection&Related'Ii-st� Carlson Tesfing, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684-3460 January 26, 1989 #CP-42.42 FIELD INSPECTION REPORT DATES COVERED: January 20, 1989 PROJECT: Durham Elementary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon INSPECTOR: L. Keenan 1-20-89: Visual inspection of field welds put in on each side of gusset plates where trusses 8A and 8AA tied together in 4 locations showed to be 3/8" fillets approximately 6" long. Trusses were also welded at. four locations to column caps with 3/8" fillet welds all around. Two 1/4" fillet welds on top and back side of two of the gusset plates that had pr^viously been missing were also put in and are acceptable. All of the welds were of good size and quality meeting code standards. Respectfully submitted, CARL_ SON `T'ES T I NG, I �C. Douglas W. Leach President MC: lla cc: Slayden Construction Selig/Lee/Rueda Resseger & Gotchall Tigard School Dist. #2.3J City of Tigard ('unstrurriun lnspri turn R Krlated"Tcst Carlson Testing, Inc. FO.Box 23814 6 x 12 Concrete 1lgard,Oregon 97223 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Phone(503)684-3460 1 -26 89 CI'-4?4Permitrr -- --- --_-_ Dote Molded: , 19 Job No. S ay en onstruction Co. Client: - - - Durham Elementary School Project: - -- _ ---- Durham, Oregon Address: -- Slayden Construction Capitol Concrete Contractor: Sub Contractor: Wilsonville Concrete 39 L-00061 Concrete Supplier: Truck No. Ticket No. M. Tabert 8: 10 l Cast By: 'fest Time: Load No. _ Partly Cloudy 4535 Weather: Temp. High: Temp. Low: _ Slab grid (5-7)@(C-F) , (3-5)@(B-C) , (2-5)@(C-F) , (1-2)@(B-C) . Location of Placement: Cu.Yds. Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: 3000 PSI ®„_28 doy%Slump_. Cement Type Mix No.INo. Socks Air Content_ __ Max. Aggregate Admix. Amount: Brand:_ Admix. Amount: Brand: Set Test® Register Dote Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. Load PSI No. 7 4443 01-27 1 2 - 2 66,148 28.27 2340 19 7 4443 01-27 2 - 2 64,172 28.27 2270 19 28 42143 01-27 2 -23 99,193 28.27 3510 24 28 4443 01-27 2 -23 102,054 28.27 3610 24 cc: Sel ig/Lee/[2ueda Remo kr esseupi wi ----- Tigard School District #23J RECEIVED (:urrstnrrtiun Inspc•c-ti(ra X-Kc•l,rtrd"lusts FEB G 1989 Carlson Testing, Inc. C,,,,MWft DWJp9p,.+ 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223Phone(503)684-3460 89 CP-4242 Perm)t st Date Molded: 19 Job No. Slay en onstruction Co. Client: Durham ilementary School Project - Durham, Oregon Address: _—__-- Slayden Construction Capitol Concrete Contractor: Sub Contractor: _ Wilsonville Concrete 39 L-00061 Concrete Supplier: — _ _ _ .Truck No. Ticket No. _ M. labert. 8: 10 1 Cast By: Test Time: load No. Partly Cloudy Weather: _ Temp. Ni-ih: — Temp. low: Slab grid (5-1)@(C-F ) , (3-5)@(E3-C) , (2-5)@(C-F) , ( 1-2)@(F3-C) . Location of Placement: Cu. Yds. _Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: 3000 —_— PSI (a 2f3—__ days Slump Cement Type _ Mix No.1No. Socks Air Content _ Max. Aggregate.—_ Admix. Amount: _ Brand: Admix. Amount: —_ _ Brar.d: —. Set Test Ca Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Nurrber Recd Test Wt. gad PSI No. 7 4443 01-21 2 - 2 66,148 28.21 2340 19 7 4443 01-27 2 - 2 64,172 28.27 2270 19 2.8 4443 01-27 2 -23 28.21 28 4443 01-27 2 -23 I CC: Selig/Lee/Rueda Remarks: Ekrt-: ?r3 Tigard School District a2.3J Construction Inslx•ction&Itelved Vests Carlson Tq esting, ln.c. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 - -- Phone(503)684-3460 Date Molded: _ 1 -2.3 , 19 89 Job No. CP-42.42 Permit a - Client: 'layden Construction Co. Project: Durham E=lementary School______ Address: _ Durham, Oregon _ Contractor: 'layden Cons trur_tion __ Sub Contractor: _ Cap itol_Concrete — Concrete Supplier. ._W1 1 sonv i 1 I e Concrete Truck No. 3t Ticker No. _�I 06900 Cast By: —__A_ Emanuel Test Time: ] ] :30 load No. Partly Cloudy 50 35 Weather: _ _ Tengf High: _ Temp. Low! _. Location of Placement: Floor panels: F-C, 1-2; C-11; 2-3; f .5-C; 3-5; l .5-J; 4-6: J.5-G; 7/63 61 Cu. Yds. —Concrete Temp: Strength Req-iirement: _ 3000 PSI (a 28 days Slump '_ Cement Type Mix No./No. Sacks 5•5 . Air Content __ Max. Aggregate Admix. Amount: _—_ Brand: Pozzutec 20 _ Admix. Amount: Brand: Ha_t Water_ Set Test® Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Repo,i - No. Days Number Recd Test Wt, load PSI_ No. 1 4379 01-24 1 -30 102,810 28.21 3640 17 4379 01-24 1 -30 99,263 28.27 3510 17 28 4379 01-24 2 -20 127,630 28.27 4510 23 28 4379 _ 01-24 2 -20 126,645 28.27 4480 23 Remarks: _CC: Se 1 i J/Lee/Rueda esseger & lio-FiffhaTT Tigard School District #23J _ i y O igar __-- Construrtiou Inspection&Relited 9i5rs Carlson Testing, Inc. RECEIVED gin- 2 1989 P.C.Box 23814 REPORT OF E� x 1l concr•Hte T�I'SPECIMENSPWt""Will' Tigard,Oregon 97223 -- -- ----- — Phone(503)6B4-3460 Date Molded: _ 1 -23 _, 19. 89 Job No. _CP-4242 Permit. Client: Slayden Construction Co_ Project: ____Durham Elementary School Address: Durham, Oreg in Contractor: Sl ayden Construction V Sub Contractor: Capitol Concrete Concrete Supplier: Wilsonville Concrete _ Truck Nc. 36 Ticket No. K-06900.v Cast By: A• Emanuel lest Time: 1 1 30 Load No. ___L Partly Cloudy 50 35 Weather: Temp. High: Temp. Low: Location of Placement: Floor panels: F-C, 1-2; C-B; 2-3; F.5-C; 3•-5; 1.5-3; 4--6: J.5-G; 5-1; _Cu. Yds. ._7/63 Concrete Temp: 61 Strength Requirement: _ 3000 _ PSI ®_._ 28 daysSlump_ 3 3/-`__Cement Type I hex No./No. Sacks 5.5 _- Air Content.r Max. Aggregate_— 3/4„ Admix. Amount: Brand: Po2Zutec 20 Admix. Amount: — _ Brand: Hot Water Set Test a Register Date Date Unit � Total --� Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. load PSI No. 7 4319 01-24 1 -30 102,810 28.27 3640 17 7 4319 01-24 1 -30 99,263 28.27 3510 17 28 4319 01-24 2 -202.8.27 28 4379 01-242 -20 28.27 Remarks: _ cc: Se 1 i g/i-ee/Ilueda "a—r _�.---- - _-- ---- — - --- - - Tigard School District #23J 1 1 gar — -- ---- ------ -- - Construction Insloaetion&Rclated Ji•ct% Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684.3460 January 19, 1989 #CP-4242 FIFI D INSPFCT ION REPORT DAILS COVERED: January 19, 1989 PROJECT: Durham Elementary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon INSP:CTOR: K. Koski 1-19-89: CFI representative molded three 6 x 12 concrete cylinders. Checked the concrete temperature and received a reading of 83° . Received a 2 1/2" sIamp. Placing was slab on grade at 7 line to 9 line, C line to F line, 8 line to 9 line and R line to H line. All work was done according to specifications. Respectfully submitted, CA SON (TESTING, I C, Dougl s W. Leach President KK: am cc: Slayden Construction Selig/Lee/Reuda Resseger S Gotchall Tigard School Dist. #23J City of Tigard s Construction Inspertrun&Related Tesfa Carlson Testing, inc. P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF 6 x 12 Concrete TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Cregon 97223 _--- Phone(503)684-3460 1. -19 89 CP-4242 Date Molded: , 19 Job No. Client: Slayderi Construction Project: _ Durham Elementary School Address: Durham, Oregon Contractor: _Slaydetl Construction Sub Contractor: Capitol Concrete Concrete Supplier: _Wil-sonville Concrete Truck No. 44 _ Ticket No, 10436 Cast By: _ K. Koski Test Time: 8:✓v^ Load No. 2 Weather: Sunny _ Temp. High: _-60 Temp. low: 50 y Location of Placement: .lab on grade - 7 line to 9 line, C line to F line; 8 to 9 line and K t- H line. - -- Cu. Yds. 7 Concrete TP-n. 83 Strength Requirementr 3000 `---_ PSI ® 28 -days Slump 2 .1/2 _Cement Type ype.. Mix No./No. Sacks. 3 " ��, Air Content _ Max. Aggregote 4 � —, Admix. AmountNix #2 Brand: _)fot Water — Admix. Amount: Braid: Set Test a Req:ster Date Date I Unit Total Unit Rrt No. —Days _ Number Recdepo Test Wt. Load Area PSI opo 7 4362 1-20 1-26 72.,081. 28.27 2550 16 - 28 _ 4362 1.--20 2-16 96,780 28.27 3420 22 _ HOLD 4362 1-20 2 - 16 97,118 28.27 3440 22 ---- - ------ --- Remarks: _�'�_ Selig/Lee/Rueda esseger- & Gotchall Tigard School District #23J City of Tigard --_ — --- - - ---- - .. Construction lospivvdon&Rclatcd Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. RECEIVED P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF6 x 12 Concrete TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 JAN 3 n 1989 Phone(503)684-3460 1 -19 89 CP-4242 Date Molded: _, 19 Job No. �810RIfr"MIlfIMT•"� Client: Slayden Construction Project: Durham Elementary School. Address: __ Durham, Oregon Contractor: _ Slayden Construction Sub Contractor: Capitol Concrete Concrete Supplier: Wil-.;( Wille Concrete ____ Truck No. 44 Ticket No. _ 10436 Cast By: __ K. Koski _ Test Time: 8:30Load No. _ 2 Weather: Sunny Temp. High: 60 -_ Temp. Low: 50 Location of Placement: Slab on grade - 7 amine to 9 line, C line to F line; 8 to 9 line dnd KtoHline. --Cu. Yds. 1 _Cancrate'Temp: 83 _ Strength Requirement:i_ 3000 PSI ® 1.8 daysSlimp 2 112" _Cement Type, Mix No./No. Sacks_ Air Content_ __�, Max. Aggregate 3/4" Admix. Amount Mix #2 _ Brand: Hot. Water — Admix. Amount: Brand: Set Tost® Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. Load FSI No. 7 4362 1-20 1-26 72,081 28.27 2550 16 28 4362 1-20 2-16 28.27 HOT,D 4: 1-20 - 28.27 Remarks: cc: Selig/Lee Rueda Resseger & Gotchall. ,Tigard :school District 231 City of 'Pigard Construction Ingw4fion A Rchled 7i-sl% Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box 23014 Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684-3460 Jankiary 18, I989 #CP-4242 FIFL.D INSPECTION REPORT DATES COVERED: January 18, 1989 PROJECT: Durham Elementary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon INSPECTOR: L. Keenan CII representative was called to the above referenced job•-site for inspection of welds Visual inspection of completed weldments on 8A (2 each) and RAA (2 each) are acceptable. Undersized welds have been repaired as noted in report dated January 17, 1989, but two 1/4" fillet welds behind the reinforcing plate trusses bolt, together. CTI inspector informed the superintendent and he states that the welders will be on the site January 20, 1989 for other field welds to be made, and missing fillets can be made at MO. Lime. Respectfully submitted, CARLSON TE G, INC. r I Douglas Leach President LK:sam Cc: Slayden Construction Se l r g/L_ee/Reuda Resseger & Gotchall Tigard School Dist. #23J City of Tigard C0n4fYVCd0n Insf—tion&Related Tests CarLson Testing, Inc' Pn.Box 23814 Tlya.o.Oregon 87223 Photo*(503)684.3460 January 1-1, 1989 *CP-4242 SHOP INSPECTION REPORT DAff_S COVERT:'): January 10, 1989 PROJECT: Durham Elemcntary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon INSPECTOR: M. Calaway #579 1-16-89: CTI inspector was called to Vulcan Steel in Salem, Oregon Lo inspect. truss 8A (2 each) and 8AA (2 each) . Following are the findings: 1 . 8A (2 each) are incomplete at this time, however, the work t.n this point is of good workmanship (root pass and fille,.$) . 2. BAA are complete but have missing welds (Reference Orawing 8837-8 Detail E` . Also, some welds are undersized. Mike Green was informed and has indicated repairs will be made on project site. Res`ectfull submitted, CAPrON T STI G, I Dougl s W. Leach President MC: llo cc: Sla,yden Construction Selig/Lee/Rueda Ressegar & Gotchall Tigard School Dist.. #23J City of ligand i I i Carlson Testing, Inc. Construction Inslxction&Re/aced Texts P.O.Box 23814 b x 12 f_nncrete TES1 SPECIMENS ligard,Oregon97223 REPORT OF — _ _ -- Phone(503)684-3460 Date A ,-led. -10 19 Job No. _ CP-4241.— Permit � Client --SIayden Construct.ion Co. Project: Durham ElemPnt.ary School Address: — Durham, Oregon Contractor: . S 1 ayden Cans Lruct i on _ Sub Contractor: _Cap i!o 1 Cc n -rn ate_-_______ Cnncrete Supplier: —_W i l sone Ll I e Co icr to _— Truck No. 38 _- Ticket No. _ D-_I(102___ Cast By: K. Koski Test limn,: 00 _ Load No. 2 — —_— Showers � Weather: — Temp. Hiph: 50 Temp. Low: _ 45 Location of Placement: Slab on grade. _—�— Cu. Yds. 1 —Coicrere Temp: _ 10 Strength Requirement: 3000 PSI fry—��_daysSlump— Cement Type Mix No./No. Sacks Air Contert �- Max. Aggregate--JL4' Admix. Amount: 1/2��• Brand: Ca 1 cm Ch 1 rd— Amix. Amount: _-- Brand: AA—Wa�—LF —._ —Set Test a Regisver T—Daie T Date Unit Total —Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Tert Wt. load PSI No. I 7 4308 0,'-11 1 -2.3 82,898 28.27 2930 14 ;'8 4x08 01-11 2 -13 117,840 28.27 4170 21 11010 4308 01-11 2 -13 120,210 28.21 4250 21 Remarks: cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda Tigard School District #23J >W ns t� s rttu RECEIVED Constnu7iun►ns►xrtiun&kr•/atrd Tests JAN 2 (i 1989 Carlson �csting, Inc. 6 x 12 Cor..:rete P.O.Rox 238?4 Tigard,Oregon 97223 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Phone(503)684-3460 Date Molded: _ 1 "1O , 19— 8y Job No. 2-61242 Permit. r� _ Client: S l ayden Const.rucL i on Co; Project: Durham L 1 ementary School Address: Durham, Oregon Contractor: — Slayden Construction _ Sub Contractor: _--Lur1 . rl Conr.!-vi-e____ Concrete Supplier: _ W r 1 Sony i 1 1 e. Concrete Truck No. . 3 F3_-- Ticket No. Cast By: K Koski fest Time. cT 00 Load No. .� Showers �0 45 Weather: — — Temp. High: Temp. Low: Location of Placement: Slab on grade. 10 -u. Yds. _Concrme Temp: ---- Strength Requiremen': 3000 PSI (& 28 days Slump----Cement Type Mix No./No. Socks Air Content_ _ Max. Aggi egate—_:3/4"—_... —_ Admix. Amount: 1/2% Brand: Calcm Chl rd Admix Amount: _ _ Brand: Hnt, Water Set Test® Register Date Date Unit Total Arra Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. Locd PSI No. I 7 430P 01-17 1 -2.3 82,898 28.21 2930 14 28 4308 01-17 2 -13 2.8.27 HOLD 4308 01-17 28-21 i Remarks: cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda Tigard School District a23J 11 Gonstruclion Inspection A Rclatcd Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684.3460 January 12, 1989 aCP-42.42 SHOP INSPECTION REPORT DATES COVERED: January 10, 1989 PROJECT. Durham Elementary School ADDRL")S. Durham, Oregon INSPECTOR: L.. Keenan 1-10-89: CTI inspe;+rr was called to the Vulcan Fab Shop for th:: visual inspection of truss number, Mk-8A-1 for fit-up and tacks. Fuund to be acceptable. Beveling, where needed, is acceptable arid tack welds are sound. Backing plates hive been placed behind all of the areas to be welded. The over-all length and height maeLs all drawings specifications, with height of the Lruss graduating from 5'0" Centerline to 4'8" Centerline to Centerline on over-ail length to meel, camber requirements. Vulcan will call CTI when the next inspection is needed. Respectfully submitted, ^ CARLSON �STING, I C. I� Douglas Leach Presid,nt. t K:Gam cc: Sl ayden Construction Selig/Lee/Reuda Resseger R Gotchall Tigard School Diss. #?3J City of Tigard i 9 WVFWt IN M Grnstruc-tion/n.spection&R(-fatcd Tests Carlson rrestin& Inc. '— P.O.Box 23814 6 x 12 Concrete Tigard,Oregon 97223 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Phone(503)684-3460 1 11 89 CP-4242 Perini t Date Molded: —_ 19. Job No. _ Slayden Construction Co. Client: _-- Durham FlPrnent.ilry School Project: . -- _— --- Address: -- — -- Durham, Oregon --- — Slayden Construction Contractor: Sub Contractor: ------- - _ — - — Concrete Suppliers W i 1 sonv i t 1 e Concrete Truck No. _ 29 _- Ticket No. _ 0-09946 B. G'Connor Test Time: _ load No. ___3/21 (y 15 Cast By: _ _ Overcast. 45 35 Weather: _ — TemF. High: _ Temp. Low: _ Slake; F to 11, 11 to 13; K to N, 4, to 11 ; A to 13.5, 9 to 10.5; Location of Placement: _ — fi.�� to f), 10.5 to 13. 70 Cu. Yds. __ Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: 3000 PSI ® 28 —days Slump 3 2/4 _Cement Type-- — Mix No./No. Sacks Air Content _— Max. Aqgregate— 3/4 ��-- Admix. Amount: __- Rrand: Admix. Amount: __- Brand: Set Test® RegisterDate FDate Unit Tc'al Area Unit Report No. Days_ Number RecdWt. Load PSI No. 4263 01--i. ' 75,660 28.27 2680 12 -- 7 4263 01-12 �1 -18 77,588 28.27 2740 12 28 —426:, v 01--12 2 - 8 131,070 28.27 4640 20 28 426.', 01-12 2 - 8 127,533 28.27 4510 20 cc: Selig/k_ee/Kueda Remarks: _—� f & fint.141a i i — --- Tigard School District u23J � t � ('unstnu'tion Inspection K Related 761s Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OFTEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684-3460 Dare Molded: 1 -11 19 8`3 Job No. CP-4242 Permit u Slayden Construction Co. Project: Durham flernentary School Durham, Oregon Address: ___ — - - -- S 1 ayden Construction Sub Contractor: Contractor: _ -, - ---- Concrete Supplier: — Wilsonville Cor-rete _ Truck No. 29 Ticket No. U-09946 Cast By: 13. O'Connor _ Test Time: —___ load No. 3121y0s ---- Over(-a:1, 45 35 Weather: —__ _— Temp. High: Temp. low: _ l �h, I t,o If, 11 to 13; K t.o H, 8 to 11 ; A to B.5, 9 to 10.5; Locution of Placement: --- - — 13-5 Lir 1), 10.5 Ln 13. -' 70 —_ Cu. Yds. Concrete TemF. — Strength Requirement: 3000 — PSI (ir_?8—daysSlump - 3 3/4 ' Cement Type- Mix ype_Mix No./No. Sacks __. —_--— Air Content Max. Aggregate 3/4 Admix. Amount: —_— Brand: _ _—. Admix. Amount: Brand: —_—_ Set Test(a Register Date Date T Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test I Wt. Load _ PSI_ No. I 7 4263 01-12 1 --18 75,660 28.21 2680 1.2 1 4263 01-1I 1 -1B 77,588 28.2.7 2740 12 28 4263 01-12 2 8 28.27 28 4263 01-12 2 - 8 28.27 (:c: Se 1 i y/I_ee/I2ueda Remarks: _— - Iigard School DisLrict #23J — --f i t y-ref-! i!MT d - --- Construction/napection&Related Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box'13814 6 x 12_ Concrete Tigard,Oregon 97223 REPORT Of TEST SPECIMENS Phone(503)684-3460 Date Molded: 01 -04 _ 19 89 Job Na __C1L9242—_ Permit Client: — Slayden Construction Co. Proj ,i: __ Durham El ementary School Address: ._j2!Lrham, Orecgon Contractor: __ S1 ayden Construct 1 on Sub Contractor: _— Concrete Supplier: W i 1 Sony i 1 1 e Concrete Truck No. 2(1 Ticket Na DOSIAQ.___ Cast By: S. Jordan Test Time. 1 1Q Load No. Overcast 45 35 Weather: � Temp. fiiFn: Temp. law: __ Two columns at Northeast quadrant of Building 8 atrium footings. Location of Placement: Cu. Yds. _� ___Concrete Temp: _58 Strength Requirement: , 3000 —PSI® __2F days Slump_4_ .31ILLCement Type ^I Mix No./No. Sacks 3000 — Air Content_SFA Max. Aggregate -444" to Admix. Amount: __ Brand: ._UQJLWaLe1;— Admix. Amount: Brand: Set Test a Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. load PSI No. I 7 4�'O1 01-05 01-11 53,096 28.27 1880 9 28 4201 01-05 , 02-01, 95,416 28.27 33/0 18 –t 2.8 42.01 01-05 02-01 101,668 2.8.2.7 3600 18 CC: Selig/Lee/Rueda Ressege kemorks: —...._—_– borchall Tigard School District #23J -- ----- -City 1----- — - - sor sar +� �■r s r� �■► ■� Construction Ins1wcdon&Related Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 REPORTOF 6 x 12 Concrete TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684-3460 Dote Molded: _ 01 -04 , 19 89 Job No. CP-4242 i t # Client: — S l ayden Construction Co. Praia ct:_ Durham Elementary School Address: Durham, Oregon Contractor: __ SIayden Construction — SubConfrac' r: . Concrete Supplier: Wi 1 sone i 1 1 e Concrete Truck No. .-2D---- Trkel No. —DO-W89. Cast By: _ S- Jordi — Test Time:t_1U_ civ No. VYiather: Overcast Temp. High:_ 45 _ Temp. Low: i 35 Location of Placement: _ Two columns at Northeast quadrant of Building 3 atrium footings. � --.___— -- _Cu. Yds. Concrete Temp: 58 — Strength Requirement: — X000 —__PSI ®-28 -.daysSlump 4 A/d_Cement Type Mix No./No. Sacks 3000 — Air Content AEA Max. Aggregate 1%" to *4 Admix. Amount: Brand: Hot Water Admix. Amount:-- _ Biond: __._,_- -Set Test® Register Date D,ite TUnit Total Area Urrt Report No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. Load _ PSI No. 1 7 4201 01-05 01-11 53,096 28.27 1880 9 28 4201 01-05 02-01 28.27 28 X1201 01-05 02-01 2.8.27 PFr„oiks: _-- CC: Se 1 i gAee/Rupda Re'sseger Tigard School District #23J rw riff PIAMBING PF-PlYll'T CIT1fOFTIGARD NO . PLSW2265 CITY OF TIGAIM COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT UWE SSLAW ; 3/E110 1.3125 5 W Hall Blvd.P.O.Box 23397.Tigard.Owljn 97223.(503)639-4175 P 1.11.M' VIN 1'.NO, 013109 1. Frf-W -SW -SA-44tr Lh. JOB, ADIA-4KAO:i . H0040 td MHHA iAlli 114113 1 0 X MAF'/1..0 1 1.:K A N D k I i.i F' .I: TEM : NO NO W01,111 (A-ASS : Nl::.W WA11J4 1, 1.'k:! (I'Al I 01:41NAI 3 EWFLOW I:'WVNT'P I '(I'V Vil"I I-AVOPA'I"ORY (:) T*I;IAI::, I:*-'P:I'.ME:J*;1 LXTSHIAIASHEN ('11APIRAGEX D15POSAL. NO 1-1,10PTE':5 1. W051.41NG, MACHME, DWE.L.I I JN XT!5 I-AUND14Y TPAY PIJ)(" . I)PATINI (I')TA Vl..001-4 1.)1:4A'I-.N 1.0 'i'l N K 1.5 SIX.11AIF-Al (F T') :1.00 HE.WTIEP 3 5*Y0AM/I-'1ATN tF: T' 1.00 -I , I in.oil M c-�1-1 t';il.r,q 15 rz 1-1(3 c),I. li3 1.11.:1.(1:1 it(4 0 44(.1 1-1 cl t.)3. (110 t 1"1 t. t'J. in,rd W , V-5 6 0 . 0 0 N E R T 1::' TAX W28. 00 N T T W", . R A C 1.,4 1 i, I V1,011.-1 r.?915 T I I It 00. 1'1150"x 1 '.1,1309.3159 0 R NO . 1-114(fi,c) TO'T'AL.. : 00 This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in Title 14 rA;.GF: :I:VT NO. ............ ............. of the TMC. State of Oregon Specialty Codes.toning regulations and all other applicable codes and ordinances, and it is hereby agreed that the work will be done In accordance with the plans and specifications and in compliance with all applicable codes and 1:401 IGH...T.N ordinances The issuance of this permit does not waive restrictive 'i DPATN covenants Contractor and subcontractors shall have current city PA.I.N I')NA:LNS business tax permits This permit will expire and become null and void it work is not started within 180 days.or It work Is suspended or abandoned for a peric' of 180 days any time after work has 1' 1 NAL. commenced It shall be the responsibility of the permittee to assure all required Insp ions nrwrequested and approved P lelure Issued By- 5,55, IT 75 SEPARATE PERMITS REQUIRED FOR WORK OTHER THAN DESCRIBED ABOVE Cunetrurtiun In+peRiun&RrI.Ited 7i.ct. Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete ' P Box 23814 n(mid,Oregons7?23 REPORT OF TES'r SPECIMENS Phone(503)584-3460 Date Molded: 12 -2.8 , 19__ HH Job No. CP-4247. I)erm i f 4 -- -- - `----- Client: Slayden Construction Co. Project: Durham Elementary School ---- ` ---- ---- - ^-- __ - - Address: Durham, Oregon Contractor: Slayden Construction _ Sub Contractor: Concrete Supplier: Wilsonville Conrrd�e �— Truck No. ---3 -_— Ticket No. D-O96Q�_ Cast By: K__Kosk i Test Time: Load No. 1 __ Overcast. Weather: . Temp. High: Temp. low: _ Location of Placement: r line to 4 line, 7 line Lo 2 line. •_____ r Cu. Yds. — Concrete Temt�: 6� Strength quirement: 3000 _ PSI 0 ----?R—days Slump__ LL Cement Type Mix No./No. Sacks_ ,-_ Air Content i-- Max. Aggr,gote_ 3/4 Admix. Amount: — Brand: . Hot Water _ Admix. Amount: Brand: _— Set Test a Register Date Date Unit Total Area UnitRepor No. Days Number Recd Test Wt. load PSI TNo. 7 4131 12-2.9 1 - 4 93,181 28.2.7 3300 6 2H 4131 12-2 1 -25 130,530 29.21 4620 15 HOI_f 4131 12-29 1 -25 127,618 28.27 4510 15 Remarks cc: Selig/I-ee/kueda ligard School District. #2.3J i Construction Inspection&Related 7ests Carlson Tesfing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 -- Phone(503)684-3460 Date Molded: 12 -28 , 19_ 88 Job No. CP-4242 Perm i t, # Client: Slayden Construction Co. Project: Durharn Elemenl:ary School Address: _ Durham, Oregon Contractor: Slayden Construction _ Sub Contractor: — Concrete Supplier: Wilsonville Concrete _ Truck No. _33 _____ Ticket No. Cast By: — K. Koski _ Test Time: —J—L00--- Load No. Overcast. --45 35 --- �Neathar. _ _ Temp. High: __ Temp. Low: location of Placement; —__— F line LOB line, 7 line to 2 line. Cn. Yds. 7 Concrete Tem 6� Strength Requirement: 30(x1 PSI ®__ 28 days Slump —_2" _Cement Type Mix No./No. Socks_--- Air Content Mux. Aggregare— 3/4" Admix. Amount: Brand: Hol. Water Admix. Amount: _ _ Brand: Set Test @—�^ Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number _ Rec'd Test Wt. _ load _PSI No. _ 93,181 28.2.1 3300 6 -- 28 4131 WOLF 4131 12-29' 28.27 Remarks: cc: Se 1 i g/Lee/Rueda Tigard School District #23J — --- ----- 1Y lif—fiiTrrf-- t Cun.sttvcriery Inspection&Rc•latcd 7csts Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete PO.Box 23814 rd,Or a REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Phone T7h ne(50�)on 97223 6U-3460 12 -22 88 CI'-4242 Permit 0 Date Molded: — 19 Job No. _—�—. ----- -- -- - ---- ---- Slaydan Construction Co. Client: ---- --- —�_..---- --------------_ Project: Durham Elementary School . � —�_ __-_ _�.---- ----------- - Address: Durham, Oregon Slayden Construction Contractor: — Sub Contractor! Wilsonville Concrete 30 D-09458 Concrete Supplier: _ Truck No. Ticket No. _— Cast By: _— 11. Payson — Test Time: _ �-- Load No. _ 1 0ver( asi. — -.--- -44 35 Weather: — Temp. High: --_ Temp. Low: Stem walls (_ K F from 9 to 14 - footings C 7 to 9 - 7B to F - 15 to Location of Placement: — K !); 1) to I ; rind Column footings 2-3 K 5 on lint' C K 5 on D. 7 Ct. Yds. _—Concrete Temp: Strength Requirement: — 3009 PSI (a_28 -..._days Slump 3 3/4 _-Cement Type_ 1 —_ Mix No./No. Sacks _ 3000 __— Air Conten!_- _— Max. Aggregate, 3/4" — Admix. Amount: Brand: _ Ilul Water_ Admix. Amount: _ Brand: Set i lest Regis,•r Date Date AUnit Total Area Unit Report No. Dc ys Num )er Rec'd Test Wt. Load PSI _ No. -- - 4018 12-23 12 -29 57,447 28.27 2030 5 i'8 4018 12 23 1 -19 94,071 28.27 3330 13 26 4078 12-23 l -19 92,47.7 2.8.27 3270 13 i cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda Remarks: n,.,.,,, qer & Gal,e#te4-t--- — -- - — --- ------ Iigard School District #23J ----- i RECEIVED )AN U j 1:pR9 Carlson oT Constructinn Insertion&Rc/atcd 7esa Carl n 1 esting, Inc• �munlh Development 6 x 12 COr(,rete --_ P.O.Box 23614 REPORT OF TESTSPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 — �- Phone(503)684-3460 12 -22 88 CP-4242 Permit # Date Molded: , 19 _ Job No. - Client: --- Slayden Construction Co. Project: Durham Flementar,y School - Durham, Oregon Address: !;iyden Construction Contractor: � Sib Contractor: Wilsonville Concrete 30 D-09458 Concrete Supp.ier: Truck No. Ticket No. Il Payson Cast By: —_ Test Time: Load No. 1 Overcast 45 35 Weather- Temp. High: Temp. low: _ Stem walls F & F from 9 to 14 - footings C 7 to 9 - 7B to F - F5 to 7 Location of Placement: K '.); D to F ; and Column footings 2-3 & 5 on line C & 5 on D. 7 Cu. Yds. —Concrete Temp: Strength Requ4ement: — 3000 PSI ®_2e doysSlump 3 3/4 -Cement Type I Mix No./No. Sacks 3000_ Air Content_ ._� Max. Aggregate 3/4 Admix. Amount: _ Brand:—Wot Water _ Admix. Amount: Brand: Set Test a Register Date Date Ur.it T-)tal —Y Area Unit Report No. Days Number _ _kec'd Test Wt. _ Load PSI No. 7 — 4078 12-23 12 2.9 57,447 2.8.27 2.030 5 -- 28 4018 12-23 1 -19 — 28.27 ^� 28 4078 12-23 1 -19 28.27 - — cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda Remarks: _ Tigard School District w23J -~-_----- ----- --- of l it3ard — -- _ — i r� ■ w w w sra�r wI 1W 0metrntction Inspection R Related Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box 23614 Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)664.3460 December 20, 1988 #CP-4242 SHOP INSPECTION REPORT DATES COVERED: December 20, 1988 PROJECT: Durham Elementary School ADDRESS: Durham, Oregon INSPECTOR: B. Sobotta 12-2.0-88: Cil inspector was called to the Vulcan Fab Shop for the initial inspection of structural steel fabrication. The following was noticed. 1 ) Welder - Mike Green; E-166 GMAW 1G; limited; 547-70-3505. 2) Drawings have been approved b•y the engineer for fabrication. 3) The GMAW (SA) short are welding process was used for the welding of fabricated pieces. CO'2 shielding gas. CTI inspector informed Mike (Shop Foreman) that the GPIAW-SA process would require procedure qualification. Mike told CTI inspector that he had previously performed a PWR on another job. C1I inspector requested a copy of the POR. 4) Only pieces MK1A - 3ea, MK1C, MK313, MKIB, MK2CA, MK2C, MK28A, MK28, & MK2A - 2ea, were completed at the time of this visit. CTI inspector ad- vised Mike to notify CTI when further inspection pieces are ready and available for inspection. Respectfully submitte CAR SON TE TING, TN Douglas W. Leach President BS:sam cc: Sla•yden Construction Selig/Lee/Reuda Resseger & Got.chal1 Tigard School Dist. #23J City of ligard a� ire r Construction In.sperti,w&Related Vesta Carlson Testing, I.nc. P.O.Box 13814 6 x 1/ Concrete ?EST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 REPORT OF —_— Phone(503)W-3460 Date Molded: 12 -20 19 8B Job No. _. CP-4242 Permit Client: Slayden Construction Co. - - Project: Durham Elementary School — Address: Derham, Oregon _ -- Contractor: Sl ayden Construction — Sub Contractor: _ — --- - Concrete Supplier: Wilsonville Concrete Truck No. 31 Ticket No. K-flfr �_ Cost By: —_L.D. Brown _ Test Time:l 1_40 __ Load No. —1 Overca,>t. 4535Low: 35 Weather: —_� _ _ Temp. High:_ Temp, — Foundation stem walls for North hi-IF of West perimeter; East. 1// of Location of Placement: - North perimeter footings. Yds. _?— Concrete Temp: 50 _ Strength Requirement: 3000 PSI ® 28 daysS!,jmp 4 1/4"—. Cement Type I4'ix No./No, Sacks 3000 — Air Content __ — Max. Aggregate 3/4,. Admix. Amount: Brand: Admix. Amount:, Brand: Set Test (� Register Date Date Unit T-)tal Area Unit Report _ No_ Days — Number Recd lest Wt. Load __ PSI No. 1 4044 12-21 12 -;'.7 63,498 8.27 2250 4 7 4044 12-21 12 -27 �;� (i74 .8.2. 1 2370 n 28 i =^C+4 — 12-21 1 -17 88,870 8.27 3140 11 --^ 2.8 401u 12-21 1 -17 86,823 28.27 3070 11 CC: Se 1 i g/1_ev/Rueda Remarks: --- -- - —'- - Tigard School District #23J e i-t-y ,, ——— t-edresteel - •eti sftrcterp- -:� � qtr t�v � M >ww ra tR ttrtp ter Con.stnfction Inspection&Related Tcst,s Carlsson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 — Phone(503)684-3460 Date Molded. — 12 -20 19_ 88. Job No. CP-4242 Permit # Client: SI ayden Construct ion Co. Project: Durham Elementary School Address: _Durham, Oregon Contractor: Slayden Construction � SubCortractor: _ _ Concrete Supplier: .-Will sone i 1 1 e Concrete Track No. 31 Ticket Nc.. K7-Q6530-- Cast By: C.D. Brown Test Time:l 1 ;40 Load No. 1 Overcast. Weather: Temp. High: 45 -- Temp. Low: 35 Foundation stem walls for North half of gest perimeter; East 1/2 of Location of Placement: North perimeter footings. Cu. Yds. _—_—Conc•ete Temp: 50 Strength Rt�nuirt .ient:—_ 3000 __. PSI a 28 —doysSlump 4 114" Cement Type Mix No./Na. hacks 3000 Air Content Max. Aggregate 3/4" v— Admix. Amount: Brand:. Admix. Amount: Brand: — — Set Test a Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days Number Recd e,t wt. Load PSI No. _- 1 4044 12-21 12 -2.7 63,498 -8.27 2250 4 1 4044 12-21 12 -27 67,034 _8.2.7 2370 4 28 4044 12-21 1 -17 28.27 �8 4044 12-21 1 -17 cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda Tigard School District #23..1 -- ------ _ Construction Instxxtion&Related Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF TESL SPECIMENS Tlgard,Oregon 97223 -- Phone(503)604-3460 ;2 -16 88 CP-4242 Permit Date Molded: —' 19 — Job No. Sla,yden Construction Co. �__...- Clien`: — Durham Elementary School Project: Durham,. Oi egon Address: _._--_ _ -------- S I ayden Construction Contractor. Sub Contractor. Wilsonville Concrete 41 20-3300 Concrete Supplier: Truck No. . Ticket No. Koski 12:30 1 Cast By: — Test Time: _ load No. — Overcast 45 35 Weather Temp. High: — _-- Temp. Low: _. Sauna tubes. l=ooting lines #KB to 8 line - 8 to H line - H to 13 line Location of Placement: 62 Cu. Yds.__._ __—Concrete Temp: —... Strength Requirement: .__ 3000_ PSI ®_ 28 daysSlump_. 3„ _Cement Type 3/4" Mix No./No. Sacks Air Content __—____ .__ N x. Aggregate__ Admix. Amount: Brand: Admix. Amount: _! Brand: Set Test Gj Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. _Days Number Recd Test Wt. Load PSI No. A 7 4017 12-19 12 --23 57,170 28.21 2020 3 B 28 4011 12-19 1—-13 95,979 28.2.1 3400 10 C HOLD 40'.7 12-19 1 -13 ^` —99,297 28.'7 —3510 10 — CC: Se I i g/Lee/f2ueda — — — -- ---- Remarks: _ RPssPUPr &-CntrhaI 1 ---- ------- - ----- -- Tigard School District #23J City of Tigard —`__ —..— Construction Inspersion&Related Tests Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Hou 23bt4 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS ngrrd,Onigon97223 __—..--_-- --- Phone(503)684-3460 12 -16 88 CP-421? Permit --____--- Date Molded: ' 19— Job No. Slayden Const-ucLion Co. Client: _ --. ---- --- — -- Durham Elementary School Project: -- — — -- �..- ---- --- Durham, Oregon Address: __ — — — — ---- -- - S 1 a,yden Construction Sub Contructor: Contractor: _ ---- - Wilsonville Concrete 41 20-3300 Concrete Supplier: _ — _ Truck No. — __ ricket No. K. Koski 12:30 1 Cast By: — Test lime: .— _-- Load No. - --- Overcast - --- — -- 45 - 35 Weather. _—_ _ Tei,p. High: --- Temp. Low: .._._ Sauna tubes. Fooling lines #KB to 8 line - 8 to H line - H to 13 line Location of Placement: _ — -- 62 --- Cu. Yds. ___Concrete Temp: _-- 28 3„ Strength Requirement: 3000 ___PSI q days Slump_ __Cement Type 3/4 , ',ix No./No. Socks _ Air Content—. `_ Max. Aggregate_ Admix. Amount __— Brand: _ _—_ Admix. Amount: _ Brand: _— Set Test a Register Date Date Unit iota) Area — Uni! Report _ Nu. Days _ Number Recd Test Wt. Load — PSI - No. A 1 4011 12-19 12 -2.3 57,170 28.27 2020 3 13 2-8 4017 12-19 1 -13 — --- 28.27 — — (7 HOLD 4017 12-19 - i -- 28.2.7 cc: Selig/1-ee/Rueda Remarks: .—.--- RP�r-S-Gats ice___.—. Tigard School District *23J Cit.1 of lioaLd i N 1L Construction Inspection&Related Tests Carlson 'Testing, Inc. Fi X 12 CUrlCrel:e P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Tigerd,Oregon 97223 _— --___ - Phone(503)604-3460 12 -13 E8 CP-42.42 Permit Date Molded: _, 1 Job No. Client: Slayden Construction Co. �_— —_.._--_---- --_--- ___—_— --- --- - Durham Elemer,tary School Project: _ �__._ — -- — _ --- ---- — —--- ------ - Durhem, Ore0on Address: — - — - ------_ �.--- - --- Slayden Construction Contractor: Sub Contractor: 4ilsom - Ile Concrete 43 K-06312 Concrete Supplier: —� _—__—_— Truck No. Ticket No. -- Cast By: C. Stasch --_—_ Test Time;1 1 :5U Load No. l._— Overcast 55 40 Weather: _ Temp. High: ---- Temp. Low: _ All footings between 3 to 4 on G to K line; stem walls, 13 line Location of Placement: and K line. Cu. Yds. --_ —Concrete Temp:— _— Strength Requirement: — 3000 PSI a 28 days'lump 2 1/2" Cement Type_ I Mix No./No. Sacks_ M i X I i — Air C:ootent_ --_ — Max. Aggregate 3/4" —_ Admix. Amount: -- Brand: Admix. Amount:_—,--- Brand: Set Test(a Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report - No. Days —Number Recd Test Wt_ Load PSI No. — 7 3033 12-14 12 -20 70,123 2.8.27 249', 2 -� 28 30.13 12-14 1 -10 - 117,160 28.27 4140 8 _-- 28 3033 12- 14 1 -10 -- 118,522 L8-27 4200 8— cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda Remarks: --- T1rTt —.—.-- ----- -- Tigard School District #23J M � r;anstruccnn Inspection K Related 7cNa, Carlson Testing, Inc. 6 x 12 Concrete P.O.Box 23814 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Tigard,Oregon 97223 — — -- - Phone(503)684-3460 12 -13 68 CP-4242 Permit e Date Molded: , 19 Job No. -- - --- -- Client: - Slayden Construction Co. __--- -- ---- ------ - - Project: — ----- Durham Elementary School — - -- ----------- Address: —. -- Uurham, Oregon _ _ —,— --- ------------ Contractor. _ Slayden Construction_ —_--_ Sub Contractor. Wilsonville Concrete Concrete Supplier: Wilsonville No. _ 43 �—_ Ticket No. K-06312 Cost By: C. Stasch Test Time:I 1'50— load No. —I Overcast -----` �—.---55 4i,1 Weather: _— Temp. High: - Temp. Low: All footings between 3 to 4 on G to K line; stem walls, 13 line Location of Placement a n d K line, — - -�-----. 7 - �-- Cu. Yds. Concrete Temp: _ Strength Requirement: '1()00 PSI 0 28 _—days Slump 2 1/2" Cement Type I Mix No./No. Socks_Mix I Air Content Max. Aggregate — 3/4__— Admix. Amount: _ urand: — Admix. Amount: - Brand: Set Tesi ® Register Dcte -Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Days ,Dumber_ Recd Tesi Vt. Load PSI No. 3033 12-14 12 -20 '10,12.3 28.27 2.490 2 28 3033 12-14 1 -10 — 28.21 --- - 28 3033 12-14 i1 -10 28.27 CC: Se 1 i g/1_ee/Rueda Remarks: --�tES': -- Tigard School District #23J d �_. 1 fw �l w #► W W # t Construction Inspection&Fchted Tests Carlson. 'resfing, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 6 x 12 Concrete Ilgard,Oregon 97223 REPORT OF TEST SPECIMENS Phone(503)684-3460 Dote Molded: 12 -08 19 88 Job No. CP-4242Permit. # Client: _ S l ayden Cons t_uc t i on Co. Project: Durham Elemcnt.ary School Address: 'urham, Oregon Contractor: _ :vi Contractor: Concrete Supplier: _wi 1 sonv 1 1 1 e C oncrete Truck No. _ 45 Ticket No. t : 1 1 Cast By: _ C. Stasch _ Test Time: _ load No. Overcast. 50 40 Weather: _ _� Temp. High:___ Temp. I.ow: footings; 13 line and 14 line, A to K line. Location of Placement: _ �- --- _Cu. Yds. Concrete Temp:_ Strength Requirement: 3000 PSI a 28 daysSlump --Cement Type__ I Mix No./No. Socks___M i x 3000 Air Content _ Max. Aggregate—3/4� Admix. Amount: Brand: _ Admix. Amount: __ Brand: ASet Test(a Register Date Date Unit Total Area Unit Report No. Drays _Number Recd Test Wt. lcad _ PSI No. 1 — 2989 12-09 1/ --1r) 60,097_ 28.27 2130 1 28 2989 12-09 1 - 5 102,370 28.27 3620 7 28 2989 12-09 1 - 5 99,240 28.2.7 3510 7 HOLD 2989 12-09 1 - 5 1.04,477 M27 3700 7 Selig/L_ee/Rueda - Tigard School District x23J Constnrc-tion Inspectir:n&Related"Tests Carlson Tesfi g , Inc. P.O.Box 73614 Tlgard,Oregon 97223 Phone(FJ3)W-3460 roe +w+o CP-4242 REPORT OF IN-PLACE SOIL DENSITY TESTS December 8, 1988 Client Slayden Construction Co. Project__-- Durham El.ementaxy School Soil Description 1. 1/2"-0 Rock from Tigard Sand & C. ovtel Max. Dry Density 121.5 . lbs./cu. ft. Optimum Moisture_ _10.2 % Met'tod of Test_ Nuclear 3411-B 414 IN-PLP SIT♦ osrr or res• TEST LOCATION n I. s./ .I rot wo .__ r r__ te12-7 1 Bldg Pad @ B.5 x 2.5 Grade . .2 .7.3 92.0 12-7 2 Bldg Pad M C x 2 E.7 141.0 129.7 100 + 12-7 3 Bldg Pad @ J x 6 8.6 '.33.6 123.1 96.5 12-7 4 Bldg Pad @ E x 9 9.8 1.42.3 129.5 100 + 12-7 5 Bldg Pad @ C x 6 It8.8 135.7 124.8 97.9 12.-7 6 Bldg Pad @ J x 10 8.0 136.2 126.2 99.0 1.2.-7 7 Retest of #1 (12-7-68) 8.2 132.6 122.6 96.2 Remnrl<s CC: Selig/Lee/Rueda Tig rd coo - ---------Z"i�` off- i -- ----- - ------------ CARLSON TESTING INC UW _ A=WffWffWff!FJ1MW !'wisrrur;iun Indo•.-rinn 8 Rorhrc,l Tcsrs Carlson Tesfing, Inc. P.O.Box 23614 Tigard,Or-gon 97223 #CP-4242 Phone(503)664-3460 Poo "a REPORT OF -IN-PLACE SOIL DENSITY TESTS D�acernber 6, 1Q88 Client S.layden Construction Co. Project Darharn Elementary School Solt Pescriphon _ 1'�"-0 Rock from 'Pigard Said & Gravel Max. Dry Density 11'1'x' lbs./cu. ft. Optimum Moisture_ 10.) __% Method of Test Nuclear- 3411—B F-- or +Ifl T [S T L-O C A T 1 O N aL[v. url FIELO IN-PLACE DENSITY a ff. N0. 01sweI (loof.�Cu. IT.) t —M T1 -5 Building Pad rade L9.4 133.2 121.7 95.4 12-5 l 8.4 132.2 121.9 95.0 12-5 3 133.6 123.1 96.6 12-5 4 7.4 .1.32.8 123.9 96.9 12-5 `5 - _ 7.8 133.7 123.7 97. 1 - cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda Remarks Tfgn ------- __. .. --- CARLSON TESTING INC F CIrf OF T'GA RD EX11.1-011SIL'. PEAMIA A4. PE.11M]A* NO. C"YOFWA COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT DATE, 12 5 1 /Bb 13125S.W Hall Blvd..P.O.Box 23397.Tigard.Oregon 97223.(503)63941175 C' WIC X.M. Vill I .NO. 80:11.993. L VAX 2S 1 "300/100 $06 : LT : FII.: 1..O T S1 ZE .. V011-00'1110N: dt :l. ,(.'-.'!00 ' 00o Gli:T EMOIKS 1:-'VIONT : PEAR: rjl:.W OWC1.A... . LINXTS LEEFT : 111GHT : LAA)LIA'11TONAl. NO . EAKIA10UMS : 1::X I , WOLA- CONST : VN NO. BA TIAS : NNIS !.j : 1:.: :NP W :Nr': I I PA Mit'.111 N(.'.,!:i : 7 1. OAD E: 06 N :NP 15 : NP E.:NP W : NW VOTAL. E;'16 W) 00 !:i'1'0 NT 1. E?-16 0,5 POOP C,ONST : A FJ 1:'W: PI: 17 YIF."', APF:A SC:PAP"? NO PATEA.) d rtl f NO ;5111:) 0(X(JI--) . GEPAP ? NO PA1 E.D NO DASI:Km' 'I 50 P'LPF: SI:"PI(LP'? YE:!5 A I .A AM y I:" FLOW IGPM) LA:. 1*VX',1 '? 1 V!.i G (.ONI:-'117 YL!ii (-Ili I I Py: jl-- j 10 14 E. C)I::' NO. W AT Wr.113 c-i 1.cj'i 0 PJ AN Ph'Kill, I.F.W sp '()6a 9---.s E R I F TAX $1.'59 1 Vi C t 'I'MEN1 0 5DI.; I f(:)PM i-! 0 0 0 00 N r !� J)J'. I I)'f 1-11INS'l VIIAC1 .1 UIIN 'I.NI.; P - :'I I.n 1.4 0 R I"DL II A C 01*4 97311-'1 P PE.P o I*D < 1 0 6P71 a.,)> T 0 R 3:1*11 NO. J.0 0 821 This permit is issued s--blect to the regulations contained in Title 14 .................................................... ........ of the TIVIC, State of Oregon Specialty Codes,zoning regulations and all other applicable codes and ordinances, and It is hereby TONG agreed that the work will be done in accordance with the plans and specifications and In compliance with all applicable codes and 1::(10NDAT 10N WAI. I... ordinances The issuance of this permit does not waive restrictive 5t. AL'I covenants Contractor and subcontractors shall have current city V 1111AM business tax permits This permit will expire and become null and void If work Is not started within 180 days,or it work Is suspended or rKHAF NAILANG abandoned for a period of 180 days any time after work has '5111114AW WAI I.- commenced. It shall be the responsibility of the permittee to assure A.N S li A-I *.I:('.)N all required Inspections are requested and approved ('.3yl:' HOARD G(Pil')END 1NAL. Permittee Si nature C. 4tIssued By� j ' 'MITI SEPARATE PERMITS REQUIRED FOR WORK OTHER THAN DESCRIBED ABOVE OEM �� Q ConstmedOn Ins�Pcrtion&Rorletecl Test: Carlson. Testing, Inc. er a Y�F�' 01!W P.O.Box 2U1.4 Tlperd,Otey(n 97223 CP-4242 Phone(503)664-3101 REPORT OF IN-PLACE SOIL DENSITY TESTS Decenb(!r 1, 1988 Client- SlxIrlPn r ng ;r-tinn Ca Project - ' f1 l y SchcX21 -� - Soil Description _ ".I Dock from Tigard Sand and c ravel Mt-- --y Density 1. 27.5 lbs./cu. ft. Optimum Moi>sture__i0,2 __% Method of Test NUC3 dr !UJJ=3 OT(!7, T92 IM TEST I_ OC A T I O N ��- ttcv. up? T'c�o IWP�AC[O[aM FT. "0. OIl TUII( (LMS./CU. rT.l 1 a.i0 1 SE Corner Parking Lot _ -1' 11.4 141.5 127.1 99.7 1.1-30 2 SW Corner Parking Lot -1' 10.1 138.9 126.1 989 _ 11-30 3 Bl . Pad 50' S of N 15' E of W- -6" _ 9,8 1:.37.3 124.9 97.6 12-1 1 Bldci. Pad 30' S of N, 70' E of W -1' 11.8 138.1 123.6 96,8 12-1 2 Bldq: Pad 100' S of N, 70' E of W -1' 10.1 137.5 124.8 97.9 12-1 3 Bldg. Pad 10' S of N, 100' E of W -6" 10.3 136.6 123.8 97. 1 12-1 4 Bldg. Pad 50' S of N, 15' E of W, retest* 9.8 138.4 126.1 98,9 PM 12-1 1 Slab on Grede Grid C3 2 9.0 135,3 124.1 97.2 12-1 2 Slab o1.Grade grid D5 -1 2 8.9 146.0 17.8.51 100+ 12-1 3 Slag on Grmre grid C5 10 2 9.6 144.8 137..1 100+ 12-1 4 Slab on Clrada grid C,9 _ -1'•f' 2 9.4 136.8 125,1 98.0 I 12-1 4 Slab on Grade grid C5 -1 2 9.2 135.0 123.6 97.0 12-1 5 Slab on Grade grid G11_ _ -3' 1 8.3 135.4 125.1 98.0 12-1 6 Slab on Grade is J10 -3' 1 9.4 137.5 125.6 Remarks r CARLSON TESTING INC. U U LI I,..1 U) L_1 U U SLI _,1 ^1 U 'iCCC:CCC"IsimC■■.■■■■■■..C.■r.■■=.■■�. ...�. .■■ ■ son so C■■e■m■■■CC ■m■■...0 ■■ C■mC■■ ■C .�'■_■ ■ SON ago age■�i ■■■■■ ■■ ■■ ■ ■ ■■ nue ■■ ■ ■■■■g ■■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■/C ■■C■mm■C■■sm=Cmi ■■■ uC■■■■■CC■■■■■■CC■ ■■CC■ ■■■�Cr■w�■ ■■ ■■ ■ ■■■ ■■ ■ ■■■.■■■■■ ■ ONE■■■ ■■■ ■■■ now ■//'�=C■anCeguC■■■■■■C■ ■■SC�■■■ ness ■ ■�m=■■■■■_/I no news■■N ■ ■ ■news■■■■■ ■ ■■ ■■■■■■■■■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ s■■ ■■■ i••C""' '��e■ CCC 'CCCCCCC■C':`ICCCCCCC■�CCCC'■ CCC■�■'sC■■■C as ■■■■■ ■ ■■■M■e■■ • .N■wwr■m■■■ ■■n■s�■ea ■e■■mC ■seam■eC■nm■mCs ■ ■■ss■■see■ NOON Eggs Now■■m=w■■■s■CC■■■■■■■ ■r■■ ■ ■�■■■■■■ ■ ■C NounC C CC ■■w■■■■■w■■CCC■..■�r=. .■C■■ ■■■■m■■eC C . smug. ■■. ...■■ gene■■■■r■■. .■.■ . r■/■■lmmemenom ■ .■■m■■ ■�■■m=■ . ■■■I.■ C■a■■■...■=■C0■C ■u m =■■■■■■CC' ■C■ Minna IS owns riiiCConia�aCC�CaCC:-'- 9 CCC=:■Cmmom ICN long C�CCC'C' CCCCCCCCCC'•.iiiCC CiCi-'■'�.'-i'CC��a CC g�C SENSE eago son/CCwiimC ■nee /L ■■m■ Carm■m/ ■t IIC■■CI■■� ■ soon■■m■■ ■e■■ ■■ ■ ■■■g=s■�■Malinenm■mmumm■►ss■■ ■■■ ■■ ■■■■ ■■■■N■■■w■■ ■ ■■■■■e■■■■■/•■/■r��■■ �■■■■■■ ■■■■_ ■ ■ ■■ ■■■■ ■ gC►egC■ ■e■m■■■ ONE■gs■rm&!r■ ■■m■■m ■■■■■CNC■�'■■ C■m■■C� ■U ■■■�'■■=■■e 1C■■■■■_■■■■_. s■=■■ HIM'g "g' 'I am Is=rsC■CCCC■CC■■"i�CC■CCCCCCCi'■C=■ iCCCC■CC�' - am NAMES ■■ . .son ■■ N ■m■a■ ■ ■■ ■m■ .r.■.Sam ■ mnm■■ a ■.._.� .■�.r....C.■C�.='�■r.■■'i.=■.C■= r■ obi man ... .. .�. ... .......�.... . . ..�C'■rCCCC■C ■■ INS% mass . .I was ■ =■.■aCCCC'C■son win 'i'�C'/Ci■ C.■■..■.■C�.. .. . .•among e ■■■■■ ■ ■■■:r iC=C:CCC�■■■ fir=■■■=■r■■C■■r g■ ■■rC■C■■m=�■'CC■r■r■ C■r■�■= s■ QCs■CCCCrC : CCC■C' CCCCCamusing■■C"CC CCCC':. Name..■.■.. . ■■■ ■CC . .■ ■C ■■■■■■ ■r ■►.■C■ ■mer■■■C■Cr■■■■■Rosin ON C ■■■■ ■�Q■■ ..■■■■�eMEN a■■■■■■■C■■C■■■■■r=rC�■=m■�iu■=�■■_■ ■oil OEM ■ Imamomms C 10 mom ■■ mins r w on an ■C■■■■ Cee■uC C/■C■■CC C■■Cu' ■■CCC'C'C■C■CCs'CC'CCCCCC'CIllow '"s ..==..C�CCCCCCCCCC�.► n:::==C:mCiCCC�CCISSION U oft:CCCCCUMC .. ■.�. CITYOFTIIFARD li&WEA PERWIT C D COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT NU . : F)EG(32P,67 IWOr.--- 1SISULED 11 ./ 1/88 13125S.W Hall Blvd..P.O.Box 23397.Tigr-rd,Oregon 9r223.(503)6394175 P WE PHI-NO 881,1391 vent, S 1101.4 ADURL'Yi . " U56- NUMBEA: 3 710 E) f(.)X MAP/LUT, "AAJ . L.I UK : 1. (ND (lith::: SXZE : r:l,0110 : Twl-"' : WOW< 1:AASS : NEW U151-i: TYPE: : 1EDUCAT10NAL. lA1;lI-o?4W% 1'cl c.clmlaa.y wi-t'h AL-11A. rt.i'hv;?w atocl rcqjtA.ut:i.:,)r)m c)41 T'he Permit. krlxpiraR; (JoLgir, 41rum thf-a daft-w immued - The totall.l. pmicl wil.1 bw') fur-Twitfalcl J.41 ttlw jaerl"it expi.rc"111 . The Agoincy duet rich. 5:11.18ti '11.1'Itcle the( llwcurntcij of Ovw c)f thtii? Wide 1aeW4,?l" liatel-40.111 . :If the Ifir'?Wer is llut lrlc.:Rktnci all, 1'hirp lnfh)ml lit 1.1 rwinforl t 141-yw1 , thco J,riihtot.L:l.wr whall prutnpirict 3 ii-I from tvie (ji.iatittilce 5jive)r1 . 1-V not wo lcicin.te(J , the iiiistitLl..Ler fishall. 1.:111 r„Fyut9lGr at "Tutp JiLl-1cl 5H.Cle Ficawer” V-Iormit alx%cl t,F1w1 Agopric�y WJ.].J. il-Iffitill.1.1. 01 111ttiWl"NO 1*'Yl:"F.:: : BUJ:I 1:).'I:N(; tiEWEA 1MPEAVIOUS Al-IEA: 72000 UN115 - I rel *Tl*--'NON*T' 1MPr4(1Vr-.:MI-:N'1 NO 1,111 I I .XNL-'s UN11*15 . 1.11. 111' 131-U(305 . 1. L W 0 RKE T *Ab 00 P E N ('ONNE(�"TTON CHARGE" 1110A? t00 ' 00 E R 1-1.14l'-K TOP 1119STALL . (ITHE31 C 0 N T R A C I O R TUTAI PECAHAV"T 1140. This permit is issued Subject to the regulations contained In Title 14 ............... of the TMC, State of Oregon Specialty Codes,zoning regulations and all other applicable codes and ordinances. and it Is hereby agreed that the work will be done in accordance with the plains and specifications and In compliance with all applicable codes mnu X.N A 1'. ordinances The issuance of this permit does not waive restrictive covenants Contractor and subcontractors shall have current city business tax permits This permit will expire and become null and void if work is not started within 180 days,or if work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days any time after wcrk has commenced It shall be the responsibility of the permittee to RSSUra all required int:)ections are requested and approved Permittee Signature Issued By: -T-711 1 1111-4 TMI-11F.1;I Turq 63,77-11.7c) SEPARATE PERMITS REQUIRED FOR WORK OTHER THAN DESCRIBED ABOVE CITY OF TIGARD Washington County, Oregon NOTICE OF FINAL ORDER - BY HEARINGS OFFICER 1. Concerning, Case Number(s): CU 88-08 and HD 88-01 2. Name of Owner; Tigard School District, Unified Sewerage Agency, Hambach, & PGE. 3. Name of Applicant: Tigard School District Address 13125 SW Pacific Highway City Tigard State OR Zip 97223 4. Location of Property: Address 7360 SW Durham Road and 8040 SW Durham Road Legal Description 2S1 1313A, 400 & 500; 2S1 13B, 300; & 2S1 1313, 600 5. Nature of Application: Request for Conditional Use approval, to allow _ construction of a nine classroom school buildiPA behind the existing Durham School. 6. Actien: Approval as requested xx Approval with conditions Denial 7. Notice: Notice was published in the newspaper, posted at Citv Hall and mailed to: xx The applicant & owners xx Owners of record within the required distance xx The affected Neighborhood Planning Organization �xx Affected governmental agencies 8. Final Decision: THE DECISION SHALL BE FINAL ON November 28y_,988,UNLL_S AN APPEAL IS FILED. The adopted findings of fact, decision, and statement of condition can be obtained from the Planning Department, Tigard City Hall, 1.3125 SW Hall_ Blvd. , P.O. Box 23397, Tigard Oregon ''7223. 9. Appeal: Any party to thr decision ma- appeal this decision in accordance with 18.32.290(h) and Section 18.32.370 which provider that ra written appeal may he filed within 10 days after notice is given and sent. The deadline for filing of an appeal is 3• P.M. November 28, 1988 10. Questions: If you have any questions, please call the City of Tigard Planning Department , 639-4171 . 0257P/0006P a■r I i BEFORE THE HEARINGS OFFICER FOR THE CITY OF TIGARD IN THE MATTER OF THE APPLICATION FOR ) CONDITIONAL USE AND VARIANCE APPROVAL) TO CONSTRUCT A SCHOOL BUILDING; ) NO. CU 88-08 ; V 88-25 Tigard School District 23J, Applicant) The above-entitled matter came before the hearings officer at the regularly scheduled meeting of October 27, 1988, in the Tigard Civic Center Town Hall. Room, in Tigard, Oregon; and The applicant rerniests conditional use and variance approval to construct a school building on property zoned R-12 (HD) , and described as Tax Lot 401, Map 2S1, Section 13BA, Tax lot 300, Map 251., Section 13B, Tax lot 500, Map 2511, Section 13BA, Tax lo`_ 600, Map 251, Section 13B, City of Tigard, County of Washington, State of Oregon; and The hearings officer conducted a prblic hearing on October :7 , 1988, at which time testimony, evidence and the planning department staff report were received; and The hearings officer adopts the findings of fact and conclusions contained in the staff report, a copy of which is o.tt,tched hereto, marked "Exhibit A1l and incorporated by reference herein; and NOW THEREFORE IT 1S HEREBY ORDERED that CU 88-08 and V 88-25 be and are hereby approved subject ;:o the following conditions: 1. Additional right-uf - ,y shall be dedicated to the State Highway Division along the Durham Road frontage to increase the rightof way to 45 feet from the centerline. The description shall be tied to the existing right of way centerline. The 1 dedication document shall be approved by the state prier to recording. 2 . The school district shall implement- a plan designed to discourage the use of the Durham Road access to the subject property. 3 . A 6 foot wide aGphaltic concrete si6ewalk shall be constructed along the south side of Durham Road from Hall Boulevard to the edge of the school property, , within the existing right Qf way. In addition, the school district shall, move the cress walk to the intersection of 79th and Durham Road. The district shall preserve the trees within the right of way. 4 . The applicant shall obtain a permit from the State of Oregon Highway Division to perform work within the right of way of Durham Road. A copy of the permit shall be provided to the City Engineering division prior to issuance of a Public Improvement Permit. 5. A 6 foot wide portland cement concrete sidewalk shall be constructed alone the east side of 85th Avenue from Hall Boulevard to the entrance off 85th Avenue. 6. A 6 foot wide portland cement cc :rete sidewalk shall be constructed along the access road from 85th Avenue to the school . The applicant shall a;scommodate the existing utility poles in the sidewalk placement required in $5 and #6 herein. 7 . The proposed privately operated and maintained roadway, sanitary sewer anC storm drainage system plan-profile and cross section details shall be provided as part of the public 2 �r�� wlimr �a' eb tu► improvement plans. S. A joint use and maintenance agreement: shall be executed and recorded for all common driveways. The agreement shall be referenced on and become part of all applicable parcel Deeds. Th,a agreement shall be approved by the Engineering Division prior to recording. 9. The applicant stall obtain written approval from Unified Sewerage Agency of Washington County to connect to the sanitary sewer trunk line prior to issuance of Public Improvement Permit. 10. Seven sets of plan and profile public improvement construction plans and one itemized construction cost estimate, stamped by a Registered Professional Civil Engineer, detailing all proposed public improvements shall be submitted to the Engineering Division for approval . Two sets of plan and profile plans shall be submitted for preliminary review prior to submittal. of final plans. 11. Construction of proposed public improvements shall not commence until after the Er. ,ineering Divisi�ji has approved public improvement plans. The section will requirt a 100% performance assurance or letter of commitment, a developer-engineer agreement, the payment of a permit fee and a sign installation/streetlight fee. Also, the execution of a street opening permit or construction compliance agreement shall oi!cur prior to, or concurrently with the issuance of approved public improvement plans. THE FOLIOWING CONDITIONS SHALL BE SATISFIE'J PRTOR TO THE ISSUANCE 3 OF AN OCCUPANCY PERMIT: 13. The proposed landscaping materials and other proposed site improvements shall be installed in conformance with the site plan, and shall be subject to review by consensus by the historic committee. The district shall pay special attention to landscaping between the historic building presently on the property and the new bolding, to attempt to screen the new building and make it more compatible with the historic one. 14 . Proposed public improvements shall be installed in conformance with the public improvements (STAFF CONTACT: Mike Mills, Engineering Division) . THIS APPROVAL SHALL BE VALlu IF EXERCISED WITHIN ONE YEAR OF THE DATE OF THY FINAL DECISION NOTED BELOW. THIS APPROVAL IS LIMITED TO THE FIRST PHASE OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION. DATED this �,.,> day of November, 1988. HEARINGS OFFICER APPROVED: BETH KASON 4 S�LIG LEL RI EDA 11'Citlic'L�5 cIllc� ��IIJIiIL'''� -r �o! �' rr�t, :' rrr,Rr ,( rr;un )7204 21 October 1988 T�irt+ r ,n Mr. Gene Birchill Deputy Fire Marshal Post Office Box 4755 Beaverton, (Oregon 97076 FX: DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 354A-167-000 Dear Gene: We are in receipt of your fire and life safety plan rev:.ew dated 17 October 1988 and submit the following for yo,ir approval: Item 1: Door added. Item 2: Comply. Item 3: Fire Department connection relocated to island. Item 4: "No Parking" signs added. Item 5: Fire resistive asaembly L501 (UL) permit: 5/8" gyp board type ");" to be nailed to bottom of wood joist. Per our preliminary plans review meeting of 11 August 1988: when tee final phase is completed, this portion of the building will be approximately 1000 sf (9.1%) over area. Rather than constructing a 2 hr. separation wall it was agreed at the building be fully detected, classroom pods to have atmosph separation and classroom pods be of 1 hr. construction. It wai agreed that a layer of 5/8" gyp board type "R" at the bottom of the TJI's at 16" o.c. would be acceptable as 1 hr. construction. Item 6: Will comply. Item 7: Will comply. Item 8: Will comply. Item 9: Will comply. Item 10. Will comply. Item 11: Will comply. Item 12: r, Will comply. Sincerel• , 1 ./ Xavier E. Rueda . .�. �.r 1, rad Roast, Tigard Building Department l } i i i CONSOLIDATED FIRE AND RESCUE 's Washington County Fire District No. 1 City of Beaverton Fire Department - Tualatin Fire District n, FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE October 17, 1988 X. Rueda 213 S.W. Ash Street •- Room 201 Portland, Oregon 97204 RE: Durham Elementary School Tigard School District 8040 S.W. Durham Rd. 354A-167-000 Dear X: A fire and life safety plan review was conducted on the above captioned project. for compliance with the 1985 editions of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) , Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) , and Uniform Fil. rode (UFC) as amended by Tualatin Rural Fire Protection District's Ordinance 86-5, Plans are approved subject to the following items: 1. Recommendation: (Additional Door) : We would recommend that an additional door be installed between classroom 010 and lobby 016, allowing 2 exits from this classroom. 2. Smoke Gaskets: All doors opening into lobby 016, with exception of outside door, shall be equipped with smoke gaskets. UBC Sec. 3305(h) 3. Fire Hydrants/Fire Department Connection: Thought fire hydrant/fire department connection are wi.thin 70-feet of each other as Ordinance requires, it would be advisable (we recommend) to relocate fire department connection to the islat,d adjacent the fire hydra; t . This will (1) move the engine and creta away from the building, reducing exposure to boti,1 and (2) by not laying hose across the driveway, will allow for better access and circulation during fire fighting operations. 4. No Parking Signs: No parking signs Shall be installed along one side of the driveway and on the outer parameter of the circular driveway in front of the new building. Signs shall state: "NO PARKTNG" "Fire Lane" "ORS 478.910" Tualatin Fire District Fire Ordinance. 4755 S.W. Griffith Drive 0 P.O. Box 4755 0 Beaverton,Oregon 97076 • (503)526-24,39 � � t X. Rueda October 17, 1988 Page 2 5, Fire Resistive Assemblies: To the best of this Plans Examiner's knowledge, there are no fire resistive assemblies utilizing 5/8-inch type x-gypsum board applied directly to wood framing (trusses, joists, etc, ) . The only assemblies knowledgeable to this Plans Examiner, utilized with direct application to wood construction, utilizes 1/2- inch type x-gypsum board or if 5/-8-inch type x is desirable, utilize a double layer or rigid furring channels. Please call assembly by listing number and spell out assembly on plans and/or addendum to plans. 6. Firestopping; In all wood framed walls and partitions, f.irestopping consisting of 2-inch nominally-sized lumber or other approved materials must be installed at all floor and cei"Ang levels. Penetrations in this prescribed firestopping to accommodate wiring, plumbing, and other similar utility runs must be packed with noncombustible materials in an approved manner so as to prevent. the passage of flame. (UBC Sec, 2516) 7. Automatic Sprinkler Plans: Plans referred to and examined by this office contain no provisions for the alteration or installation of automatic sprinkler. system. Not less than three sets of plans for the installation shall be submitted to this office for approval prior to installation. (UBC 302(b)) 8. Address Regaired: The tenant space number must be prominently displayed on the street front where it is readily visible to drivers and officers of responding fire apparatus and other emergency vehicles. (UFC Sec, 10.208) 9. Fire Extinguisher Requirements: Not less than one (1) approved fire extinguisher(s) with rating of not less than 2AlOB:C shall be provided for each 1,500 square feet of floor area or fraction thereof. The travel distance to an extinguisher from any portion of the building shall not exceed 75 feet, (UFC Standard 10-1) 10, Approved Plans on Job Site: One set of approved plans bearing the stamps of the Tigard Building Department and this office must be maintained on the project site throughout all phases of construction and must be made available to building and fire inspectors for reference during required construction inspections, (UBC Sec. 303) 11 . inspections Required: Inspection and approval of construction by a representative of this office is required: (a) prior to the cover of any new framing elements following the installation of all utility runs which will be concealed within wall and partition cavities; (b) upon completion of construction and prior to occupancy of the tenant space. (UBC Sec, 305) s r X. Rueda October 17, 1988 Page 3 12. Certificate of Occupancy Required: Prior to the use and occupancy of the project (space) , a certificate of occupancy or other written instrument of approval must be obtained from the City of Tigard Building Department. (UBC Sec. 307) SPECIAL NOTICE: DEVIATIONS FROM THE SUBMITTED AND HEREBY CONDITIONALLY APPROVED PLANS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, EXCLUSIVE OF THOSE NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AS LISTED HFREIN, ARE PF:OHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF THE WASHINGTON COUNTY BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND THIS OFFICE. APPROVAL OF SUBMITTED PLANS IS NOT AN APPROVAL, OF OMISSIONS OR OVERSIGHTS BY THIS OFFICE OR OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT, If. I can be of any further assistance to you, please feel free to contact me at 526-2502. Sincerely, Gene Birchill Deputy Fire Marshal GB:kw cc, Tigard Building Department ✓f DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - ADDENDUM 140. 1 - 11 OCTOBER 1988 SELIG/LEE/RUEDA ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS 213 S.W. ASH, SUITE 201 PORTLAND, OREGON 97204 (503) 224 - 0173 ADDITION AT DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR TIGARD SCHOOL DISTRIC" NO. 23J Tigard School Distr4.ct No. 23J Washingtun and Clackamas Counties This Addendum to the Contract Documents is issued to clarify and correct the Drawings and Specifications. This Document is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Acknowledge receipt hereof by inserting the above Addendum number in the space provided in the Proposal Form prior to submitting bid. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. lA SPECIFICATIONS .,IA-1 SECTION 02500 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING - 2.1 PAVING ASSEMBT,IES a. Under Item "Driveways" change last sentence to read: "4" of Asphaltic Concrete (2" Class C on 2" Class B) ". b. Add Note: Refer to drawing 1.2 for Access Roar, paving specifications. M-2 SECTION 05150 - STRUCTURAL AND MISC. METT.LS - 2.1 MATERIALS Delete: "Structural Steel Deck (at canopies) ". SECTION 061C" - 2.1 MATERIALS Under "Ply-WEb "I" Joistz": after the second sentence add "oriented strandboard webs permitted with ICBG approval". JA-4 SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY - 2.1 MATERIALS Add: "Exterior Plywood Siding" shown under 3.1 - Installation. .A.5 SECTION 07412 - METAL ROOFING AND SIDING - 2.1 MATERIALS Chanae "custom color to match existing" to read "Color to be selected from manufacturers stock colors". SECTION 07650 - SHEET METAL - 3.0 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION At 14th line, beginning with "Metal ends . . ." change sentence to read "Coping joints to be standing seams. Counter flashing joints to be standing seam or honk seam". 11-7 SECTION 08700 -- FINISH HARDWARE •- DOOR AND HARDWAFr SCHEDULE Door 37A under notes add- "undercut door 3/4". ADDENDUM NO. 1 - PAGE 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - ADDENDUM NO. 1 - 11 OCTOBER 1988 .Z-8 SECTION 08920 - SKYLIGHTS - 2.1 SKYLIGHT At 2nd sentence add: "Clear anodized finish to be Architectural Class 211. SECTION 16110 - CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS - 3.2 CONDUIT INSTALLATION a. Delete last sentence and add the following: Romte conduit through mechanical room floor and roof openings with piping and duct-work where possible; otherwise provide sleeve for all penetrations and install as shown on detail 86/15.5. b. Add sentence to read: All conduit exposed to view in finished spaces shall be installed parallel to and perpendicular to building and structural lines. 1p10 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES - 2.8 FIXTURE SCHEDULE a. Add sentence to Type "F" to read: Mount with 18 inch long 3/8 inch hallow steel stems with swivel hanger assembly. Finish shall be baked white enamel. b. Revise Type "L" from Sterner Diplomat 20 to Sterner Diplomat 25. c. Add fixture Type "L1" to read: Same as Type "L" except with 20S volt single phase ballast, and type II optical unit; Sterner Diplomat 25, with UBR-2505-II optics or approved. 1H DRAWINGS iB-1 DRAWING 6.4 - WALL SECTIONS - DETAIL 43 a,*, Change wall types 104B and 3B to 104A and 3A. At lobby side of wall, extend gyp board to underside of ledger below ccncrete floor. 1B--2 DPAWING 14.2 - FOUNDATION PLA14 At foundation wall on gridline "D" between gridlines 13 and 14 and from gridline 9 to 5 feet east of gridline 9, dimension of foundation wall is 6" and dimension of footing is 16". i6-3 DRAWING 14.4 - MECH FRAMING PLANS & DETATLS - DETAIL 24 !/'At stair framing shown between gridlines 9 and 10 add the following note where heavy lines shown: "frame stair opening with double 2 x 12's". 1H-4 DF'.AWING 15.1 - SITE PLAN At north side of building extend 8" SD from present location at south end of entry walk to north end of entry walk and cap for future SD. 1B-5 DRAWING 15.2 - SANITARY SEWER PLAN AND PROFILES Attached 1B--6 DRAWING 15.44 - FLOOR PLAN - HVAC Add 5/8" gypsum board with taped joints to the 36 x 18 duct apply to /r duct between ST-1A and the mechanical room wall. Caulk at wall and gypsum hoard junction. 1B--'1 ,,,DRAWING 15.6 - HVAC PARTIAL PLANS AND SF,CfIONS Section 25 change the 38 x 18 callouts to 36 x 18. ADDENDUM NO. 1 - PAGE 2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - ADDENDUM 140. 1 - 11 OCTOBER 1988 1B-8 DRAWING 1C.1 - ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN a. Add Site Plan designation to Plan Drawing. b. Add Scale to read: 1 inch equals 30 feet. c. Add North Arrow designation, and orient right. d. Add eight (8) Type "Ll" pole mounted fixtures, spaced 100 feet apart along the North side (8 feet from curb) of the access road. First fixture shall be located 40 feet West of West property line. Reference Drawing 1.2. Add two (2) number 8 cop per branch circuit cables in 3/4 inch under ground conduit, and route through outdoor lighting control contactor (dusk to pre-set time controlled) . Connect complete to 20 amp 2 pole branch circuit. a. Add one (1) 2 inch underground PVC conduit stub out for future Cable Television Service. Route conduit 24 inches below grade in same trench with Telephone Service underground conduit. Provide metal end-cap. Terminate one end at Cable Television Terminal "CTT" cabinet and the other end at Nerth property line with Telephone Service Conduit. Install pull wire in conduit. 1B-9 DRAWING 16.2 - LIGHTING PLAN a. Branch circuiting of fixture Types "G", "G1", "H", and "H1" in IMC Room 15 and Passage Room 14 are diagrammatic. See Drawing 3.1 and Detail 15/3.2 for rout.ng and exact location of branch circuiting. Verify exact location of all junction boxes and branch circuit- conduit locations with the Ar,.;hitnct prior to rough-in work. All junction boxes to be installed at same elevation of fixtures. b. Branch circuiting of fixture Type "F" in Multi-Purpose Room 38 are diagrammatic. See Drawing 3.1 for routing and exact location of branch circuiting. Verify exact location of all. junction boxes and branch-circuit conduit locations with the Architect prior to rough-in work. All junction boxes to be installed at same elevation of fixtures. r. Chain mount fixtures in IMC Room 15, and Passage Room 14. 18-10 DRAWING 16.3 - SIGNA.L PLAN a. jAdionization detectors (with remote LED) in environmental air plenums above the following rooms: Workroom .i'i' Conference .4;' and Principal Lk. Add note number K to detectors and connect to Zone number 4 and 7.une number 1 as shown on drawings. b. A01"ccate ionization detector in environmental air plenum shown at col,, ,n line three (3) in Conference 7 West 10 feet. 18--11. DRAWING 1.6.4 - POWER PLAN a. Add flush floor telephone outlet in IMC Room 15; Locate outlet adjacent to flush floor duplex receptacle shown approximately 5 feet South of column line J, and 13 feet West of column line 7. Install 3/4 inch conduit home-run to "TT". b. Add One (1) each wall mounted telephone outlet and duplex receptacle along column line F in Office 17; Base Bid only. Connect duplex receptacle complete to branch-circuit D-23. Install 3/4 inch conduit home-run to "TT" from telephone outlet. Delete outlets if Alternate number 1 is exercised. c. Delete one (1) GFI receptacle at East end of counter in Classroom 2. Add one (1) duplex receptacle with note number t designation at cabinet. Connect complete to branch-circuit B ADDENDUM NO. 1 - PAGE 3 DUREAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - Ar�DENDUM NO. 1 - 11 OCTOBER 1988 1B-12 DRAWING 16.5 - LIGHTING & POWER Pi,AN - MECHANICAL a. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE - COMBINATION EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: Delete 225amp, 150amp, and 150amp CBA. for CU-1, CU-2, and CU-3 items respectively. 1B-13 DRAWING 16.6 - ELECTRICAL DETAILS PANEL SCHEDULE - PANEL "C": Revise designation to Lighting for circuit C-25. Revise designation to Outdoor Street Lighting for circuits C-22.24. Revise circuit breaker C-24.26 to 20amp 2pole breaker. 1C SUBSTITUTIONS 1C-1 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY - 2.1 MATERIALS - PLY-WEB "I" JOISTS Substitution Accepted: WSI by Willamette Industries 1C-2 SECTION 03700 - FINISH HARDWARE - 2.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS Subst;.tution Accepted: McKinney Hinges TA2714 and T4B3786. 1C-3 SECTION 08920 - SKYLIGHTS - 2.2 SUBSTITUTION ACCEPTED Substitution Accepted: Duralite Sunliner Series McFarland Metals 1C-4 SECTION 15650 - REFRIGERATION Substitution Accepted: Condensing Unit - McQuay 1C-5 SECTION 15750 - HEAT TRANSFER Substitution Accepted: Unit Heaters - Ted Reed 1C-6 SECTION 15850 - AIR HANDLING Substitution Accepted: Air Supply Units -• Temtr.ol Cabinet Fans - Temtr.ol Roof Caps - Carnes, Loren Cook Co. 1C-7 SECTION 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION Substitution Accepted: Air Outlets - Carnes, Kruger, Agi ,air, Barber-Colman END OF ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE ADDENDUM NO. 1 - PAGE 4 DURHAM ELEMENTIRY SCHOOL - ADDENDUM NO. 2 - 21 OCTOBER 1988 SELIG/LEE/RUL A ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS 213 S.W. ASH, SUITE 201 PORTLAND, OREGON 97204 (503) 224 - 0173 ADDITION AT DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR TIGARD SCHML DISTRICT NO. 23J 1,i•,ard School District No. 23J W�Auington and Clackamas Counties This Addendum to the Contract Documents is issued to clarify and correct the Drawings and Specifications. This Document is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents to the same extent as thc,ugh it were originally included therein. Acknowledge receipt hereof by inserting the acove Addendum number in the space provided in the Proposal Form prior to submitting bid. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. is SPECT C TIONS, d*-1 SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTR'I - 2.1 MATERIALS Under MDO, first line, delete worc's ". . .and Mechanical Room walls . . ." SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE -• DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE ,.a. At Doors 14A, 15B and 38A change Exit Devices from "RD--L" to "RD-NL" vnd "RD-DT". Add Door 10B to Door & Hardware Schedule as follows: SIZE- 3'-.0" x 6'-8" SC R HM THK: 1-3/4" PAT: FP HIND:: : 5.0 x 4.5 SW-BB-3 LOCK: L2 CLOSER: 4110 CUSH LABEL: 20 MIN. W/SMOKESEAL 2A-3 SECTION 13500 - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ;A: Under 2.1 Materials: change last sentence to read: "Fire department connection to be Potter-Roemer Model 5705 Rough Brass." Under 3.1, Installation Add: "Install fire department connection at planter island north of building. Provide meter type concrete vault with one yard of gravel at base for drainage. Install check valve with ball drip and galvanized standpipe. (Paint with color as selected by Architect.) 2A-4 SECTION 15950 - CONTROLS - 2.2 CONTROL DEVICES *Clete: "Smoke Detectors". ADDENDUM NO. 2 - PAGE 1 MMIN DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL •- ADDENDUM NO. 2 - 21 OCTOBER 1988 2A-5 AgfC ION 15950 - CONTROLS - 3.1 INSTALLATION ,4: Delete "Smoke Detectors". Uk Under Panel Power and Control voltage, delete third paragraph beginning "Wire starter voltage. . .". Add new paragraphs: "Wire time clock control voltage through normally closed fire alarm contacts in fire alarm panel. Contacts, conduit and wi-ing to central control panel by Division 16000, final termination to central pane . hereunder. Install conduit and wiring as required for control connections to condensiag units. 2A-6 SECTION 16160 - CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES Revise title SECTION 16010 - CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES to SECTION 16160 -CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES. 2A-7 SECTION 16615 - EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY cr. Revise title SECTION 16170 - EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY to SECTION 16615 - EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY. I:ar: Revise paragraph 2.1 MANUFACTURES to read: Yorklite model MAC- 1000; Emergi-Lite equivalent or approved. 2A-8 SECTION 16615 - 2.2 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY Revise sentence following Exer^ising Time Clock to read: Simulate input power interruption for 30 minute duration every 30 days. 2A-9 SECTION 1G721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ,a.. Revise paragraph 2.8 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS to read: 2. 8 HVAC FAN SHUT-DOWN. Install conduit raceway system and cabling from Fire Alaim Control Panel to Central Control Panel. Cable terminations at dry contacts in Fire Control Panel shall be by this Work, Cable termination at Central Control Panel shall be by Division 15. 2A-10 jrclPION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - 2.3 SMOKE DETECTORS Add sentence to read: ,auxiliary (--atacts shall be furnished with detectors as required by Division 15. Reference detail 46/15.4. 2A-11 SECTION 16741 - TELEPHONE SERVICE , 1TRANCE Revise paragraph number of PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS to 1.5, TELEPHONE PLATES to 2.2, and INSTALLATION to 3.1. 2B DRAWINGS 28-1 DRAWINGS 1..1, 1.2, 1.3, 15.1, 15.2 AND 16.1 Add Note: "The access road work (Drawings 1.2 and 1.3) and the sewer extension (Drawing 15.2) are on Unified Sewerage Agency (U.S.A.) property. No work shall begin on USA property until a prece;,stLuction meeting has been held with U.S.A. Representatives, the Contractor and th,i Architect. All work performed on U.S.A. property will be completcd to the satiofaction of U.S.A. standards. ADDENDUM N0. 2 - PAGE 2 IRENRE i DURHAM ELEMENTARY ;CHOOL - ADDENDUM NO. 2 - 21 OCTOBER 1988 2B-2 DRA%ING 1.1 - Sia PLAN a. Add to Note: "6. Provide 4 free standing signs around outside perimeter of driveway and 4 at south side of access road (Drawing 1.2) to read: "No Parking Fire Lane ORS 478.910". Oigns to be 12" x 18" x 14 ga. , 3'-0" to top of sign. Locate as directed by Architect." L. At access road shown on west property line delete notation "4" cone walk" shown on south side of road. 4" conc walk to be on north side of access road only. c. Property line shown south of building runni:ig east/west, relocate 30 feet to north. Relocate sprinkler system fire department connection from NW corner of building to planter island in parking lot approximately 65 feet to north of building. Locate fire department connection next to fire hydrant. e. At Parking Lot, install 6" PVC plastic sleeves from middle island planter to planter located to east and from middle easterly planter east under driveway and extend beyond driveway. 2B-3 DRAWING 2.1 - FLOOR PLAN At wall Type 109A add notation: insulation not required at i-n*:-rior wall location. 1tw- At Gridline "7" and l'-4" south of Gridline "C" add Door 1OB: 3'-0" x 6'-8" SC Door and B.M. Frame. Install door and frame to flush out with gypsum sheathing. Apply 1/2" plywood and spaced wood siding to Lobby side of Door. Hinge door at .jrth side to swing into Lobby. 2B-4 DRAWING 4.1 - ROOF PLAN Detail 4.3, Roof Plan: at notation between gridlines 3 and 5 and north of gridline "C" change "Roof Vents Typ. 20 spaces (Basic Bid) " to read "Roof Vents typ. 22 places (Basic Bid) ." Detail 83: Add note - "Skylight configuration to be as shown on Roof Plan. For Glazing spans '.hat exceed 25" use: Tempered Safety Glass outer and Laminated Glass inner. ..n-5 DRAWING 4.2 - ROOF DETAILS Detail 6.1: Revise framing to conform to Detail 16/14.6. 0-6 DRAWING 5.2 - BASIC BIT► - CLRMS/ADMIN AREAS - DETAILS 46 AND 44 Add louvers for Mechan.,:al Room 201 as shown on Drawing 5.1, details 44 and 46. Louvers are part of Basic Bid. 1;& 5 DRAWING 6.2 - BUILDING AND WALL SECTIONS - DETAIL 7F a. At partition shown on gridline E, extend 1/2" plywood on Multi- Purpose Room side to underside of Mechanical Room floor joists. 1> Add the following note: "provide firestoppi.ng at 10'-0" o.c. at furred space between Mechanical Room and ceiling below." 0-8 DRAWING 6.3 -- BUILDING AND WALL SECTIONS - DETAIL 26 At the floor joist below the Boiler Room add a row of blocking at the top of the curved soffit. 6,�9-9 DRAWING 15.1 - SITE PLAN - MECHANICAL Property line shown south of building running east/wes*, relocate 30 feet to north. ADDENDUM NO. 2 - PAGE 3 WWW WW DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - ADDENDUM NO. 2 - 21 OCTOBER 1988 ZB-10 DRAWING 15.1 - SITE PLAN - MECHANICAL - DETAIL 56 At southwest corner of site, change the 6" waste between the wye and the manhole to an 8" waste and change the invert elevation at the connection to the manhole from I.E. = 144.0' to I.E. = 140.3' . 2B-11 DRAWING 15.2 - SANITARY SEWER PLAN AND PROFILES - DETAILS 46 AND 75 a. Change manhole and station numbers as follows: beginning at the existing manhole at the south where the new connection is being made, label this station 0+00. The next manhole, shown as MH-4, shall now be MH-1, Station 1+05; manhole shown as MH-3, shall now be M8-2, Station 2+62; manhole shown as MH-2, shill now be MH-3, Station 4+19; manhole now shown as MH-1, shall now be MH-4, Station 6+84. b. Relocate and realign proposed new 8" sanitary sewer and new manholes 3 and 4 as follows: Locate new MH-4 (Sta 6+84) 10 feet north of location shown to a point 5' so,ith of existing 30" storm drain; set top elevation at 145.8' ) . Change 6" waste inlet to an 8" inlet and set 8" inlet at I.E. = 140.3' and 8" outlet at I.E. = 140.1' ; route new 8" sani�ary sewer 265 feet east and parallel to existing storm drain and fence to a point 5' south of existing storm drain and fence at a slope of 0.056; locate new MH-3 (Sta 4+19) 16' south of fence to a point 5' sot►th of existing storm drain. Set top elevation at 131.0' , set 8" inlet at I.E. = 135.3' and 8" outlet at I.E. = 125.1' . c. Realign and reslope new 8" sanitary sewer. between MH-3 and MH-2 as follows: route new 8" sanitary sewer from new HH-3 (Sta 4+1.9) 158.0' to new MH-7. (Sta 2+62) at a slope of 0.010 and connect at 8" inlet elevation (I.E. = 123.u' ) as shown. d. Add notes to CONSTRUCTION NOTES as follows: 3. All new piping shall be installed with a minimum of 5 feet of covpr.. 4. This project is on Unified Sewerage Agency property within tae Tigard City Limits. 5. A plan check fee shall be paid to the authorities having jurisdiction, by tha Contra ~or. 6. The Contractor shall submit he required number of construction documents to the authorities having jurisdiction, including the Unified sfaNerage Agency prior to start of construction. 7. The Contractor shall adhere to the following conditions: a. Any tree that is destroyed or damaged "eeds to be replaced with a tree of the same height and kind. b. The ivy that is destroyed must be replanted. c. No work can occur before 7:00 a.m. or after 7:00 p.m. d. The road that passes by the chlorine storage area cannot be used for access to the construction site. e. Drawing 15.2 will be revised by the mechanical consultant to reflect these changes after award of contract. Pi2 DRAWING 15.6 - HVAC PARTIAL PLANS AND SECTIONS -- DETAIL 63 p4-- Delete three fire dampers (FLD) along gridline D and between gridlines 10 and 1.3 . V. At ASU-2 callout change the note reference from 3 to 5. 2B-13 DRAWING 15.9 - CONTROLS a. ASU-•1 with second stage DX control from discharge controller set at 55 degrees F. , subject to 10-minute (adjustable) time delay to prevent first and second stages from starting at the same time and second stage operating without first stage already being on. ADDENDUM NO. 2 - PAGE 4 DURHAM ELEMEN?RY SCHOOL - ADDENDUM NO. 2 - 21 OCTOBER 1988 b. Detail 85: 11Af' Delete FI;E PROTECTION contacts in ASU control lines. Add a set of normally closed contacts in series with the emergency stop switch, identified as "remote Fire Alarm Panel Interlock, See_T)ivision 16000". Identify dashce. lines around control diagram as "CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL". #jam Add "24 VAC" to "FUSED CONTROL `,IOLTAGE". 2B-14 DRAWING 16.1 - ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SYMBOL SCHEDULE: Delete the words IONIZATION DETECTOR and add PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTOR. b. SITE PLAN: Provide and install one (1) 2 inch underground PVC Schedule 40 conduit, with pull wire for telephone system building inter-connection. Route conduit between the Telephone Terminal and Existing Durham School Classroom Building. Follow trenching with Telephone Service Conduit North to LIMIT OF WORK (see drawing 1.1) , cont,.nue ti.en.ching/backfill and conduit in a North-West dir,action to a location just beyond the playground equiyment area, continue North to the South-West corner of the Existing Classroom Auilding, and terminate in Basement of the Existing Classroom Building. Provide and install Utility Vault Series 1324 cover and box as required for all below grade junction boxes. Install marking label on covers. c. Property line shown south of building running east/west; relocate 30 feet to north. 2B-15 DRAWING 1.6.3 - SIGNAL PLAN CLASSROOM 28: Add Clock & Speaker Assembly symbol at Speaker location along column line 11. Relocate Intercom Call-back Switch r;iown a.lung column line H to column line 13 adjacent to Cle�..k & Speaker Assembly. Delete Clock symbol shown along column line H, and extend clock branch circuit. 2B-16 DRAWING 16.4 - POWER PLAN JANITOR ROOM 30: Add 120 voic 20 amp connection to Mechanical System Control Panel, and route branch circuit to Panel "D" circuit 37. . 2B-17 DRAWING 16.5 - LIGHTING & POWER PLAN a. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE - INDUCTION MOTOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: Revise ASU-2SF to 5HF, CBA to 35amp, DEF to 20, and P/N to 10. Revise Item HP-1 to HWF-1, HP-2 to HWP-2. Add Item CP-1, 120 volt with ground cable, 5 amp DEF, 20 CBA, number 1 2 cables, and 1/2 inch conduit: rout to Panel "F" circuit 39. . b. DISTRIBUTION PANEL SCHEDULE: Delete 3 sets of 3/0 and number 1 ground cables in 2.5 inch conduit at SUB-MAIN and replace with 600 amp bus. c. LIGHTING & POWER FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL ROOM 201: Add motor connection symbol for CP-1 adjacent to EWH-2. d. Panels C, D and F circuit breakers shall be rated at 22,000 amperes symmetrical interrupting capacity. ;C _ SUBS_ TLTUTIONS 2C-1 SECTION 07412 - METAL ROOFING AND SIDING Substitution Accepted: Custom-Bilt Metals ASC Pacific ADDENDUM N0. 2 - PAGE 5 1 � � DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - ADDENDUM NO. 2 - 21 OCTOBER 1988 2C-2 SECTION 07510 - BUILT-UP ROOFING-3.21 SUBSTITUTION ACCEPTED (GENSTAR) Substitution Accepted: GAF Corporaticn 2C-3 SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Substitution Accepted: Curries (Door Type - 747) 2C-4 SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS Substitution Arr_epted: Vancouver Dnor (Internatiohal) 2C-5 SECTION u0-;20 - SKYLIGHTS Substitution Accepted: Emery Products 4100 Series 2C-6 SECTION 10162 - TOTLET PARTITIONS Substitution Accepted: Accurate Concord, Mfrgs. Std. Brackets and Hardware Flushite - F '.ush Metal Partition Corporation 2C-7 SECTION 10200 - METAL LOUVER: Substitution Accepted: Creative Metals Inc. - Ratec Corp. 2C-8 SECTION 10245 - ACCESS F kNr:' S Substitution Accepted- Elm-Dor Access Door, 2C-9 SECTION 10800 - TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES Substitution Accepted: McKinney/Parker Mirrors - Bradley Accessories Grab Bars - Bradley Accessories 2C-10 SECTION 10900 - FLAGPOLE Substitution Acrepted: Eder #EC40 2C-11 SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Substitution Accepted: Elm-Dor Access Doors 2C-12 SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING Substitution Accepted: Drainage Products - Zern 2C-13 SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Substitution Accepted: Balancing Fittings - Wheatley Pressure Temperature Taps - Hydro-Temp Water Pressure Reducing Valve -- Wheatley Relief. Valve - Wheatley Expansion Tank - Wheatley, Taco Air Separator - Wheatley HVAC Pumps - Grundfos ADDENDUM NO. 2 - PAGE 5 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - ADDENDUM NO. 2 - 21 OCTOBER 1988 2C-14 SECTION 15550 - HEAT GENERATION Substitution Accepted: Heating Water Boiler - Burnham Gas Vent - Ampco 2C-15 SECTION 15750 - HEAT TRANSFER Substitut:iun Accepted: Unit Heaters - Sterling Cabinei Uni.c Heaters - Sterling 2C--16 SECTION 15650 - AIR HANDLING Substitution Accepted: Air Supply units - Bohn 2C-17 SECTION 15950 - CONTROLS Substitution Accepted: Cross,-Control Systems - Robertshav 2C-18 SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Substitution Accepted: S.A.S. Building Services, Designaire 2C-19 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES - 2.8 FIXTURE SCHEDULE a. TYPE'A' Substitution Accepted: Columbia 5PA4G-52-243 .125 b. TYPE'B' Substitution Accepted: Moldcast V251 with Kopp FF 5100 Lens c. TYPE'C' Substitution Accepted: Keystone OM 240 d. TYPED' Substitution Accepted: Keystone CS240-HC3-4W-GA Day--Brite C240 e. TYPE'F' Substitution Accepted: Sim Kar IF 248 HO-P-LG-A25 Keystone KP296 HO with LG-2 f. TYPE'G' Substitution Accepted: Keystone RO 140-8-A Day-Brite CA140-8 Lithonia 8TCS140A h. TYPE'Gl' Substitution Accepted: Keystone RO 140 A Day-Brite CA140 t,i ' honia CS14UA i. �PE'H' Substitution Accepted: Keystone RO 240-8-A Day-Brite CA240-8 Lithonia 8TCS240A ADDENDUM NO. 2 - PAGE 7 Him DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHGOL - ADDENDUM NO. 2 - 21 OCTOBER 1988 i t t j . TYPE'Hl' Substitution Accepted: Keystone Ru 240 A Day-Brite CA240 Lithonia CS240A k. TYPE'I' Substitution accepted: Prescolite 1016 56-70 HPSFE-F3 LEXAN LENS LSI PIC-A-70HPS-DP-MT ACME Dunbar 464705 (Lithonia) 1. TYPE'J' Substitution Accepted: Failsafe HUV-70 HPS ' ACME Dunbar 40470SVP ' (Lithos. m. TYPE'L' Substitution Accepted: McPhilben 17SA5643 EMCO SHEP-QH-250S-120-DB n. TYPE'X' Substitution Accepted: Prescolite 75200 Emergi-hi'e WX14G Lithonia XSW1G 2C-20 SECTION 16615 - EM3RGENCY POWER SUPPLY - 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Substitution Accepted: Spectron 120/120-5000-LCSAC-I-90-RMA£ 2D ALTERNATE PROPOSALS INVITED Alternate Proposals are invited to be submit.ed as per Article 6 of the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. DO NOT SUBMIT TO GENERAL CONTRACTORS. 2D-1 SECTION 12300 - CABINETS Alternate Proposal Invited: Burgeners Woodworking END OF ADDENDUM NUMBER TWO i ADDENDUM NO. 2 - PAGE 8 rR XMBCr MANUAL mm ADDITIONS AT DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR TKmwaCHM owl"cr MJ ' SET .jTC A- _3 / LEE RUEDA ;k R C H [ T E C T S & P L A N N E R S ',VIER E. kUEDA �, PORTLAND, OREGON 1651 ��4~ 21ON =TIM; Ew DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS DIVISION A INVITATION TO BID DIVISION B INSTRUCTIONP TO BIDDERS DIVISION C DESCRIPTION OF BID 7'ir:MS DIVISION 0 SAMPLE PROPOSAL FORM CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DIVISION E GENERAL CONDITIONS (AIA A201 1987 ED) DIVISION F SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS DIVISION G WAGE RATES SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION t GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01015 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2 SITE. WORK 02050 DEMOLITION AND CLEARING 02200 EXCAVATION FILLING AND GRADING SOILS REPORT -- DURHAM 02444 CHAIN LINK FENCE 02500 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02539 EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURBS 0281.0 UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02920 SOIL PREPARATION AND GRASS SEEDING DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03030 CONCRETE TESTING 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 REINFORCING STEEL 03300 CONCRETE MTX AND FINISH 1 DIVISION 5 METALS 05150 STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS DIVISION 6. WOOD AND PLASTIC ' 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06124 CEMENT FIBER DECK 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY TOC - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07115 WATERPROO! DECK MEMBRANE 07200 BATT INSULATION 07412 METAL ROOFING & SIDING 07510 BUILT-UP ROOFING 07650 SHEET METAL 07900 CAULKING AND SEALING DIVISION 8 DOORS, WINDOI;a AND GLASS 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08200 WOOD DOORS 08330 ROLLING METAL DOORS 08353 ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS 08370 ALUMINUM SLIDING DOORS 08700 FINISH HARDWARE DOOR PATTERNS DOOR AND HARDWAFE SCHEDULE 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING 08920 SKYLIGHTS DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09215 VENEER PLASTER 09300 CERAMIC TILE 0951a ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANELS 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING 09680 CAFPETING 09900 PAINTING 09965 TACKBOARD ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10100 CHALKBOARDS 10162 TOILET PARTITIONS 10200 METAL LOUVERS 10245 ACCESS PANELS 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHER & CABINETS 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 10900 FLAGPOLE DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11480 ATHLETIC EQlil ►1ENT ANCHORS 11482 BASKETBALL BACKSTOPS DIVISION 1) FURNISHINGS 1.2300 CABINETS DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13500 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TOC - 2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIILS AND METHODS 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 15100 VALVES 151.30 THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES 15140 PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 15240 MECH. SOUND, VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROL 15?5U MECHANICAL INSULATION 15400 PLUMBING 15500 HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONIN7 15550 HEAT GENERATION 15650 REFRIGERATION 15750 HEAT TRANSFER 15850 AIR HANDLING 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15950 CONTROLS 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16010 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16110 CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS 16140 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 16160 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 16170 MOTOR STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND OVERCURRE;NT PROTECTION 16420 SERVICE ENTRANCE 16425 SWITCHBOARDS 16450 SECONDARY GRCUNDING 16470 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES 16615 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY 16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16730 CLOCK AND PROGRAM SYSTEM 16141 TELEPHONE SERVICE °NTRANCE 16760 INTERCOM SYSTEM TOC - 3 1I ! A t DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURAL SHEET 1.1 SITE PLAN SHEET 1.2 ACCESS ROAD SHEET 1.3 IRRIGATION PLAN SHEET 1.4 IRRIGATION PLAN SHEET 2.1 FLOOR PLAN SHEET 3.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET 3.2 INTERIOR DETAILS AND SITE DETAILS SHEET 4.1 ROOF PLAN SHEET 4.2 ROOF DETAILS SHEET 5.1 EXTERIOR BUILDING ELEVATIONS SHEET 5.2 BASIC BID - CLRMS/ADMIN AREAS SHEET 6.1 BUILDING AND WALL SECTIONS SHEET 6.2 BUILDING AND WALL SECTIONS SHEET 6.3 BUILDING AND WALL SECTIONS SHEET 6.4 WALL SECTIONS SHEET 8.1 HOLLOW METAL DETAILS SHEET 9.1 N.M. AND MISC. DETAILS SHEET 10.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET 10.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET 12.1 CABINETS STRUCTURAL SHEET 14.1 STRUCTURAL NOTES & GENERAL DETAILS SHEET 14.2 FOUNDATION PLAN SHEET 14.3 FOUNDATION DETAILS SHEET 14.4 MECH FRAMING PLANS & DETAILS SHEET 14.5 ROOF FRAMING PLAN SHEET 14.6 ROOF FRAMING DETAILS SHEET 14.7 ROOF FRAMING DETAILS SHEET 14.8 ROOF FRAMING DETAILS SHEET 14.9 IMC TRUSS DETAILS SHEET 14.10 CONCRETE WINDOW FRAME DETAILS MECHANICAL SHEET 15.0 LEGEND & DETAILS SHEET 15.1 SITE PLAN - MECHANICAL SHEET 1.5.2 SANITARY SEWER PLAN AND PROFILE (ADDENDA 1!1) SHEET 15.3 FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING SHEET 15.4 FLOOR PLAN - HVAC SHEET 15.5 PLUMBING DETAILS SHEET 15.6 HVAC PARTIAL PLANS AND SECTIONS SHEET 1.5.7 HVAC DETAILS SHEET 15.3 SCHEDULES SHEET 15.9 CONTROLS ELECTRICAL SHEET 16. 1. ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SHEET 16.2 LIGHTING PLAN SHEET 16. 3 SIGNAL PLAN SHEET 16.4 POWER PLAN SHEET 16.5 LIGHTING & POWER PLAN - MECHANICAL SHEET 16.6 ELECTRICAL DETAILS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 4 t f ff DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION A - INVITATION TO BID INVITATION TO BID Written sealed bids will be received by Francis X Hodapp Jr, business Manager, Tigard School District No 23J, Washington & Clackamas Counties, Oregon, 1.3117 S.W. Pacific Highway, Tigard, Oregon, until 8:00 P.M. , THURSDAY, 27 OCTOBER 1988, for all work and materials required for the ADDITION AT DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. The work includes a new starter school at the existing Durham Elementary School site. At the time and place mentoned above, in the Board Room of the District Off.ice3, all bids on hand will be opened and publicly read aloud and then filed for public inspection. Bids may be submitted to the Purchasing Department at the District Offices, corking days, up to and including the day of the bid opening, between 9:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. and additionally on the day of the bid opening, from 7:30 p.m. until 8:00 pm at the place of the bid opening. Bids received after the time fixed for opening will not be considered. Contra-_,t Documents may be examined at the Administration Offices of the Tigard School District No 23J, 13137 S W Pacific Highway, Tigard, Oregon 97223, or at the office of the Architects - Selig/Lee/Rueda Architects and Planners, 213 S.W. Ash Street, Suite 201, Portland, Oregon 97204. A set of Drawings and Specificatior3 will be available at the office of the Architect to each prospective Prime Contractor upon a deposit of $50.00. Deposits will be refunded for sets returned in good condition within seven (7) days after bid opening. Additional sets or partQ of sets will be made available upon request for the cost of reproduction, which is not refundable. No bid will be received or considered unless the bid contains a statement by the bidder, as a part of his bid, that the provisions required by 0t'.S 279. 350 (Workmen on Public Works to be Paid not less than Prevailing Rate of '+age) are to be complied with. No bid will be received or considered unless the bid contains a statement bv the bidder, as a part of his bid, that the provisions required by ORS 279.029 (statement stating whether bidder is resident or non-resident bidder. ) are to be complied with. No proposal will be considered unless accompanied by bid sectirity in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, or surety bond payable to the School I District in an amount equal to 10% of the basic bid. No interest will be paid on bid security. R9turn or retention of bid security shall be subject to the provisions of ORS 279.31. A-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION A - INVITATION TO BID No bidder may withdraw his bid afrer the hour set for the opening thereof and before award of the Contract, unless the award is beyond thirty (30) calendar days from the bid opening date. The ristrict may reject any bid not in compliance with all prescribed public biddLng procedures and requirements, and may reject for good cause any or all bids upon a finding of the agency if it is in the public interest of do so. In accordance with ORS 468.883 no work under this contract regl.lres a contractor licensed with the State Department of Environmental Quality in asbestos abatement work. Francis X Hodapp Jr, Business Manager Tigard School District No 23J Washington & Clackamas Counties, Oregon END OF INVITATION TU BID f I A-2 S DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION B - INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 1. DEFINITIONS OWNER - Tigard School District No 23J, Washington & Clackamas Counties,Oregon ARCHITECTS - Selig/Lee/Rueda, Architects and Planners. BIDDING DOCUMENTS -• The Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Description of Bid Items, Proposal Form, Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids and Proposed Contract Documents ADDENDA - Written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deletions, clarifications or corrections. GENERAL CONDITIONS - The "General Condition of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition." 2. PREQUALTFICATION Not required. 3. BIDDERS REPRESENTATION Each bidder by making his bid represents that: He has read and understands the Bidding Documents and his bid is made in accordance therewith. He has visited the site and has familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed. His bid is based upon the materials, systems and equipment described in the Bidding Documents without exceptions. 4. INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS - ADDENDA If any person contemplating submission of a bid for the proposed construction finds discrepancies in or omissions from, or is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications or Bidding Documents, he shall request an interpretation thereof . Any interpretation or correction will be issued as an Adde►,da by the Architect. Only written interpretation or correction by Addendum shall be binding. Each bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his bid that he has received all Addenda issued and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his bid. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. No substitution will be considered unless written request for approval has been submitted to and received by the Architect no later than 3:00 p.m. THURSDAY, 20 OCTOBER 1988. Each sitrh request shall. include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test data and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. Use of the CST Substitution Request Form is encouraged . rhe burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. Approval will be by written Addenda. The Architect 's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitition shall be final. B-1 w w w w i■r w w w w DURHAM ELEMErTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION E - INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS i i 6. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS Contractors, Subcontractors or Material Suppliers may submit Alternate Proposals for the use of substitute materials, processes and installations which are outside the scope of these Specifications and Drawings but which may be considered for a change to them. The Architect may request or approve the submission of Alternate Proposals whenever such proposals may be in the Owners interest. Verify form of submittal with Architect before submitting and carefully define the exact limits of the proposal. Alternate Proposals shall be submitted directly to the Architect in a sealed envelope identified as follows: ALTERNATE PROPOSAL FOR THE ADDITION AT DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TIGARD SCHOG., DISTRICT NO 23J 13137 S W PACIF?C HIGHWAY TIGARD, OREGON 97223 (Name of Item Or Material) Alternate Proposals may be submitted to the Architect at his office on working days between 9:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. up to and including the day of the bid opening and on the day of the bid ^nening at the place of the bid opening from 1/:30 p.m. until 8:00 p.m. Alternate Proposals will be opened a:,d examined at the bid opening after the opening of General Contractor's proposals. At the Owner's option, and with the Contractor's approval, the Alternate Proposal may be accepted. Inclusion into the Contract will be by Change Order including proper price adjustments. 7. SUBMISSION OF BID All Bids must be prepared on Proposal Forms provided by the Architect and enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope and submitted in accordance with the Invitation to Bid. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof . A bid is invalid if it has not been deposited at the designated location no later than the time and date for receipt of bids indicated in the Invitation to Bids, or prior to any extension thereof issued to bidders. Enclose the proposal with attachments in a sealed envelope with the following identification on the fare thereof : (Name Of Bidder) Bid Proposal for: THE ADDITION AT DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL for Tigard School District No 23J and deliver by hand or post by mail to be received 1)y: Frank 3odapp, Business Manager Tigard School District No 23J 13137 S W Pacific Highway Tigard, Oregon 97223 8. BID GUARANTEE Attach bid security to all proposals in the form of a surety bond, cashier's check, or certified check of the bidder in amiunt equal to ten percent (10%) of the total bid amount made payable to the Owner as a guarantee that the bidder will, if awarded the Contract, execute s«me and firnish specified Performance Bond. B-2 W W W w w DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION B - INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 9. F^°Y, CF AGREEMENT The "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner & Contractor" AIA Dccument A101 will be used in executing this contract. 10. PERFORMANCE BOND The successful bidder shall promptly furnish a Performance Bond in compliance witr. Sections 279.029 and ' 1.430, Oregon Revised Statutes, in an amount equal to 100% of the cost of the work, such bond to be written by properly qualified surely authorized to do business in the State of Oregon. 11. TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The facilities to be constructed pursuant of terms of .any contract awarded hereunder are required by the District to afford an educational opportunity for students of the District beginning fall of 1989. It is an express condition of any contract awarded hereunder that facilities be Substantially Complete as defined in Article 8.1.3 of the "General Conditions" not later than 9:00 a.m. FRIDAY, 25 AUGUST 1989. Any contract awarded hereunder shall contain provisions that Owner and Contractor agree: a) The Owner small be entitled to deduct and retain from amounts otherwise due Contractor from retainage upon final completion of the contract and acceptance by Owner, a sum computed at the rate of. $100.00 per day for each calendar day after- 9:00 a.m. FRIDAY, 25 AUGUST 1.989, and prior to the date i_xed as the dace of Substantial Completion. b) The amount so fixed is a reasonablN torecast of just compensation due the District and people thereof for damage caused by failure of Contractor to substantially complete the facility within the time thus limited. c) The harm raised by the failure of Contractcr to substantially complete the facility within the time thus limited is incapable or very difficuJ.t of exact computation or estimation. d) The sum of. $100.00 per day for the period indicated is not disproportionate to the amount of damages due District in consideration of properly anticipated consequences of breach of contract at the time the same was tormalized as well at the time of breach, if any. END OF INSTRUCTION To BIDDERS i I i B-3 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION C - DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS DESCRIPTION OF BID IY61IS BASIC BID Incliide the cost of all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the new elementary school at the existing Durham Elementary School site as described by the drawings and specifications except that work included under Alternate Number One. ALTERNATE NO. 1 - CLASSROOMS AND ADMINISTRATION ARBA Additive Alternate Furnish all material, equipment and labor necessary to complete the Classrooms and Aditinistration area described by the drawings and specifications. END OF DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS C-1 ! �l ! ■ ■ ■ ! ■ ■ ■ nURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION D - SAMPLE PROPOSAL FORM 27 October 1988 SAMP14E PRC?OSAL FORM Provided for bidders information only. Official Proposal Form i►ill be mailed to all qualified bidders approximately five (5) days before Bid Opening. Board of Directors Tigard School District No 2.3J 13137 :acific Highway Tijard, Oregon 97223 Having carefully 9xamined the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of iilc Contract, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifir.ations and Drawings for the ADDITION AT DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL as prepared by Selig/Lee/Rueda, Architects and Planners, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, the undersigned proposes to furnish all plant, labor and material called for by the documents for the bid as listed below: BASIC BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$_ DOLLARS Note: Where bid is not submitted on any part of the total project, write the words "NO BID" in the space provided. In addition to the Basic Bid indicated above, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and material and perform all work relating to the following Alternate, as more :idly described in Division E, Description of Bid Items. ALTERNATE NO. 1 - CLASSROOMS AND ADMINISTRATION AREA ADD $ STARTING TIME AND TIME OF COMPLETION The undersigned agrees, if awarded a Contract, he will start construction within five (5) calendar days after receiving Nctice to Proceed and will complete the work within the time required by Article 11 of the Instructions to Bidders. Liquidated Damages are in accord with Article 11 o. ir,struction to Bidders. D-1 ! ! ! ! ! ! ! DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION D - SAMPLE PROPOSAL FORM Receipt is hereby acknowledged for Addendum Numbers (List all Numbers) The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, he will comply with all requirements of ORS 279.350 pertaining to the Prevailing Rates of Wage. In accordance with ORS 279.029 the undersigned is a: ( ) Resident Bidder ( ) Non-Resident Bidder Name of Ind`- ,iaual Business Owner, Signature of Owner, Partner, or Partnership o.r Corporation: Corporate Official Ll Address: � i Telephone Office or Titlf, of Official Signing for Corporation: (SEAL) If Corporation Attest: (Secretary of Corporation) (State in which Incorporated) — Required attachment : Bid Security END OF PROPOSAL FORM D-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-DIV F- SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLENEKTARY GUERAL CONDITIONS 15. GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions of the Contract is the American Institute of Architect's AIA Document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 14th Edition, August 1987, consisting of 14 Articles. Tt►e General Conditions are included in the Specifications by reference and are binding whether or not attached to them. 16. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Consist of changes and additions to the AIA General Conditions. Where any part of the AIA General Conditions is modified or voided by the Supplementary General Conditions, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. 17. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Change the first sentence of Paragraph 1.1.1 to read: " The Contract Documents consist of the Bidding Requirements, Executed Official Proposal Form, Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) , Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions) , Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. Delete the last sentence of. Paragraph 1.1.1 which begins: "Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the ContraLt Documents " 18. EXECUTION, CORRELATION, INTENT AND INTERPRETATION nold to Parairaph 1.2.3: "Reference is Specifications to an article, device or piece of equipment in the singular number shall apply to as many such articles as are shown on Drawings or required to complete installation. Mention in Specifications or indication on Drawings of articles, materials, operations, or methods requires the Contractor to provide and install such items including all necessary plant, labor and appurtenances. Titles and headings are a part of the Specifications, the same as the text of the article or paragraph. Notes or. the Drawings are considered Specifications equal in force to those in the printed text. When several materials are specified for approved for one use, select for use any of those so specified. For specified materials and brands, no substitutions are permitted other than as ap;icoved before the bid opening in accordance with Article 5 of Instruction to Bidders." 19. COPrES FURNISHED Supplement Paragraph 2.2.5. "Architect will furnish ten (10) sets of Drawings and Specifications to Contractor after award of Contract . Additional copies will be furnished upon request at their cost of reproduction." 20. PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES change Paragraph 3.7.1 to read: "Owner will pay Plan Examiaing Fee and System Development Charge whist, includes Sewer. Connection Fee, Water Connection Fee, Storm Drainage Fee and Street Development Fee. F-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-DIV F- SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Unless otherwise provided in the Contract documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execut:.on and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded." I 21. ARBITRATION DELETED Delete Article 4.5 in its entirety. It is expressly understood and agreed that no dispute arising under terms of this Contract, Contract Documents, or performance undertaken to be performed by either party hereto shall be subject to binding arbitration, w notwithstanding any other provision, term or reference in Contract Documents arbitration not herein specifically deleted. Paragraph 8.3.1 - Lines 6 and 7 - delete the part that read:; "or delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration." Paragraph 9.7.1 - Line 6 - delete the part that reads "or avarded by arbitration." 22. METHOD OF PAYMEPIT & RETAINAGE Add to Paragraph 9.3.1. Monthly Progress Payments will be made. Make application on forms approved by the District. Retainage will be withheld at a rate of five percent (5%) in accord with Sections 279.410, 279.420, 279.430, 279.575, 701.410 Et Seq Oregon Revised Statutes. Delete Paragraph 9.3.1.1 Change Paragraph 9.3.2. to read: "Unless otherwise provided in the Contract payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and si• .tably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. No payment will. be made for materials or equipment stored on any other locatian." 23. rROTECTION OF PERSONS & PROPERTY Paragraph 10.1.2: Delete all after the first sentence. Paragraph 10.1.4: Delete in its entirety. 24. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Add to Paragraph 11.1..1: "Liability insurance must be on an "Occurrence Basis" and must include "Direct Damage" and "Consequential Loss" coverage and "Broad form Property Damage" coverage. Property Damage must include "X.C.U." coverage. Include personal injury liability coverage for false arrest, detention and imprisonment , malicious prosecution, libel, slander, or defamation of character, invasion of privacy and wrongful conviction or wirongful entry. In the event of cancellation or non-renewal of any required insurance, thirty 130) days prior written notice shall be given to Owner. F-2 I i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-DIV F- SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Forms of insurance shall be Comprehensive General and Automobile Liability with the following minimum coverages: BODILY INJURY Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate $1,000,000 PROPERTY DAMAGE (Including Completed Operations and Broad form Property Damage Liability) Each Occurrence $ 500,000 Aggregate S 500,000 PERSONAL INJURY Each person Aggregate $1,000,000 General Aggregate $1,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY (Owner, Non-Owner and Hired) Bodily Injury each Person $ 500,000 Bodily Injury each Occurrence $1,000,000 Property Damage $ 500,000 Contractor to report coverage on AIA Document G705, Certificate of insurance. 25. PROPERTY INSURANCE Paragraph 11..3.1.1: In the first line, change the words "All Risk" to "Optional Perils". (Note: Glass breakage is not overed.) In the fourth line, delete the word "theft". Delete Paragraph 11.3.1.4 Delete Paragraph 11.3.10 25. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES After Paragraph 13.4.2 Add: 13.4.3 "If either party institutes any suit, action or other proceeding, to enforce any covenant or agreement hereof, or to obtain any of rhe remedies herein provided, the prevailing party shall be entitled to re:.)ver such sum of money as the court may adjudge reasonable as attorney's fees in such suit, action or other proceeding, including any appeals taken by either party in such suit , action or Proceeding. 27. MANTiFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS Apply, install, connect, erect, use, clean and condition all manufactured articles, materials and equipment as directed by manufacturer, unless specified to the contrary in the technical sections of the Specifications. 28. STATUTORY PROVISIONS The following Statutory Provisions which are applicable to Public Contracts generally, shall be conditions of any contract awarded hereunder. F-3 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-DIV F- SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Purs)iant tc orecjon Revised Statutes (ORS) 279.312, Contractor shall make prompt payment, as due, to all persons supplying to Contractor, labor or materials for prosecution of work provided for herein, pay all contributions or amounts due State Industrial Accident Fund from the Contractor incurred in the performance of the Contract herein, not permit any lien or claims to be filed or prosecuted against the District on account of at,., labor or materials furnished; and to pay State Department of Revenue all sums withheld from employees pursuant to ORS 316.167. Pursuant to ORS 279.314, if contractor fails, neglects, or refuses to make prompt payment on any claim for labor ur services furnished to Contractor by any persons in connection with this agreement as such claim becomes due, the proper officer or officers representing the District may pay such claim to person furnishing labor service and charge amount of payment against Contra(:tcr. Payment of a claim in the manner authorized in this paragraph shall not relieve Contractor or his Sarety from it obligations with respect to any unpaid claims. Pursuant to ORS 279.316, no person shall be employed by Contractor for more than eight (8) hrs in one day, or forty (40) hours in any one week except in case of necessity, emergency or where pu,llic policy absolutely requires it , and in such cases, the laborer shall be pail' at least time and a half pay for all overtime in excess of eight (8) hours a day and for work performed on Saturdays and on legal holidays specified in ORS 279.334 except Veteran's Day. Pursuant to ORS 279.320 Contractor shall promptly, as due, make payment to any person, co-partnership, association, or corporation furnishing medical, surgical and hospital care or other needed care and attention, incident to sickness or injury, to employees of such Contractor, of all sums which Contractor agrees to pay for such services and all monies and sums which Contractor collected or deducted from wages of his emrloyees for such services pursuant to any law, contract or agreement for purpose of providing or paying for such service. Pursuant to ORS 279.318, the following is a list of Federal, State and Local agencies that have enacted ordinances or regulations relating to environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources that may affect the performance of the contract. Federal Agencies Agriculture, Dept of Forest Service Soil Conservation Service Defense, Dept of Army Corps of Engineers Environmental Protection Agency Health, Education and Welfare, Dept of Interior, Dept of Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife Bureau of Outdoor Recreation Bureau of Land Management Bureau of Indian Affairs Bureau of Reclamation ` Labor, Dept of Occupational Safety and Health Administration Transportation, Dept of Coast Guard Federal Highway Administration F-4 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-DIV F- SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS State Agencies Agriculture, Dept of Ei,vironmental. Quality, Dep* of Fish and Wildlife, Dept of Forestry, Dept of Geology and Mineral Industries, Dept of Human Resources, Dept of Land Conservation and Development Commission Soil and Water Conservation Commission State Engineer State Land Board Water Resources State Fire Marshal local Agencies City Councils County Courts County Commissioners, Boards of Planning Commissions Fire Districts END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 1 F-5 It 1 W t DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DIVISION G - WAG-L RATES 1 WAGE RATES ORS 279.352 is quoted as follows: "279.352 PROVISIONS IN CONTRACT FOR MINIMUM RATE OF WAGE. The specifications for every contract for t'ae constrdction, reconstruction, maintenance or repair of any public: work shall contain a provision stating the existing prevailing rate r,f wage which may be paid to workers in each trade or occupation require' for such public work employed in the f performance of the contract either by the contractor or subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do whole or any part of the work contemplated by the contract, and the contract shall contain a provision r that such workers shall be paid no+: less than such specified minimum {1 hourly rate of wage." Pursuant to ORS 274.352, workers in each trade or occupation employed in the performance of any cuntract awarded hereunder either by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or any other person doing of contracting to lo the whole or any part of the work under this Contract, !;hall be paid not lEss than the minimum hourly rate of wage, set forth in thosa certain documents entitled "Prevailing Wage Rate for Public Works Contracts in Oregon" effecti7e 1 July 1988 and Addenda to that Wage Rates dated 8 August 1988 as issued by i the Bureau of Labor and Industries, copies whereof are hereto attached, and by this reference made a part hereof. 1 END OF WAGE RATES G-1 1 s PREVAILING WAGE RATES for Public Works Contracts in Oregon 1 0 * �rTHTU I ik * 1859 � 5 OF' F 0 u •. �z 0 I , f Mary Wendy Roberts Commissioner Effective July 1, 1988 Bureau of Labor and Industries r WwkwAll BUREAU OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Mary Roberts, Commissioner July 1 , 1988 This booklet contains the Prevailing Wage Rates for the building and construction trades in ~he State of Oregon. These rates are effective July 1 , 1988. These ra.-s have been amended in accordance with ORS 279.348 through ORS 279.365. Prevailing Wage Rates are the minimum wages that must be paid to all workers employed in the construction, reconstruction, major renovation or painting of any public works. Copies of these rates must be incorporated into all hid specifications when the advertisement for a public works contract is issued. A provision that Prevailing Wage Rates be paid must also be put in the contract. The rates In effect at the time the bid specifications are first advertised are those that apply for the duration of the project, with one exception; if during the bidding process the Prevailing Wage Rates change, the public contracting agency has the option of amending the bid specifications to reflect such changes. If you identify any errors in the rates published, please bring them to the attention of the Prevailing Wage Rate Analyst in Portland (229-6655). If you have any questions about the manner in which the Prevailing Wage Rates are enforced, contact the Wage and Hour Division in Portland (229-5,150). RY W Y ROBERTS�� ommis ioner / ' Bureau of Labor and Industries u PORI LAND SALEM EUGENE 1400 SW Sih Avenu► 1665 Wolvenne St.NE;F 1 165 F 71h Slreet,Suite 110 Portland.Oregon 97201 Salem,Oregon 97310 Eugene,Oregon 97401 MEDFORD COOS BAY BEND "NDLF,TON 700 E Main 320 Central,eve..Suite 510 1130 NE Third,Suite A244 700 SE Emigrant,Suite 240 Medford,Oregon 97SO4 Coos gay,Oregon 97410 Bend,Oregon 97701 Pendleton,Oregon 97601 AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER ANNOUNCEMENT The Prevailing Wage Rates contained in this booklet generally reflect those rates determined for Oregon by the Secretary of Labor of the United States pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act; certain changes have been made to better relect prevailing practices in Oregon. Pursuant to ORS 279.348 to ORS 279.365, these rates have been adopted for use on public works contracts in Oregon. If you have specific questions regarding how rates are determined or if you would like a copy of this booklet, please contact: Prevailing Wage 11ate Analyst bureau of Labor and industries 1400 S. W. 5th Avenuc , Portland, OR 97201 (503)229 -6655 The first copy is free. Additional copies are available for 75e each. GENERAL INFORMATION Information in this section and in the "Commonly Asked Questions" is meant to provide a convenient reference to Oregon's Prevailing Wage Rate Law. It is in no way a complete statement of the laws and rules . If you have questions about the enforcement of Prevailing Wage Rates, please contact the Wage and Hour Division. Division offices may be reached at the following phone numbers : Bend 388 -6330 Eugene 686-7623 Medford 776-6013 Pendleton 276--1884 Portland 229-5750 Salem 378-3292 Apprentices and Trainees Apprentices and trainees may be employed on public works . To qualify as an apprentice or trainee, the worker must be registered in a bonafide apprenticeship or training program of the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training (BAT) or with any State Apprenticeship and Training Agency recognized by BAT . The apprentice or trainee is tc receive all fringe bonefits and a percentage of the journeyman's wage rate; the appropriate percentage shall be determined by the apprenticeship or training committee- All other wo,-kers must receive rates as published. Zone P�y In certain trades , the basic hourly rate of pay progressively increases based upon the di ,:',ance between the job site and a designated landmark ; this is commonly referred to as zone pay. To determine the hourly wage, find the correct zone based on the number of rood miles the job site is from the closest designated city (based either an distance from city hall or from geographical center of the city, depending an the trade) and add the amount for that zone to the basic hourly rate. Zone pay, unlike travel pay, is the basil hourly wage upon which overtime is computed. July 1988 Page 1 Bim �ecifications The specifications for every public works contract must include the current Prevailing Wage Rates in effect at the time the specifications are first advertised. A statement incorporating the existing rates by reference wil not satisfy this requirement (ORS 279.352) . NOTE: If a public agency fails to include the Prevailing Wage Rates in th contract specifications or fails to include in the contract th provision that Prevailing Wdge Rates must be paid, the liability for any unpaid prevailing wages could be exclusively that of the agency. Fringe_Benef its Payments for fringe benefits are in addition to the basic hourly rate. Fring benefits means the amount for: a) medical or hospital care; pensions on retirement or death compensation for injuries or illness resulting from an occupations activity, or insurance to provide any of the forego-ng; b) unemployment benefits, life insurance, disability and sickness insurdnce or accident insurance; c) vacation and holiday pad, d) defraying costs of apprenticeship or other sirniiar programs; and e) other such bona fide benefits . NOTE: For the purpose of Prevailing Wage Rates, fringe benefits do not include any benefits which may be required by federal , state or local law (e.g. Workers ' Compensation, Unemployment Insurance, etc . ) . Fringe benefits may be paid to the worker in cash or to a third party administering a fringe benefit program. When an hourly rate in excess of th, required prevailing base rate is paid, the amount by which the rate I exceeded may be credited toward payment of fringe benefits. Overtime Workers employed on a public works job for more than eight hours in a day or .40 hours in a week must be paid overtime for each additional hour so worker (ORS 279.334) . Overtime is calculated at no less thA.n one and one-half times the basic hourly rate as determined by the Commissioner of i_dbor (not including fringe benefits which are paid at the straight rate for every hou, worked) . In the computaV on of overtime, travel pay does not need to br included but tone pay differer,iials do. Work performed on Saturday, Sundly or le 1a) holidays must also be compensates at time and one-half . Legal holidays for purposes of Prevailing Wage Rates inrlude the following: 1 ) New Year' s Day on January l ; 2) Memorial Day on the last Monday in May; 3) Independence Day on July 4 ; 4) Labor Day on the first Monday in September; 5) Thanksgiving Day on the fourth Thursday in November , h) Christmas Day on December 25. NOTE : Contractors who are signatory to a collective bargaining agreemen', may be subject to different overtime requirements (ORS 279.334[3]) . 1 Page 2 July 1988 MIR i Certification of Payroll The law r(quires every contractor and subcontractor to file certain information on wages paid to ?ach worker employed on a public works contract. Thir statem(nt must completely and accurately reflect payroll records for the work week immediately preceding the submission. A contractor or subcontractor must complete and submit the certified statement contained on Form WH-38 as well as the information required on the weekly payroll side of the form. A copy of Form WH38 ar,d instructions fo- completing it are included in the back of this booklet; xeroxed copiei may be used for filing. The schedule for submitting payroll information is as follows: once within 15 days of the date the contractor or subcontrac.`.or first began wort: on the project and once '--.,,ore the final inspection 4 the project by the public contracting agency; in addition, for poJects exceeding 90 days. submissions are to be made at 90 day i nterva !s. Payroll i n ormat i on is to be filed with both the public contracting agency and the Wage and Hour Division, Bureau of Labor- and Industries, 1400 S. J. Fifth Avenue, Iortland, Oregon 97201 . The I payroll information must be kept by the contractor and or subcontractor for three years. COMMONLY ASKED %gLSIIONS 1 ) What are "Prevailing Wage Rates?" A prevailing wage rate is the minimum wage, including f Inge benefits to be paid workers employed oo contracts fui —blir_ woks . Different rates are established for specific trades and sues ' c geographical areas . 2) Who must be paid "Prevailing Wage Rates?" � e All employees of a contractor or subcontractor engaged on a public works project when the total price of the project is 116,000 or more must receive at least the Prevailing Wage Rate (P''R) for time worked on the ` project, unless otherwise exempt. l Supervisory and office/clerical employees are not required to be paid the PWR. A per=on who owns a_ nd operates his/her own truck or other hauling iequipment on construction projects (Owner/Operator) is not required to be paid tie PWR. 3) What about contracts when Fede-al funds are used? When more than 12,000 of federal funds are involv ,d, the contract is usually subject to the provisions of the Davis-BaCll Act, not Oregon statutes . Further information may be obtained from tht U.S. Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division, Portland, Oregon (221 -3057) . However, in the event that federal funds are involved, but the contract is not regulated under Davis-Bacon, Oregon's Prevailing Wage Rates Statutes may apply !ORS 2.19.348 - 219. 65) . July 1988 Page 3 COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS (Continued) 4) I don't have a pension fund . How do I calculate fringe benefits? Workers must receive at a minimum the sum of the basic hourly rate plu, all fringe benetits for each hour worked on a public works contract. Fringe benet is may be paid either to a third party trust account or in cash directly to the worker. 5) What if the employees_are not paid on an hourly basis? All workers must receive at least the basic hourly rate of wage and fring, benefits for each hour t;,crkcpd nn the project. If an employee is pais other than on an hourly basis, they equivalent hourly rate (for both wages and fringe benefits) must still be at least equal to the rates published. 6) How do I classify workers? Virtually all of the job classifications/trades normally used in th construction industry are represented by the job classifications used in this PWR publication. These classification titles should be used according to common practice. Try to fit your workers into existin, classifications. If you nave quest'ons about how to classify workers, contact the Wage and Hour Divisioii at 229-5750 in Portland or at one of the offices listed on r:�ge 1 of this booklet. Laborers who do basic work recuiring no spec?fic skills, training or knowledge are generally classified as Group 1 Laborers. (Note that Landscapers are classified as Laborers, and Ornamenta Ironworkers are classified as Ironworkers . ) 7) When are new rates determined? How long_are.they effective? Prevailing Wage Rates are determined once Each year by the Commissioner o` the Bureau of Labor and Industries . The Commissioner may amend the rate at any time. The rates are usually amended at least once each year. The rates in effect at the time the bid specifications are first advertisers are those that apply for the duration of the contract, with on( exception. If during the bidding process the prevailing wage rate changes, the public contracting agency (not the contractor) has the option of amending the bid specifications to reflect such change. 8) N�_do I post Prevailing Wage states? Every contractor or subcontractor employing workers on a public w6.•k project is required to post the applicable Prevailing Wage Rates in a consp -nous and accessible place in or about the work--site. Rates reed to be posted for the duration of the job. Contractors ant subcontractors who ,ntentionally fail to post the PWR can be made ineligible to receive any public wor'cs contract for up to three years . I Page 4 July 1988 COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS (Continued) 9) What can I do about a contractor who is not _complying with Oregon's PWR law? _ File a complaint with the nearest office of the Oregon Bureau of Labor- and Industries or contact the Wage and Huur Division, Bureau of Labor and Industries, 1400 S.W. 5th Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97201 (229-5750) . Other Bureau offices are located in Bend (389-6330) , Coos Bay (269-4575) , Eugene (686-7623) , Medford (776-6013) , Pdndleton (276-7884) and Salem (378-3292) . You may also complain to the contracting agency, which has the contractual authority to pay PWR claims directly to a contractor's or subcontractor's workers (ORS 279.314) . 10) What happens to contractors who do not comply with PWR statutes? l Contractors and subcontractors who pay less than the ?revailing Wage Rates may be liable to the workers affected for the amount found due plus an Pqual amount as liquidated damages (ORS 215 356) . Contracting agencies alyu have the contractual authority to wi!,,nold payments due or to be due to the contractor or subcontractor in order to pay the unpaid prevailing wages directly to the worker (ORS 279.314) . Contractors and subcontractors who intentionally refuse to pay the Prevailing Wage Rate to workers employed on public works or to post the PWR on the job site may be determined to be ineligible to receive any publ)c works contracts for a period. of up to three years (ORS 279.361 ) . Workers employed by the contractor or subcontractors have a right of action against the surety of the prime contractor for any unpaid prevailing wages. A list is kept of all contractors, subcontractors, and other persons ineligible to receive public works contracts and subcontracts . When a contractor or subcontractor is a corporation, the individual officers and agents of the corporation can be debarred, in addition to the corporation. As a result, individuals who intentionally fail to pay Cr post the PWR are prevented from simply moving from one corporation to another. 11 ) How much do I pay apprentices? To qualify as an apprentice, the worker must be registered it a bona fide apprenticeship program of the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training (BAT) or with any State Apprenticeship Agency rcc.ognized by BAT. The apprentice is to receive all fringr, benefits and a percentage of the journeyman' s wage rate; the appropriate percentage shall be determined by the apprenticeship committee. Ail other workers rece;ve rates as published. j July 1988 Page 5 W COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS (Continued) 12) What records must I keep? For how lona? Contractors and subcontractors are required to keep records necessary fo,� determining if Prevailinq Wage Rates were paid. These records must include the Payroll and Certified Statement Form (WH-38) as well as the following: The name and address of each employee; the wort classification(s) of each employee; the rate(s) of wages and fringt benefits paid to each employee; the rate(s) of fringe benefit payments made in lieu cf those required to be provided to each employee; total daily and w,?ekly compensation paid to each employee; daily and weekli hours worked by each employee; apprenticeship and training aqreements; any payroll and other such records pertaining to the employment of employees upon a public works contract. These need to be kept for a period of three (3) years from the completion of the public work contrict. Records relating to public works contract moist be maintained ,eparately from records relating to private , projects/contracts. 13) What forms are_rublic_ agencies required to file with the Bureau of Labo, ana Industries? Public agencies are required to prepare and file with the Commissioner o the B1.,reau of labor and Industries a ' ist of every public improvement tha the agency intends -to fund dur:,ng the subsequent budget: period (ORS 219.023[2]) . If, after the original filing, the agency Wlan- additional public improvements, a revised list is to be submitte, � (OAR 839-16 -008[21) . The "Notice of Award of Public Works Contract" is to be filed with tho 4 Wage and Hour Division within 30 days of the date when a contract is awarded which requires the payment of Prevailing Wage Rates ( i .e. , is regu,ated under ORS 279.348 to 279.365) . Copies of the "Planned Public Improvement Summary" (Form No. WH-118) , the "Capital Improvement Project Cost Comparison Estimate" (WH-119) , and thr "Notice of Award of Public Works Cnntract" (WH-81 ) can be found at tht y back of this booklet. 14) Does a contracting agency have any power to enforce_payment of Prevailin( W_AC_RaSes on its public works_projects? Yes. According to URS 279.314, all public contracts for work or service'l must contain a clause or condition permitting the contracting agency o , k pay a worker' s past due wage claim, charging the payment against funds due or to become due to the contractor. 1 Page 6 'uly 1988 w to w w w w w BASIC BASIC TRADES HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE RATE BENEFITS TRADES - -- - ------- --- RATE _BENEFITS _ ASBESTOS WDRKERS DREDGING Including insulation of piping and other nechanical 0 Leverman-Hydraulic 19.49 4.61 surfaces, o Leverman-Orpper 20.27 4.67 $15.40 $3 18 o Asst. Engineer BOILERMAKERS19.61 4.50 O ncludinq: Watch Engineer, Welderr BRICKLAYERS/Stonemasons Mechanic, Machinist) id.88 4.67 o Tenderman Area I18.28 3.68 (Boatman Attending Dredge Plan); Fireman 18.43 4.51 Area 2 o Assistant Mate 16.25 3.88 (Deckhand); Osler 18.04 4.67 Area ) DRYWILL/WETWII.L Baker Hood River Polk Wallowa o Drywall (Accoustical and Clackamas Malheur (a) Sherman Wasco (b) Drywall Applicator) 15.95 4.02 Clatsop Marion Tillamook Washington o Wetwall (Lather) 15. 10 4.87 Columbia Morrow Umatilla YamhiI Gilliam Multnomah Union ELECTRICIANS Area 2 Area 1: Benton Douglas Josephine Lirn o Electricians 16.33 3. 15 Crook Grant Klamath Malheur (c) c Cable Splicers 17.96 3.22 Coos Harney Lake Wasco (d) Curry Jackson Lane Wheeler Area 2: Deschutes Jefferson Lincoln -- a) North half 0 Electricians 20.71 5.63 b) North of the City of Maupin o Cable Splicers 21.15 5.66 c) South half Area 3: d) Including the City of Maupin and South thereof o Electricians 16.50 4.94 CARPENTERS (see page 11) Area 4: CEMENT MASONS (see page 11) Where the cost of electrical work (labor and DIVERS & OIVERS' _TENDERS material) is less than or equal to $100,001': o Diverso Electricians 17. 10 3.03 o Givers' Tenders 42'96 3.67 o Cable Splicer !8.81 3.08 18.86 3.67 Where the cost of electrical work (labor and Depth Pay and Enclosure Pay are added to the material) is more than $100,000: Divers' 9asic Hourly Rate to obtain the Total Hourly Rate for the diver. o Electricians 17.95 3.06 BASIC HOURLY HOURLY DIVER! , 0 Cable Splicer 19.75 3. 11 HOURLY + DEPTH . ENCLOSURE 1OTAL Area 5: RATE PAY PAY HOURLY PAY _ o Divers' Depth Pay o Electricians 19.80 4.29 o Cable Splicers 20.55 4.32 Depth of Dive _ Hou_ j_.Q th pa,y Area 6: 50-100 ft ((total ft- 501 x 1.00)/hr. o Electricians 16.95 4. 11 100-150 ft 50 + ((lotal ft- 100j x 1.50)/hr. o Cable Splicers 18.65 4. 16 150-200 ft 125 + ((total ft-150) x 12.00)/hr. o Divers' Enclosure Pay(working without vertical Area 1 Area 2 Area 2(cort) Area 3 Distance Travelled escape) Malheur Baker tknatiI]a Coos In the Enclosure __ Hourly EnclosureGilliam Pay Grant Union Curry Wallowa Lincoln 5 - 50 ft t -50/hr i Morrow Wheeler Douglas (a) 50 - IDO ft .63/hr I Lane (a) 100 - 150 ft 2. 13/hr 150 - 200 ft 4.63/hr 200 - 300 ft 4.63 ((total ft-2001x .05)/hr 300 - 450 ft 9.63 a total ft-300]]" 10)/h • 450 -- 600 ft 124.63 ( total fi. 4501x .2-0)/hr July 1988 Page 7 BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES _ _ RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS ELECTRICIANS (continued) LABORERS (see page 11) Ares, 4 Area 5 Area d LIMITED ENERGY ELECTRICIANS Benton Clackamas Harney May only be used for electrical work not Crook Clatsop Jackson exceeding 100 va: Deschutes Columbia Josephine Jefferson Hood River Klamath Area 1 9.50 2.28 Lane (b) Multnomah Lake Ares 2 9.95 1.53 Linn Sherman Douglas (b) Area 3 9.44 2.00 Marion Tillamook Area 4 9.69 2.14 Polk Wasco Area 5 'n 51 2. 17 Yamhill(c) Washin ton Area 6 9.55 2.28 YamhiI (d) Area 7 9.88 1.77 Area 8 9.40 2. 18 a) Those portions lying west of a line North Area 9 9.92 1.70 and South from the NE corner of Coos County Are. 10 9.81 1.59 to the SF, corner of Lincoln County Area 11 10.65 1.66 b) That portion 1 ing east of a line running Area 12 12.78 1.69 North and Scut h from the NE corner of Coos Area 13 10.79 2.04 County to the SE corner of Lincoln County Arra 14 10.54 1.84 c) South half d) North half Area 1 Clatsop, Columbia, Tillamook Ar-e-a-7 Clackamas, Multnomah Washington ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS 6rea 7 Marion, Polk, Yamh114 Kr-ea--1 Benton, Lincoln, Linn Area 1r� ea 3 Lane Xrea 6 Douglas o Mechanic 18.88 4.33 . a Xr-e`7 Coos, Curry o Helper 13.[2 4.33 + a Area-9 Jackson, Josephine o Probationary Helper 9.44 - Area 9 Hood River, Sherman, Wasco Vea % Crook, Deschutes, Jefferson Area 2rA ea 7T Klamath, Lake Krea T7, Gilliam, Grant, Morrow, Umatilla, o Mechanic 19.45 3.88 . a -�- wneele- o Helper 13.62 7.88 . a Area 13 Baker, .:inion, Wallowa o Probationary Helper 9.13 - Area T4 Harney, Malheur a) Plus 10.8% sf basic hourly rate for LINE CONSTRUCTION employees with more than 5 years of service; 8.8% of basic hourly rate for 6 months Area 1 to 5 years of service. - I (Base Rate): o Group 1 21.68 4.31 Area 1 Area 2 o Group 2 19.59 4.24 -'�- ---- o Group 3 15.35 4.09 Umatilla All o Group 4 16.89 3.34 Wallowa Remaining o Group 5 14.78 3.27 Union Counties o Group 6 13.90 3.24 Baker Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 Rate) GLAZIERS Zone 2 2.40 -� Zone 3 3. 15 Area 1 17.77 3.08 Zone 4 3.90 Area 2 13.76 1.72 Zone 5 5.15 Area 1 Area 2 Group 3 receives Zone 1 Rate ONLY All Courfies Malheur (No Iona Cifferential) except Malheur Area 2: IPDNWDRKERS o Cable Splicers 18.06 2.88 o Journeyman Lineman 16.42 2.82 n Structural, o Line Equip. Mech. Reinforcing, (Right-of-way) 15.55 2.79 Ornamental, o Line Equip. Oper. 14.81 2.77 Riggers, o Line Equip. Srvaman 14.57 2.76 Fence Erectors, o Groundman 11.55 2.65 Signa? Men 18.26 5.81 July 1988 Page 8 BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS LINE CONSTRUCTION (continued) PLASTERERS Area 1 Area 1 17.35 4.02 -ATT-counties except Malheur County Area 2 16.93 4.01 Zone 1: 0 to 3 miles from the geographical Area ! Area ](cont) Area l(cont) Area 2 center of Medford and Portland Zone 2: 0 to 20 miles from the geographical Beaton nesrhutes Lincoln (b) All center of Astoria, Baker, Burns, Bend, Cous Harney Linn (b) remaining Corvallis, Eugene, Klamath Falls, Crook Jefferson Wasco (b) counties Lakeview, Longview, Pendleton, Salem, Curry Klamath (a) Wheeler (b) Roseburg, The Dalles, Umatilla (NOTE: Douglas Lane for Portland and Medford, Zone 2 is 3 to 20 miles) a) Northern one-third b) South half Zone 3: 20 to 35 miles radius Zone 35 to 50 miles radius PLUMBERS & STEAMFITTERS/PIPEFITTERS 76'n-i-37 Over 50 miles radius Area 1 (Both) 19.08 4.85 Group I Group 2 Area 2 (Both) 21.75 4.91 Area 3 (Both) Cable Splicers Certified Lineman Welder -on pro„-cts less than 20 000 sq. ft. Leadman Pole Heavy Line Equipment Man 15.7G 3. 13 Sprayer Lineman -on all otrrer projects Pole Sprayer 17.25 4.00 Group 3 Group 4 Area 1 Area 2 Area 3 Tree Trimmer Line Equipment Man Baker, Grant (b) A11 remaining countias Harney (a) Morrow Group 5 Grou 6 Malheur Umatilla Wallowa Head Groundman Groundsman Union Jackharmrer Man a) Except Northwest Portion Powderman b) Except Southwest Corner Area 2 POWER E2UIPMENT OPERATORS (ser page II) �%I heur County ROOFERS MARBLE SETTERS (Includes Granite) Area is Area 1 19.28 3.68 o Roofers 14.85 3.70 o Handling coal tar Area 1 pitch 16.34 3.70 gaa-k r Hood River Sherman Wallowa Clackamas Malheur (a) T111arnook Wasco (b) Area 2: Clatsop Morrow Unicn Washington o Roofers 14.75 2.22 Columbia Multnomah Umatilla YamhilT (a) o Application or removal Gilliam of coal tar products 16.75 2.22 a) North half Area 3: b) North of the City of maupin o Roofers 13.05 2.70 (When working with coal tar, add $1.50 PAINTERS b URYWALL TAPERS for each hour of regular and overtime.) Area 1 Area 4: o Painter & Drywall Tapers 12.02 2.01 o Roofers(a) 14.15 3. 10 Area 2 Area 5: o Brush 13.21 3.26 o Roofers(a) 17.38 2.55 o Spray, sandblasting, other pressure blasting over (a? When working with irritable Bituminous mater- 3000 psi, and ials, add $2.00 for each hour of regular and steam cleaning 13.71 3.26 overtime. o Wall covering including: Area 1 Are,,, ](cont) Area 2 Area 2(cont) paper hanging, gilding, -- and mural parotin9g 13.71 3.26 Baker Multnomah Benton Klamath o Bridges or Over 50' Clackamas Sherman Coos Lake -Brush 13.% 3.26 Clatsop Tillamook Crook Lane -Spray 14.46 3.26 Columbia Wasco Curry Lincoln o Orywall Tapers 15.48 4.05 Jefferson Washi,igton Deschutes '_rn.. Gilliam Wheeler Douglas Msrirn� Area I Area 2 Grant Harney Folk MMaTFeUr County Remaining Counties Hood River Jackson , +rrn ;1 Josephine July 1988 Page 9 WN X KEN BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES _ RATE BENEFITS ROOFERS (continued) TENDERS TO PLASTERERS Area 3 Area 4 Area 5 0 Where the cost of the plastering work (laber Ma-Mi r (fila-f71a PF - and material) is lesT than $200,000: Union Wallowa 12.05 3.65 SHEETMETAL WORKERS o Where the cost of the plastering work (labor Area 1 Building Trades artd material) is more than $200,000: Journeyman 16.90 4.51 13.56 3.65 Architectural (a) Journeyman 14.74 3.81 TILE SETTERS Area 2 16.40 3.01 Area 3 18.86 4. 11 Avea 1 11. 10 3.55 Area 4 15.98 2. 10 -Area 5 16.13 2.70 Area 2 16.05 2.65 Area I Area 1 Area l(cont) Area 2 Area 2(cont) Benton Gilliam Linn Tillamook Baker Palk Benton Josephine Clackamas Grant Marion Wasco Clackamas Sherman Coos Klamath Clatsop Harney Multnomah Washington Clatsop Tillamook Crook Lake Columbia Hood River Polk Wneeler Columbia Umatilla Curry Lane Crook Jefferson Sherman YamhiII Gilliam Union Des0lites Lincoln Deschutes Lincoln Hood River Wallowa Douglas Linn Malheur(a) Wasco (b) Grant Malheur (e) Area 2 Area 3 Area 4 Area 5 Marion Washington Harney Wasco (d) ga-r� % r_ow �- FoougTas Morrow Yamhill Jackson Wheeler Malheur Umatilla Curry Klamath Multnomah Jefferson Union Lane (b) lake Wallowa Lane (c) a) North half c) South half Jackson b) North of Maupin d) Maupin and south thereof Josephine TILE a TERRAllO HELPERS a) Architectural work is a job-site exterior work only on gutters, downspouts, srl,ppers, con- Area 1_ 13.32 2.20 ductor heads, flashing metal roofing and siding, including job-site roll formed, decking, louvers, gravity type ventilators, facia, soffits, window Area 1 wall, column covers' pre-engineered metal -v buildings and sandwich type wall systems such Baker Hood River Sherman Wallowa as AlucobonC, Robertson, Molenco or Inryco. Clackamas Malheur (a) Tillamook Wasco (b) Clatsop Morrow Umatilla Washington b) West of Coast Range c) Fast of Coast Range Columbia Multnomah Union YamhiI (a) Gilliam SOFT FLOOR LAYERS Area 1 15. 15 3.40 * b a) North half b) North of Maupin Area 2 12.99 2.01 TRUCK DRIVERS (see Page 11) b) plus 4% of basic hourly rate for employees WELDERS; RIGGERS with less than one year of service, 6% for those with more than one year. Receive rate for craft performing operation to Area 1 - All counties except Malheur County which welding and rigging are incidental. lfrea-� Malheur County *******R*+r*►**Rrrt��+rf• SPRINKLER FITTERS 20.30 3. 15 TENDERS TO MASON TRADES Tenders for Bricklayers Tile Setters, Marble Setters and Terrazzo Workers; Topping for Cement Finishers and Mort.er Mixers. o Where the cost of brick and W ock masonry work (labor and material) is less than $200,000 (this rate not apFlicable to fire brick, refracto.y material, cleaning, pointing, caulking or restoration work): i 12.05 3.65 o All Other Work 14.05 3.65 July 1988 Page 10 BASIC BASK HOURLY FRINGE 4OURLY FRINGE TRADES _ RATE BENEFITS TRADES _RATE BENEFITS CARPENTERS, CEMENT iASONS, LABORERS, P014ER CARPENTERS (See preceding column for description EQUIPMENT OPERATORS and TRUCK DRIVERS of when the lower rates may be used) Under the following circumstances a rate lower LESS THAN then the basic hourly rate may be used for 100% 100% these five trades: - Zone 1 (Base Rate):* The lower rate applies to all public works o Group 1 14.54 17.52 3.67 projects of less than $1.0 million. The lower n Group 2 14.66 17.67 3.67 rate also applies to projects under $1.5 million o Group 3 14.14 17.17 3.67 involving the construction, reconstruction, major o Group 4 14.86 17.92 3.61 renovation or painting of buildings, bridges or o Group 5 14.62 17.62 3.67 docks. (When the amount is between s1.0 and $1.5 o Group 6 14.10 17.12 3.67 million the work done on a building, bridge or dock must constitute at least 20% of the total *NOTE: Zone rates for Carpenter Groups 1 and 2 project Price to use the lower rates.) In are listed in the preceding column. determining the $1.5 million figure, do not Zone rates for Carpenter Groups 3 include the cost of underground utilities-Ti.e.r through 6 are listed below. the amount of the contract dedicated to facilities for electricity, water, gas, sewerage including Zone Differential for Groups 3 through 6 Only storm water, and communications) which are five (Add to Zone 1 Rate) feet or more outsides of and away from the building, bridge or duck and are subordinate and Zane 2 .85 incidental to the major purpose of the project. Zone 3 1.25 Zone 4 1.70 NOTE: in determinin :rhether or not the lower Zone 5 1.95 rates are applicable, consider the to',.al Zone 6 2.80 Project cost, and not the cost of any Individual contract (or schedule) within Zones for Groups 3, 4, 5 and 6 Carpenter: are that project. determined by the distioce between the project site and either 1) tie worker's residence or 2) City Hall of a reverence city for the appropriate group shown below, whichever is ZONE RAPES AND DESCRIPTIONS closer. Zone Differential for Carpenters !Group: i and Zone 1: C-30 miles. 2 only), Laborers, Power Nqu-nth*-or;s one-T 30-40 miles. in Truck r�e�s ones 40--50 miles. ons 50-60 mi les. (Add to Zone I Rate) ane 3- 60-70 miles onI - F Over 10 mile:. Zone 2 .65 _ Zone " 1. 15 Cities for Groups 3 and 4 Zone 4 1.70 Zone 5 2.75 Corvallis Longview North Bend The Dalles Zone I: Projects within 30 miles of City Hall Eugene Medford Portland in the Cities listed below. Cities farGroups 5.and 6 Zone 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 - miles. Astoria Eugene Newport Salem Zone 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 Bend Klamath Falls Portland The Galles miles. Coos Bay Medford Roseburg Zone 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles. Group_1 Grout Zone 5: More than 80 miles. Auto. Nailing Machine Floor layers P. Finishers Cities Carpenters Stationary Power Saw Form Stripper 0 erators Albany Eugene Longview Fortland Manhole Builders Wall b Ceiling Insulators Astoria Goldendale Madras Part Orford Baker Grants Pass Medford Reedsport Group 3 Grou 4 Bend Hermiston McMinnville Roseburg �- Brookings Hood River Newport Salem Millwrights Certified Welders Burs Klamath Falls Oregon City The Dalles Machine Erectors Coos Bay LaGrande Ontario Tillamook Corvallis Lakeview Pendleton Group 5 Groin 6 i Bridge, Dock b Wharf Boom Men Builders Piledrivermen July 1988 Page 11 �t w - 0 BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS _ CEMENT MASONSI LABORERS (continued) LESS THAN Group 1 100% 100% Asphalt Plant Laborers General Laborer *** Zone I (Base Rate): Asphalt Spreaders Guardrail Median o Cement Masons 13.35 16. 19 4.12 Batch Weighman Rail (c5 Broomers Leveret;,, or Aggregate o Composition Workers (includes installation Brush Burners/Cutters Sprearer (d) of epoxy b other resinous toppings), and Carpenter Tender Material Yard Man (e) Power Mach. Oper. Car d Truck Loaders Powderrw n Tender 13.61 16.51 4.12 Change-House Man Railroa,, Track Laborers Choke Setter Ribbon Setters (f) Zone Differential for Cement Masons Chipper Operator (a) Rip Rap Man (Ha ,d (Add to Zone 1 Rate) Clean-up Laborers *** Placed) Concrete Laborers Road Pump Tender Zone 2 .65 Culvert (hand labor) Sewer Laborer Zone 3 1. 15 Curing, concrete Signalman Zone 4 1.10 Demolition, wrecking Sk;prmn Zone 5 2.15 and moving *** Slopers Zone 1: Projects within 30 miles of city Hall Griller Tender SpraymanDry-shack Man Stake Chaser in the cities listec below. Dumpers, road oiling Stockpiler Zone 2: More than 30 miles b,at less than 400 crew Timber Faller/Bucker miles. Dimpmen for grading (Hand Labor) Zone 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 crew 7oolroom Man (Job site) miles. Elevator Feeders Tunnel Bull Gang Zone 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 Fine Graders (Above Ground) miles. Fire Watch Weight-Man -Crusher (g) Zone 5: More than 80 miles. Form Strippers (b) Cities a) Pittsburg or similar types b) Not swinging stages Astoria Eugene Newport Roseburg c) Reference Post, Guide Post, or Bend Klamath Falls Pasco SaIelr Right-of Way Marker Coos Bay Longview Pendleton The Galles d) Flaherty, Loading Spotter, or similar types Corvallis Medford Portland Vancouver e) Including electrical f) Including steel forms LABORERSI g) Aogregate when used LESS THAN *** laborers can tear off roofs, clean up or 100% 100% handle roofing materials only when at least one Lone I (Base Rate):2 new story is added or in demoliticio work, where o Group 1* 10.67 12.84 4.65 no reroofing will occur. o Group 2 10.95 13. 19 4.65 Grouo 2 o Group 3 11. 19 13.49 4.65 — o Group 4 11.39 13.74 4.55 Applicators (a) Guiite or Pot Tender o Group 5 8.00 8.00 4.65 Bruch Cutters (b) 4andlers/Mixers (f) Burners Post Hole 0igyer, Air, _ Choker Splicer gas or electric Clary Power Spreader(c) Power Tool Operators (g) *Groep I Laborers who 8.16 4.65 Clean-up Nozzleman Sand Blasting (wet) meet th", following Green Cutter (d) Stake Setter description ons: Concrete Power Buggyman Tampers Crusher Feeder Tunnel Muckers/Brakeman/ Grnup 1 Laborers (not involved in the Demolition/Wrecking (e) Concrete Crew/Bull pour.ng of concrete) on projects of less Grade Checker Gang (underground) than Z1.0 million involving the con- Granite Nozzleman struction, reconstruction, major renovation I Tender or painting of buildings. (The work done on a building mus:. consEitute at least 20% of a) Including Pot Tender for same, app]ying the total project price to use this rate.) protective material by hand or nozzle on in determining the $1.0 million figure, do utility lines or storage tanks on project not include the cost of underground b) Power saw utilities (i.e, the amount of the contract :) And similar types dedicated to facilities for electricity, d) Concrete, rock, etc. water, gas, sewerage including storm water, e) Charred Materials and communications) which are five feet or f) Of all materials of an irritating nature more outside of and away from the building including cement and lime and are subordinate and incidental to the q) Includes, but not im"ted to: Ory Pack major purpose of the project. Machine, Jackhammer, Chipping Guns, Paving Breakers, Vibrator,, (less than 4" diam-ter) I Sec page 11 for description of when rates less than 100% may be used 2 See page 11 for zone rates and descriptions July 1988 Page 12 � r BAS?C BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES_ RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS LABORERS (continued) POWER EQUIPMENI OPERATORS (continued) Group 3 Group 1 Asbestos Removal Power Saw Operators (d) Assistant Conveyor Partsman (too) room) Asphalt Rakers Pumperete Nozzleman Operator Pump Operator (a) Bit Grinder Sand Blasting (dry) Brakeman/Switchman Oiler (b) Concrete Saw Operator Sewer Pipe Layers Crusher Feederman Scaffolding Operator (c) Drill Doctor Sewer Timberman Dockhand Switciman Drill Operators (a) Track Liners (e) Guardrail Punch Oiler Gunite Nozzleman lugger Operator High Scalers, Tunnel-Chuck Tenders, a) Under 4 inches Strippers, Orlllers(b) Nippers, Timberman b) Including Plant, Crane, Crusher, Guardrail Laser Beam (c) Vibrator (4" and larger) Equipment, and Trenching Machine Manhole Builder Water Blaster c) Self-propelled Powdermen Welder a) Air Tracks, Cat Drills, wagon DrillsG^oup 2r Rubber-mounted drills, and other similar A-Frame Truck Helicopter Radioman types Operator (a) (Ground) b) Covers work in Swinging Stages I chairs Auger Oiler (f) or belts under extreme conditions unusual Blade Operator (b) Roller Operator (gg) to normal drilling blasting, barring-down, Boatman Tar Pot Fireman (h) or sloping and stripping Crane Fireman (c) Temporary Heating Plant C) Pipe laying, applicable when employee Driller Tender Operator assigned to mover set up, align Laser Beam. Fork Lift or Lumber Truck Crane Oiler/ d) Bucking and falling Stacker (d) Driver (!) e) Anchor Machines, Ballast Regr�latcrs, Grade Checker Tugger c• Coffin type Multiple Tampers, Power Jacks Grade Oiler (e) Horst UPerator Grou 4 Heavy Duty Repairman welder's Ter.ler Tender Laser Beam (Tunnel), applicable when employee a) Single drain ass!gned to move, set-up, align laser team b) Pulled type Tunnel Miners c) All equipment except floating Tunnel Powderman d) On job site e) Required to check grade Group 5 f) Including cafiination guardrail machines gg) Grading of base rock (not asphalt) Fence Builder h) Including power agitated type Flagger !) 25 tin capacity and over Landdscaping or planting laborer POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORSI Group 3 Air Filtration Hydrographic Seeder LESS THAN Equipment Machine (e) _ 100% 100% Asphalt Plant Fireman Hydrostatic Pump Ballast Jack Tamper Mixer Box Operator (f) Zone 1 (Base R�te):2 Bell Boy, Phones, etc Motorman o Group 1 12.79 15.99 4.67 Broom Operator (a) Pug ill Operator r. Group 2 12.94 16. 17 4.67 Bucket Elevator (any type) o Group 3 13.06 16.33 4.67 Loader (b) Pump Operator (g) o Group 4 13.22 16.53 4.67 Cement Hog Ross Carrier Operator (h) o Group 5 13.26 16.57 4.61 Compressor Operator (c) Tamping Machine (i) o Group 6 13.34 16.68 4.67 Concrete Saw and Truck-mounted Asphalt o Group 7 13.40 16.15 4.67 Concrete Curing Spreader (with screed) o Group 8 13.51 16.89 4.67 Machine (d) Welding Machine Operator o Group 9 13.58 16.98 4.67 Conveyor Operator Wire Mat or Brooming o Group 10 13.65 17.06 4.67 Hydraulic Pipe Press Machine Operator o Group 11 13.66 17.08 4.67 o Group 12 13.74 17. 18 4.67 a) Self-propelled on job site o Group 13 13.82 17.28 4.67 b) Barber Greene and similar type o Group 14 1 02 17.52 4.67 c) Any power, under 1250 cubic feet 1,otal o Group 15 14. 17 17.11 4.67 capacity o Group 16 14.37 17.96 4.67 d) Riding type o Group 17 14.53 18. 16 4.67 e) Straw, pulp or seed i Grot;p 18 14.13 18.41 4.67 f) C.T.B. Orybatch, etc. 0 Group 19 14.87 18.59 4.61 gg) Any power, 4 inches and over h) On JJob site i) Mecfranical self-propelled I See page 11 for description of when rates less than 100% may be used 2 See page 11 for zone rates and descriptions July 1988 Page 13 i BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES _ RATE_ BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS_ POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (continued) POWER.EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (continued) Group 4 Group 7 Combination Mixer b Helicopter Hoist Operator A-Frame Truck (a) Grouting Machine Compressor (a) Hydra Hamlrwr or similar Ballast Regulator Hydraulic Backhoe (e) 1 Compactor, including types Ballast Tamper (b) Locomotive, 40 tons b Vibratory Locomotive, undcr 40 tons Beltcrete over Compressor (Any Lull Hi-Lift Operator (d) Boon Truck Pot Rammer Power (b) Pavement Breaker Churn Drill/ Earth Pumperete Operator (any Concrete Mixer PuiT Operator (e) Boring Machine type) Operator (c) Roller Operator, Oiling Concrete Mixer (c) Roller (any asphalt mix) Floating Equipment C.T.B. Concrete Pump Shuttle Car Fireman Screed Operator Elevating Grader (d) Tie Spacer Fork Lift, over 5 ton Service Oiler (Greaser) Fuller-Kenyon and Tower Mobile Operator similar Track Liner a) Gunnite work b) Over 1,2.50 cu. ft. total capacity a) Double drum c) Single drum, under five bag capacity b) Multiple purpose d) Or similar type c) Single drum, five bag capacity and over e) More than 5 (any size) d) Tractor towed requiring operator or grader th or Group 5 e) eel tpwithoutyffrontlend attachmentds. andu2d112wcu. yds. Chip Spreading Machine Pulva Mixer or similar and under (Ford, John Deere, Case type) Operator types Group ! Concrete Batch Plant Slip Form Pumps power Quality Control driven hydraulic Asphalt Paver Operator Diesel-Electric Operator lifting device for Batch Plant and/or Engineer (c) Elevator Operator concrete forms wet-mix (a) Generator Operator Extrusion Machine Sweeper, Mayne type (b) Belt Loader (b) Hoist, single drum Tractor (c) Lime Spreading (a) Trenching Machine (d) a) One and two drum Power Jumbo, setting Magner Pactor (e) b) Kolman and Ko Cal types ms slip for , etc. in c) Plant, Crusher, Generator, Floating tunnels. a) On �ob site Group 9 b) Sel -pro(wi led on job site Asphalt Plant Operator Guardrail Funch and c) Rubber-tired 50 H.P. flywheel and unli,r Bo)t-Threading Machine Auger (d) d) Maximum digging capacity 3 ft. depth Boom-Type Lifting H.D. Mechanic and Welder e) Or similar type without blade Device (a1 Hammer Operator Baring Machina Hydraulic Backhoe (e) Group 6 Bulldozer Lift Slab Machine Cherry Picker (a)(b) Loader (f) Asphalt Burner anti Concrete Spreader Chicago Boon (c) Machine Tool Operatir Reconditioner Curb Machine (b) Compactor with Blade Pipe Cleaning, Doping, Cast-In Place Pipe Loaders (c) Concrete Cooling Bending and wrapping Laying Machine Maginnis Internal Full Machine Machines Concrete Finishing Slab Vibrator Crusher Plant Operator Side-boom Cat Machine (A) Pavement Grinder and/or Drill Cat Operator Stationary Drag Scraper Con,-rete Joint Machine Grooving Machine (d) Drill Doctor Surface Heater and Plane. Concrete Paving Machine Rock Spreaders (e) Drill Doctor (Bit Tractor (g) Concrete Planer Grinder) Tractor (h) Grizzly Crusher Trench Machine (i) a) f,lary, Johnson, Bidwell, Burgess, Bridgo.�s Deck or similar type a) 5 ton capacity or less b) Mechanical Berm, Curo and/or Gutter b) or similar type crane-hoist c) Rubber-tired type, 2 1/2 cu. yds. and under c) And similar types d) Riding type d) All types P) 5 1.1-nropelled e) Track type 3/8 cu. yds. f) Front end and overhead, 2 1/2 cu. yds. and under 4 cu. yds. g) With boom attachments Ill Rubber-tired over 50 M.P. flywheel i) Maximum digging capacity over 3 ft. depth July 19BB Potio 14 BASIC BASIC HOURLY Fp1NGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (continued) POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (continued) Grou 10 Group 14 Barge Operator, Compactor, multi-ergine self-loading Dozers and Pushers (c) Rubber-tired Scraper (a) Bulldozer (a) Oriller (d) rower Crane Operator Cable Plow (any type) Jack Operator/Elevating Combination H.D. Barges a) With Tandem Scrapers r self-loading, Paddle Mechanic fielder (D) Wheel, Auger type, finish and/or Z or more units a) Twin engine (TC 12 and similar) b) With dispatcher and/or required to do both Group 15 c) Rubber-tired SMichigan, Cat, Hough type) am d) Percussion, Oiond, Core, Cable, Rotary Loader, 4 cu, yds., but less than 6 cu. yds. and similar type Rock Hound Operator broup it Group 16 f,lamshell,Hoe, etc.(a) Dragline Autograder or Floating Crane (Derrick Combination Guardrail Grade-Ails (a) "Trimmer" Barge) (c) Machines (b) Mixo.,r Mobile Automatic Concrete Loader (d) Concrete Breaker Mucking Machine (tunnel) Slip Form Paver Rubber-tired Scraper (e) Crane Operator (c) Shovel Cableway (a) Shovel (f) Concrete Canal line Tandem Bulldozer (g) a) Under 1 cu. yd. Crane (b) Wheel Excavator (h) b) i.e., Punch, Auger, etc. Floating Clamshell, Whirley, 80 ton and under c) 25 tans and under etc., 3 cu. yds. and over Groin 12 a) 2'.o tons and over Batch Plant and/or Paddle Wheel, Auger Type b) Over 40 t:... dmi including 100 ton Wet Mix (a) Piledriver (not crane cl 30 ton but less than BO ton Blade Mounl.ed type) d) 6 cu. yds. , but less than 12 cu. yds. Spreaders ( b) Reinforced Tan!r Banding e) With Tandem Scrapers, multi-engine Blade Operator Machine (K-11 or f) 3 cu, yds., but less than 5 cu. yds. Elevating Loader (c) similar) g) Quad-nine and similar Hoist, two or more Rubber-tired Scraper (d) h) Under 750 cu. yds. per hour drums Shield Operator Single Scraper (e) Group 17 a) 3 units or more Canal Trimmer Loader (c) b) Ulrich and similar types Crane (a) Shovel, etc. (d) c) Athey and similar Floating Crane (b) Whirley (e) d) Single and twin engine e) Wi6 Push-pull attachments, self loader a) Over 100 ton and including 200 ton b) Oerruyds. 80 ton, but less than 150 ton Group13 d) 5 cu. yyds. and over Back Filling Machine Derrick, under 100 tons e) Over 80 ton and including 150 ton Blade (a) Elevating Grader (e) Blade, multi-engine rloating Clam hell,etc.(f) Group 18 Blade Operator, f —ich Floating Crane (g) Bridge Crane Grade-all, 1 cu. yd. Band Waggons (a) Wheel Excavator (d) Operator (b) and over Crane (b) Whirley (e) Cableway Operator (c) Hoist (hj Floating Crane (c) Concrete Pavinq Road Piledriver Operator Mixer Shovel, etc (1) a) In rot unction with Whelp) Excavator Crane (d) b) over 2 ton c) 150 ton but less than 250 ton a) Externally controlled by electronic, d) Over 200 ton mechanical hydraulic manes e) 150 ton and over b) Locomotive Crane, Gantry and Overhead c) 25 ton and over Groin 19 d) Over 25 ton and including 40 tons e) Operated by Tractor Operator, Sierra, Eculid, Floating Craolp (a) Remote Controlled Earth or similar Helicopter (b) Moving Eniipment f) Under 3 cu. yds. Under Water Equipment (c) gg) Derrick Barge, less than 30 ton h) Stiff Leg, Guy Derrick, or similar, 50 tons a) 250 ton and ovrr anu aver b) When used in erecting work i) 1 cu. yd. and less than 3 cu. yds. c) Remote or otherwise July 1988 Page 15 BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES _ RATE BENEFITS TRADES _ RATF BENEFITS TRUCK DRIVERS' TRACK DRIVERS (Continued) LESS THAN Lumber Ca-rierr Driver-StraAnle 100% 100% Carrier--used in loading, unloading - - and transportation of material on ,lob Zone 1 'Base Rate):2 site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 o Group 1 12.'9 15.23 4.70 o Group 2 12.63 15.28 4.70 Oil Distributor Driver or Leverrmn. . . . . 4 o Group 3 12.67 15.33 4.70 o Group 4 12.11 15.38 4.70 Pilot Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 o Group 5 12.75 15.43 4.70 o Group 6 12.83 15.53 4.70 Slurry Truck Driver or Leverman 3 o Group 7 12.91 15.63 4.70 o Group 9 12.99 15.73 4.70 Solo Flat Bed and Misc. Body Trucks-- 1 o Group 9 13.07 15.83 4.70 0-10 tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . u Group 10 13.21 16.00 4.70 o Group 11 13.29 16. 10 4.70 Transit Mix and Meet or Dry Mix Trucks: o Group 12 13.37 16.20 4.70 5 cu. yds. and under . . . . . . . . I o Group 13 13.45 16.30 L'.70 Over 5 cu. yds. and inc. T Cu. yds . . . 5 o Group 14 13.53 16.40 4.70 Over 7 cu. yds. and inc. 9 cu. yds . . . 6 Over 9 cu. yds. and inc. 11 cu. yds. . . 7 Work GroupOver 11 cu. yds. and inc. 13 ar. yds 8 -- Over 13 cu. yds. ar,! int. 15 cu. yds 9 A-Frame or Hydra-lift Truck w/load 2 bearing surface. . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2 Team Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Rebuilder . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Tireman, full-time basis. . . . . . . . . . 3 Bus or Man-Haul Driver. . . . . . . . . . . I Truck Helper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Concrete Buggies (Power operated) . . . . . 1 Truck Mechanic -Welder--Body Repairman. . . 6 Drivers and Helpers handling Sacked Truck Mechanic 4elper . . . . 7 . . . . . . 1 Cement---add 15f per hour Water wagons (Rated Capacity) up to: Dump Trunks, Side, End and Bottom 1600 gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Dumps, including Semi-Trucks and 1600 to 3000 gallons 3 trains or combinations thereof: 3000 to 50(x^ gallons . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 cu. yds. and under . . . 1 5000 to 7000 9sllons . . . . . . . . . 6 Over 6 cu. yds. and inc. 10 cu. yds 3 7000 to 10,000 gallons . . . . . . . . . 1 over 10 cu. yds. and inc. 20 cu. yds 6 10,000 to 15,000 gallons . . . . . . .. . 8 Over 20 cu. yds. and inc. 30 cu. yds 7 Over 30 cu. yds. and inc. 40 cu. yds 8 Winch Truck--takes classificat-on of Over 40 cu. yds. and inc. 50 cu. yds 9 truck on which winch is mounted Over 50 cu. yds. and inc. 60 cu. yds 10 Over 60 cu. yds. and inc. 10 cu. yds 11 Over 70 cu. yes, and inc. 80 cu. yds 12 Over 80 cu. yds. and inc. 90 ru. yds 13 Over 90 cu. yds. and inc. IOC cu. yds. 14 Dunpsters or Similar Equipment- ill sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Flaherty Spreader Driver or Leverman. . . . 4 Lift jitneys, Fork Lifts--all sizes-used in 1u.. unloading b transporting material i job site. . . . . . . . . . 1 i Loader and/or Leverman on Concrete Ory Batch Plant, manually operated. . . . . . . 1 Low Bed Equipment, Flat Bed Semi- Truck and Trailer or Doubles trans- porting equipment or wet or dry materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck nriver, Driver, Tiremanr Warn Rack, Steam !!! Cleaner or combrnat.ion. . . . . . . . . . . 2 I See page 11 for description of when rates less than 100% may he used. 2 Sep page 11 for zone rates and descriptions. ,iu ly 198P Page 16 itureau of tabor and !ndustries PAYROLL Payroll and Certtfte,t 'Jit- w!it wage and Hour Dlv�3i0n (For Contractor or Subcontractor's Use; See Instruction, Form WH-38A (3/84)) Form - For Jse in Co-nply:ng with ORS 219.354 }:ANC dr'LdN'TFACTdA T- —I - -SUBCDi1TIFALTTTIf JIIRT— — — -- { Phone: � lMifK ENDING CONTRACT!NG AGENGv PR AGENCY AND LOCATION PROJECT OR CONTRACT NO. DATE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS FIRST ADYERTISEO FOR 910 , �Phune 1 3. 4 DAY AND DATE 5 16 1 I (e i (9t NAME . ADDRESS, AND �2 z I WORK TOTAL RATE GROSS DEDUCTIONS RFT SOCIAL SECURITY CLASSIFICATION HOURS OF PAY MOUNT FICAFEDERAL STATE ! OTHER I UTAL � NAGE HUMBER OF EMPLOYEE (include group) o EARNED (WITH- WITH- DEOUC- ' PAID C3 W n4mber if i r i 'HOLDING HOLDING TIONS FOP w �pplicjblel ro TAX TAX WFFK 77 S I — — -- S jo S I S i I --- 0 S 0 A CERTIFIED STATEMENT [. ---- - -—— (4) That {tax,, or signatory partyT (Title (a) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE aa:J TO APPROVED PLANS, F:;:.t)S 01 PROGPAI In addition to the basic hourly wage rates paid ro each worker Ii ted , du hereL, sta w in the above referenced payroil, payments of fringe benefits as listed in the contract have been or will be made to appropriate (1) That I pay or supervise the payment of the m rson; employed by programs for the benefit of :uch em,)lovees, except as noted in the Section 4(c) below.an , (b) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAiD IN CASH Contractor, subcontractor or Surety Building or work Each worker listed in the above referenced payroll has been paid, as indicated on the payroll, an am,iunt not less than the sum of that during the payroll commencing on the — the applicable basic hourly wage rate plus the amount of the required fringe benefits as listed in the contract, except as nut-td day of i9 and endi;,g the day of in Section 4tc) below. 19 all persons emo!^yed on said project 'gave been (c) EXEMPTIONS raid t-he full weekly wages earned, that no rehates have been or will he made EiCEPTi N CRAFT EXPLANATION either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said +1 `Contractor, subcontractor or surety _ from: .+e full weekly wages earned by any person and that n( deductions have been -"ace Zither directly or indirectly from the full —ages earred by any person, other thin permissible deductions as specified i`� -'S 652.610, and described beim.: — REMARKS -- - --- I (2) That any payrolls otherwise under this contract required to br sutca tted I have read this certified ;tatement, know the contents thereof and it for the above period are correct and complete; thit the wage rates for wo.kers true to myknowled e. - Coiitained therein are not less than the applicable wage rates containe^ is any 9NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE ..age determination ir:corporated into the contract. that the classificaLipns set forth therein for each worker zonfcrA with work performed. (3i That any acprentices employed in the shove per•od are duly registered in a hoi,a fide ai,pr(nticeship program registered with a State apprenticeship agency L� Contractor r Subcontractor Surety i reco9r•..2: d the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. United states Deeart;ment Of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a State, are registered with Vie Bu-eau ;F " -prenticeship and Training. United States Department of Lator File this form with the contracting agency and send a true copy to the FMN WH-Jy (],,;4) C.reau or Labor arta Industries, 1300 SW Fifth Ave., Portland, OR 97291 BUREAU OF LABOR AND INDUSTPIES - WAGE AND HOUR DIVISIO14 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING PAYROLL AND CERTIFIED STATEMENT FORM, .,H . 38 ;Rev 3/84) General : This form meets needs resulting from the 1983 ank�n tments to the 7revaiTing Wage Rate Law. Under this imended law, the contractor is required to pay not less than fringe benefits as pred(�teri7ined by the Bureau of Labor and Industries, in addition to paymert of not less than the pr;determined rates. The contractor's obligation to pay fringe benefits may be met ether by payment of the fringes to the various plans, funds, or programs or by making these payments to the employees as cash in lieu of fringes. This form provides for the contraf.tor's showing of the payroll and all monies paid to the employees, whether as bask rates or as cash in lieu of fringes and provides for the contractor's representation in the certified statement that he/shoe 's paying to o 0 ers fringes required by the contract and not paid as cash in lieu of fringes. Detailed instructions concerning the preparation of the form follow: Fill in all boxes at top of form. Be sure to enter the date the contract was first advertised for bid by the contracting agency. This date should appear on the bid documents. Column 1 - Name, Address, and Social Security number of Employee: The employee's full name must be shorn on each payroll submitted- (be emp ooy_ee's address must also be shown on the first payroll submitted. The address need not be shown on subsequent payrolls unless the address changes. Although not required, space is availablE in the name and address section so that Social Security numbers may be listed. Column 2 - Withholding Exemptions: This column is merely inserted for the employer convenience end is not a requirement. rolurrn 3 - Work Classifications: list classification descriptive of work actually per— o me d Fy employees. Include group number wher appropriate. Consult clas-0fications and minimum wage schedule set forth in contract specifications. If additional classifications are deemed necessary, see Contracting Officer or Agency rpnr'p'entative, Employee may be shown as having worked in more than one classitication provided accurate breakdown of hours so worked is maintained and shown on submitted payroll by use of separate line entries. Column 4 - Hours Worked: Enter as overtime hours all hours worked in excess of hours per day, all hours worked on Saturfla, and Sunday and hours worked on 1 ega i holidays as defined in ORS 279.334. Column 5 - Total : Self-explanatory. Column 6 - Rate of Pay, including FFrr_in_ne Benefits: in straight time box, list actual hourly rate paid the employee for straight time w^rked plus any cash in lieu of fringes paid the employee. When recording the stra, tit Limp hourly rate, any cashpaid in lieu of fringes may be shown separately from the basic rate, thus $12.50/2.35. This is of assistance in correctly computing overtime. See "Fringe Benefits" below. Payment if not less than time and one half the basic or regular rate paid is required for overtime under ORS 2'9.334. In addition to paying not less th•n the predetermined rate for the classificaion in which the employee works; the A tractor shall pay to approved plan ;, funds, or programs or Shall pay as cash in 1 , .,u of fringes amounts predetermineu as fringe benefits in the wage decision made part of the contract. See "FRINGE BENEFITS" below. I FORM WH-38A (Rev 8/84) -1 - I 4F a s W Ar W >i!► w 1 rGINGE BENEFITS - Contractors who pa all required fringe benefits: A contractor who pays rrnge acne i st to app�a pins, Tu , or programs in amounts not less than were determined in the applicable wage decision of the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries shall continue to show on the payroll the basic cash hourly rate and overtime rate paid to employees. Such a contractor shall c'ieck paragraph 4(a) of the Certified Statement to indicate that he/she is also paying to app-oved plans, funds, or programs not less than the amount predetermined as fringe benefits for each craft. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c). Contraccors^who pay no frin a benefits:g A contractorwhopays no fringe benefits shall pay o e employee. an user in e s rai nt time hourlyrate column of the payroll , an amount not less than the predetermined rate for each classification plus the amount of fringe benefits det-rni+,eu .,;r each classification in the applicable wage decision. Inasmuch as it is not nese,.nary to � ,/ time and a half on cash paid in lieu of fringes, the overtime rate shall be not less than the sum of the basic predetermined rate, plus the half time premium on basic or regular rate, plus the required cash in lieu of fringes at the straight time rate. In addition, the contra,,--tor shall check paragraph 4(b) of the Certified Statement to indicate that he/she is payingg fringe benefits in cash directly to employees. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c). use of Section 4(c) , Exceptions Any cuntractor who is making payment to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts less than the wage determination required is obliged to pay the deficiency directly to the employees as cash in lieu of fringes. Any exceptions to Sectioa 4(a) or 4(b) , wi,ichever thr contractor may chec�, shall be entered in Section 4(c) . Enter in the Exception column the craft, and enter in the Explanation column the hourly amount paid the employee as cash in lieu of fringe, and the ho1Arly amount paid to plans, funds, or programs as fringes. The contractor shall pay, and shall chow that he/she is paying to each such employee for all hours (unless otherwise ,provided by a,pplicabie determ-nation) worked on the project an amount not less than the predetermined rate flus cash in lieu of fringes as shown in Section 4(c). The rate paid and amount of CdSh paid in lieu of fringe benefits per hour should be entered in column 6 on the payroll . See paragraph on "Contractors who pay no fringe benefits" for computation of overtime rate. Column 7 - Grog- r`mount carried: Enter gross amount earned on this broject. If part of the employees w ge Mas earned on projects other than the project describeu wi this payroll , enter in column 7 first the amount earned on the project anO then the gross amount earned on all projects, thus $o3.00/120.00. Column 8 - Deductions: Four columns are provided for showing deductions made. If more than ou ded— uc Jons sTo d be involved, use first 3 columns; show the balance of deductions Un•ier "O*her" column, show actual total under "Total Deductions" column; and in the attachment to the payroll desc be the deductions contained in the "Other" column. All deductions must t.e in accordance with the provisions ORS 652.610. If the employee worked on other jobs in addition to this project, show actual deductions from gross wage, but indicate that deductions are based on gross wages. Column 9 - Net Wages Paid for Week: Self-explanatory , Certified StatementRequired by ORS 2279.354: While this form need not be notarized, the Certified tatement is subject to the penalties provided by ORS 219.990. Accordingly. the party signing this required statement should have knowledge of the `acts represented as true. pace has been provided between items (1 ) and (2) if the Statement for describing any deductions made. If all deductions made are adequately described in the "Deductions" column above, state "ret Deductions column in this payroll ." See paragraph entitled "FRINGE BENEFITS" above for instructions concerning filling out paragraph 4 of the Statement. FORM WN-38A (Rev 8/841 -2- PLANNED PUBLIC IMPROVEIENT SUMMARY PAGE OF FISCAL YEAR - (Name of State or Local Government Agency) I Project ' Project1 Agency or , Number Project Name i Type Project Location Estimated Project Cost Contract 'Wo r! #� 1 � ii f I i l � I � ORS 279 023 generally states that not less than 30 days prior to adoption of its budget for the subsequent bu4get period, each public a�e_nc�_shall�re are an i e with the Commissioner tithe Bu-eau of Labor and�ndustries�is�y public improvement nk o,u� to that agency at the agent— yy plans to un in the— budget perio ...—T�t agency eci es to use its own equ1pmen an personneTfor cons ructin�projects es[imW5eT to costmore tFanCO the agency shall show that the decision conforms to the policy of the State of Oregon that public agencies shall make every ei :ort to conStr-uct public improvements at the least cost to the public agency, and the public agency shall cause to be kept and preserved a full , true and accurate account of the costs of perf.-3-ming the work including all enginee.-g and admim strative expenses and a reasonable estimate Of the Lust, including investment cost, of the equipment used. NOTE: his Improvement Summary together with the project esti , to and least cost determination constitutes a public record available in the usual manner for public review or copying. ;O R11 WH 10/82) Mail a ropy of this public improvement summary to Wage and Hour Dly.sion, 306 State Office Building; Portland, Oregon 97201 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECT COST COMPARISON ESTIMATE (Name of State or Local Government Agency) DEPARTMENT: PROJECT NAME: FUND: PROOOSEJ YEAR: PROJECT NUMBER: PROJECT DESC2IPTION: Rough ( I Agency Force Estimate ;Igency Contract Esti tm e Quantity Unit Total Unit Total Estimate Units Work Class Description Cost Cost Cost Lost i I I i i I jj i I I I Estimated C�,^'*ruction Period s b _ � determines that (Agency Forces);Contractor) can perform this work at the least cost. (Name of Agency) (cross out one) FORM WH - 119 (10/82) (Agency Official ) - ate. URIWE OF NOTICE OF AWARD OF PUBLIC WORKS C014TRACT (For Use by Public Agency in Complying with ORS 279. 363) 1 . PRIME CONTRACTOR 3. C014TRACT INFORMATION Name A. Contract Name and Number: Address City, State, Zip B. Location of work : Phone Number ( ) C. County: 2. CONTRACTING AGENCY D. Amolvit of the Award: $ NamF _ E. Sourc- of Funds: (i .e. 100v. Federal Funds; 50/50. Address FodPral , State; 100% local ) City , State, Zip Phone Number ( ) F. Date Contract Awarded: Submit this completed notice to: Wage and (lour Division, G. Date Contract Specifications Prevailing 'nage Section, Adyertishd for Bid: 1400 S.W. 5th Avenue Room 306 Portland, Oregon 97201 FORD' WH-81 (Rev. 6/88) NO C U —AWARD OF PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT (For Use by Public Agency in Complying with ORS 279.363) 1 . PRIME CONTRACTOR 3. CONTRACT INFORMATION Name ZAK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY A. Contract Name and Number: Andress 1234 N.W. Camille Street Dam Repair 100-H City, State, Zip Alexandra, OR 97201 B. Location of work : Becca, Oregon Phone Number ( 503 ) 12-4567 C. County: Malheur 2. CONTRACTING AGENCY D. Amo,int of ',he A&ard: $ 25,000 Mame LOPEZ IRRIGATION DISI E. Source of Funds: (i .e. 100` _— � e PraTFjifi"s;50/50, Address 1234 N.W. Shannon Court Federal , State; 110% local ) City , State, Zip Jamestown, OR 9i201 100'b State Phone Number ( 503 ) 987-6543 F. Date Contract Awarded: __July 16, 1985 Suhmit this completed notice to: Wage and Hour Division, G. Date Contract Snecifications Prevailing Wage Section, Adverti,ed for Bid: 1400 S.W. 5th Avenue - Room 306 ,'ortland, Oregon 97201 July 10, 1985 FORM WH-81 (Rev. 6 /88 ) A11 ! W or ws wf THE JULY 11 1988 PREVAILING WAGE RATE PUBLICATION IS AMENDED AS FOLLOWS, EFFECTIVE AIMST 8, 1988: BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFITS_ TRADES RATE BENEFITS PCWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (corti:.-Aod) CEMENT MASONS o Group 10 13.90 17.31 4.92 Zone 1 (Base Rate)2: o Group 11 13.91 17.33 4.92 o Cement Masons 16.69 4.72 o Group 12 13.99 17.43 4.92 o Group 13 1 .07 17.53 4.92 o Composition Workers (includes installation o Group 14 14.27 17.77 4.92 of epoxy & other resinous toppings), and o Group 15 14.42 17.91i 4.92 Power Mach., Oper. o Group 16 14.62 10.21 4.92 o Group 17 14.78 18.41 4.92 17.01 4.72 o Group iB 14.90 18.66 4.92 o Group 19 15. 12 18.04 4.92 ELEVRTOR CJNSTROCTORS ROOFERS Area 2 Area 1: o Mechinic 19.22 4.33 + a o Roofer°s 15.10 3.70 o Helper 13.45 4.33 + a o Handling coal tar o Probationary Helper 9.61 - pitch 16.61 3.10 (a) For definition, see July 1988 booklet. Area 2: LABORERS] o Roofers(a) 15.04 2.93 Area 4: LESS THAN o Roofers(a) 14.75 3.35 100% 100% Area 5: Zons 1 (Base Rate):2 o Roofersta) 11.55 3.55 o Group 1 11. 17 13.34 4.6`. o Group 2 11.45 13.69 4.65 (a) See July 1988 booklet for bit.uninous rate. o Group 3 11.69 13.99 4.65 o Group 4 11.89 14.24 4.65 TENDERS TO MASON TRADES o Group 5* 9.00 10.00 4.65 o Group 6** 6.50 8.50 4.65 fenders for Bricklayers, Tile Setters, Marble Setters and Terrazzo Workers; * Group 5 Flagger Topping for Cement Finishers and Morter Mixers. **Group 6 Fence Builder and 14.71 3.65 landscaping or Planting laborer TENDERS TO PLASTERERS 14.22 3.65 PAINTERS & DRYWALL TAPERS TRUCK DRIVERS] o Drywall Tapers 15.71 4.29 LESS THAN POWER EQUIPMENT ofcRATORS] -- Zone 1 (Base Rate):2 100% 100% LESS THAN o Group 1 13.09 15. 73 4.10 100% 100% o Group 2 13. 13 15. 18 4.;0 o Group 3 13. 17 15.83 4. 10 Zone 1 (Base Rate):2 o Group 4 13.21 15.88 4.70 o Group i 13.04 16.24 4.92 o Group 5 13.25 15.93 4. 10 o Group 2 13. 19 16.42 4.92 o Group 6 13.J3 116.03 4. 70 o Group 3 13.31 16.58 4.92 o Group 7 13.41 16. 13 4.70 o Group 4 13.47 16.79 4.92. o Group 8 13.49 16.23 4.70 o Group 5 13.51 16.82 4.92 0 Group 9 13.57 16.33 4.70 o Group 6 13.59 16.93 4.92 o Group 10 13. 71 16.50 4. 10 o Group 1 13.65 17.00 4.92 o Group Il 13.19 16.60 4. 70 o Group 8 13.16 17. 14 4.92 o Group 12 13.91 16. 10 4. 70 o Group 9 13.83 17.23 4.92 o Group 13 13.95 16.80 4.70 o Group 14 14.04 16.90 4. 70 1 For an explanation of "less than 100% rates" see the July 1988 PWR Booklet. 2 For an explanation of zone rates, see the July 1988 PWR Booklet. DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL -• 01015 - SPECIA:, CONDITIONS SECTION 01015 ^ SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SITE INVESTIGATION & REPRESENTATION Contractor acknowledge-, he has satisfied himself as to nature and location of wj;rk, general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electrical power, roads or similar physical conditions at the site. 1.2 CONSTRUCTION LINES & ELEVATIONS Pr�ect Layout: General Contractor shall be responsible for the layout of the work and to establi?h all job bench marks. Existin Bencb Marks &_Monuments: Save and protect from dislocation all bench marks, monuments and other reference yoints shown on Drawings. Notify Architect at once if such datum points are, or should be, disturbed. 1.3 WORK AREA LIMITS Confine storage of material and construction activities to area of construction and such other areas as may be coordinated with Owner. 1 .4 REQUIRED SCHEDULING Schedule work so that there is no interruption of normal school activities. Maintain all existing exits available for emi:rgency use. FND OF SECTION 01015-1 i DURHAM E:IEMEP'TARY SCHOOL - 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES i.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE General Contractor provide all temporary job site facilities and services as required for use and listed, but not limited to, the following articles. Superintend and coordinate temporary facilities normally furnished and maintained as part of subcontractor's work. 1.2 CONSTRUCTION OFFICE & PHONE Provide suitable temporary facilities for the overall administration of the work on this project. Furnish complete with heat, light, ventilation, locking door, plan counters and racks. Include a separate business type telephone service throughout the construction period. Upon completion of the work, remove all temporary structures and grade property to conform with the grades called for on Drawings. 1 .3 SANITARY FACILITIES Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for employees and subcontractor's employees that comply with regulations of Local and State. Departments of Health. 1.4 UTILITIES Water: Temporary water services including conne,7tions and maintenance. Made and paid for by Contractor. Water used in permanent system paid by General Contractor until Owner's acceptance. Electricity_ Make arrangements for electrical power for use during construction period until final accep`.ance by Owner and pay all costs. Make and maintain all connections; furnish wiring, lamps and related equipment necessary to complete work. Heat and Ventilation: Provide as required to dry out work, maintain acceptable temperatures of materials and spares as necessary for proper accomplishment of work. Ventilate all. spaces to adequately assist drying-out and remove smoke, gasses and fumes harmful to persons and work. Provide temporary ducts or flues to vent combustion gasses from heating equipme. �: to outside. Use only temporary heating equipment bearing Underwriters' Laboratory or other acceptable label certifying equ_,.nent has been approved for use intended and all required safety devices are provided; maintain in good repair and properly adjusted to operate free from smoke, fumes and fuel leaks. Remove temporary heating system from premises as soon as permanent heat and ventilation system is ready for use. Include all temporary and permanent heat system fuel and operation costs until acceptance of work by Owner. 01500-1 NEW DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1.5 ENCLOSURES Provide temporary doors for doorways and other openings to secure premises from unauthorized entry. Cover window and other exterior wall and roof openings to prevent weather damage. Install temporary enclosures where required to maintain adequate conditions for building or installation of work. Cover and protect all glazing from breakage and replace any broken glass with new during contract time. 1.6 STORAGE Maintain protected storage for all materials and store uff ground or floor and provide weatherproof cover wherever subject to contamination or damage from exposure. Maintain stocks and piles neat and in good order at all times. Do not block drives and access or passageways. Store materials only in immediate work area. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY Contractor shall insure all scaffolding, staging, temporary floors, runways and similar devices furnished by himself or his subcontractors for installation of any work be built and maintained to safely support required loads. Insure all cranes, hoists, towers and other lifting equipment necessary for movement and erection of materials have operators trained and experienced in equipment being used, and are properly equinppd .{ith guys, bracing and safety devices as required by applicable codes. Comply with all applicable local safety coejs and specifically the Occupational Safety and Health Act for the construction industry. 1.8 FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION Perform all work in a fire-safe mariner and supply and maintain adequate first- aid and fire-fighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. Comply with applicable Local and State fire prevention regulations and where regulations do not cover, with applicable parts of National Fire Prevention Standard for "Safeguarding Building Construction Ope,,ations". (NFPA 241) . END OF SECTION 01500-2 PULN DUKdAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT r SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1._0 GENERAL_ 1.1 ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED See Paragraph 9.7.1 of General Conditions. Contractor inspects work and yrepares list of deficiencies for submittal to Architect . 1.2 DRAWINGS, MANUALS & GUARANTEES Obtain and deliver to Architect at completion of work, all copies of "Record Drawings", Maintenance and Operation Manuals and Guarantees required by these Specifications, and all copies of Manufacturer's Operating and Maintenance Instructions normally furnished with any materials, device or equipment installed in the work. 1..3 CLEANING UP General: Do all cleaning of site and building areas included in work nec( ssary to place in condition for final acceptance of work by �)wnc!r. Clean grounds ani building areas free of all waste from clearing and demolition, excess construction materials, construction equipment and debris. Floors and Pavements: Interior floors and pavements shall be vacuum cleaned or swept with a hair pushbroom. Resilient floor coverings clean and ready for waxing and polishing by- Owner. Sweep exterior floors, pavements, decks clean with heavy fiber pushbroom or power sweeper.. Finish Building Surfaces and Appurtenances:. Clean, free from labels, stains, and soil -of all kinds wherever located. Hardware polished, without paint or dirt marks and in perfect operation and adjustment. Glass and plastics clean and polished with all labels removed. Fixtures and equipment clean; and in perfect operation and adjustment. END OF STX':ION 01700-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02050 - DEMOLITION AND CLEARING SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION AND CLEARING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Demolition, site clearing and stripping of topsoil. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit time schedule of proposed demolition operations to Architect for review prior to start of work. 1. Include in schedule, coordination for shut-off , capping, and continuation of utility services as required. 2. Provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal of work. 1.3 TREE PROTECTION Use care to protect from damage all trees outside limits required for construction work, or trees within construction area that are to remain undisturbed. The Contractor shall be responsible and pay Owner, as liquidated damages, for each tree critically damaged in accord with the following schedule: Outside Bark Diameter at Breast Height (4 1/2 ft.) Assessment Per Each Tree Damaged Less than 2 1/2" $ 250 3" up to 12" $ 500 12" up to 24" $1000 24" and over $1500 Pay all costs for professional tree surgeon, approved by Architect, to perform all repairable damage. 1.4 DEMOLITION Eplosives• The use of explosives is not permitted. Protections: Protect surfaces to remain. Cover existing flooring with plywood of sufficient thickness to prevent damage: Clean beneath regularly to prevent st,ra�ches due to grit or other damage. Provide interior and exterior shoring, btacing or support to prevent movement , settlement or collapse of adjacent facilities to remain as required. Comply with local regulations regarding hauling and disposal . Haul waste material to established disposal sites. Provide tempo. ary dust barriers as required to limit dust to areas involved in this work. DasaAles Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operations, at no cost to District . 02050 - 1 w � i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02050 - DEMOLITION AND CLEARING Utility Services_ Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain; k ep in service and protect against damage du�;ng demolition operations. Do not interrupt e:listing utilities serving facilities outside the work area unless utherwise authorized in writing by the Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interrup,ions to existing utilities as acceptable to the Owner or governing authorities. Cleani.ngLUQ:. walkways, Clean all material and debris from site. Remove all temporary Y chutes, runways, dump boxes, scaffolds and barricades as soon as they are no longer required by the Work. Salyage_. Unless otherwise indicat, .i below, all salvaged or wrecked material accumulated as a result of demolition operations shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from site. a. Salvage Bleachers to Owner. 1.5 CLEARING AND GRUBBING I Clear site within the limits shown and remove existing trees and all brush, stumps and waste material that would interfere with construction operation, except as specifically indicated otherwise on Drawings. Remove sumps completely within site area shown and include all roots larger than 3/4" diameter down to 18" below grade in building or paved areas and to 8" below finished grades over remaining site areas. Apply herbicide to remaining roots over 3/4" diameter. Cleared items shall be removed from site or otherwise disposed of by Contractor. 1 6 STRIPPING TOPSOIL Strip 6 from all areas to be covered by building or pa-.ing. Existing grass not longer than 3" or 4" and sod may be included, if cut up and well distributed among topsoil, but clean out sticks, rocks and large roots. Stockpile topsoil, separate from other excavated material, in an area of site designated by i.rchitect. Protect and maintain until needed when it shall be spread over area designated to receive it in site grading. Any excess topsoil. shall be distributed evenly on site. END OF SECTION 02050 - 2 DURHAM EjEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02200 - EXCAVATION, FILLING & GRADING SECTION 02200 - EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE All excavation, backfilling and grading. Plastic sleeves under paving and walks. t 1.2 SOILS INFORMATION A soils znd foundation investigation has been completed earlier. Copies of this report follows this section. Neither Ownec nor Architect assumes any responsibility whatever in respect to sutticiency, or ac,:uracy of borings made, or of log of test borings, or of their investigatiuns, or of the guarantee either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated by such investigations are representative of those existing throughout such area, or any part thereof, or that unforeseen developments may not occur. 1.3 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY Topographic survey of Site is available at the office of the Architect. 1.4 INSPECTION AND TEST Inspection- and Tenting: An Independent Testing Laboratory will be employed to perform test and inspections and reports on fills and grading. Give two (2) days notice in advance to Architect and Testing Laboratory of start of filling, or in advance or resuming filling after delays which stop work. Place and compact all fills under continual inspection and in accocdanre with recommendations of Testing Laboratiry. Testing Laboratory will be paid for by the Contractor. i 1.5 PROTFCTION General: Provide adequate measures to protect workmen and Dassers-by-the-site. Fully protect adjacent property throughout operations. Shorin , Sheeting and Bracing: whenever necessary to prevent caving during excavation in sand, gravel, sandy soil , or ether unstable material, or to protect adjacent structures, property, workmen, and the public, adequately sheet and brace excavation. Where srieeting and bracing are used, incte widths accordingly b; the thickness of sheeting. Remove shoring and sheeting as backfilling is done, in a manner that will not damage structure or permit voids in backfill . All sheeting, shoring and bracing shall conform to safety requirements of Federal , State, or local public agency having jurisdiction over such matters. The most stringenc of these requirements shall apply. Removal of Water: Provide and maintain ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and dispose of all water entering excavation. Keep all excavations free of water durinq entire progress of work. Provide for surface drainaqe during period of constructier, i.r. a manner to avoid creating a nuisance to adjacent areas. Dust_Control_:_ I sprinkle and wet sown work areas, equipment , roadways and earthwork with water sufficient to prevent raising objectionable dust and causing any nuisance or hazard on site or to adjacent properties. I 02200 - 1 ff FW W DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02200 - EXCAVATION, FILLING & GRADING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL AND LOCATION Test Lab Approval Submit samples of all fill material to test lab :or evaluation. Earth_Fill:N2terial: Site excavated material approved if free from large coots, rocks, rubbish or construction debris, or vegetation. Use earth backfill only in ground areas outside building lines and not under pavements and structures. Compact earth backfill in layers as places to 90% of maximum density by AASHO-T-99, using approved compacting machinery or hand tamping. Do not flood with water and puddle. Select Fill ilaterial: Well graded, 3-inch minus material with less than 5% passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve based on washed sieving. All fill within building lines and under paving shall be select fill material. Ter_aite Protection_:_ Dursban TC as manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Michigan. Sand: Clean river run or processed reasonably graded from coarse to fine. Sleeves Under Walks: PVC Pipe - 4" unless otherwise noted on Drawings. See Details on Drawings. French Drain: See Details on Drawings. 4" corrugated polyethylene plastic pipe (ASTM F405) with 2 rows of 1/8 inch uniformly spaced slots protected by factory assembled nylon envelope with lapped and welded seam (AAS Drain Guard) . As manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. Use with ADS standard type fitting. Backfill with clean washed gravel and sand as noted on drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION Notice to Others: Ginotice to other trad-s and crags requiring use of excavations to install ve their work and cooperate with their installzl-ion. Scope: Perform all excavation of every description, regardless of character, nature, or condition of material encountered, as specified, shown or required to accomplish construction. Perform excavation for all tunnels, foundations, footings, etc. , as necessary. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from walls and footings to allow for placement and removal of forms. Excavate for footings to elevations and details shown on Structural Drawings. Clean excavation to neat line. Earth formed footings approved when accurately cut, sharp and true; or if earth will not stand without caving, excavate additionally for forms. Excavate minimum 5" additionally to pecnit placing of engineered structural backfill under slabs within all building areas as shown and excavate to allow for all fills, pavements and subcoarses shown on Dr.awiags or specified. Notify Architect at once if unstable earth or rock conditions are encountered durinq excavation. j .2 PLACINC. FILL General: Prepare Site as recommended by the Soils and Foundation Investigation Report . Filling shall not proceed until forms are removed, excavation cleaned of trash and debris, below grade construction approved and underground utility systems inspected and tested. 02200 - 2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02200 - EXCAVATION, FILLING & GRADING Do not backfill around concrete structures until concrete has obtainei a compressive strength equal to 2/3 of specified compressive strength. Remove all form materials and trash from excavation before placing an,, backfill. Insure that perimeter insulation, as specifi,?d in Divi,ion 3, is in place prior to backfilling. Protect insulation from damage or displacement during backfill operation. Do not operate any heavy earth-moving equipment within 5 ft. of walls of concrete structures for purpose of depositing or compacting backfill matorial unless approved by Architect. Compact backfill adjacent to concrete walls with pneumatic tampers or other approved equipment that will not damage structure. Remove construction debris, waste, and foreign materials from all areas to be covered by fill. Do not place fill when weather conditions and moisture content of fill materials will prevent attainment of acceptable compacted density in fill. Termite Protection: Install Dursban TC before vapor barrier is installed and floor slabs are poured. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for slab on grade construction and for treatment along both sides of foundation walls, piers, conduits, plumbing lines, etc. Preparation for Placing Fill: under earth fill in lawn and planter areas, rototi.11 to a depth of 6". Lift Thickness and Densis: I 'Spread fill in lifts not exceeding 9" loose thickness. Place fill in approximately level 'ayers unless placement on slopes is approved. Compact fill to 1.,% of maximum density by AASHTO-T-180. Densitv tests shall be made at intervals not exceeding 2 ft of fill height and at every 500-CY of fill placed. 3.3 GRADING Spot elevations control wherever in conflict with contour lines. Move and relocate earth on site by cutting, filling, and blading to grade site surfaces and bring entire project area up to finish grades shown to underside of any surfacing, paving base, and topsoil layers as determined from finished grades shown. Smooth and compact rough-graded surfaces by rolling with a heavy roller. 3.4 TOPSOIL Clean suhgrades of waste material , rock and debris and scarify subgrades 6" deep wherever topsoil is to be placed. Remove any further rocks and debris turned up in scarifying operation. Place 6" of topsoil fill on construction disturbed grounds and 12" in planter areas using stockpiles topsoil. Supply imported topsoil if stockpiled topsoil is insufficient to meet replacement requirements of topsoil on graded and filled site areas. Remove excess from site. END OF SECTION I 02200 - 3 s NORTHWEST ^ �Er ( IG LABORATORIES, IN C/ 5405 N Lagoon Avenue /� NO N•O[/711U CTIV[ T[/T1N0 CLN/TIIU CTION INSPECTION P.Q. p^X 171r�6 pV C W[LOINO'C[/TI/ICA TION .1 AT[NIAL/ IN//[CTION :N[MICAL ANALYSIS /Oil. T[/TING POrtlentl.Oregon 97217-h1:� A//ArING PH CAL TESTING Pho,ro.(5031189-1778 August 31 , 1998 Tigard Public Schools , District 23j 13131 S .W. Pacific Highway Tigard , Oregon 97273 Attn: Mr . C .M. Hillman, Director of Operations Re: Soils and Foundation Investigation Proposed Phase I Additions Durnam Elementary School Your P. U. #25986 Gentiemen: At your request we have conducted a soils and foundation inves- tigatipn for the proposed first phase of construction at the above location in Durham, Oregon . We present herewith a report of our findings , conclusions ana recommeidat.ions. Site Description The project site is located south of the existing structures which presently norm the Durnam School facility on Durnam Road, east of :) .W. 51st Avenue . The .immediate construction site consists of former farmland, is generally level and serves as an athletic play tield ac present . Sub§urface Exploration In orair to ascertain soil conditions , s.Lx test oorings were m4e using a truck-mountea hollow-stem power auger. Boring .locat ' ns are shown in Fig . 1 , attached. Samples were taxen at 1. 5-ft. intervals to a depth of 15 feet , and at 5'-ft. intervals thereafter in con3unction with the Standard Penetration Test. The Standard Penetration Test is performeLAI L) dri.vinq a 2-in. O. D. split-spoon sampler into the und.LsturbE9 formation at the bottom of the boring with repeated glows of a 140-io. pin-guided hammer falling 30 inches . The number of Mows required to drive the sampler a g.;.ven distance is a measure of the scii consistency. Sampies were iuentified in the ileid , placed in sealed containers and transporl:.ed to the laboratory for further classification and testing . Soils and Geoloav Soils in the pro3ect area consist of a sequence oT zine-grainea sediments ( silts and sands ) found extensively tnroughout the Willamette ana Tualatin Valieys (Willamette Siit-) , unaerlairi ey rine-grained soils of the Troutdale Formal+ion. Tne Troutaale Formation :.s Known from other subsurface .ntcrmation to extend to aeptns oL severai nunared feet. Specific units are descridea oriefly as follows : ./A NVTUAL rOCMt^I0N TO C41[NTS •Nt•U/0C +No owstLVts •LL nronTS ANt LUG-"CO As+Nt Co.,ONIIOt NTIAI AA0/t•Tv(1r CLI(N1%ANDAAt INT/NC)COMP TNI USI Or OUACLIt NT%ONLT NOO�1•t//t*%CO QA OA.N.rO.T,ON T..t•t Or WIT MOOT OU/M/ITTtN AUTMOAIT ATOON Tigard Public Schools , District 23j August 31 , 1988 Page 2 1 . Brown Silt with Roots comprises the surface unit found in aii explorations or tnis investigation to a depth of 6 to 12 incnes in all areas. 2. Moderately st.lff brown silt underlies the topsoil zone in all exploratioc;s to depths ranging between 6 and 13 feet. This unit grailes both laterally and vertically both with fine sands. 3. Sand to gravelly sand comprises the lowermost strata Lound in these borj.ngs to the maximum explored depth of 21 . 5 feet below existing grades . I.,ogs of these findings are included i.n this report in tabular form along with a site plan, figure one. Groundwater was not encountered In the borings of this investigation. we anticipate nowever , that perched groundwater (within the upper soil unit ) may occur and rise to or near ground surrace during prolonged heavy rain. Proposed Construction We understand that plans call for the construction of a one--stor ; school building rounded at or near present grade . A new service road will access the property from the west. Conclusions and Recommendations on the basis of our studies at this sx.r_e , we draw the followi.ng principal conclusions: 1 . Adequate sucport for all proposed site loads ( including structural fills ne�-oed to raise the site to the design grade) will be found in the native soil unit . 2. Structural Fill -• Site Preparation Site preparation could be accomplisned by a number of methods depending on grades selected for the project. 1,11 building areas should be stripped of sod and any obviously loose cr unsuitable materials. we anticipate that stri.ppi.ng to a depth of 6 to 12 inches below the existing ground surface will suffice . We point out that favorable weather will be required for operations in which tine-grained materials are be., ng worked; consequently, it would be adv:sabie to conduct ti.- site preparation phase of the pro3ec: prior to the on-set the rainy season. In the event that roiny weather is Tigard Public Schools , District 23; August 31 , 1988 Page 3 tered during site preparation , it may be necessary to suspend operation.; or use a clean granular material ( i .e . , sand, gravel or crushed rock) . Granular fills can be constructed in any rind of weather and can arativelcompacted modestosupport compactiveveffort . heavy structures with comp `1 Structural tills snould be spread in uniform lifts not exceeding 9 inches loose thicxness with each -lift thoroughly compacted by repeated coverages of loaded hauling eq pm entf neavy crawler tractors , or vibratory rollers . Fills should De compacted to 95 percent of maximum density -{s deteL-mined by laboratory compaction test AASH) T-180 . 3. Foundations may be ccnstructed in structural fill or in undisturbed native soil a-:. shallow -depth beneats otn2500dpsf grace , ( ib incn minimum) using bearing pr and a minimum tooting width of 16 incht-�s . 4. Foundation Preparation Inasmuch as the native soil units which will provide support for the main potion of the structure are extremely sensitive to disturbance In th presence of excess moisture , care should be taken to protect prepared bearing surraces until tooting concrete can be placed . Precautions to achieve this end would consist of • ( 1 ) covering of prepared Dearing surfaces wi.tti impervious membranes or granular blankets (4-in. minimum thickness ) or (1) cessation of worx during rainy weather. 5. Surface run-off ( From roofs , parking areas , etc . ) should ue tight-linea to the storm sewer or otner approved disposal areas . b . Under no circumstances should surface run-off De led into foundation drains. 7 . Any areas of the building which are to be developed below the exterior site grade must be provided with a well-desianed irainage system, .in order to control hvdrostatic pressure aaainst wails , seepage of groundwater through Dase walls , etc. 8 . Lateral earth pressures on retaining walls , etc. , may De calculated on the basis of equivalent fluid pressure 35 pcf for level baCxfill . All bacxfill , retainina walls , etc. , s ould oe made with select granular material ( sand and/or gravel) . We anticipate tnat on-site materials will not be suitable for this purpose and that It will De necessary to import material to the pro]ect fer back ill . W Tigard Public Schools , District 23j August 31 , 1988 Page 4 10. Pavement Recommendations Asphalt Pavement We recommena that asphalt pavement be aesignea for a subgrade CBR of 4. A typical asphalt pavement sectian would be: Thickness Entrance and Car Service Roads Parking Asphalt Pavement 4-in. 2--in. (Ore. St . Class C ) Crushed Rock Base 12-in. 8-in. (Ore. St. Spec. ) Concrete Pavement: We recommend that cc,ncrete pavement be aesigneo r.or a suograde reaction of 150 pci . A typical concrete pavement section would be : Thickness Entrance and Car Service Roads Parking Leveling Coarse ( Sand) 2-in. 2-ire. Concrete ( 4 , 000 psi ) 7. 5-i.n. 4-in. Prior to placing base course the suvgrade should be proof-rolled with a loaded dump trucx to detect areas or pockets of unusually sort material. These snould tnen be excavated and replaced with suitaole compacted fill . The civi:i engineer tor the project may have more traffic and project design data available than is presently known and may wisp to modery ana refine tnese pavement sections . We will, upon request oe pleased to provide a more detailed pavement design when definite traffic and bulidtng pians are available . AA1 lwl R Tigard Puolic Schools , District 23j August 31 , 1988 Page 5 11 . We request that we examine and identify soil exposures created during project excavations in order to verify that soil conditions are as anticipated . We recommend that the structural fills be continuously inspf :ted by a representative of the soils engineer in order to insure the thoroughness and uniformity of their compaction. We shall oe pleased to provide such additional assistance or information as you may require in the 1)alance of the design phase of this project and to aid in construction control or solution of unforeseen conditicns which may arise during the construction period. Respectfully, NORTHWEST TESTING LABORATORSES.,—LNC. Charles R. Lane , P. E. /'- Vice-President Vice-President oacc-u Report Number: 317385 tiN/r PC p CES R• cc: Ressenger/Gotchall cc: Selig/Lee/Rueda, Architects and Planners D A I L Y R E P O R T O F E X P L O R A T I O N Ins ector : Joel Jeffery Hole No . : B- 1 Ori i Type, Elevation: Jon. Durham Elementary School Date: 8/29/88 SAMPLL ELEVAT13N DATA Depth ot Same Driving Resistance Length ofNumber os From To Blows/6 in. Samules Samples Saved 0 1 .5 ------------ ----------- -------------- 2.5 4.0 5-8-5 17" 1 5.0 6.5 4-5-5 16" 1 7.5 9 .0 5-10-8 17" 1• 70. 0 11 . 5 6-9-11 17" 1 12.5 14.0 5-8-1U 17" 1 15. 0 16 .5 3-9-9 170- 20.0 7"20.0 21 .5 8-15-11 15" 1 Deptr, I From y Tc FIELD LOG OF BORING 0. 0 0. 5 ' Friable/soft brown s4it with roots 0. 5' 6. 0' Moderately stitz brown silty with roots 6. 0 ' 20. 5 ' Moderately dense silty brown sand with pebbl S . 20.5' 21 . 5 ' Moderately dense gravelly silty sand No Groundwatetr I e� I L Y R E P O R T 0 P E X P L O R A T I O N Ins actor : Joel Jeffery Hole No. : B-2 DrillType: £ enation: Jon• Durham Elementary School Date: 8/29/88 SAM .,Jr ELEVATION DATh De th o Sam le Driving Resistance Length of Number of From To Blows/6 in. Samoles Samples Saved 0 1 .5 8-12-12 17" 1 2.5 4.0 8--7-5 17" 1 5. 0 6.5 3-6-8 17" 1 7.5 9 .0 3-6-9 17" -1- 10. 0 1..10. 0 11 . 5 5-9-15 17" 1 '12.5 14.0 4-11-15 18" 1 15. 0 16.5 5-7--7 18" 1 20.0 21 .5 6-10-12 16 " 1 �---� DPotn From I To I FIELD LOG OF BORING 0. 0 1 . U ' Friable/soft brown silt with roots 1 . 0' 8. 5' Moderately stift brown silty with roots 8. 5 ' 20 . 5 ' Moderately dense sil.ty brown sand with pebble . 20. 5' 1. 1 . 5' Moderately dense gravelly silty sand No Groundwater D A I L Y R E P G R T O F E X P L O R A T I O N Inspector : Joel Jeffery Hole tic . : B-3 Drill Type: E e—vation: JoD: Durnam Elementary School Date: 81'29/8b SAMPLE A' DATA De to of Sam a Driving Resistance Length of Number oz From To Blows/6 in. Samples Sam les Saved 0 1 . 5 ------------------------------------------- 2.5 ----------- --------- ------------- 2.5 4.0 7-6-5 17" 1 5. 0 6. 5 4-6-6 18" 1 7.5 9.0 3-5-6 18" •1 10. 0 11 . 5 3-6--6 18" 1 12. 5 14.0 6-9-12 12" 1 1 ;. 0 16. 5 4-8-8 10" 1 - 20.0 G1 .5 4-5-11 16" 1 Deptn From To FIELD LOG OF BORING U. 0 0. 5 ' Friable/soft brown silt with roots 0. 5' 10. 0' Moderately stiff brown silty with roots 10. U ' 21 . 0 ' Moderately dense silty brown sand with pebble! . 21 . 0' 21 . 5 ' Moderately dense gravelly silty sand No Groundwater F+� w w w w w ■r w w D A I L Y R E P O R T 0 P E X P L O R A T I O N Inspector : Joel Jeffery Hole No. : B-4 Dry-Type: E evation: Job: Durham Elementary Schooi Date. 8/29/88 SAMPLE ELEVATION DAV, Deptn or Sample I Driving Resistance ! Length ot Number or From To I Blows/6 in. Samples Samples Saved 0 1 . 5 ------------------------- -------------- i.5 4.0 5-6-7 17" 1 5.0 b. 5 5-6-7 17" 1 7.5 9 .0 3-5•-6 17" -1 10. 0 11 . 5 2-2-7 16" 1 12.5 14 .0 4-9-14 18" 1 15. 0 16. 5 7-12-14 18" 1 20.0 21 .5 8-12-15 18" 1 I 1 De_ptn From I To I FIELD L017 OF BORING ` 0.0 0. 5 ' ( Friable/soft brown silt with roots J. 5 ' 13. 0' Moderately stiff brown silty with roots 13. U ' 20. 5 ' Moderately dense silty brown sand with pebble5 . 20 .5 ' 21 . 5 ' Moderately dense gravelly silty sand I No Groundwater I I 1 f r I:.E.r D A I L Y R E P O R T 0 P E X P L O R A T I O N Inspector : Joel Jeffery Hole No. : B-5 Drillpe: Eievatiin: Joo: Durnam Elementary School Date: —' 8/29/88 AM LI ELEVATION DATA Depth of Sample Driving Resistance Lengtn of Numoer of From 'Io Blows/6 in. Samples Samules Saved 0 1 . 5 4-6-4 16" 1 2.5 4.0 4-5-5 16" 1 5. 0 6. 5 2-4-6 18" 1 Ueptn From I To FIELD LOG OF BORING 0.0 0. 5 ' riable/soft brown si.1t witr, roots 0. 5 ' 6. 5 ' 4oderately stiff brown silty witn roots No Grounawater D A I L Y R E P O R T O F E X P L O R A T I O N Inspector : Joel Jeffery Hole No . : B-6 Drill Type: E evation: hod: Durham Elementary School Date: 8/29�8b AMPLb ELEVATION DATA Depth of Sam le Driving P.es: stance LPngtn of Number or From To Blows/6 in . I Samples Samples Saved 0 1 . 5 4-5-1U 18" 1 2.5 4 .0 8-11-14 18" 1 I 5. 0 6. 5 10-12-12 18" 1 j Deptn _� r From i To 1 FIELD LOG OF BORING i w• U.0 0 . 5 ' Friable/sort brJwn silt with wood cnips 0. 5 ' 6. 5 ' Moderately stiff brown silty with roots No Grounawater I m c$m C o S >� I rn H I LA PRO iR1Y UNE _ - ! i O i I Vi 7n i I i �u� I 4 i 3; vl I 'a I NkNiICi I I 1 of I I I I i I I I 1 ( rr I I v .R t tA i I Now I + I I I I _ I �lZOl T- ?G _i_.. PROP�II�O UNE DURHAM ROAD rt= - SELIG i LEE, /RUED ! DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS rMGM; 1'•010' 213 SM Vh Shull Wx" 201 (00.91 224-0170 SRC PIJN ^` — Urndou 97204 1 �1 11 A mh r , 11 I I 1 ,�+ 1 Q/ it p I I n^v CD < I I C co N_ to cm',n1y -1 I I m 1 p00 CA \`�� Ate.. I I ' I i , 2 ra qq , I rn !I PRLPERTY_ uNE ---- I -p I � I i I m I I I I I I I IM , let- 1 � i 1 i to I i 1 I I I I I ( I I ! 1 I I I I I I j 1 I 71 I ...-�. I I 1 r• I FAQ ri I I PROPEK 1-61 PTYt1NE� PRU'p 'tR14U11E ` FMRHAM ROAD SELIGLEE�RUED 4 l,__ I— DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ARCHITE .T.� AN PLANNERS i SfTC PVN 00:0: 1�-s0' 213 " Ash Stmat Awm 201 PonlOsd 7£ Ors#On Y04 (6031 221-C179 a � DUKHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02444 - CHAIN LINK FENCE SECTION 02444 - CHAIN LINK FENCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE This spec.i.fit..ation covers chain link fence materials: including chain link fabric framework, gates and fittings 1.2 SUBMITTALS Shop Dravi�s: Submit shop drawings showing fence height, sizes of posts, rails, braces, gates, and footings, complete with details and accessories, if not sufficiently indicated by manufacturer 's literature. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL costs and mils shall be roll forned, open seam self-draining shapes, hot dipped galvanized or galvanized stand Ards weight pipe. All fittings shall be pressed str.-el or malleable iron and shall be hot dip galvanized conforming to ASTM-A153. Tie wires shall be minimum 9 gage aluminum or 1.1 gage galvanized steel. Line and terminal poste to be of sufficient length to allow for approximately 36" settings in .o ^oncrete footing. Diameter of footings to be 10" for line posts, and 12" for te:minal posts. Maximum spacing of line posts to be 10' -0" unless i,oted on drawing. Elevatini-,, property line stakes and grade stakes will be established by Owner. Fenc: to follow ground line unless otherwise provided for in this specification. All material is subject to testing. Mill certificates will be submitted for approval upon request of Owner. 2.2 CHAIN LINK FABRIC Chain link fabric shall be aluminum coated conforming to ASTM- A491. or galvanized 2.0 ox. zinc/sq.ft. (ASTM A392, Class II) . Fabric vhall be woven from 9 gage (coated size) wire in 2" mesh. Fabric 60" high and under shall be knuckled at both selvages. Fabric 72" high and over shall be knuckled at one selvage and twisted and barbed at the other selvage. 2. 3 POSTS AND RAILS Top__and Brace Rail Top and brace rails shall be roll formed section of 1-5/8" x 1-1/4" channel shaped rail with minimum vertical bending strength of 237 pounds on 10' span continuous coated with 2.0 ounces of zinc-aluminum alloy in accordance with ASTM-A525, or 1.66" O.D. standard weight galvanized pipe with minimum vertical bending strength of 202 pounds on 10' span coated with 2.0 ounces of hot dipped zinc in accordance with ASTM-A120. Top rail couplings 6" minimum in length shall be spaced at maximum 21 ' centers. Fabric tie wire shall be spaced at 24" maximum centers. Line Posts: Line posts shall be C-Section roll farmed from steel conforming to ASTM-A570, Grade 45, 1.875" x 1.625" with minimum bending strength of 247 pounds cinder a 6' cantilever load continuous coated with 2.0 ounces of zinc aluminum alloy in accordance with AST',- 625, or 2-3/8" O.D. standard weight galvanized pipe with minimum bending strength of 201 pounds under a 6' cantilever load coated with ..0 ounces of hof dipped zinc in accordance with ASTM-A120- 02444-1 ar s► W v �r ■ w t 4f DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02444 - CHAIN LINK FENCE E Terminal Posts: All end, corner, and pull ports shall be roll formed section 3.5" x 3.5" with minimum bending strength of 486 pounds on 6' cantilever load coated with 2.0 ounces of hot dipped zinc in accordance with ASTM-A123 or 2-7/8" O.D. galvanized standard weight pipe with minimum bending strength of 381 pounds on 6' cantilever load coated with 2.0 ounces of hot dipped zinc in accordance with ASTM-A120. Gate posts shall be of the following sizes for single swing gates or one leaf of double swing gates: LbsAin. A. Leaf. Width Gate Post ft. --------------------------------------------------- Up to 6' 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" roll formed section Gr 4.85 ------------------------------ 2-7/8" O.D. Pipe 5.79 --------------------------------------------------- Over 6' to 13' 4" O.D. Pipe 9.11 --------------------------------------------------- Over 13' to 18' 6-5/8" O.D. Pipe 18.97 ----•---------------------------------------------- over 18' 8-5/8" O.D. Pipe 28.55 ---------------------------------------------------- 2.5 GATES Gate frames shall be tubular shaped, 1.90" outside diameter with welded or steel fitted corners. Braces and trusses shall be furnished when necessary. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Install fencing in a workmanlike wanner using skilled mechanics experienced in erecting fencing of type specified. Erect fence to lines indicated and as specified following the existing contours, grades, and slopes at the Site. Completed fence shall be true to line, taut, and free of waves and buckles. END OF SECTION 02444-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02500 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING SECTION 02500 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 1.0 GENERAL 1. SCOPE Asphaltic concrete paving at walks, drives, parking lots. 1.2 STANDARDS All work in public right-of-way will be done according to and under supervisior of governing authority. Coordinate scheduling of work within public right-of-way with that department. Oregon State Nighwa.v Department "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction", lat=_st edition, is basic reference standard for work under this Section. I 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 PAVING ASSEMBLIES Driveways I 12" of 1 1/2" Rock Base 4" of Asphaltic Concrete, Class C (2 C/a J6 C 0?1 .2 c/aj.j 8) • Nv��: Sec d')y /. Z 4�;r <A cc err /Zoac) ectvin9 reccs, Parking S" of 1 1/2"-0 Rock Basa 2" of Asphaltic Concrete, Class C I Walks and Play Pads 6" of 1 1/2"-0 Rock Base 2" of Asphaltic Concrete, Class D. 3.0 !EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION In strict accord with standards referenced in 1 .2. above. Apply approved weed kiiier under all paved areas. END OF SECTION 02500 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02539 - EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURBS SECTION 02539 - EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURBS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE, Materials and installation of machine extrude: concrete curbs for perimeter of parking lots, wheel bumpers, and other as detailed. 1.2 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS Schneider "Perm--A-Curbs", Portland Concrete Construction, M.E. West Co. , Westside Concrete Co. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE Special no-slump mix with not less than seven (7) sacks cement per cubic yard of concrete and to attain minimum of 3000 psi compressive strength in twenty- eight (28) days. 2.2 CURING COMPOUND Acrylic type meeting requirements of ASTM Specification C309-74 at application rate of 300 square feet per gallon. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Pattern and Section: Plan and details as shown on Drawings. Separately form ends and corners as detail.--"A where not suitable for machine forming. Where ertruded curbs abut poured curbs, exposei faces to align. Boqd4q to Pavement: Apply epoxy resin bonding adhesil?e to pavement in a ziq-zag pattern as wide as curb and v -.h 6 inch frequency of pattern. Place curbs within rP-ommended contact time, generally 1 hour maximum. Control Joints and NeeQ_Holes: Using handsaw and guide template, cut joints through curbs at 20 fee!: maximum spacing and 2 feet from each corner. Finish cut edges with cement edging tor,l. Install weep holes through curb where required to prevent ponding water Curing_and_Protec_ tion: spray curbs with curing compound immediately after placing and finishing. barricade and protect curbs from traffic -intil set . Patch curbs with damaged tinishes and replace any secticns not beaded to pavement . END OF SECTION 02539 - 1 DURti;;M ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02810 - UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYS. SECTION 0281) - UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYSTEM 1-.Q GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Description of mark: Furnish labor, material, and equipment required for installation of an irrigation system as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. Related Work in Otbar Areas: Section 02920 - Soil Preparation and Grass Seeding 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work and who stall ''je thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and ehe mani.iacturer' recommended methods of installation, and who shall direct all work performed iitider this Section. Except where more stringent requirements are specified, conform to the "Uniform Plumbing Code" as adopted and modified by the State of Oregon and all legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction. If more restrictive than those specified herein, notify Owner's Representative prior to starting work. All materials and equipment in the system shall be new and shall he brands and types as shown in the plans or as specified herein, or as approved by the Owner or his representative. 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS Within 30 days after award of Contract to General Contractor, and before any irrigation system materials are delivered to the lob site, submit to the Owner or his representative a complete list of all irrigation system materials proposed to be furnished and installed. Include manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item. During the course of installation, carefully show in red line on a print of the irrigation system Drawings, all. changes made to the irrigation system during installation. This drawing to be labeled "Record Copy". Make available for inspection. Do not use for construction Upon completion of the irrigation system installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to Owner oL his representative one reproducible mylar copy of the As-Built Drawings and an 8 l,'2" x 11" bound manual containing product literature on materials installed, contractor 's address and te:ephone number, and duration of guarantee period. As--Built drawings shall show installed locations of manual drain valves by dimensioning from two adjacent sprinkler heads. 1.4 JOBSITE PROTECTION Protect buildings, equipment, utilities, sidewalks, trees, reference points, monuments and markers on the site. Protect adjacent properties. Protect work by others. Replace or repair a4,-aged items at no cost to Owner and to the approval of the Owner or his representative. 1.5 COORDINAT OJ I t Coordinate with other trades affecting or affected by work of this Section. 1 .6 GUARANTEE Guarantee workmanship and mate.-ials for one year after acceptance. 02810 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02810 •- UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYS. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE Plastic pipe for lateral lines shall be polyvinyl chloride Class 200, SDR 21, bell end, continuously bearing seal of the National Sanitation Foundation and complying with the requirements of ASTM D-2466. Plastic pipe for main line shall be polyvinyl chlorine Schedule 40, continuously bearing seal of the National Sanitation Foundation and complying with requirements of ASTM D-2466. Plastic nipples shall. be PVC Schedule 80 NSF approved pipe, TBE, complying 1 with the requirements of ASTM 1785. 2.2 FITTINGS All fittings fGr PVC pipe shall be Schedule 40, NSF approved and complying with ASTM D-2466. 2.3 SLEEVES Polyvinyl chloride class 200 NSF approved pipe tinder all paving, sized to +� accommodate required sizes and numbers of pipes. f 2.4 ELECTRIC CONTROL WIRE !D Single-strand copper, UL approved for direct burial, AWG-UP type, sized per manufacturer's recorimendatioes. 2.5 CEMENT PVC Solvcnt Cement ASTM D-2564. I.P.S. 701� for pipe sizes up to 2 i.u.•h in diameter. I .P.S. 711 for pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger . 2.6 PVC CLEANER AND PRIMER ASTM F-656. I.P.S. P-70. 2.7 SPRINKL"R HEADS As scheduled on plan. 2.8 VALVES Remote Control Valves: Type and sizes as scheduled on Drawings. 2.9 VALVE BOXES AND COVERS To inch PVC Class 160 sleeve with Weathermatic 906L valve marker for manual drain valves. Ametek or Carson plastic. calve boxes with locking lids for control valves. . 10 OTHER MATERIAL Gravel: 3/4" minus crushed rock, washed. 2.11 OTHER MANUFACTURERS Submit substitution; request prior to bid date. Comply with Section 01600, Material and Equipment . I I 1 02810 - 2 I 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02310 - UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYS. 3.0 EXE_CUT_ION_ 3. 1 PREPARATION Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete co the point where this installation may properly commence. Provide a minimum 24-hour notice when requesting all inspections. Verify that irrigation system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, an& Lice manufacturer's recommendations. In the event of discrepancy. immediately notify the Owner or his representative. Do not priceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. Start of work denotes acceptance. 3. 2 LAYOUT Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with the original design. Layout shall follow as closely as practicable the schematic design as shown on the Drawings. Verify exact locations of proposed system. Make no substantial alterations without prior approval. 3. 3 WATER SOURCE Connect system to stubouts where indicated on Drawings. Make arrangements for water shut-off, if necessary. 3.4 TRENCHING Trenches shall be straight and true with bottom uniformly sloped at a minimum 1% toward drain valves. Depth to allow lateral lines to be at least 14 inches below finish grade for zone lines and at least 24 inches below grade for main lines. Keep trenches free of pipe-damaging rocks and debris. 3.5 SLEEVE INSTALLATION Install PVC sleeves under hard surfaces constructed by other trades prior to their construction. Install below finish grade to coincide with mainline and lateral line burial depths and to a minimum of 14". Coordinate with General Contractor. 3 .6 PIPE INSTALLATION Do not use solvent cement on threaded joints, but wrap joints with minimum three wraps of teflon tape. Lay pipe on solid foundation, uniformly sloped. Provide minr.mum clearance of 2" between lines. Do no solvent welding of pipe when raining or when temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit . Obtain tight , inseparable joints. Allow 24 hour curinq before testing. 3.7 SPRINKLER RISER INSTALLATION All pop-up and above-grade risers located adjacent to hard surfaces shall be installed two inches from edge of walk or surface. 02810 - 3 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02810 - UNDERGROUND IR''.IGATION SYS. 3.8 DRAIN VALVE INSTALLATION Install manual drain valves at low points on main and lateral lines. install at least one drain valve on each zone at control valve per details. 3 .9 ELECTRICAL WIRING Install per manufacturer's instructions with minimum 26 inch loop at each control valve. All wire splicing shall occur only in valve or junction boxes and shall be made waterproof by using UL approved wire connectors and sealant . Follow ;manufacturer's sizing .instructions. Provide minimum cover of 14 inches for all control wire. Install beneath piping where possible. Wire which is not installed below pipe shall be installed in electrical conduit . Common wire shall be white, control wire shall be red. 3.10 VALVE INSTALLATION Install plumb, as per manufacturer's directions, and as shown on drawings. Follow manufacturers instructions and adjust valves to achieve optimum operating pressure for each zone 3.11 FLUSHING Flush lines with water for minimum 5 minutes each zone. Cap risers immediately after flushing. 3.12 PRESSURE TESTING Prior to backfilling, cap all fittings on lateral line and fill a' 1 mainlines and lateral lines with water, using bleed screws to open remote control valves. Adjust screws to open remote control valves. Adjust remote control valves to allow a minimum downstream pressure of 100 psi pressure for one hour before and during inspection by Owner's Representative. Installation may not leak or lose pressure during test period. Detect and repair leaks and retest system until acceptance is granted. Mainlines and lateral lines may be tested at different times to allow isolation of either. 3. 13 BACKFILLING Delay until. system is tested and accepted. Fill trench with approved material and compact to adjacent soil density to eliminate any future settling. Stones larger than one inch diameter are not allowed in backfill material . Place metallic locating tape in all trenches in accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations and secure with plastic lock ties. 3. 14 CLEANUP Remove debris from project site upon completion or sooner, if directed. 3 . 15 FINAL IN`;FECTION Thoroughly clean, adjust and balance system. Upon 24 hour notice, demonstrate the entire system to the Owner or his representative, proving that all valves are properly operating and that the installed system is workable, clean and efficient . Contractor shall be responsible for flushing, balancing and adjusting entire irrigation system for complete coverage and efficient operation. Contractor shall deliver to Owner or his representative, two each of keys to manual drain valve, valve markers, and valve boxes. END OF SECTION 02810 - 4 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOCL - 02920 - SOIL PREP AND GRASS SEEDING SECTION 12920 - SOIL PREPARATION AND GRASS SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK THIS SECTION Installation and preparation of planting soils in areas to be planted with trees, shrubs, groundcover, and grass. Includes existing lawn areas that are to be reseeded. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Furnish 1/2 cubic foot each of humus and topsoil to Engineer for approval one week before delivering to job site. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver packaged materials in manufacturer's unopened containers fully identified by name, brand, type, weight and analysis. Store packaged materials to prevent damage and intrusion of foreign matter. Delivered materials hauled by trucks rot to be dumped within droplines of `gees to remain. 1 .4 SITE CONDITIONS Seeding shall take place between June 15 and August 15 and shall not take place dining freezing or abnormally hot and dry weather. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Herbicide: Round-up manufactured by Monsanto. ?o soil• Fertile, friable natural sandy loam, free of subsoil, stones one-inch in diameter or larger, clods of hard earth, noxious.• weeds, roots, sticks, or other extraneous material. Hunus• Compost by North American Soils, Inc. , 5001 N. Columbia Blvd. , 285-5125 Line: Ground dolomitic limestone. Fertilizer: Agriform 16-7-12 (+ iron) controlled release, or approved. Superphosphate, 0- 45-0. Seed:_(Fo_r_School_Site) Oregon Certified Blue Tag - Elka Perennial Rye 75% Ensylva Creepinq Red Fescue 25% Seed:_(For_United_Sewerage_Agency_Site_--_U.S.A.) Verify mixture with U.S.A. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 HERBICIDE APPLICATION Apply Round-up herbicide t3 all existing _grass ares to be replanted with Shrubs, groundcover, and grass in concentrations adequate to eliminate all grass and weed growth. Follow the manufacturer 's recommendations for applications. Do not plant until sufficient time has elapsed to allow herbicide to become non-effective as per manufacturer 's directions. 02920 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 02920 - SOIL :,,;EP AND GRASS SEEDING 3.2 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT riace topsoil in areas to be planted with shrubs and groundcover to a depth of 12". 3.3 SOIL PREPARATION Shrub and Groundcover Areas: Apply evenly a depth two inches of humus, Agriform 16-7-12 at a rate of 20 �. pounds per 1,000 square feet and Superphosphate at two lbs. per 1,000 square felt in areas where shrubs and groundcover are to be planted. Till to a depth of six inches thoroughly mixing the topsoil, humus, and fertilizer. Bring to finish grade (.less two inches) and. rake smooth preparatory to planting and mulching. Lawn Areas- Place lime at 75 lbs, per 1,000 SF and lightly rake to incorporate into soil. After raking, apply Agriform 16-7-12 fertilizer at 10 lbs. per 1,000 SF and Superphosphate fertilizer at two lbs. per 1,000 SF. Till to a depth of six inches thoroughly mixing ingredients. Smooth to finish grades preparatory to planting, mulching, and seeding. Finish grades for lawn areas shall be rolled to obtain firmness with minimum 200 lb. roller. 3.4 SEEDING Apply seed using a tractor-drawn brillion seeder at rate of six lbs. per 1 ,000 SF. In areas that are inaccessible to tractor , r.pply by hand seeder in two equal applications of three lbs. per 1,000 SF going north and south, and three lbs. per 1 ,000 SF going east and west . (Hydro seeding is acceptable. ) 3.5 PROTECTION Upon completion of seeding, install temporary barricade fence of broom stakes six feet o.c. around perimeter of lawn areas. Tie taut with two strands of twine and flag with 12 inch strips of plastic ape at 18 inch intervals. Remove wh .n lawn areas are established. 3.6 MAINTENANCE Begin immediately after seeding and continue until final project acceptance. Maintain soil moisture at all times. Mow only when growth height exceeds three inches, but no higher than five inches. Mower blades cut no lower than two inches. 3.7 CLEAN-UP Clean up excess materials and debris from project site +ipon completion of work or sooner if directed. Leave in neat and tidy condition. 3.8 ACCEPTANCE Acceptance of lawn areas will be subject to growth of i uniform color and dense stand of grass , and bare spots do not occur. END OF SECTION 02920 - 2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 03030 - CONCRETE TESTING SECTION 03030- - CONCRETE TESTING 1._0 GENERAL 1.1 INSP!CTIONS AND TESTING An independent testing laboratory approved by Architect will be employed and paid for by the Contractor for taking tests and to conduct the inspection services required below. Contractor to give Architect and testing laboratory at lease 48 hours advance notice before starting work requiring inspections and tests. Concrete Tests and Inspections: Include foundations & floor slabs Meet the requirements of Section 306 (a) and (b) Uniform Building Code, as adopted and modified by the State of Oregon Structural SDecialtf Code. Inspect condition of forms and placing and condition of reinforcing before pouring. Make strength, slump, and air content tests during pouring. Compression tests in accord with ASTM C39. Make at least one test for each 1.00 cu. yards, or fraction thereof, of each mix design of concrete placed in any one day. Tests may not be required for minor or non-structural pours of less than 10 cu. yards in one day. Obtain Architect 's prior approval before making untested pours. Minimum of 4 cylinders is required for each test. Break 2 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days. Make at least one slump test (ASTM C143) and one air content test (ASTM C173) for each set of cylinde*n taken. Testing laboratory shall make written reports on all tests to Architect with copies to Structural Engineer. , Contractor, Ready Mix Supplier and other offices as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION 03030-1. �I ■ ■ ! ■ ■ ■ ! Al i i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORKWORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK THIS SECTION Construct cast-in-place concrete formwork, Coordinate setting or inserts, hangers, etc. Removal of forms. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 PLYWOOD FORMS All surfaces exposed to view. Medium density overlaid APA plywood, grape marked. Ext. - DFPA -- MD overlay. Minimum thickness - 3/4". surfaces hidden from view (behind brick veneer, within furred areas, below grade, etc.) B-B plyform, Class 1, exterior . Minimum thickness 3/4". Maintain plywood forms clean, recoated, and in like-new condition for each reuse. 2 .2 ROUND COLUMN FORMS SONOTUBE fiberforms as manufactured by Sonoco Products Co. 2.3 CORNER FORM 3/4" x 3/4" wd. chamfer strips all exposed corners unless detailed otherwise. 2.4 PERMANENT FORMS Galvanized corrugated sheet steel forms where forms cannot be removed and will remain in place. Cofar, Corruform, Curoco, or approved equal. 2.5 FORM TIES Metal snap ties with not less than 3/4" breakback or screw out rod types, with plastic removable cones at each side of wall. ,�.6 INSERTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS Pressure preservative treated "Std. and Btr." Fir for wood nailers and rough bucks. Schedule 40 PVC or ABS plastic pipe sleeves or poly-form blocks wherever pipes or conduits pass through ccncrete work. 2.7 FORM COATING A Non-staining Type that will not leave residual matter on surface of concrete it adversely affect bond of subsequent applications of other material applied to concrete surfaces. B Coating containing mineral oils or other non drying ingredieits will not be permitted. 03100-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 CONSTRUCTION Design and construct per ACI 347 and approved layout Drawings. Design strength and safety responsibility of Contractor. Constrict so finish concrete .,)nforms to shapes, lines, elevations and dimensions of finish members as indicated; sufficiently tight to prevent mortar leakage; properly braced and tied to maintain position; designed to prevent deflection under wet concrete; construction loads; and vibration conditions. Provide temporary cleanout openings as required. Locate sleeves, holes, pipes, conduit and the like in formwork per ACE '18. 3.2 COORDINATION - ANCHORS AND INSERTS Notify respective trades and give opportunity to place sleeves, anchors, supports and conduit, etc. , bef,)re concrete is poured. Items provided by other trades for installation shall be all properly set as indicated. Locate sleeves, pipes and conduits to a,,,)id impairing strength of construction per ACI 318. Contractor shall install andior be responsible for installs`ion of all sleeves, anchors, ties, dowels, miscellaneous iron, etc. , as shown and required for passage of pipes and conduit, securing framing, etc. 3.3 Rr-MOVAL All removal and reshoring solie responsibility of Contractor. Removal as per ASI 318. GND nF SECTTON 03100--2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 03200 - REINFORCING STEEL SECTION 03200 - REINTORCING STEEL, 1.0 GENERA1 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section: Farnish and place deformed steel reinforcement bars and d^cessori.es for concrete. Work_SDecilied Elsewhere:- Steel lsewhere:Steel reinforcing for masonry specified under Division 4. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Shall include placing plans for slabs and elevations for walls/columns , with accompanying schedules, bar lists and details specifically indicated in ACI Manual 315. Submit five (5) sets for review prior to fabrication. a.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 DEFORMED BARS Shall conform to ASTM A-615-68 sizi and grade as shown on Drawings. Provide mill certificat-s for each lot if requested. 2.2 SMOOTH DOWFLS AND I/4" BARS Shall conform to ASTM A-306. 2.3 WELDED WIRE FABRIC Shall conform to ASTM A185. 2.4 TIE WIRE 16 gauge or heavier black annealed wire. 2.5 CHAIRS, SPACERS AND BOLSTERS In all locations, chairs, spacers and bolsters shall he galvanized and in accord with ACI. 31.5. Provide dipped or all plastic items in contac.c vrith forms. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 FABRICATION IIn accord with reviewed Shop Drawinqs and as per ACI 315. 1 3. 2 PLACING Place reinforcing in accord with reviewed Shop Drawings and ACI 315 and 318. Firmly secure steel in position to prevent dislocation during placement . Support steel securely by means of chairs or spacers. t END OF SECTION 03200-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 03300 - CONCRETE MIX AND FINISH SECTION 03300__ CONCRETE MIX_ & FINISH 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK THIS SECTTOA Concrete materials, mixing and delivery for cast-in-place and precast concrete. Finishing, curing and sealing of concrete. T.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 READY MIXED CONCRETE Use only ready-mixed concrete obtained from plant appro ,ed by Architect , mixed and delivered in conformance with approved design mix. Obtain a lelivery ticket for each batch of concrete delivered to job. Maintaia a file of all delivery tickets at job site, in good order, available for inspection by Architect at all times. Include the following information: Name of ready-mix batch plant, serial number of ticket , date and truck numb9r, Contractor's name, job name and location (address) , amount of concrete in batch (cubic yards) , mix type number, location of placing on job, name of any admixtures and type. The maximum time between mixing and final placement of concrete shall be no more than 90 minutes. 2.2 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN General: Before ordering concrete, submit four (4) copies of a previously used and tested design mix using aggregates intended for use in this concrete, to Architect for his review and approval for use in this work. Show dry weight of cement , Saturated-surface-dry weights of fine and coarse aggregate, quantities of admixtures (if any) , and quantity of water per cubic yard of concrete. Submit a separate design mix for each design mix number required in this work. Conform to ASTM C94--69 and ACI 301 with manufacturer to be fully responsible for selection of proportions for concrete mix Submit copies of a laboratory test report on compressive strength of test cylinders made with mix propose: for uFe. Mix DesiQ1. 1 Twenty-eight (28) day minimum compressive strength of 1000 psi working stress type concrete. ASTM C-150 Type 1 Low Alkali Cement . ASTM C33-64 fine aqgregate and size No. 46"1 (1 1/2" to No. 4) coarse aggregate. Maximum 4" slump. Admixtures ASTM C260-66 "Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete" to produce 4-5% entrained air in concrete placed in exterior walks; curbs, walls, etc. , exposed to freeze-thaw cycles. ASTM C260-68, Type A, water-reducing admixture may be used in concrete placed in foundations, walls and floor slabs. Master Builders "Pozzolith", Crown Zellerbach "Zeecon" and W.R. Grace "WRDA" are approved. 03300 - 1 W t t ! w DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 03300 - CONCRETE MIX AND FINISH Moisture Retarder Sheet: St Regis "Sisalkraft-Moistop", Protecti.e Paper, Inc. "Dampproof - XX" Under all interior slabs on grade. Curing paper and Sheet Covering: Waterproof paper, polyethylene film and burlap-polyethylene sheet conforming to ASTM Designation: C171-68T, Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. AcTylic Caring Cqpkounds: One (1) coat application at coverage rate of 300 sq. ft. per gallon to comply with ASTM 0309-58, Type I. All-Crete "A-C Curing Compound", Madden Construction and Supply, "Macryseal", Grace "Clear-Seal-150". ;"ansion Joints: 1/2" thick expansion joints (slabs, sidewalks, curbs and pavement) - asphalt impregnated fiber. ASTM D1751-65 for interior and self-expanding board, ASTM D1752-67, Type 3 for exterior. Latex BondinA_Adhesive: M.C.S. "Mak- L-t* x", Larson "Weld-Crete", and Dowman's Latex Bonding Compound. JEF CON-BOND Acrylic Sealer - Floors:_ M.C.S. "Macryseal",�Grace "Horntraz", West "Terraseal", Grace "Clear-Seal- 150", And All-Crete "Clean-Seal" to seal exp-):ad concrete floors with one (1) coat application at not over 400 sq. ft. per gallon. Perimeter Insulatioo a_nd Rigid Nall Insulation: 1" thick x 24" wide expanded polystyrene insulation board. "Styrofoam SB", "Dylite", Boise Cascade "Poly-Board" or E.P.S. as manufactured by Northwest E.P.S. Inc. , The Dalles, Oregon. Sealer Columns and exterior walls: Chemstop waterproof as canufactured by Chemstop Manufacturing Co. 3.0 KXECUTI0N 3.1 DEPOSITING CONCRETE Rapidly handle concrete farm mixer to forms and deposit as nearly as possible in its final. position to avoid segregation due to rehandling. Thoroughly soak wood forms or coat with release compound before pouring concrete. Dampen earth bottoms to reduce moisture loss from concrete. Provide hoppers and elephant trunks to place concrete in deep forms without: exceeding 4' maximum free fall. Vibrate all concrete or work by hand where vibration cannot be used to assure close contact with all surfaces of forms and reinforcement, and leveled off at proper grade to receive finish. Vibrate for sufficient duration to accomplish thorough compaction and complete embedment of reinforcement but not long enough to cause separation of mix. A delay at least until concrete is no longer plastic must occur in columns or walls before concreting beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. Joints and discontinuation between pours in accord with ACI and UBC requirementF and recommendations. Dc not place concrete when weather torecast predicts temperatures below 40 degrees F. within succeeding twenty-four (24) hours without approval of Architect. When approval is granted for placing of concrete during times when temperature iv below 40 degrees F. , all concrete and cement finishes shall he placed and maintained at a temperature not lower than 70 degrees for not less than seventy-two (72) hours or less than 50 degrees F. , for not less than one hundred-twenty (120) hours. 03300 - 2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 03300 - CONCRETE MIX AND FINISH If necessary; mixing water or materials shall be heated and concrete shall be sufficiently protected so these temperatures can be maintained.. The maximum temperature of concrete no to exceed 90 degrees at any time. 3.2 CONCRETE FINISHING Formed Concrete Faces: On all exposed concrete, surfaces straight, plumb and true with a variation of no more than 1/4" in 10' measured in a[►y direction. Remove honeycomb and other defective concrete back to sound concrete but not less than 1" deep. Patch surface defects that do not impair structural strength and all surface defects and tie holes on below grade walls scheduled to receive dampproof coatings or membrane waterproofing. Cut back all form ties, nails, etc. , apply bonding agent and fil? holes to true, even finished surface. For all exposed concrete surfaces, grind surfaces to remove defects which will be apparent through applied finishes and coatings. Sack finish to uniform surface texture or skim coat to uniform surface texture. Slabs.-Finish: Slab concrete of low slump, stiff consistency, well tamped into plane, and finishes compressed and compacted by troweling. Finish slab free from small hollows or bumps and graded to elevation called for, with variations not more than 1/8" in 8' in any direction, and nut- vary more than 1/4" between opposite exterior walls, unless otherwise called f -.,r on Drawings. Prior to installation of floor finish grind down all high spots or curled edge slabs with variations greater than described above. Wood float finish surfaces specially scheduled and when floor receives cement mortar bonded ceramic tile, or similar finishes, refer to Drawings for areas that may require depressed slab surfaces. Plain Slabs - Finish: These slabs are indicated on Finish Schedule as "Concrete Sealer." Prior to final set, finish slabs with power tools to a dense hard, uniform steel trowel surface. Hand trowel at edges as required. Treat slabs with concrete sealer coating per manufacturer's instructions. Protect concrete finish floor slabs from -tains, differential curing, discoloration, craze cracks, and other finishing defects which will be visible through sealer coat or result in non-uniform appearance. Exterior Slabs and Curbs: Construct and locate as shown and detailed on Drawing. Cioss sidewalks 1/4"/ft. unless otherwise detailed. Slabs shall be finished same as for "Plain Slabs." After steel troweling of surface is completed, give sidewalks a directional pattern light broom finish. Finish all edges and joints in sidewalk surfaces in a grid pattern as detailed. Wood float top surfaces of curbs. Apply curing compound t top surfaces after finishing and to formed surfaces wherever forms are removed before end of seven (7) day moist curing period. Install expansion joint filler in curbs, sidewalks and mowing strips at not more than 20' o.c. unless otherrise detailed. Locate expansion joints between paved areis and curbs, building walls, structural and fixed items projecting through caved slab. Place expansion joint full depth of slab 1/8" down from top finish. Air entrainment required for all exterior concrete. 63300 - 3 s# DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 03300 - CONCRETE MIX AND FINISH 3.3 PROTECTION AND CURING Protect all concrete and cement finish against injury form elements and defacements of any nature during construction operation. When concrete slabs have received their finish, and as soon as surface water subsides, coat entire surface with curing compound applied at a rate recommended in manufacturer's written instructions. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least seven (7) days and at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. Keep wood forms wet during curing period and spray wood metal forms to cool when exposed to beating by sunlight or hot ' winds; or loosen forms and apply water directly to concrete. Moist cure formed work same as flat work when forms are removed during curing period. Cover with curing paper and sheets in lieu of curing compounds whenever � p•-otection from rapid drying by sunlight or atmospheric temperature and low humidity is required. Cure slabs by covering with curing paper or moist cure Aenever finish is to receive a sealer coat, decoration coat, or other applied finish not compatible with curing compound. 3.4 SEALING CONCRETE SLABS See Finish Schedule for exposed concrete floors to be sealed. '$ Sealing floors with glazed :surface coating to be done after overhead work and painting is done and just before final inspection. Clean floor slabs by lightly machine sanding with No. 3 1/2 grit to remove all grease, paint, taper's putty and other foreign mattir. Thoroughly vacuum clean area, using heavy duty commercial vacuum cleaner to remove all duct and dirt. Apply acrylic sealer immediately after cleaning by either spray or roller at rate of 350-400 sq. ft. per gallon without holidays or puddling. Sealed surface to be uniformly coated and even appearing, free from visible stains and evidence of poor application. Correct defective areas by additional sanding and reapplication of sealer. J END OF SECTION 03 X00 - 4 { s DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 05150 - STRUCTURAL AND MISC. METALS SECTION 05150 - STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS 1,0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Examine Drawings for required items and furnish in sizes, nuirber and kind to complete work. Structural steel members, including anchor bolts and other devices required for installation. Shop fabricate miscellaneous steel and iron work, including brackets, braces, angles, lintels, anchors, supports, ladders, handrails, back,splashes, or other items shown on Drawings for support or connection of other work. Furnish items to other trades when setting and installation is part of their work. 1.2 STANDARDS Reference Standards as specified from a part of these specifications. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . The American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) . Federal Specifications (FC) . The American Welding Society (AWS) . 1.3 SPECIAL INSPECTION All structural welding to comply with Section 305 (a) 4 U.B.C. , State of Oregon Structural Specialty Code. Welding done in an approved fabricator's shop by certified welders. Field welding under the supervision of an approved testing laboratory. See Division 1. Testing Laboratory will be employed and paid for by this subcontractor. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS The following is list of items needed for construction of building as hereinafter specified and constitutes a description of type of materials necessary to fabricate such items. However, it does not preclude that each individual item on job is herein listed. It will be responsibility of this subcontractor to completely furnish all items shown on Drawings. Structural_Steel_: Standard rolled sections of size and weight fabricated as detailed on Drawings. ASPM A--36 Steel Tubing,_Pipe_and_Bollard s: Structural steel tubinq ai,d pipe size, weight and wall thickness -onforming to ASTM A-501-68A, fabricated as detailed on Drawings. 22 Gauge wide rib deck type B 1 1/2" deep with ribs at 6" O.C. with Button Punch side seams N 20" O.C. Plates�Clipst_Hangers and Brackets:_ Standard rolled shapes and sections fabricated to sizes and dimensions as detailed, ASTM A-36 . 05150 - 1 t � � DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 05150 - STRUCTURAL AND MISC. METALS Stainles-, Steel: $4 stainless steel x 20 gauge backsplash at locations shown on Drawing. Anchor with U." x 1 1/2" round head, stainless steel sheet metal screws at 4" o.c. maximum around perimeter. Seal joint between sink and backsplash with continuous bead of silicone sealant. Screws, Bolts and Anchor Devices: Bolts, ASTM Designation:A307-76b for structural bolting except where specifir.ally noted. Furnish wood and lag screws in accordance with details. Provide nuts and washers for all bolted connections. Washers required under head and nut in all wood connections. Hot dip galvanized finish when installed with galvanized items. Steel Ladder and Ships Ladders Fabricate from standard shapes and size as detailed on Drawings. All welds ground smooth and flush. Furnish complete with all fittings, brackets, sleeves and hardware required for installation. HandrailsJGuardrails: Standard pipe and tubing fabricated to details on Drawings. All connections penetration welded using back-up sleeve welding connectors. Include end returns to wall and closure plates on open ends. All welds ground smooth and flush. Furnis,i complete with all fittings, ^ brackets, sleeves and hardware required for installation. Grout: Neat Portland Cement-sand drypack grout mix design for minimum FC 3000 psi. Use proprietary expanding metallic grout such as Grace "Vibrofoil", Sonneborn "Ferrolith G' , Anti--Hydro "Expandable" or Master Builders "Embeco". �i 3.0 B)<SCUYION 3.1 FINISHES Hot dip galvanized finish for all steel and iron items exposed in exterior or semi-exterior ?ocations and elsewhere as called for on Drawings. One shop coat rust inhibiting primer paint on all other * tems whether concealed or exposed, except do not prime surfaces to be bonded into concrete or masonry. 3.2 FABRICATION Cut shapes to pattern, sizes and dimensions as detailed and approved. Punch and drill holes accurAtely, maintaining proper edge and end clearance and proper diameter to fit each fastening. Countersink holes for flat head wood screws. All welding performed by Certified Welders and in accordance with A.W.S. Code. Grind welds on architecturally exposed items to make smooth and flush, when ready for paint finish. Grind exposed ends and cut edges of all items smooth and slightly beveled to remove sharpness, burrs, and cutting marks. Use gas cutting torch infield to cut holes or correct fabrication errors only after submitting each condition to Architect for review. �t J END OF SECTION 05150 - 2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section: Installation of all. rough carpentry, including plates, studs, fire stops, solid blocking, bridging, ribbons, bracing, posts, blocks, subfloor and flooring, sheathing and rough hardware. Coordinate with built-up roofing subcontractor for installation of wood nailers and insulation stops as required under Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection. Work SDecif_ied Elsewhere: Installation of trim, plywood siding, hanging doors and installation of finish hardware specified in Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS All materials shall be grade stamped equal to or better than grades hereinafter called for according to latest grading rules published by the following associations governing their various species of lumber products: West Coast Lumbermens Association; Western Pine Association; California Redwood Association; American Plywood Association and the American Institute of Timer Construction. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of material shall conform to WCLiB Rules #16, General Grading Provisions, Paragraph 3 . Seasoning Provisions. Lumber_Grades: See Notes Sheet S-1 of Drawings. Treated Lumber: "Std. & Btr. ", Douglas Fir and No 1, 545, Douglas Fir , pressure treated with Chemonite, Wolmanized or Osmose K-33 . Plywood: See Notes Sheet S -1 of Drawings. P__ywood Underlament: 5/8" thick, Group 7, EXPOSURE 1 , C-D Plugged. Install at floors scheduled for waterpr000f membrane. KDO• Medium Density Overlay fir plywood at exterior soffits. Exterior glue, 1/2" thick. Underlaent_Mails: Eight penny (8d) ring shank nails. Gypsus—Sheathing: 1/2" gypsum sheathing, 2 x 8 V edge or 4 x 8 butt edge. Glued_',amin_a_ted Beaus: Lumber for laminating shall meet structural requirements of Laminating Sr:,cifications, Commercial Standards CS253-63 Structural Glue Laminated Timber and ANSI/AITC A190.1-1983. Stress grades of beams to provide glue laminated members with allowable values as noted on Structural Drawings. All members fabricated with water proof adhesive. Camber as noted. Beams in concealed spaces shall be industrial Appearance Grade. Exposed beams and surfaces shall be Architectural Appearance Grade. 06100 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 06100 - ROUGH CARPEFTRY End seal all members and protect in transit ane: against weather and construction stains. Individually wrap all Arch:t-ectural. Appearance Grade members in heavy protective covering. contractor shall he responsible for protecting and cleaning all exposed surfaces scheduled for transparent finish. Mark beams with AITC Quality mark in a location that will not interfere with a transparent finish and in addition, provide a Certificate of Conformance with Attachments 1 and 2 in two (2) copies to Architect. submit Shop Drawings prior to fabrication. B_uildi_na Paper_ No. 15 lb. asphalt saturated roofing felt. rraWiny_Anchors: U.B.C. approved stock framing anchors as manufactured by Simpson, Teco and Bowman, rated according tc U.B.C. recorded tests. Minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel sheet. Provide special. framing anchor nails as required and other fastenings as detailed and normal to installation. Furnish five (5) sets of Shop Drawings for review prior to fabrication. Nails American made common nails for all wood to wood framing applications unless otherwise noted. Use finish and casing nails for all face nailing of finish work and set heads for putty stopping. Hot dip galvanized nails for nay exposed exterior nailing. Examine Drawings for special nailing requirements. Maintain nailing schedule, Table 25-F, 1979 U.B.C. Increase number of nails used proportionately when box nails are used in lieu of common nails to reduce splitting. P1 eb_"I" Joists: Plywood web joists manufactured in approval of Building Cade by Truss Joist Corp. Joists farmed of DFPA Structural I plywood Webs and MICRO-LAM or machine stress rated lumber flanges, pressure glue joined. Webs with optional ventilating knockout houses. Size and detail joists to fit dimensions and loads indicated on Structural Drawings. Design in accordance with Allowable properties approved by Building Code. Furnish five (5) sets of Shop Drawings for r :view prior to fabrication. *US B Webs pier r";4i _,d h//iCeo Oq)prv%/cA1 3.0 ZXZCl1TION 3.1 INSTALLATION General: Wrap, cover and protect lumber products in shipment and while rtored on site to prevent weather exposure and damage. Maintsin stacks neat and in good order; level and off ground or floors; raised on pallets or dunnage to prevent contact with water. Cut and repair framing where required by electrical, mechanical or other mechanics throughout job. Boring of holes for pipes and conduits no included. Where cutting is required in a structural menber that is likely to weaken construction, consult with Architect as to measures to he taken in order to perform work without causing any deficiencies of strength or workmanship. Stop all openings where pipes and ducts pass through framing with incombustible material. Accurately fit all connections as detailed, all boli: holes drilled and properly sized to belts . Predrill lag and wood screw holes and install with wrench or screwdriver. Washers required under head and nut of all wood connections. See Structural Drawinga for nailing of woof' members. 06100 - 2 B>f DURHi,M ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY Mailers, SAnts, Crickets: Include rough carpentry as detailed and specified for installation of roofing and miscellaneous nailers. Build wood framed curbs and nailers for support and anchoring of flashing and equipment as shown. Permanently attach to roof deck, walls, copings and other masonry or metal work with approved fasteners, two or more fasteners per member and spaced at not over 36" o.c. Securely nail all splices, laps and built-up members. Minimum insulation stop - thickness same as insulation. Minimum width 1" greater than flange being secured. Cant strip - Minimum vertical dimension 3 1/2". Sills and_Plates: Set pressure treated sills and plates bearing on concrete or masonry on a 1/2" thick bed or mortar and draw down with anchor bolts as detailed on Structural Drawings. double top plate on all partitions with end joints lapped and staggered. Reinforce top plates .There cut for electrical and mechanical work with 16 gauge metal splice plate. Studs. Caps and Headers:_ Use straight material throughout; twisted material not permitted. Set all items called for or shown and as necessary for rigid frame. Joists: All joists evenly spaced as called for, varying only when electrical, plumbing, or heating items interfere. Joist Bridaina: Block bridge over beams, trusses, on top of all partitions and/or walls. Beams: Install in locations shown on Drawings, anchoring solidly as called for and detailed. Stay and brace members in position until all connections are complete. Handle and protect specially wrapped or prepared items to avoid damage or scarring. iirestops and Blocking. Install as called for on Drawings and in no case more than 1.20" apart vertically in exterior and interior wood stud walls throughout. Fire block at ceiling line where will finish does not continue above ceiling and provide blocking at all edges of plywood shear wall sheathing. Wood Contacting Concrete or Nasonry: Wherever joists, beams, rafter, etc. , make end or side contact against concrete or masonry walls and slabs, install two (2) layers of NO. 50 roofing felt so there will be no contact between Mood and concrete. Sub-floor and Roof Sheathing: Secure plywood sheathing with eight penny (8d) nails spaced at 6" o.c. at edges and 12" o.c. at intermediate supports, except where otherwise noted on Drawings. Lay panels with face grain perpendicular to si,vports with joints in adjacent panels staggered and bui:ted at center line of joi,•ts. Provide full blocking and support at perimeter of floor and roof deck diaphragms. Install plywood sub-floor with 1/8" space between sheets and clearance at boundary walls and rigid penetrations through floor. Provide blocking or "Ply-Clips" at unsupported edges of sheathing, as noted on Drawings and whenever framing is spaced more than 16" o.c. 06100 - 3 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY Nall Sheathing: A Nail plywood wall sheathing with eight penny (8d) nails, no more than 6" o.c. at edges and 12" o.c. at intermediate bearings, excep'�. where otherwise noted on Structural Drawings. Solid block and nail all edges for shear wall diaphragms. Apply on all exterior an interior shear wall locations where shown on Drawings. UnderlaMent Lay building paper over plywood subfloor, fastening in place with staples driven flush. Install underlayment over building paper with staggered panel joints so four corners of underlayment do not meet directly over corners or joints of subfloor. Nail with eight penny (8d) ring shank nails spaced no more than 6" o.c. at panel edges and aP 10" o.c. throughout body of panel. Backing: Verify that solid blocking or backing is provided Ln framing for attachment of wall and ceiling mounted specialty items and equipment. Use templates and fastening devices furnished with item or appropriate screws and bolts. Check hardware schedule for loc, '-ions where wall door bumpers are called for. Do not fasten solely to wall and L iling finish materials. Cl- .nina: General Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning of exposed surfaces of structural wood members ouch as beams, columns. purlins, trusses, etc. , of dirt, water and rust stains, or other marking that will show through transparent finishes. It iQ recommended surfaces be cleaned with an oxalic acid solution, or other system as approved, prior to application of finishes by Painting Subcontractor. Building Paper: Cover frame wall sheathing with building paper appli,sd horizontally in continuous pieces when possible. Shingle side laps 4" between courses and over flashing to turn water to outside. Lap 6" between sheet ends. Nail or staple along laps and scatter nail overall tight to sheathing 12" o.c. or less. END OF SECTION 06100 - 4 +� 9■r a, iwr i w en �r ar DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 06124 - CEMENT FIBER DECK SECTION 06124 - CENENT FIBER DBCR 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section: Provide cementitious wood fiber decking as detailed on Drawings. Work Specified Elsewhere; Wood Cant Strips and Insulation Stops - Section 06100 Rough Carpentry„ 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide decking installation layout drawings to Architect for review before any installation work. Show joint locations, plan of installation, special details and nailing. 1.3 COORDINATION Decking shall be dry and accept.ablP to roofer at time of roofing installation. Install deck only when it can be covered and protected by application of roofing or otherwise protected frol.it,aather exposure. Decking damaged by water or handling shall be subject to rejection. 1.4 SPECIAL INSPECTION Inspection of cement--fiber deck installation by an approved testing laboratory is required. Inspection shall verify the installation complies with requirements of I.C.B.O. Report 1116, Structural Notes and these Specifications. Cost paid for by Owner. See•Section 01400, Quality Control. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL Deck Plank: Factory fabricated wood fiber - cement bonded, with tongue and gr ve on unsupported edges. Deck plank shall have uniform color with minim ,m light reflectivity of 60%, Class I flame spread rating, "U" value .17 including roofing and NRC of .65 to .75. All edges and corners true and square with complete and unbroken tongue and groove. 2 1/2" thick "Tectum Plank", as manufactured by Tectum Inc. ICBO testing report shall be required. Adhesive: MIRACLE CONSTR. Adhesive (ICBG 11116 approval) Fasteners As required by ICBO Report No. 1116. Nailerst Sound Blocks and Wind-seals; Fressure preservative treated, "No. 1" Douglas Fir. rro. 15 asphalt saturated roofing felt building paper . 06124 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 06124 - CEMENT FIBER DECK t 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION ' Store and protect decking from water, dirt and damage to faces and edges. Remove and replace damaged decking with new. :onform to manufacturer's recommendations and verify details on structural Drawings. Plank shall be fitted tightly at side and end. Joints. Ends centered over supporting mewbers with joints staggered. All joints tightly fitted using t driving blocks. Nail planks to framing, including adhesive application. Install Tectum plank to framing with nails and metal nailing strip in accordance with Structural notes and I.C.A 0. Report No. 1116.9. Frame edges and roof deck penetrations with treated wood nailers. Install continuous wood sound blocking over all partitions and building paper wind seals along all outside walls. All joints tight along edges unbroken and structurally sound. Surfaces clean, free of all dirt, stains and surface damage, and with not over 1/8 inch thickness variation between adjacent boards. i END OF SECTION 1 r � 06124 2 i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 06200 - FINISH CARPENTPV SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY 1.0 _GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section : Finish Carpentry Including: Trim and Moulding Hanging Wood Doors Installation of Building Hardware and Toilet Accessories Work Specified Elsewhere_ Wood Doors - Section 08200 1.2 GENERAL Shpp draNlnQ9_ Show details and profiles of all special moulding, frames a.id other special run millwork. Noisture Content: Kiln dry all finish lumber and moulding to 15% maximum moisture content. Preservative Treatment: Three (3) minute mill dip treatment with water epellent G.reservative solution in accordance with Commercial Stannards CS 262-63, applied at least two (2) weeks before installation and finishing for all exterior finish lumber except siding. Storage and Protection: Protect finish materials from dirt and moisture during de'.ivery and while stored on job. Store at site in a protected dry area with heat and ventilation as required to keep lumber dry. Do interior work only in areas where wet work has been completed and work area is dry, heated and ventilated. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Finish Lumber, Noulding and Trim: Douglas Fir "C & Btr." V.G. finish, kiln dried (WCLIB) Wood Siding: (Spaced Wood) D F - #2 & Btr - Kiln Dried. Band Resawn 0 S face oily. HDO: Medium Density O, erlay Fir Plywood at exterior soffits and w�2iis- as shown on drawings. Exterior glue, 1/2" thick. Wood -rim_AtDetail_6/3.2: Douglas Fir 12 and BTR. / 3.0 nECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION Fabrication: Tae ;rill shall take field measuremeats and bP responsible for their work. All work assemblPA at the mill in as large units as pract.r.a. ro ship and install . 1' ,Ae ample allowance for cutting and fitting. :.11 mac. ine work on lumber completed before treatment . If necessary to worm material after treatment , cut portions shall be retreated. Ail treat?d surfaces dried a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours. 06200 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 06,400 - FINISH CARPENTRY Vertical Wood Siding_S.Spaced Wood) : Install in accordance with details on the Drawings. Use full length Nail at 24" o c with galvani permittedoatowalislblocking. than 14'-5" and only pieces at walls 14' -5 at blocking locations. Stanger Joints. Wood siding may be installed on walls i � l prior to tilting up. J! 1 Exterior_y wood Siding: APA 303-38-W, 5�8" thiel:, douglis Fir 1/4" deep x 3/8" wide grovves at 4' o.c. / Cuttinq, apd Joints: n one piece continuous lengths Install standing and running trim and boards 1 pliced pifce iti. than a long. Scarf end splices and makeinandspicuounterRectin grrnersmofctrimlandork is wherever practicable with no st ope transparent finished. Miter moulding. biter and return at exposed ends of trio to conceal end grain. Nailing c Use finish and casing nails for all fa 1-e na?.ling and set heads for putty stopping at interior work. Use only hot dip galvanized nails for exterior work. Wrklkas -- Work to A.W.I "Custom" Grade standards througip: hout. 'vertical grain on expose principal face of all members as direct by rolrArLreeCMithout blemishes visible Finish sand all work and leave smooth througt finishes as scheduled. Remove and replace o, resurface all work showing hammer marks, splits, tool marks, torn grain and other appearances of defective workmanship as directed by Architect . finish Bardvare Installation: Locate and place hardware onowerknailsrascrewsusing bolts,]amatchhng finishof Install permanently using G P Rem : � hardware after hardware. Protect finished from damage and staining n of f�.nishes and reinstall when finish setting to permit applicatio application is complete. Deliver any keys and adjusting tools to Owner properly tagged *nd identified. Installation of SPPcialt}_Itetts_ attachment of will and Verify that solid blocking is provided in framing for ceiling mounted specialty items and equipmentwith item or appropriate screws Use templates and fastening devices furnished and bolts. Do not fasten solely to wall. and ceiling finish materials. Interior Paneling _ f 1 x 4 T & G Cedar install using approved panel adhesive. END OF SECTION i 06200 - 2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 07115 - WATERPROOF DECK MEMBRANE SRC?ION 07115 - WATERPRGOP pECK,.NM0RANR 1.0 GENERAL i 1.1 SCOPE Work Thi! Section: Wate:proof deck membrane for mechanical room floors. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Gaco Western, Urethane, System No. GW-13U clip rasist.ant . Substitution Accepted: Gazo Western Latex Coating System MF-20-L slip resistant. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION In strict accord with manutactur.er's recommendations by applicators approved by manufacturer. 3.2 GUARnOTEE This subcontractor shall furnish a written guarantee warranting all surfaces are free from dNfective materials and deficiencies in workmanship and that he will correct or replace any portion of work which fails in its performance of Purpose for a period of two (2) years from date of acceptance. END OF SECTION 07115 - 1 W W 'W W w s W DURHAM ?'LEMENTARY SCHOOL - 0'1200 - BATT INSULATION 1 SECTION 07_200_7iBATT INSULATION 1.0 gMI—M WL_ 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section:. Batt insu�ation for walls and ceilinq areas. 1 Work Spec it ij4.j91sew4_KP- Mechanical pipe Division and duct insula ion - Mechanical Division Foundation perimeter insulation - Section 03300 Rigid Roofing Insulation - Section 07510 2_.Q PRODUCTS 2.1 BATT INSULATION Kraft faced fiberglass batt insulation. "R" values are for insulation only and represent minimum acceptable values. Walls - R-11 Ceiling R-10 2.2 STAP-.ES crown Galvanized or bronze flattened staples DuotFastl�9518narumarProvedand 1/2" minimum shank. Staples equivalent 3.0 SRBCUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Examine areas scheduledto rInypz�tlspacetallocatedensure for properprotection depthagainst weather and other hazards. receive specified material. ect Deliver all materials to ofomaterialeand oin aherapertinentUdagal packaging, data. R-value, type Install. in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. Fit insulation snugly betweenframing members. fa teneflangeyotolkeepaflanges sides of members, usingstaples tight to framing. wires at 24" Where insulation is unsupported by ceiling finish, install string o.c. across and fastening to structural frame to retain insulation. Install wit vapo barrier towatedrd led airnsidspacerm in betweennvaporobarriertand wall Maintain mi finish. ll areas between closely spaced framing members. Insulate sma t. and fit around pipes, conduits and outlet boxes. Cu Where pipes are located in stud spaces, place insulation between exterior wall and pipe, compressing insulation if «ecessary. END OF SECTION 07200 - 1 � s ..IURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 0741.2 - METAL ROOFING, & SIDING SECTION 07412 - 11STAL ROOFING & SIDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Metal roofing and sidinu complete. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide Shop Drawings for review prior to fabrication. 2.0 PRODUCTS i.1 MATERIALS As supplied by Ray F. Becker Company, Portland, Oregon, P3 Section, 15" width, 24 gage. Continuous Sheets. / eIR--Cis 14�- te�ttt'!t—eft 44 C u l a r +, E7 s c/c c �rs rY F+-p•-, �+T F r'J J/c�c r o O r r, Provide all required fastenings, trims and accessories. Substitution Acce ted: AEP Architectural Engineering Products Co. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Over 15 lb. asphalt saturated building paper in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 07412-1 w .w �rw w �r #r �► w DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL, - 07510 - BUILT-UP ROOFING SECTION 07510 BUILT - UP ROOFING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK THIS SECTION Work This Section: Built up roofing and rigid insulation. Rigid insulation under sloped metal roofing. Work Specified Elsewhere: Foundation Perimeter Insulation - Section 03300 Batt Insulation - Section 07200 Wood Cant Strips and Insulation Stops - Section 06100 1.2 PRE-ROOFING CONFERENCE Notify Architect, roofing manufactarer's representative, and roofer at least forty-eight (48) hours before starting roofing work. Arrange a mutually acceptable time for meeting at job with all notified parties to review roofing specifications and job conditions. Obtain acceptance and approval of all parties on materials, details, and methods before beginning roofing. No materials installed prior to this conference will be accepted. 1.3 MANUFACTURER GUARANTEE Provide 10 year unlimited penal sum Manufacturers Guarantee covering membrane and insulation. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 MATERIALS General_: A1.1 materials used in roofing assembly shall be by same manufacturer except for accessory products approved by him. Asphalt_;_ ASTM D312 of Federal Specification SS-A-666. Softening point temperature approximately 185 degrees F. Base,_ Plx and Cap_Sheets: Owens/Corning Fiberglas Weight and type as herein specified. Plastic Cement: Conform to Federal Specification SS-C-153, Type 1. Roof Tape: Owens/Corning Fiberglas 6" wide. Fasteners: For Plywood Decks - Annular ring shank, square head, one piece. Other nails and fasteners - As recommended by roofing material manufacture, . Envelope Sheet: No, 15 Asphalt Saturated Felt . Rigid___Insulation: 1 layer 1.2" Phenolic and 1 layer 3/4" International Fermalite (Joints Staggered. ) Flashing_Reinforcement: Derbigum HPS by Owens/Corning Fiberglas. EPS Foam: (cant over Multi_-_Purpose Raom 38) As manufactured and fabricated by Northwest EPS, The Valles, Oregon. Provide Shop Drawings for review prior to beginning fabrication. 07510-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL -- 07510 - BUILT-UP ROOFING 3.0 KRF._CU_TION 3.1 DECK PREPARATION General: Deck surfaces to meet roofing manufacturer's minimum requirements. beginning of work indicates acceptance of deck surfaces by .-oofing subcontractor. Ensure correction of all defects hefore work begins. Cement Fiber Decks: Tectum Deck - Prior to installing insulation, cover all joints not covered with metal. plates (See Structural Notes) with 6" wide strip of Perma Ply embedded in plastic cement. Insulation. Verify and coordinate with carpenter foreman for furnishing installation of wood insulation stops, same thickness as insulation, at edries of deck and around all projections through deck. Edge stops to be a minimum of 3 1/2" wide or 1" wider than ` inges being nailed to them. 3.1. ROOFING ASSEMBLIES (OWENS CORNING) Asphalt and accessories as required by manufacturer's specifications. Over Plywood Deck (Uninsulated) 1 - 28 lb Base Sheet Nailed 2 - Type IV Ply Sheet 1 - Mineral Surface Perma cap Over Plywood Deck (Insulated) 1 - 28 lb Base Sheet At flat roofs. Rigid Insulation Mopped to Base Sheet . 3 - Type IV Perma Ply Sheets 1 - Mineral Surface Perma cap Over Tectu■ Deck Eliminate base and mechanically fasten insulation with Gyptec Fasteners (min. 11 each 4' x 8' shoet.) Rigid Insulation Mopped to Base Sheet 3 - Type IV Perma Ply Shuts 1 - Mineral Surface Perma Cap 3 .21 SUBSTITUTION ACCEPTED ( ;ENSTAR) Over Plywood Decks - Uninsulated 1 - 028 Flex-I-Glas Base Sheet nailed 2 - Type IV Flintglas Ply Sheet 1 - Mineral surface Flintglas Cap Over Plywood Deck (insulated) 1 - N28 GlasBase sheet Mop 1 layer 1 .2" Phenolic Plus ind 1 Layer 1/2" Perlite with joints staggered. 1 - M28 GlasBase (Flintkote) - Type IV Flintglas ply sheet 1 - Flintglas Miner Cap Sheet Over. Tectu■ Deck 1 #28 GlasBase (Flintkote) Nailed with tube lock nails. Rigis Phenolic (1.2") Insulation mopped and 1 layer 1/2" Perlite mopped with staggered joints. 1 - N28 GlasBase (Flintkotf�) 2 - 'Type IV Flintqlas ply sheet 1 - Fl.intglas Mineral Cap Sheet 07510-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 07510 - BUILT-UP ROOFING Over Netal Deck (at Canopies) 1 - Perlite - Mechanically fastened with Glasfast Fasteners - 11 Fasteners ' each 4 x 8 sheet. 1 128 GlasBase (Flintkote) 1 - Type IV Flintglas Ply sheet. 1 - Flintcap ,Mineral Cap Sheet. In the flashing specifications substitute Flintlastic Modified in lieu of 0- C Derbigum. 3.3 INSPECTION Prior to application of cap sheet, at least five (5) 24" r. 24" sections may be cut from roof at direction of Architect and inspected. Roofing which does not meet specified weight will be rejected. Cost of patching cut-out will be borne ay roofing subcontractor. 3.4 G[IARANTFE Subcontractor shall guarantee both roofing ani sheet metal for period of two (2) years from date of acceptance, warranting all surfaces exposed to weather are watertight and free from defective materials and deficiencies in workmanship and he will make good by correcting or replacing any portion of this work which fails in performance of its purpose. 3.5 INSTALLATION Built-Up Roofing_ and Derbigun:_ In strict accord with manufacturer' s recommendations. Reinforce all flashing with Derbigi:n. Provide new collars and caps at ::i vent penetrations. END OF SECTION 07510-3 E W1 wI w ! ■ w lF DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 07650 - SHEET METAL SECTION 07650-_ SHEET KETAL 1.0—GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work this Section: All labor, materials and equipment for flashings, scuppers, edge flashings, metal r,)ofing, gutters, downspouts, coping and all other ,heet metal items shown on the Drawings required to weatherproof the building. Work_Specified Elsewhere: Metal Siding - 05300 1.2 GUARANTEE Guarantee all materials and workmanship for two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion. Include repair and replacement of defective work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Coping, FlashinT Edge Flashing Gutters etc: Prepainted Galvanized, Polyester Finish over Epoxy primer as manufactured by American Building Products. 24 gauge minimum thickness unless otherwise shown. Heavier gauge where specifically shown. Built-in Flashing and Scuppers: Type 304, flashing grade stainless steel, dead soft annealed .018 gauge. Nails: Use hot dip galvanized nails, 12 gauge minimum and long enough to penetrate framing 7/8" minimum, with g:,lvanized metal work. Roof Vents (Fiberglass) : Fiberglass with self flasi,ing base, galvanized bird screen anti 6" high neck by Smith--Trueb Assoc. DoNnsVouts_(steel) : 20 gauge Gutters: 20 gauge 3.0_EXECUTION 3.0 FABRICATION & INSTALLATION Fabricate and Install in accord with Architectural Sheet Metal Specifications as published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc. Fabricate accurately to sizes shown, secure to other parts of work. Reinforce seams and folds as required to prevent binding or tearing. Cap solder over all exposed f.stenings or provide 'Dutchmen" . Hem all flashing edges 1/2" . Lock and solder all joints other than expansion joints. Neatly form joints and seams with surfaces free from waves and buckles. Provide expansion joints to allow for longitudinal movement in continuous rows of flashing and sheet metal. Space at not more than 20 ft . o.c. Metal copings and gravel stops fabricated as detailed on Drawings and set in bed of plastic cement . Secure by nailing and clipping. Metal ends shall lap at least 3" and shall have plastic cement, between layers of metal. Do not nail through laps. Paint all exposed galvanized surfaces with ] coat gal primer and two coats' of exterior enamel. CblgngR -40 •-eced �o�r�'n9 J�)in ! �r 6' Jf�►Ma�en9 pec�r►rJ . <oun �'�/a/tiin� END OF SECTION d of" �V be r--�„�l%n9 T�-a"? or book.. ' C-0 " 07650-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARI SCHOOL - 07900 - CAULKING & SEALING ,;ECTION0790,0 CAULKING i SEALING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Building sealing for weatherproofing including, but not limited to, perimet( r joints of jambs, sills and trim; perimeter of door and window frames; penetrations of mechanical, electrical and roof drainage equipment and parts through exterior wall, soffit and trim, expansion joints. Miscellaneous sealant rroducts used throughout job. 1.2 GUARANTEE Guarantee for two (2) years from date of substantial completion. Include repair and replacement of diafective work such as leaks, failure of material, loss of adhesion, running or compound, or staining of adjacent work. 2_.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT General exterior and i•,terior sealing concealed locations. Used for setting finish wood and trim, glazing, seal door and frames, and for bedding flashing built into carpentry as indicated. Skinning type, color as selected. Perm-Seal, Eternaflex, "Butakauk" Sonneborn-Ccntech. 2.2 NON-PRIMING URETHANE SEALANT General exterior sealing of exterior concrete, masonry work, metal work, wall joints precast units and expansion joints. One or two part in selected colors to conform to either TT-S-00230C Type IT Class A or TT-S-00227E Type II Clans A. Sonr.eborn-Contech Sonalastic NP-1, NP--II. 2. 3 POLYSULFIDE SEALANT General exterior caulking and sealing joint requiring resistance to most oils, chemicals, stress movement and climatic extremes. Concrete weather joints, and joints immersed in water use primer-surface conditioner with all application. Two part type "Specification for Two Component Elastomeric Sealing Compounds for the Building Trade"; ANSI A 116.1 1967 Class A (non-sag) . TT-S-00227E. Color as selected. PRC rubber caulk, Hornflex and Sonolastic Two-Part by Sonneborn-Contech. Primor as approved by Sealant manufacturer. 2.4 BACKING ROD Dow "Echafoam SB", and Grade 5401. Minimum size .is 1 .25 times joint span. 2.b SOLVENTS As recommended by caulking manufacturer. 07900 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 07900 - CAULKING & SEALING 3.0 KXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Skilled workmen shall install each type of material in locations as called for. All material struck neat to line and cleaned from adjacent surfaces. Apply sealants only to dry surfaces at correct temperatures, and with approved protection from adverse weather conditions and dust. Thoroughly clean and remove any non-compatible substances remaining on surfaces such as lacquers, curing compounds, form coatings, bond breakers and silicone water repellents. Clean out any dust and loose material by brushing, scraping and blowing with air jet as necessary. Clean metal and glass with solvents. Run full, continuous and uniform beads of sealant in joints to be caulked, keeping Laces of work clean. Dress face of sealant with approved caulkers tool and solvent or lubricant. 1/2" maximum joint depth and 3/4" maximum width. Use backing rod to make } approximately 1:2 joint section depth to width ratio. I Use polyethylene bond breaker tape as required to prevent adhesion to back of joints. !i END OF SECTION 07900 - 2 a - NMI DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 08100 - METAL DOORS it FRAMES SECTION 08100 - KETAL DOORS & FRAMES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section: Metal Doors and Frames complete. Work S_pecified Els where:_ Wood Doors - Section 08200 Glass and Glazing - flection 08800 Finish Hardware - Section 08700 1 .2 LABELS See Door Schedule for fire protection class where required and fabricate according to U.L. tested design with label attached. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS Submit five (5) sets of. Drawings for Architect 's review before fabrication. 1.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS Grand Metal Products Corp. -- Portland Tom Jenson - Portland 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS All sheet steel. shall be prime grade, cold rolled, stretcher leveled steel, treated at the mill to be free from scale, warp, or buckles. Steel for fabrication of all members exposed on exterior walls shall be galvanized. Sheet steel shall be of U.S.S. gauges, minimum, unless otherwise shown or specified shall be: Interior Exterior - All Galvanized Door face sleets 18 16 Glazing beads 18 18 Frames 16 14 Bucks (when required) 14 12 Full glass doors 14 14 3.0 SMUTION 3.1 FABRICATION Fabricate accurately with all breaks, arises, angles and curves uniform, straight , sharply defined and true. Miter fit and weld all corners, miters shall be true and sgi1are. Weld seams ind fill as i,ecessary and grind smooth to produce an invisible joint . All fastenings concealed where possible. Remjvable glass stops may be butt fit at corners. All work shall be put together in a workmanlike manner. 08100-1 DURHAM ELEMENTRRY SCHOOL - 08100 - METAL DOORS & FRAMES 3.2 DOORS Doors shall be 1-3/4 in. thick unless detailed or specified otherwise. They shall be of type shown in schedules and details, constructed of two rheets of steel with edges formed so as to meet on door edge. Edges to be welded and properly filled to result in smooth, seamless appearance. Steel reinforcing stiffeners shall be arranged vertically or. inside of door at approximately 5 in. centers. The face plates of door shall each be welded to these vertical stiffeners at four inch centers, to produce a perfectly flat slab door of rigid construction. Steel reinforcing members shall also be welded around all louver or glass openings. Top edge of all exterior doors shall be closed, to shed water. Lock reinforcing unit shall be secured in cut-out in face edge of doors to prevent side movement of latch and face plate. Sound deadening, fireproof, insulating material shall be packed into all interior spaces. Glazing beads, where required, shall be held in place with oval head countersunk screws. All door edges shall be beveled 1/8" in 2". A 12 gauge steel plate 3" x 14" shall be welded into top edge of all doors for closer reinforcement, whether closers are speci!ied or not. Provide cut-outs and reinforcing plates for hinges, locks and all mortised hardware, do all drilling and tapping for same at factory. rapping plates for hinges shall. be 3/16" x 1-1/4" x 12" long, minimum and 3/16" x -1/4" x 4" long minimum for latches. Minimum 12 gauge reinforcing plates for surface mounted hardware shall be provided. Drilling and tapping for surface mounted hardware shall be done in field by hardware installer. Double gauge sheet metal reinforcing will not be accepted for hardware backing. Minimum 12 gauge reinforcing for all cylinder lock locations shall be provided to prevent collapsing of doors and malfunctioning of hardware. Doors shall be fitted to 1/3" clearance in frames, 1/2" over floors and 3/16" over thresholds. 3.3 FRAMES Frames for doors to be type, design and size as shown on DraAings. Provide channel reinf,,rcing in head of door frames over 3'-0" in width. Frames shall be rihbeted to 5/8" depth. Where frames are shown to be plastered in, the imbeded edge of frame flange shall be formed slightly over square to form a plaster key. Each one-piece frame shall be provided with a formed steel spreader at bottom, to be removed after installation. Provide a minimum of four (4) anchors per jamb of a type suitable for wall ecnstruction, or as detailed. Provide 16 gauge knee anchors at floor, in , diition. Where ind;cat.ed or specified, provide extension anchors to sub- f'oor. Provide cut-outs and reinforcing plates for hinges, strikes and other mortised hardware, do all drilling and tapping for same at factory. Hinge reinforcing plates to be 3/16" x 10-1/2" full width of jamb member. See detail 5/3 on Drawings. Furnish sheet metal plaster guards behind all hardware cut-outs on all frames. Provide holes for door silencers listed in hardware Specifications. Three (3) per lock jamb. Minimum 12 gauge reinforcing plates for surface mounted hardware shall be provided. Drilling and tapping for surface mounted hardware shall be done i.n field by hardware installer. Double gauge sheet metal reinforcing will not be accepted for hardware backing. 08100-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 08100 - METAL DOO^E & FRAMES 3.4 FINISH After completion of fabrication, hallow metal work shall be thoroughly de- greased, cleaned and binderized by steam chemical process. All surfaces shall then be given two (Z) spray coats of rus'. inhibiting primer. When finished, all surfaces shall be free of visible spots or depressions, and present a perfectly flat smooth appearance. 3.5 HARDWARE The door manufacturer will be furnished with lock reinforcing units and hardwar^ templates by Finish Hardware Supplier. All mortised hardware shall be fitted at factory from templates or physical items . All hardware shall be attached by machine screws, thr,.aded into reinto.ced tapped holes or through-bolted. Self-tapping sheet metal crews or welding will not be permitted. CND OF SECTION 08100-3 rQVFW FW Q w DURHAM ELEMI3NTARY S,::HOOL - 08200 - WOOD DOORS SEC`, IN 08200 - WOOD DOORS 1.0 GENERkL 1.1 SCO. Work This Section: Furnish solid core wood doors. See Door Schedule on Drawings. Work_Spec*fied Elsewhere: Finish Hardware - Section 08700 Hanging Wood Doors Section 06200 Metal Doors & Frames - Ser_tion 08100 1.2 GUARANTEES "Life-of-the-Installation" guarantee on all doors. Any door not meeting this requirement shall to replaced without cost to the Owner. 1.3 MANUFACTURERS Approved - B--J Door Mfgr, Cenco Mfgr, Western Oregon Door Inc. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID CORE DOORS Type 11 construction stayed or particleboard core flush face. Particleboard doors must comply with latest construction standard for manufacturer. Provide minimum 1-1/8", after trimming, hardwood edge strips on all doors. 2.2 FINISHES Premium Grade, book matched, plain sliced Red Oak faces. Face veneers shall be tight and smoothly cut, _joints parallel to edges of door and without sharp contrasts in color and grain. 2.3 LABEL DOORS Fire doors in accordance with standard of Underwriters' Laboratory Inc for hourly protection ratings where scheduled. Attach label permanently to hinge edge of each door. Provide "Slim-Line" type metal light frames with thru bolts in accordance with U.L. requirements. 2.4 LITES AND LOUVERS See door patterns as scheduled on Drawings, provide metal glazing clips and stop beads for all openings. Wood flat or sight proof louvers unless detaiie-d otherwise. 3.0 EXECUTION I 3. 1 INSTALLATION Protect during transportation, handling a►,d storage from surface damage, moisture and soiling. Doors shall be fit , hung and protected with applied finishes as soon as possible after delivery. END OF SECTION 08200-1 W R W F DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 08330 - ROLLING METAL DOORS SECTION 03330 - ROLLING RO_LLING_METAL DOORS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Furnish and install rolling metal doors. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Furnish Shop Drawings for rariew prior to fabrication. X. 0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ROLLING DOORS INTERIOR WALL Wilson, Mahon, Cornell, Overhead and Cookson U.L. One hour label or U.L. certification 'B' Label Operation K10A - Chain hoist Operation K11 - Push up Locking - Slide bolts on bottom bar Galvanized steel construction, flat slats Rust--inhibitive metal primer all exposed surfaces 3.0 KXECUTION I 3.1 INSTALLATION By factory approved personnel. END OF S€CTION 08330-1 s� WW rvW DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 08353 - ACCORDION FOLDING DOOR SECTION 08353 - ACCORDION FOLDING DOOR. 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Furnish and install folding fabric door, complete with all track, ceiling contact guard, and hardware for a finished door. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide five (5) sets of Shop Drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER Soundmaster 12 as manufactured by Modernfold, Newcastle, Indiana. 2.2 COVER ASSEMBLY Glass mesh ana vinyl with Tedlar finish. Minimum 36 oz. per lineal yard 54". Color ir.om manufactiirpr's standard ccl_rs. 2.3 TRACK Track to be Number 6 - 1 1/2" x 1 3/4" x 14 ga. roll-formed steel self- cleaning track with positive splice alignment feature with flanged ball heari,,,, •rolleys for single openings. 2.4 IFTT TNG CONTACT GUARD .'ormed steel 20 gauge, factory primed, to form renes.: AS shown on Drawings. 2.5 HARDWARE Doors to have fixed ends. Latches shall be an integral part of pull. Honk bolts shall not protrude from lead post. Finish brushed chrome. 2.6 ACOUSTICAL Soundmaster. 12 minimum sound transmission class (STC) of 40 per ASTM E--413-70T Perimeter seal. Pairs of flexible ^ontinuous sealing sweep strips at top and bottom. Vertical male lead post molding to seal 17 polyurethane foam-lined female sound channel. 3.0 EXECUTION 3 .1 INSTALLATTJN In Strict accord with manufacturer's recommendations. I END OF SECTION I 08353 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 0',370 - ALUMINUM SLIDING DOORS SECTION 08370 - ALUKINUN SLIDING DOORS t.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary for installation of aluminum sliding doors in to-ations shown on Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARD 1 architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association Specifications for Aluminum Sliding Glass Doors, latest edition. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL Aluminum sliding door Arcadia 812 distributed by Jewell Glass. Systems conforming to AAMA Type SGD-A3 or as approved by Architect. Basic frame ind sliding sections formed from 6063-T5 aluminum extrusions. Sliding papal perimeter weatherstripped with silicone treated polypr.ornylene pile. Fixed panel perimeter sealed with vinyl gasket, glazing channel of black "Geon" vinyl. Sliding and fixed panels removable for glazing and maintenance. Panels not reran able when in locked position. All frame corners aligned, rigid and watertight. Sliding panel equipped With positive jamb proof , in-acting cam dead lock and interior and exterior pulls. Shop glaze with clear ip:ulating safety glass, as specified in Ser.tion 08800. All exposed surfaces and edges of members free from scratches or other defects andanodic treated with Bronze 188 Colornodic hardr_oat finish. All exposed hardware in matching color. 3.0 MC9710N 3.1. INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as detailed on Drawings. All members dumb and true, securely fastened to structure. Flashing and trim as detailed, caulk perimeter and set sill in bed of. caulking. Adjust frame and operating sections for perfect fit and operation. END OF SECTION 08370-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08700 - FINIS11 HARDWARE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Furnish and deliver all finish hard-+are as specified this Section and as required by the Door Schedule and other Details on the Drawings. 1.2 REPRESENTATIVE Hardware supplier shall be, or have in his employ, a member of the American i Society of Hardware Consultants with the technical experience and be available I for consultation at all time. He shall make one final inspection to see that all hardware has been properly installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. Provide written report of inspectio:i to Architect. 1.3 CODES All hardware shall comply with applicable Fire and Building Codes. Hardware applied to doors with U.L. fire rating labels shall comply with th- requirements of that label. Doors installed for smoke protection shall receive hardware as recommended by the NFPA. 1.4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE Prepare a complete sehed,ile of hardware in compliance with the Specifications and Drawings as follows: 1. List each opening, door size, door hand, door and frame material, door label, manufacturer's number and finish. 2. No deviation in hardware from that specified unless approved by addendum prior to bid opening. See Instructions to Bidders. 3. Deliver fil%e (5) copies of this schaduip to Architect for review. ( 1.5 DELIVERY ! Deliver all finish hardware to job site, except that requested for delivery for final fitting to other subcontractors. A complete hardware schedule and installation template shall accompany the delivery. Properl!! box and wrap each item and label and number for the opening for which it is intender in accordance with the hardware schedule. All hardware shippeii to door suppliers out of state for purposes of final fitting will. be so done at the expense of the door sapplier for shipping costs incurred. 2.0—PRODUCTS 2.1 DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE See Door & Hardware Schedule for requirements. Review Drawings for other finish hariware required. 2.2 FINISHES All finishes U.S. 26D, Satin Chromium, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2..: KEYS AND KEYING Provide for Construction Keying. Furnish permanent cylinders and key blan}es to Owner for Own«,i keying to existing Schlage grandmaster system. .4 APPROVFD MANUFACTURERS General - See Door & Ha-dware Schedule Legend for additional information. Size in accord with Manufactu: ,?rs recommendations. Hinges - Lawrence Contract Grade At Exterior. Doors - US 32D with Non-removable pins. 08700-1 WME-M 0- 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE Locks & Latches - Schlage P Series, Plymouth Design. Exit Devices - Von Duprin, 99 Series. Closers -- LCN Push Pulls & Rickplates - Cipco Corp. Stops - Ives. Threshold!. - Pemko. Door Silencers - Glynn Johnson 2.5 NOTES See Door and Hardware Schedules following this Section. Neatberstrip _ Pemko #588D Smokeseal = Pemko #S881) Rea !Mullion - Removable Mullion = Von Durpin #4954 at non rated doors Von Durpin #9954 at rated doors 2.6 FASTENINGS & SILENCERS Furnish hardware with all necessary screws, bolts, or other fastenings of suitable size and type to securely ancnor in position and harmonize witn the hardware material and finish. Furniah where necessary with sex bolts, toggle bolts, expansion shields or other approved anchors according to the material to which it is applied and as recommended by manufacturer. Install Door Silencers at etch Hollow metal door frame, four at: each pair of doors, three at each single door. 2.7 TEMPLATES Furnish templates to metal door and frame suppliers within one week form receipt of reviewed hardware schedule. Furnish lo.:k reinforcing units to metal door subcontractor unless otherwise directed. 330 ZXZCUTION 3.1 APPLICATION General Contractor receive, take charge of , and distribute hardware at the building site. General Contractor install all fin .sh hardware furnished. Lockset and latchset hardware shall be fitted, then removed and placed in original packages until panting is completed. Properly wrap all hardware subjected to hand usage during construction for protection. Hardware finish damaged shall be replaced. 3.2 HARL)+FARE LOCATION Top Hinges 5" from head of frame or door to top of hinge. Bottom hinge 10" from finish floor to bottom of hinge. Center intermediate hinges between top and bottom hinges. 38" to center line of locks and latches knobs. 52" to center line of deadlock cylinders. 42" to renter of grip for door pulls and push-pull bars. 48" to center line of push plates. ENrl OF SECTION 08700-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DOOR PATTERNS I I N =r - DOLL UP DOOR) 4' I 'AN INT ELLN 8, FOR GLAZI?ACGLi .r QI `t F' FG N M1044 PANEL) FULL (W-AM) (TALL VISION) Cl DOOR PATTEERNS 1/4'■ V-0' D0258"I SP- SrrcC'Y. -A'RERN.PE! MARft� f 1 I DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DOGR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE LEGEND a------------------------------------------`------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------' OPENING TOP LINE OPENING NUMBER SIZE door door NUMBER SECOND LINE = NUMBER OF DOORS IN OPENING MATERIAL width height PR = PAIR OF DOORS ! DE = DOUBLE EGRESS OPENING 3;UX7„7 (BLANK) = SINGLE DOOR IN OPENING SC X HM door mater al frau oa:rrial ,-------------------------------------------------------------+ SC = SOLI” CORE WD WD = W000 1 TOICKNESS TOP LINE = THICKNESS IN INCHES HC = HOLLUW CORE WO HM = HOLLOW METAL PATTERN SECOND LINE = PATTERN SEE DOOR PATTERNS SHEI.T HM = HOLLOW METAL AL = ALUMINUM +--------------------------------------------------------------+ AL = ALUMINUM SP = SPECIAL - SEE DETS LOCATION COR = IN ONE HOUR RATED CORRIDOR WALL SP = SPECIAL - SEE DETS EXT = IN EXTEPIOR WALL = NEITHER OF THE ABOVE +---------------------------------------------------- ---------+---•---------------------------------------------------------------- LABEL INDICATES LABEL REQUIRED JDET = JAMB DETAIL - TOP LINE HOET = HEAD DETAIL - BOTTOM LINE +-----------------------------------------------------------+-----••-----------------------------------------------------------+ I HINGE hinge site EXIT DEVICES Top Line = Active Leaf ' I / I Bottom Line = Inactive Leaf 4.514.5 I 1 Sit-PB-3 I RD-TL-F weight / % \-nuob•- 'ges in opening type / \ \-F = UL Label SW = Standard Weight `. I RD Rio Device / l (Blank) = No label HW = Heavy Weight \ I SR = Surface Vert Rod \ bearing type I CR = Concealed Vert Rod function PB = Plain Bearing I DT = Dummy Trio I BB = Ball Bearing I EO = Exit Only •------------------•----------------------••--------------------+ K = Kroh I LOCK LOCK b LATCH (SCHLAGE NUMBERS) ! L = Lever KEY GROUP Ll = 0105 PAS,AGE SET I NL - Night Latch I L2 = D25D - EXIT LOCK I TP = Thumb Piece L3 = D30D - PATIO LOCK I TL = Turn Le;-er L4 D40S PRIVACY LOCK +-------------------------------------------------------------- L5 = 050PO - ENTRANCE LOCK (OLY LEVER) PUSH PUSH/PULLS I CLOSE CLOSERS - LCN NUMBERS: Lo = 353PD - ENTRANCE LOCK CIPCO NUMBERS I Cl = 4110 ! I L7 = 066PO - STORE LOCK PI = 2 EA 662C X 57 I C2 = 4110 CUSH I LB - 070PD - CLASSROOM LOCK P2 = 2 EA 662H 1 2610 1 C3 = 4110 H I L9 = D8OP6 - STORE RN LOCK C4 = 4110 H CUSH I I L10 = 002PO - INSTITUTION LOCK C5 = 4110 FL I 1.11 = D85PD - HOTEL MOTEL LOCK C6 = 4010 I L12 = 0170 - OLYMPIAD DUMMY TRIP C7 = 4010 CUSH L13 = CYLINDER ONLY CO = 4010 H L14 = OEALLOCK C9 = 4010 H CUSH LIS = MANUFACTURER'S FURNISHED LATCH CIO = 4010 FL -----------------------------.---------------+----------------•--------------------.--------------.--------•---------------------- K1Cn KICKPLATES - CIPCO NUMBERS I STOP DOOR STOPS - IVES NUMBERS IHRS THRESHOLDS - PEMKD !!UMBERS I K1 = 5153 1012'LDW S1 - 401 !/2 TI IBOAV K2 = 5153 1812'LOW S2 404 T2 = 1 79A K3 = 5024 IOX2'LDW 53 = 444 T3 = 700 SAV S4 436 T4 = 270A 35 438 IS = 271A I S6 = 436 1 435 VERIFY HT T6 = 173A I SI = 64 SP = CHECKMATE 1-331 TDET = Threshold Detail • Bottom Line I 99 = CHECKMATE 1-431 ;---------------------------------------------- 1 I NOTES - SEE SPECIFICATIONS +-------------------------------------------•----------------•---------- ---f------------------------------------------------- LEGEND --- +LEGEND ! A nC)"R $c F-EAFRDW^F>,E SCHEDULE DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PAGE 1 OPNG SIZE THK LOC LABEL JDET HINGE LOCK EXIT PUSH CLOSE KICK THRS NUM MAT PAT HOST KGRP DEG STOP TDET NOTES y ------------------•--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- lA 3/06/8 1-3/4 EXT - 63/8.1 4.5X4.5 L2 - - C2 - T6 WEATHERSTRIP HM X HM FP 45/8.1 SW-86-3 - 90 - 54/8.1 SEE TNT ELEV -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2A 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 EXT - 63/8.1 4.5X4.5 L2 - - C2 - T6 WEATHERSTRIP 4M X HM FP 45/9.1 SW-88-3 - - 90 - 54/8.1 SEE INT ELEV 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3A 3/CX6/8 1-3/4 EXT - 63/8.1 4,5X4.5 l2 - C1 - T6 WEATHERSTRIP HM X HM FP 45/9.1 SW-08-3 - 90 - 54/8,1 SEE INT ELEV --------------------------•-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------- 4A 3/0Xc/B 1-3/4 EXT - 63/8.1 4.5X4.5 L2 - - C2 - T6 WEATHERSTRIP HM X HM FP 45/9.1 SW-88-3 - 90 - 54/8.1 SEE INT ELEV ------------------------------------------------------------•--------------------------------------------------------------------- 4B 310X6/8 1-3/4 EXT - 63/8.1 4.514.5 L2 - C2 - T6 WEATHERSTRIP FM X HM FP 45/9.1 SW-BB-3 90 54/8.1 SEE INT ELEV ---------•---------------------------------------•----------------•---------------------------------------------------------------- 5A 3/00/11 1-3/4 - 71/8.1 4,514.5 LB = - Cl SC X H.Y TV SW-88-3 90 SI --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5B 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 EXT - 6318.1 4,514.5 L2 - - C2 - T6 VEATHERSTRIP -------HM-X HM FP - -----45/9,1 SW-80-3 - - -90 - 54/8.1 SEE INT ELEV --- --------------- ---- ------- - ---- ---------------- ---....----------------- ----------------------- 7A 3/0X6/E 1-3/4 - 71/8.1 4.514.5 LB - - Cl - - - - - - SC X HM TV - SW-88-3 - - - -90 - - S1 - - ----- ------------------------------ ----------------------- ------------------------------------------ 79 17/6X9/0 61N - - SEE ll:i - - - ACCORDIAN ---- -VC-X ST SP -27/32- NOTES - - - - _ FOLDING DOOR -------------------------- ------------------------------------------------ --------------- - BA 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 - - 7118.1 4.5X4.5 LB - - C1 - - SC X HM TV SV-88-3 - 90 St - -------------------------------- --------------••-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9A 6I0X1r1 1-3/8 EXT - 26/8.1 SEE L15 - - - SLIDING ALUM DOOR AL X AL SP 46/8.1 NOTES - - - I - -------------------------------------------------------•-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10A 1/0X6/8 1-3/4 - - 71/8.1 4.5X4.5 LB - - Cl - - - n ' I SC X HM TV 5V-80-3 - 90 SI / --�► �-.t�1aac v��S+S 'f_�1!'Or.�._..----------...-------------------------------------------- I------------------------ ` 13A 2/8X6/8 1-3/4 ! HR 7318.1 4.514.5 L') - C6 - - SMOKESEAL I SC X HM FP SW-811-3 Sl ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------•----------------------------------- 138 2/06/8 1-3/4 - 1 HR 7310.1 4.5X4.5 1.1 - - Cl _ SMOKESEAL SC X HM FP SW-BP-3 90 --------------------------------- ----- -- - -------------- -- ------------------------------------- 14A 3/06/8 1-3/4 EXT - 42/9.1 5.014.5 L13 D 0-1 KI-1 T3 WEATHERSTRIP PR HM X HM FG 64/8.1 HW-BB-6 - Rp-O' 90 1318.1 REM MULLION -------------------------------------------------------------------------------•----------•--------------------- ----------------- 148 3/OX6/8 1-3/4 - 20MIN 73/8.1 4.5X4.5 L13 RD-L -F - CI-2 KI-2 - SMOKE::EAL - M.H.O. PR HM X HM TV -76/8.1 SW-BB-6 - RD-L -F 90 - - REM MULLION --- ----- ----------- ------------- - ------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- 15A 3/016/7 1-3/4 - 20MIN 73/8.1 4.5X4.5 L13 RD-L -F - CI-2 KI-2 - SMOKESEAL - M.H.O. PR HM X HM TV --- -------76/8.1 SW-BB-6 - RD-L -F 90 - REM MULLION -------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.--- 158 3/016/8 1-3/4 EXT - 53/9.1 5.014.5 113 4+IR"A. C1-2 KI-2 T6 WEATHERSTRIP PR HM X HM FG - - HW 88 6 - A*Rp Vr 90 - 54/8.1 REM MULLION --------- ---- -- --- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- i DURHAM E+-EMENTARY SCHOOL - DOOR AND HAROWAF: SCHEDULE LEGEND +----------------------------•----------------------------------+-----------------•--------------------------------- .--------------+ OPENING TOP LINE = OPENING NUMBER SIZE ,3or door NUMBER SECOND LINE = NUMBER OF DOORS IN OPENING 1 MATERIAL width height PR = PAIR OF DOORS 1 BE = DOUBLE EGRESS OPENING 3/01710 (BLANK) = SINGLE OCOR IN OPENING ; SC X HM ; door material frame material ;- ------------------------------------------------------+ SC = SOLID CORE WO WD = WOOD ' THICKNESS TOP LINE = THICKNESS IN INCHES ; HC = HOLLOW CORE WO HM = HOLLOW METAL ; PATTERN SECOND LINE = PATTERN SEE DOOR PATTERNS SHEET ; HM = HOLLOW METAL AL = ALUMINUM ; +--------------------------------------------------------------• AL = ALUMINUM SP = SPECIAL - SEE BETS ; LOCATION CDR = IN ONE H0112 RATED CORRIDOR WALL ; SP = SPECIAL - SEE DEIS ; 1 EXT = IN EXTERIOR WALL 1 ; - = NEITHER OF THE ABOVE e--------------------------------------------------------------'+------------------------------------------------------------------ LAOEL INDICATES LABEL REDUIRED JDET = JAMB DETAIL. - TOP LINE ; HDEI = HEAD DETAIL - BOTTOM LINE 1 ------------------------------------------------—----------------------------------------------------------—----------------------+ HINGE hinge size ; EXIT DEVICES Top Line = Active Leaf ; / ; Bottom Line = Inactive Leaf 1 4.514.5 ; SW-PB-•3 ; RD-TL-F ; 1 weight / \ \ number of hinges is opening ; type / \ \ F = UL Lrbel 1 SW = Standard Weight 1 RD = Rim .",evict / 1 -(Blank) = No label ; HW = Heavy Weight 1 1 SR = Surface Ve►' Rod 1 1 bearing type ; CR = Concealed Vert Rod function 1 PB = Plain Bearing 1 OT = Dummy Trio 1 BB = Ball Bearing EO = Exit Only +------------------------------------------------------------+ K - Knob 1 LOCK LOCK 6 LATCH (SCHLAGE NUMBERS) 1 L = Liver ; 1 KEY GROUP Ll = DIOS PASSAGE SET 1 NL = Night Latch 1 L2 = D25D - EXIT LOCK TP = Thumb Piece 1 L3 = D300 - PATIO LOCK TL = Turn Lever ; L4 = 0405 - PRIVACY LOCA t---------------------------------------------------------------- LS ------------------ +LS = 050PD ENTRANCE LOCK (OLY LEVER) I PUSH PUSH/PULLS 1 CLOSE CLOSERS - LCN NUMBERS LZ = D53PD - El,-RANCE LOCK 1 CIPCO NUMBERS 1 C1 = 4110 L7 066PD - S1uRE LOCK 1 P1 = 2 EA 662C C 57 C2 = 4110 CUSH LB = D?OPD - CLASSROOM LOCK 1 P2 = 2 EA 662H X 2610 ; C3 = 4110 H L9 = 0800 STORE RM LOCK 1 C,4 = 4110 H CUSH L10 = UB2P,1 INSTITUTION LOCK ; C5 = 4110 FL L11 D85FD - HOTEL MOTEL LOCK ; ; C6 = 4010 L12 = 01/0 - OLYMPIAD DUMMY TRIM ; ; C7 = 4010 CUSH L13 ;YLINDER ONLY f C9 = 4010 H ; L14 = DEADLOCK ; C9 = 4010 H CUSH ; LIS = MANUFACTURER'S FURNISHED LATCH CIO = 4010 FL 1 +---------•-----------------------•---------+------------------ ------------------*----..-.-------+--------------------------------e KICK KICKPLATES - CIPCO NUMBERS 1 STOP DOOR STOPS - IVES NUMBERS THRS THRESHOLDS - PEMKO NUMBERS 1 1 KI = 5153 1012'LDW 1 S1 = 401 .11 TI = 180AV K2 = 5153 18X2'LON 1 52 = 404 T2 = 179AY 1 K3 = 5024 IO12'LDW 1 S3 = 444 ; T3 = 200 5AV ; 1 ; S4 = 476 ; T4 = 270A 1 1 SS = 438 IS = 271A ' 1 1 S6 = 436 X 435 VERIFY HT T6 = 179A 1 S7 - 64 1 1 S8 = CHECKMATF 1-331 TDET = Threshold Detail - Bottom Line 1 99 - CHECKMATE 1-431 ,-----------------------------------------------+ 1 1 NOTES - SEE SPECIFICATIONS ; e------------------------------------------A--------------------------- LEGEND - I DURHAM ELEMENTAhY SCHOOL PAGE 2 W SITE THK LOC LABEL 3DET HINGE LOCK EXIT PUSH CLOSE KICK THRS NUo. MAT PAT HDET KGRP DEG STOP 10ET NOTES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IGA 3/016/8 1-3/4 EXT — 62/8.1 5.0X4.5 L13 RD—NL — C2-2 K1-2 T3 WEATHERSTRIP PR HM X HM FG 42/8.1 HW—BB-6 — RD—DT 90 S3-2 13/0.1 REM MULLION ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16B 3/0X618 1-3/4 EXT — 62/8.1 5.0X4.5 L13 RD—NL — C2-2 KI-2 T3 WEATHERSTRIP PR HM X HM FG 42/8.1 HW—BB-6 - RD-DT 90 93-2 13/8.1 REM MULLION -------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16C 3/016/8 1-3/4 - 14R 73/8.1 4.5X4.5 L13 RD-L —F - CI-2 K1-2 — SMOKESEAL - M.H.O. PR HM X HM TV SW—BB-6 — RD—L —F 90 — — REM MULLION ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16D 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 — 20MIN 73/8.1 4.514.5 L13 RD-L —F Cl-2 K1-2 — SMOKESEAL - M.H.O. PR HM X HM TV SW-88-6 — RD-L —F 90 — — REM MULLION -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17A 3/OX618 1-3/4 — 20MIN 41/9.1 4,5X4.5 LB — - CI - - SMOKESEAL SC X HM TV 66/8.1 SW-88-3 — — 90 Sl — ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178 4/0X4/2 SP — — 83/9.1 SEE L13 — — — — — ALTERNATE 11 S1 X S1 RU 82/9.1 NOTES — — — — - ROLL UP DOOR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- I 18A 3/016/8 1-3/4 — - 73/8.1 4,5X4,5 L8 — Y SC X HM TV SW—BB-3 - — — S1 — -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------— l8B 2/816/B 1-3/4 — — 73/8.1 4.5X4.5 L4 — — SC X HM FP SW—BB-3 - - — SI ------------------------------------------...------------- ---------------------—----------------------•--------------------------- 19A 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 - 73/8.i 4,5X4.5 L8 - - ALTERNATE It SC X HM FP SW-BB-3 - S1 - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 20A 3/0X6/8 1-314 - 74/8.1 4.5X4.5 L8 cl - - ALTERNATE Il SC X HM TV SW-BB-3 - 90 S1 - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- 21A 3/016/8 1-3/4 - - 74/8.1 4.5X4.5 LB - - - ALTERNATE it SC X HM TV SW-118-3 - Sl - - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------•------------------ 2183/0X6/8 1-3/4 - - 13/8.1 4.5X4.5 L8 - - ALTERNATE /l SC X HM TV SW-BB-3 SI -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21C 3/016/8 1-3/4 - 73/8.1 4.5X4.5 l8 ALTERNATE 11 SC X HM TV SW-BB-3 - Sl - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 23A 3/0X6/B 1-3/4 - 73/8.1 4,514.5 LB - - ALTERNATE Il SC X HM TV SW-BB-3 SI ,4A 3/146/8 1-3/4 - 74/8.1 4.5X4.5 L8 - - - ALTERNATE 11 SC X HM TV SW-BB-3 - Sl ---------- -----•---------•--------------------------------------------•----------------------------------------------------------- 25A 3/06/8 1-3/4 - 7318.1 4.5X4.5 LB - - - - - ALTERNATE 11 SC X HM TV SW-BB-3 - - SI ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 259 2/8X6/8 1-3/4 - - 7318.1 4.514.5 L4 - - - ALTERNATE 11 SC X HM FP SW-BB-.i SI - - 25C 2/BX6/9 1-3/4 13/8.1 4.5X4,5 L4 - - - ALTERNATE I1 SC X HM FP SW-BB-3 31 - - 20A 3/06/8 1-3/4 EXT - 63/8.1 4.514.5 L2 C2 T6 ALTERNATE 11 HM X HM FP 45/9.1 HW-BB-3 - 90 - 54/8.1 WEATHERSTRIP DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE LEGEND -----------------------------------------••-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------•---+ OPENING TOP LINE = OPENING NUMBER SIZE door door NUMBER SECOND LINE = NUMBER OF DOORS IN OPENING MATERIAL width height PR = PAIR OF DOORS DE = DOUBLE EGRESS OPENING 3/017/0 (BLANK) = SINGLE DOOR IN OPENING SC X HM door material frame material ------------------------------------------------------------+ SC = SOLID LORE WD WD = WOOD I THICKNESS TOP LINE = THICKNESS IN INCHES HC = HOLLOW CORE WD HM = HOLLOW METAL. PATTERN SECOND LINE = PATTERN SEE DOOR PATTERNS SHEET HM = HOLLOW METAL AL = ALUMINUM ----------------------------------------------------------- + AL = ALUMINUM SP = SPECIAL - SEE DETS LOCATION CDR = IN ONE HOUR RATED CORRIDOR WALL SP = SPECIAL - SEE DETS EXT = IN EXTERIOR WALL ' = NEITHER OF THE ABOVE ' ----------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------+ LABEL INDICATES LABEL REQUIRED JDET = ,IAMB DETAIL TOP LINE , HDET = HEAD DETAIL BOTTOM LINE --------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------+ HINGE hinge 511e EXIT DEVICES lop Line = Active Lea' / I Bottom Line = Inactive leaf 4.5X4.5 ; SW-PB-3 RD-TL--F 1 weight / 1 \ number of hinges in opening type / \ \ F = UL Label SW = Standard Weirht \ RD = Rio Device / (Blank) = No label HW = Heavy Weight \ ; SR = Surface 'ert Rod 1 ; bearing type ;.3 = Concealee Vert Rud function PB = Plain Bearing OT = Dummy Trio I BB = Ball Bearing ; EO = Exit Only +-------------------------------------------------------••------+ K = Knob LOCK LOCK 6 LATCH (SCHLAEF- NUMBERS) I L = Lever KEY GROUP LI = DIOS - PASSAGE SET I NL. = Night Latch 1 L2 = 025D EXIT LOCK ; TP = Thumb Piece L3 = D300 PATIO LOCK TL = Turn Lever I L4 = D40S - PRIVACY LOCK +---------------------------------+-------••------------ -.------+ L5 = 050PD - ENTRANCE LOCK (OLY LEVER) ; PUSH PUSH/PULLS CLOSE CLOSERS - LCN NUMBERS: L6 = 053PO - ENTRANCE LOCK CIPCO NUMBERS I C1 = 4110 I L7 = D66PO - STORE LOCK PI 2 EA 662C X 57 ; F.2 = 4110 CUSH 1 L8 = D70PO - CLASSROOM LOCK P2 = 2 EA 662H X 2610 ; C3 = 4110 H L9 = D80PD - STORE RM LOCK ; C4 4110 H CASH L1O = OB2P0 - INSTITUTION LOCK CS = 4110 FL 1 L11 = 085PO - HOTEL. MOTEL LOCK ( C6 = 4010 L12 = 0170 - OLYMPIAD DUMMY TRIM ; C7 = 4010 CUSH L17 = CYLINDER ONLY ! ( C8 = 4010 H L14 = DEADLOCK C9 = 4010 H CUSH LIS = MANUFACTURER'S FURNISHED LATCH CIO = 4010 FL I --------------------+------------------+------------------+--------------•--------------------------------+ KICK KICKPLAIES - C1PCO NUMBERS ; STOP DOOR STOPS - IVES NUMBERS ; THRS THRESHOLDS - PEMKO NUMBERS K,1 = 5153 1012'LOW 0)I = 401 11/2 ; TI = 180AV K2 = 5153 1812'lDW S2 = 404 ; T2 = 179AV K3 = 5024 IOX"'LOW S3 = 444 1 T3 = 200 5AV S4 = 436 I 14 = 270A S5 = 438 1 T5 = 271A I S6 = 436 X 41 VERIFY HT I T6 = 179A ; > I 97 •• 64 '' 58 , CHECKMATE 1-331 I TOET = Threshold Oetail - Bottom Line 1 S9 = CHECKMATE 1-431 ;--------•---------------------------------------+ NOTES - SEE SPECIFICATIONS 1 +----------------- ---------- --------------------------------------------------------•--------- -•-----------------------•--+ LEGEND - 1 t G DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PAGE 3 OVNG .E THK LOC LABEL JDET HINGE LOCK EXIT PUSH CLOSE KICK THRS NUM MAT PAT HDET KGRP DEG STOP TDET NOTES ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29A 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 - - 7418.1 4.5X4.5 LB - Cl - - ALTERNATE Il SC X HM TV SW-88-3 - - 90 SI - --------------------------•------------------------------------------------------------------------------.------------------------ 298 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 EXT - 63/8.1 4.514.5 L2 - - C2 - T6 ALTERNATE 11 HM X HM FP 45/9.1 HW-BB-3 - - 90 - 54/8.1 WEATHERSTRIP --- --•----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30A 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 - I HR 73/8.1 4.5X4.5 L9 - - C6 - - SMOKFSEAL SC X HM FP SW-98-3 - - 90 Sl - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------•-------------------------- + 31A 2/BX6/8 1-3/4 - - 73/8.1 4.5X4.5 L4 - - - - - SC X NM FP SW-00-3 - - - St - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33A 3/016/8 1-3/4 - - 74/8.1 4.514.5 L8 - - C1 - SC X HM FP SW-BB-3 - - 90 S1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. 354 3/016/8 1-3/4 - - 43/9.1 4.514.5 LB - - CI - SC X HM FP SW-BB-3 - - 90 51 ------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37A 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 - I HR 7418.1 4.94.5 L9 - - Cl - - SMOKESEAL SC X HM FP SW-80-3 - - 90 Sl - undercN-� -314 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------.------- I 38A 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 EXT - 55/8.1 4.514.5 Lia 4NK CI-2 KI-2 T3 WEATHERSTRIP PR HM X HM TV 7318.1 SW-BB-6 W-L R i)-pr 90 13/8.1 REM MULLION ----------------------------------------------------------------------•---------------------------------------------------------- 38B 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 EXT - 16/9.1 4.5X4.5 L13 RD-EO - Cl-2 _ T6 WEATHWERSTRIP PR HM X HM FP HW-88-6 RD-EO 90 54/8.1 REM MULLION ---.----------------------------------------------------------------------------•----- --------------------------------------------- 201A 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 - I HR 73/8.1 4.514.5 L9 - C6 SMOKESEAL HM X HM FP SW-BB-3 - 110 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------•--------------------------------------------- 201B 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 EXT - 24/9.1 4.5X4.5 L9 - - C7 - - WEATHERSTRIP HM X HM- FP - 22/9.1_-- HW-BB-3 - -110 Sl - ----- -------- ----------------------------------- --------------------•------------------- ---- 202A 3/0X6/8 1-3/4 - I HR 7318.1 4.514.5 L9 - C6 - - SMOKESEAL HMX HM FP SW-BB-3 - I10 -------- ---------- -- -- - - - -- --------...----------•--------------------------------------- 88-4t1) END OF DOOR I HARDWARE SCHEDUI 1 � 1 f I i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 08800 - GLASS & GLAZING SECTION 08800 - GLASS GLAZING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work this Section: Glass and Glazing such as for doors, windows, reli ,hts and skylight; glazing hardware. 1.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS Examine glass reluirements of this job and furnish and install all glass in accordance with requirements of Chapter 54 of Uniform Building Code. 1.3 I'ARKINGS Maintain original labels on each piece of glass, naming manufacturer, quantity and thickness, except -here cutting makes this impossible. Deliver other glazing materials in original containers, manufacturer's labels thereon. Do not remove labels until inspected and approved. 1.4 APPROVED GLASS MANUFACTURERS American St. Gobain Glass Co. (A.S.G. ) : Libby--Owens Ford Glass Co. (L.O.e.) : Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. (P.P.G.) : Ford Glass Co. (F.G.C. ) : and Mississippi Glass Co. (M.G.C. ) . 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS Plate and Float Glass (GL)_ 1/4 inch minimum thickness clear polished plate and float glass, glazini quality. Tekered Safe_t_Glass_(T.S.G.) 1/4" minimum thickness clear polished plate and float glass, tempered after cutting. Tempered glass required in entry doors and sidelights and as scheduled. Wire Glass (_id.G.)_ 1/4"thick, polished "Georgian" square pattern welded wire plate. Cut with wires parallel to frame edges Clear Insulating Glass_IC.I_.G.) 1" thick, clear, metal edge thermal insulating glass. 1/4" thick float gla:.s both faces, 1/2" air space hermetically se,iled. Five (5) year guarantef . Clear_Insulating Safety Glass 1" thick, clear, mastal edge thermal insulating safety glass, 1/4" thick tempered faces, hermetically sealed. Five (5) year guarantee. Safety—Glass (SG). thick clear laminated safety glass. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS Glazing_Tape_and Sealants: "3M" E.C. 1202, or Tremco 440 - black tape. Butyl type sealants FSTT- - 00165'1, "Pecora BC-158", Tremco Butyl or "Presstite" No. 432, Sonneborn- Contech "Butakauk", black �c.lor. Elastic Glazing Compound "Perm-Seal", DAP, Pecora, and A. C. Horn "Vulk K: , metal sash types. 08800--1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCIOOL - 08800 - CLASS & GLAZING 3.0 KXECUTION 'd 3.1 GENERAL Glazing shall not be performed when temperature is below 40 degrees F. or when dust and wind conditions are detrimental to glazing work Do not do any exterior glazing in wet weather except under cover. Furnish all clips, glazier's points, bloc.cs, felt, and other ite,as required to set all glass throughout building. Sealant and glazing compound colors as selected. Set glass with equal bearing along edges. Leave all glazing clean and smooth with exterior glazing watertight. Su:-rounds and glazing rabbets shall be clean and dry. Remove or correct any defects, screw heads, nails, etc. , in glazing rabbets which interfere with proper setting of. glass. Wipe frame and glass with Xylol soaked, oil-free rag. 3.2 EXTERIOR GLAZING See details on Drawings, includes all exterior windows and doors. Take special care to create strong edges and avoid edge damage. Glass shall have "Tinted Clean-Cut Edoes". Do not install glass with flared edges at bottom. Do not seam or nip edges, scarf corners, bump or brush edges on metal or other hard surfaces. Use glazing tape lietween glass and inside face of rabbet. Tape shall be cut with scissors from premeasured mark and handled with care to prel,ent deformation. Set horizontal tapes first then vertical, butting. Do not overlap. Tape set level with sight line. Notch tape to receive spacers 1/1" below line of sight. Set spacers minimum two (2) to a side and not over 24" apart. Butter sealants over spacers. Place glass on setting blocks and bed into tape. Run sealant bead under glass making contact with tape and sufficieit to make contact with removable stop. Instal stops and spacers, apply sealant into void and tool level. 3.3 INTERIOR GLAZING Set glass using elastic glazing compound. Apply ample compound to rabbet to bed entire perimeter of glass and place necessary setting blocks; press glass, centered, into rabcet. For lights held in place by stop beads all around, set beads against glass and bottom of rabbet with compound. Secure bead with nails or screws furnished ar countersink. Strip surplus compound from both sides of gla- it angle, not undercut. 3.4 PROTECTION AND CLEANING Protect all glazing from breakage. Reglaze wherever work or material are defective. Replace all glazing damaged prior to final acceptance of work. Clean and remove al: stains and excess glazing compound and sealants from glass, sash, and adjoining surfaces. Washinq of glass is specified in Division 1. END OF SECTION 08800-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 08920 - SKYLIGHTS SECTION 08920 - SKYLIGHTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary for the installation of pyramid skylight in locations shown on drawings. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Submit five (5) sets of shop drawings with engineet 's stamp for Architect 's review before fabrication. Comply with CIBC, Chapter 34. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 SKYLIGHT Skylight shall be "Fisher Tubular Extruded Aluminum" as manufactured by Fis"er Skylights, Inc. /I // Finish to be clear anodized. free 4s-4cC AAr'ci� The skylight shall be of pyramid design and loads on curbs shall be provided. The skylight rafter bars shall be 2" wide by 5" deep extruded aluminum tubes with condensation gutters on each side. Size of skylight shall be as shcwn on drawings. 2.2 SUBSTITUTION ACCEPTED Dea Mor Associates Inc. 3.0--- ECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION I J, 08920-1 ! ! ! IA 1W DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09215 - VENEER FLASTER SECTION 09215- VENEER PLASTER 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE York Included This Section: Veneer Plaster and Gypsum Base. Fire Taped Gyp Board 1.2 STANDARDS "Application of Gypsum Base for Gypsum Veneer Plasters and Application of Gypsum Veneer. Plaster" as published try the Gypsum Association, Chicago and Hollywood; and the ICBO Report No. 2410. 1.3 SAMPLE WALL Prior to the start of work prepare sample wall of approximately 100 sq ft. Include inside and outside corners and typical opening trim. Receive approval prior to commencing work. Finish surfaces not comparable to the sample wall will be subject to rejection and shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING Delivery Deliver materials to project site in manufacturer's unopened bundles and containers with manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade cle,.ly indicated thereon. Material Prdtection - Avoid exposure of materials to weather by using protective covers. Handle materials to avoid damage. Storage - Store materials above grade in a dry, ventilated space, under cover and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect from spoiling of damage. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Do not start work until windows are glazed and exterior openings are closed. Maintain a temperature of not less than 55-60 degrees F. Avoid high temperatures at least 48 hours prior to, during and 48 hours after plastering. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 MATERIALS Gvrsua Board: 5/8", -ii— ype X. ' Veneer—Plaster: ASTM C587 - One Coat System. Plaster Base: ASTM 6588 1/2" thick, Type X, for installation behind Veneer Plaster - 4 ft widths. Use Moisture Resistant base in Toilet and Shower Rooms. 09215-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09215 - VENEER PLASTER � I Metal Studs: 25-gauge - Openings in web for services maximum 24-inches on center. Runne: minimum 1-1/4" with rigidized beads -.n web. Fasteners: All plaster base applied with scr,:ws using screw types as recommended by manufacturer of plaster base. Joint Reinforcing: High strength, non-corrosive meeting requirements of ASTM C537. � Accessories• ' he following numbers are U.S. Gypsum's numbers. Provide accessories produced by U.S. Gypsum or equivalent accessories produced by other manufacturer. Install in one piece when manufactured in length required. Cerner Beads Metal Trim, Channel Type: No. 700A 26 ga galvanized steel. Metal Trim, Angle Type: No. 700B gal. stl.- 2008 at reveals as noted, Control Joints No. 093 roll formed - enc alloy. 3.0 KXECUTION i 3.1 TYPE AND LOCATION Veneer Plaster: Where exposed to view: 1/2", Type X veneer plaster base with 3/32" smooth finish coat at Toilets and Janitor Closets, sand finish coat at other locations (UL Design No. 307) . Behind tackboard, ceramic tile •or acoustical tile & other finish materials: 5/8" Type X gyp board. Where scheduled gyp board fire taped: 5/8" Type X gyp board fire taped with nail or .:rew heads covered with joint -npound. (UL Design No. 305) . END OF SECTION i1 Ptt', rf I ' 09215-2 ■ DURHAM ELEMENTARY SC4001. - 09300 - CERAMIC TILE SECTION 09300 - CERAMIC TILE i.0 GMR.A.1, 1.1 SCOPE Furnish labor, material and equipment requited for installation of cement fiber backer board and ceramic tile walls, floors and base as shown on Drawings and noted in Finish Schedule. 1.2 SAMPLES Submit sample tiles to Architect for review and color selections. Obtain approval before ordering. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL Ceramic tile shall be quality Certified by Tile Council of America, Inc. , Federal Specifications SS-T-308b. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: "Standard Grade" unglazed porcelain, 2" x 2" x 1/4" si%r-. Prig group 2 in a pattern of two (2) calors. Mortar: Floor . One part Portland Cement, six parts damp sand by volume. Portland Cement ASTM C150, Type i, Sand ASTM C144, hydrated lime ASTM C206, Type S. Conform to USAS.-r.108.1 and A10o.2. Mortar Setting Beds and Grout: Laticrete installation system a,, manufactured by Laticrete International Inc. 3_0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Floors. Verify correct elevation and preparation of concrete slab. Verify drain installation and flashing. Malls: Thin set installation over gypsum board. Verify wall framing, check for sounc.ness, adequate fastening and fit of joints. �I END OF SECTION I I 09300 - 1 BURL':M ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09510 - ACOUSTICA,, CEILINGS SECTION 09510 •- ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Murk this-Section_ Acoustical tile 1-n Veneer Plaster Backing. Suspended Acoustical Ceilings. Work Specified Elsewhere: Backing far glued on Acoustical Tile - Section 092:5 Batt insulation above Suspended Ceilings - Section 07200 1.2 SPARE MATERIALS Furnish one (1) full carton of acoustical tile or board from same production run as that used in this installation to Owner for future maintenance ani repairs. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 GLUED ACOUSTICAL TILE Tile: Armstrong Cortega 12" x 12" x 5/8" thick, beveled edged. Adhesive:_ ,'+dhesive for acoustical materials, ASTM Designation: D1779, Underwriters' Laboratories, labeled fire resistant. Flame spread rating not over 25, ASTM E84, Webtex Na. ?.00 FP acoustical adhesive approved. 2.2 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS General:_ All elements of suspended ceilings shall be of incombustible materials. Exposed Lay 1p Grid:_ Suspension System - 2 ft. x 4 ft . Exposed Tee System. 1 1/2" minimum web height. Color White. As manufactured by Chicago Metallic, Flangeklamp, Donn or National. Suspension wire and frequency as required by manufacturer. Acoustical Board: Armstrong, Second Look II, 24" x 48" x 3/4" 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION In strict accord with manufactures recommendations. Provide & install seismic bracing as required by code. END OF SECTION 09510-1 IREIRIN DURHAM: ELEMEN,.'.RY SCHOOL - 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANELS r I 1 SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANELS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work this Section: Furnish and install acoustical panels in Multi-Purpose Room. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS Location - Multi-Purpose Room (See Interior Elevations) . Conwed Silent 65 Accustical Wall Panels. Colorr as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Substitution Accepted_* i Armstrong Soundsoak 1 3._0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLVION Mount With concealed connecting aluminum splines, Top 'J' Mold, bottom angle mold and fabric wrappFd edges at exposed ends. END OF SECTION 1 09511-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09660 -- RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and in schedules. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Product_ Data: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. Sgt les: Submit samples of each type, color, and pattern cf resilient flooring, including accessories, required, indicating full range of color and pattern variation. Maintenance Instru_c_t_ions: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessory required. ReR placement Material: After completion of work, deliver to project site replacement materials from same manufactured lot as materials in3*311ed, and as follows: Tile flooring, not less than one box for each type, size, and color installed. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS Maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees (18 degrees Celsius) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prion to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Store ' resilient flooring materials in spares where they will. be installed for at least 48 hours before beg4nning. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees (13 degrees C.lsiu: ) in areas where work is completed. Install resilient floorinq and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. do not install resilient flooring over concrete 913bs until the latter have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by manufacturer's recommended bind and moisture test. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE Armstrong World Industries, Inc. - "Imperia.l ModerniExcelon". Kentile Floors, Inc. - "Architectural Series" . Tarkett - "Architectural". 2.2 WALL BASE Flexco Div. , Textile Products Div. 09660-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09661 - RESILIENT FLuORING 2. 3 VINYL REDUCING STRIP 1" wide and thickness to match floor covering. Armstrong and Kentiie approved. 2.4 VINYL FEATURE STRIPS AND PATTERN INLAYS Multi-Pure_ se_Room 38: width and pattern as detailed on drawings. Thickness to match floor covering. 2.5 SHEET VINYL FLOORING Armstrong Vinyl Cor:on .090 gauge with hydro�ord bark integral cove base. Color from Palestra pattern ac selected by Architect , 2.6 MATERIALS Colors_and Patterns: as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Vinyl Cokk_position Tile: 12" x 12", gage 1/8" Wall Base: Provide rubber base complying with FS SS-W-40, Type I, with matchisa end stops and preformed corner units, and as follows: 4" height , 0.080 gage, standard top set with coved toe. Resilient Edge Strips; 1/8" thick, homogeneous vinyl or rubber composition, tapered or bullnose edge, color to match flooring, or as selected by Contracting Officer from standard colors available; not less than 1" wide. Adhesives_(Ceeents) : Waterpr)of , stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. Concrete Slab P_riner_:_ Non-staining type as recommended by Flooring Manufac`urer. Leveling Coppound Latex type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. 3.0 KXECUTION 3. . PREPARATION Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor conditions ' and full responsibility for completed work. Use leveling compound as recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks and depressions in subfloors. Perform bond and moisture tests on concrete slabs to determine that concrtte surfaces are sufficiently cured, dried and ready to receive flouring. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer , prior to application of adhesive. Apply in compliance with manufactarer 's directions. I 3 . 2 INSTALLATI00 Install flooring using method indicated to strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by transferring marks to flooring. Use chalk or other non-permanent marking device. 'rightly cament flooring to substrate without open cracks, voids, raising and I puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. hand roll flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure 09660-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09660 - RESILIENT FLOORING adhesion. Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor off sets, so that tile at opposite edges of room is area of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. Lay tile in check board pattern. Adhere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces , On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommlended adhesive filler material. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. install edging strips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION Remove any excess adhesive or otte surface blemishes, using neutral type cleaners as recommended by floiri anufacturer. Protect installed flooring with heavy Kraft paper or other c— ing. Finishing: After completion of project and just prior to final inspection of work., thoroughly clean floors and accessories. END OF SECTION I 09660-3 DURFAN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09680 - CARPETING SECTION 09680 - CARPETING 1.0 GENERAL, 1.1 SCOPE All labor, materials and equipment for installation or carpeting. 1 .2 COORDINATION flake provisions for, and do all necessary work to receive or adjoin other work, install carpet accessories, and provide holes and openings, necessary to fit work of other trades. Examine adjoining work on which this work is in any way dependent for workmanship and fit and give written notice to Architect of any deficiencies detrimental to proper installation. Notify General Contractor of door undercuts required. 1.3 LAYOUT DRAWINGS Areas tc be carpeted are indicated on the Drawings. Submit layout drawing of each area to Architect for review. Show carpet color, trim strips and any pertinent installation details, including location of seams and direction changes. Carpeting shall not be installed prior to layout approval. 1.4 DELIVERY Deliver all carpeting to job site in original mill wrappings, each roll having register number tags attached or register number stenciled on bale. Do not deliver material to job site until notification and arrangements are made to properly handle, store and protect materials in areas designated by Contractor. Store under cover in well ventilated spaces as soon as delivered: protect from damage, dirt , staining and moisture during transit and storage. 1.5 OVERRUN This subcontractor is responsible for accuracy of measurements and fit. Furnish 5% of total yardage minimum overrun for future repairs and replacement . Wrapped, packaged and labeled at the factory. Same dye lot and run as carpet installed. Save and package usable remnants, label and deliver to Owner. 1 .6 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Furnish Owner two (2) hard cover copies of detailed printed maintenance procedure instructions, as recommended by carpet manufacture for maximum life and appearance of carpet . Instruct Owner in proper care and maintenance of the carpet at a mutually satisfactory time. 1. 1 GUARANTEE Contract requires a one (1 ) year guarantee starting from date of substantial completion covering all repairs and replacement due to defective materials or their installation. Any manufacturers guarantee that extends beyond that time or coverage shall remain in full effect . 1.8 TESTING Provide samples of the carpet furnished to the job, when requested by the Architect, for testing for compliance to these Specifications,. Testinq costs paid for by the Owner. 09680-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09680 - CARPETING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET General: All material shall be new and of domestic manufacture. Carpet of "first' quality and from the same dye lot for each color to be installed. Materials, construction and appearance are based on the following minimum specifications: Neave - Tufted or woven. Minimum Tuft Bind - 20 pounds. Surface Texture - Level Lo.,p. Gauge - 1/10" or 1./8" Stitches per inch - 6.0 - 8.4 Pile Height - 3/16" Face Yarn - Three or Four Ply Comingled Antron III Nylon, yarn dyed in the singles (only) Yarn Weight - 28 ozs per sq yd. Total Weight - 62.5 ozs per sq yd. Static Parameters - 3.0 KV's - 70 deg F ?0% RH Approved Manufacturers: Bigelow Wellco Lees Colors: Selected from Manufacturer's standard colors. One color throughout. 2.2 CARPET EDGE TRIM Flexco #79. Size and thickness as required. Color selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 APPROVED CREWS Installation by crews approved by the manufa-turer, 3.2 CLEANING General Contractor shall supply broom clean floors in areas to receive carpeting. Any additional cleaning required shall be provided by this subcontractor. 3. 3 INSPECTION Inspect floor construction aid surfaces. Promptly notify Contractor before start of installation of any and all defects which affect this work. Proceeding with work shall be deemed as acceptance of floor areas by this subcontractor and he shall be held responsible thereafter for installation. Inspect carpeting before laying for "streaking" shading spots and soil, tears, pulled tufts, or other defects. Do not lay defective carpet . but remove from premises and replace with undamaged carpet . 0969.0-2 uURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09680 - CARPETING 3.4 METHODS + Conform to manufacturer's direct glue down specifications for methods of adhesive installati ,n. Cement all seams. Use continuous lengths and as broad widths as possible to minimize the placement of seams in traffic lanes. Cut edge shall be trued and properly treated and cemented to form invisible, non- raveling seams. Run carpeting continuous under metal stud (Wall Type 41) walls as indicated on the Drawings. Install carpet in accordance with { manufacturer's recommendations for seaming technique and proper amount of stretch in width and lengths. Install metal binder bars at all edges where floor covering material changes, or at carpet edges that do not abut a vertical surface. 1 3.5 PROTECTION 1 Protection of carpet after completion of installation is specified as general work and is made a part of the work of all trades during work in areas after carpet installation. 3.6 EXCESS CARPET Reta. n and identify trim pieces of usable size,. Packaie and store same as specified for "overrun". 3.7 DEBRIS Remove debris from completed installation and clean carpet of all spots with 1 approved spot remover. Remove all threads with sharp scissors and thoroughly vacuum clean. 1 END OF SECTION I I l09680-3 WWIWII PUPHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09900 - PAINTING SECTION 09900 - PAINTING 1..0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Bork this Section: Furnish all labor, material and equipment neces�?rv_ fir and incidental to executing and completing painting work. Paint all surfaces as scheduled and those which normally require a paint finish for proper appearance and best serviceability such as wood, drywall, plaster, metal work, structural stt!ul flashing, exposed conduit, pipes and ducts, block, concrete, louvers and grilles, unless excepted. 1.2 LIST OF MATERIALS Submit complete list to architect for review and approval. Show all materials proposed for use with manufacturer's name, type of material, brand name and ingredients where applicable. 1. 3 INSPECTION OF SURFACES Carefully examine all surfaces over which finish is to be applied. Any surface not suitable for proper finish and cannot be rectified by light sanding, cleaning, etc. , notify Architect of this fact before any materials are applied, and do not proceed with work unt�.l such conditions have been rectified. All surfaces shall be thoroughly dry before any finisn is applied and application shall not be done in severely cold weather except undEr instructions from Architect . 1.4 COLORS Architect will select all colors. Submit samples of mixed paint applied to surfaces approximating job conditions with test areas painted on job if required. 12" x 12" minimum size of samples. Obtain approval of samples before doing any work on job. Job mixing and tinting only with Architect 's approval. Exterior will to generally one color with deep tone accent and trim. Interior predominantly light to medium colors and with approximately twenty five percent (25%) deep tone accent color. Include dark and bright accent colors for miscellaneous ':rim, panels, doors, window boxes and exposed ducts, pipe and conduits. Pro'.ect_ion of Surfaces and Cleaning_: Protect floors and other adjoining surfaces from paint droppings by use of drop cloths and be responsible to protect all surfaces from drippings and spillage of materials . Should such occur, immediately clean surfaces and leave in a neat cnndition satisfactory to Architect Fire Protection: Prov de sufficient fire extinguishers of a type suitable for control of fire originating in paint materials. Remove and dispose of , cr safely store, all waste, empty containers and oily cloths off premises daily. I 09900-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09900 -• PAINTING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS All materials shall be manufactured by Rodda, Fuller O'Brien, Ameritone, Glidden Co. , Pratt & Lambert, or Sherwin Williams. Where Federal Specifications numbers are called for, such number designations shall appear on labels intact and seals unbroken. When paint mixing is required on job, it shall be done on premises immediately before applying, and all materials shall be thoroughly s,irred and strained. No material shall be changed or reduced in any way except as specified. Furnish four (4) 1 quart, 1 gallon total, manufacturer sealed cans of each color and type of paint, used on job to Owner for his maintenance. Color3 to be mixed same time as job supply. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY AND STORAGE This subcontractor shall have one location des..gned for storage and mixing of materials and kept in a neat and clean conditions at all times. Deliver urterials only when building is closed in and completed sufficiently to prevent freezing and other damage to paint products. All materials in new and iknopened containers when delivered to job; name of manufacturer, brand name, batch number, color, directions for tinting, mixing and application on printed label on every container. Thin only as recommended by manufacturer. 3.2 PREPARATION OF SURFACES Mood: Prime and backprime all woodwork immediatel, pon receipt on job. Required for all wood finish and trim unless material has been pressure preservative or dip treated and sealed. One coat primer or unc �rcoat as used for finishing unpainted work, or one coat clear sealer compatible with finish coats on transparent stain finished work. Properly sand food surfaces before any paint is applied. Knots or sappy places shall be given one coat of shellac at least twelve (12) hours before being painted. b'zellac is not to be used on any other surfaces. Use putty or wood filler of same shade as finish coat in filling nail holes, checks, and other blemished, then lightly sand smooth as soon as filler has hardened. Metal: All metal installation shall be made complete and ready for painting. Miscellaneous iron and sheet metal to be primed in shop by these suppliers. Touch up shop or pr..ime coats that have been dama-Ted with material of same type and quality as originally used on shop coat . Thoroughly remove all rust previous to this priming operation. Dryer„11_&_Plaster: Unless otherwise specified, paint shall not be applied to any surface until it is thoroughly dry and cured. Prime surfaces that show hot_ spots or alkali in order to prevent such blemishes from showing through paint . Brush off all loose particles or crystals which may have formed. 09900-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09900 - PAINTING 3. 3 APPLICATION Coverage and Workmanship; Tint undercoats olightly darker than finish coat to aid Inspector in verifying coverage of each coat. Assume all responsibility for paint coats applied over surfaces and undercoats which have not been inspected and approved by Architect. Apply any additional coats of paint, as directed by Architect, where surface preparation and undercoats have not been approved before painting. Make finished work match approved samples. The visible parts of structure behind grilles and Inlvcrs are to be painted with black enamel. Drying: Apply paints to surfaces at atmospheric temperatures of not less than 50 degrees F. and maintain this minimum temperature throughout drying time. Insure adequate ventilation in all painted spaces. Allow sufficient time to elapse as recommended by manufactu.rei�, between successive coasts, to permit proper drying. Midify as necessary to suit adverse weather conditions. 3 .4 EXTERIOR FINISHES Ketal Surfaces: Primer - Omi.t where primed by other. Ferrous Metals - Fed opec. TT-64--1b. , Type II, 1.25 mils. Red lead - Fed. Spec. TT-P-6A, Type III. Iron Oxide - Fed. Spec . TT-P-63b. Zinc Chromate - Jeint Army Navy Spec. JAN-P-102. Galvanized !Metals: Rust-Oleum 3268 or Galvinoleum 3286. Finish• Second.Coat - Fed. Spec. TT-E-489, Class A, 2.0 mils, Enamel . Third Coat - Fed. Spec. TT-E-489, Class A, 2.0 mils, Enamel . Spaced Wood_Siding�Interior and Exterior)_ 2 coats_) Cabots, Rodda Miller or Pratt & Lambert Heavy Body Stain 1 coat , roller applied, to exterior face of plywood sheathing 1 coat, prime and backprime spaced wood and trim. 1 coat, airless applied after installation. MDO_PlyMood Sidigg</Sof_f_it Eoaael:_(3 coats) Backprime with one (1) primer coat. Second and third coats - Flat Alkid Enamel Exterior Painted Wood:_(3 Coatsl Prime and backprime 1 coat exi9ting oil based primer. 2 coats exterior enamel. Verify gloss requirement . Traffi_c__Li_n_es:_(1_Coat) Miller N0. 260!261 , Rodda "Traffic Lacq+ier", Pratt 4 Lambert Triffl P unt . Minimum width 4". Plywood Siding T-1-11_: (2 Coats_) Cabots, Rodda, Miller or Prat` & Lambert Heavy Body Stain 1 coat prime and back prime 1 coat finish coat after installati(in 09900-3 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09900 - PAINTING 3.5 INTERIOR FINISHES Wood Door aad H.W. or V.G. Trim - Natural oil. (2_coats Watco or Pratt and Laibert Danish Type Oil Finish. Apply first coat freely, wipe into surface, wipe of excess and allow to dry. Hand sand witty e.:tra fine wet or dry sandpaper. Apply finish coat. Exxposed Ceilings and Ceeent Fiber. Deck : (2 coat__s) First and second coats flat alkyd enamel. Airless applied -..* ►+ack 1:5. f Interior Plaster or Concrete:—(3- Coats-)- 1 oncrete: (3_Coats)1 coat primer 2 coats alkyd Enamel - finish with eggshell stippling roller. Interior. !fetal:_ 3 Coag 1 coat primer (Omit where prim-d by others.) 2 coats alkyd enamel. Verify gloss requirement. Interior Wood ?rim__�3 coats) Prime and backprime with 1 coat oil Lased primer. 1 coat enamel.r Verify gloss equirement. END OF SECTION 09900--4 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 09965 - TACKBOARD r SECTION 09965 - TACKBOARD 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE All materials, labor and equipment for installation of vinyl tackboard. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 TACKBOARD 15 ounce fabric backed vinyl over 1/2" wood fiber board. 48" widths. Full length panels. No horizontal joints allowed unless specifically detailed. Approved Manufacturers and vinyl pattern: Johnson Acoustical - Borden Films, LF series, Gunny pattern. Greenstee.l Type 1 Vinyl Tac-Tex -- Burlap pattern. 2.2 TRIM Metal wilding at expoeed edges of tackboard; tops, bottoms, inside and outside c-.)rners. Faint trim to match tackboard color. 2.3 ADHESIVES Miracle No. 30 drywall and stud adhesives for trowel application. Fuller's White Stuff No BC684 or Miracle No 20 panel adhesive for gun application. 2.4 NAILS Colored head nails to match finish. Submit samples and receive approval before starting work 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION In accord with manufacturer's recommendations. Verify surface over which board is to be applied and have unsatisfactory conditions corrected prior to installation. Do not cut holes in tackboard without Architects approval for any electrical or mechanical device unless this device is specifically shown on interior wall elevations. Back-cut --d wrap edges of board when panels are cut in field, rising approved adhesive, to fasten vinyl to board edges and back. Do not install damaged tackboard. Replace any panels that are damaged prior to acceptance. END OF SECTION 09965-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PAGE 1 ROOM FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING ------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I CLASSROOM CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEFR FLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL COMP TILE VINYL TACK BD ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.._. 7- CLASSROOM CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL COMP TILE VINYL TACK BD ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 CLASSROOM CARPET NCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL COMP TALE VINYL TACK BD 4 CLASSROOM CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL COMP TILE VINYL TACK BO S CLASSROOM CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL COMP TILE VINYL TACK BD 6 HALL CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL TACK BD 7 CONFERENCE CARP::T 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL TACK BO ----------------.----------------------------------------------------------------------------------•------------------------------- 0 CONFERENCE CARPET 4 INCH RUBBEK VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL TACK BD 9 HALL CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL TACK BD ----------------------------------------------------------------------•----------------------------------------------------------- 10 CLASSROOM CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER. VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T VINYL CCMP TILE VINYL TACK BD -------------•---------------------------------------------------------------•---------------------------------------------------- 1l GIRLS CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE VENEER PLAS - PAINT ACOUST TILE - GLUED CERAMIC TILE 12 BOYS CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE VENEER PLAS - PAINT 0 OUST TILE - 6LUED CEPAMIC TILE 13 JANITOR CONC - SEALED 4 INCH PUBBEP VENEER PLAS - PAINT VENEER PLAS - PAINT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------..------------------ ---------------------- I4 PASSAGE CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT EXPOSED SIPUCT-PAINT VINYL COMP TILE VINYL TACE BD --------------------------------------------------------- ------------••------------- `----- -- --- -- - - - - -- ' 15 IMC CARPET 4 INCH PUBBEP VENEER PLAS PAINT EXPOSED STPUi,T-PAINT C VINYL TACK BD 16 LOBBY VINYL COMP TILE 4 INCH RUBBER VENEEF PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T SPACED WOOD SIDING WOOD 17 OFFICE CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED VINYL TAU BD --------------------------------------------------•-----•----------------------•---------------------------------=------------------ IB HEALTH VINYL COMP TILE 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT VENEER PLAS - PAINT -----------------------------------------------------------------.-------.-•-------------- --- ---------.--------------------------- i ISA TOILET SHEET VINYL COVED SHEET VINYL VENEER PLAS - PAINT VENEER PLAS - PAINT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------•------------------------------------------- DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PA(.-,E 2 FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING ROOM -------ECCE-- _ --------ECCE-- ECCE—___ECCE-- - --------ECCE--------------ECCE-- ---ECCE-- --- •--ECCE--—-- --- - ED T 19 PRINCIPAL CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOS VINYL TACK BD ALTERNATE 11 - --------------------------------- --------------- --------------- --------------------- --- ---- 2 X 4 EXPOSED 1 20 STAFF CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - FAINT VINYL TACK BD ALTERNATE It -------------------•--------- ---21-----WORK -------ECCE-- ---------------------------------------- - VINYL COMP TILE 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - FAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED ALTERNATE It _ --- ECCE- -u-- -- ----ECCE-- ----------- - --- ECCE-- ------ECCE-- ------------------------ - _ 2 X 4 EXPOSED 22 VESTIBULE CARPET 4 INC, RUBBER VENEER PIAS - PAINT ALTE74ATE It ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 OFFICE CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED VINYL TACK BD ALTERNATE 11 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER-PLAS PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED T 24 OFFICE CARPET VINYL TACK BD ALTERNATE I1 ___ ------------- ----------------------------------------- ------------ ---------------------•-------ECCE-- -- --ECCE-ECCE-- -------------------ECCE-- 25 CLASSROOM CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED VINYL COMP TILE VINYL TACK BD ALTERNATE 11 ----- - - ------- ---- CE-ECCE ECCE-- --- ----- - -- `b------------ ------ ------------- - ---ECCE-- EC -- ---- CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE VENEER PLAS - PAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED GIRLALTERNATE It ----------••-----------------------•----- ----------------- 27 BOY CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE VENEEC PLAS - FAINT 2 1 4 EXPOSED T ALTERNATE ___ - ---- -----------•-------------------------------------- - -------- . ----------------ECCE-_ -- --- 28 CLASSROOM CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT - T VINYL COMP TILE VINYL TACK BO ALTERNATE 11 ------------------------------ --------------- ---------- --- - --- - CARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER ELAS - FAINT 2 X 4 EXPOSED 1 L9 CLASSROOM VINYL COMP TILE VINYL TACK BD ALTERNATE It _ -----------•----------__.-----------•ECCE-- - ---------------------------------- -------------- PAR - 30 JANITOR CONC - SEALED 4 INCH RUBBER UI-- PLAS - PAINT VENEER PLAS-- --- -------------------------------------CERA---- E��E-- -------------------------------------------------- ��-- CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE VENEER PLAS - PAINT ACOU5T TILE - GLUED 31 TP.�ci ------------------------- -------------------------------------- -----------------ECCE-- --------------•-----------------..---._ HALLCARPET 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT ACOU5T TILE - GL UE- - -- ------------ - -- -- --------- ----------------------------- �ER�MIC ITEC CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE ACOUST TILE - GLUE 33 VESTIBULE ------------------------------ -------- ---------------- ------------------------------�•------------------ --ECCE-- -ECCE-- ------------------- - 34 BOYS CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC illF. ACOUST TILE - GLUED ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------- ----- ACOUST TILE - GLUE CERAMIC 1ilE CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE 35 VESTIBULE ----------- ------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----I--C TILE ACOU5- TILE - GLUED GIRLS CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE -y -----JANITOR-------------- -- ---------------- ECCE ECCE- ----------------------- ---------------------------------------- - - ECCE --ECCE-- ---- -� CONC - SEALED 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PAINT VENEER FLA -------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ;18 MULTI-PURPOSE VINYL COMP TILE 4 INCH RUBBER VENEER PLAS - PA!:'T [XP STFUCTURE-PAIN CARPET WAINSCOT ACOUST 1!LE - GLUE _----•----------- -----------•-------------•-ECCE-- ---------------- -------------=--•--ECCE-- c WATERPROOF MEMDPANE WATERPROOr MEMBRANE FIRE TAPED GYP BD FIRE TAPED GYP BO ,.n MECHANIC NO PAINT NO PAINT -- ECCE------------------- ----------- -------- ------------------- - - -- ECCE- -- ----ECCE-- - - 2WATERFFOUF MEMBRANE WATERPFOOF MEMBRANE FIRE TAPED GYP BD FIRE PAINTED GYP BD NO PAINT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- f- 11E' R t !1► DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCUOOL PAGE 3 ROOM FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING ----------- --- -----•--------------------------------------------------------_--.---------------------------•------------------- 201A STAIR PLYWOOD NDNE FIRE TAPED GYP BO GYP BD FIRE TAPED NO PAINT NO PAINT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------••---------------------------••------------------ BB-4(1) END OF FINISH SCHEDULE DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 1G100 - CHALKBOARD SECTION 10100 - CHALKBOARD 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK THIS SECTION Prefabricated aluminum framed chalkboards. 1 .2 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Vinyl Covered Wood Fiber Tackboard - 09965 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 CHALKBOARD Greensteel Inc. "A-Z" approved. Porcelain enameled steel chalkboards shall meet PEI-S-104 and ASTM C-346-59T. Porcelain coatings min. .005" thickness on writing surface. Base metal 24 gauge min. steel or enameling iron, ASTM A424-73. Core shall be 40 lb. density min. Particle board 1/2." thickness ,nin. Backing sheet shall be .014" aluminum or 28 gauge galvanized steel m-,i,. thickness. Trim to be bronze anodized extruded alums-niim No. 6063-T5 thin profile concealed mounting min. thickness .064 (14 gauge) . Continuous display rail with cork insert at top of board and continuous single extruded chalk tray at bottom, with no end caps. Mounting of boards stall be with a concealed continuous hanging rail, hanging clips at top wall, angles at bottom. Four (4) non-removable map hooks and paperholders per each 10' of board to be provided at display r.il. One (1) flag holder each board - 1/2." round. color to be selected from standard colors. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION All chalkboards shall be completely installed with all hardware necessary under supervision of manufacturer. Chalkrail -- 34" above floor. 3.2. GUARANTEE A written guarantee shall be provided that all chalkboards, which under normal classroom usage, will retain original writing quality, original visual acuity for 50 years after date of installation or shall be replaced and installed without charge to Owner. END OF SECTION 10100 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 10162 - TOILET PARTITIONS SECTION 10162 - TOILET PARTITIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Metal toilpt partitions. 1 ,2 SHOP DRAWINGS Submit for review prior to fabrication. Show plan of installation, typical elevations, anti-grip head rail, anchorage and support details. List hardware and accessories. 1.3 COLORS Selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL Metal toilet partitions shall be flush panel, floor mounted with anti-grip head rail. Approved Manufacturer and Model: Henry Weis Mfgr Co - Hi-Stile Knickerbocker - Metropolitan Grand Metal Products - Type HR Sany Metal Products Co Inc - Academy Gi.3bdl Steel Products Corp - Embassy Power-Fiat Corp - Duro General Partition Corp - Series 40 American Sanitary - Type FF Size of compartments as shown on The Drawings. Division panels of compartments !ihall be of sufficient length to make complete closure between wall and panel, panel and panel, it pilaster and panel. Minimum door opening - 30" clear, at side door openik.g of Handicap compartment, minimum door Opening 34" clear. 2.2 CONSTRUCTION Pilasters, doors and panels constructed of bonderized-galvanized steel, 20 gauge faces bonded to double faced paper honeycomb core, 1" thick. Pilasters or Mullions, 1-1/4" thick, 20 gauge faces bonded to double faced paper honeycomb core. Edges self-interlock and integral with faces for seamless exterior construction or separate 20 gauge interloc%ing edge molding, welded around perimeter and at corner:, all welds ground and filed smooth. Head rails shall have anti grip type edge and non-removable flush me al end closures. Heavy duty reinforced anchorage and supports: adjustable is required for leveling, to fix pilasters or mullions and rails rigidly and pe.rman•ntly in place. Verify requirements of surface mounted or recessed toilet accessory fixtures or grab bars. Provide panel reinforcing or frames as required. 10162-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 10162 - TOILFT PARTITIONS 2.3 HARDWARE All hardware and panel brackets shall be non-ferrous chrome plated. Pilaster shoe fittings shall be polished stainless steel, 3" high. Integral upper door hinge pintle support with removable stainless steel pintle in bronze bushing. Rigidly installed bottom door gravity hinge with either ball bearing roller and cam or oppos .ng nylon cam action, adjustable for setting rest position of door. Door latch - stainless steel surfaca mounted throw latch, or conc�-ilyd turn latch with stainless steel bolt. Key slot emergency access outside latch cover. Door latch Keeper with bumper. Where door swings out, provide wall mounted door bumpers, Glynn Johnson Corp GJWB 50 Aluminum. Include coat hook with bumper, wall and partition brackets and other hardware ; required for installation. Use non-removable Phillips head stainless steel screi.s for all exposed fastenin,s, both for hardware and wall attachment. 2.4 FINISHES Clean and degrease fabricated panels. apply one (1) rust inhibiting prime coat followed by spray applied baked Enamel coat oven dried. 3.0 KRICUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION By skilled mechanics approved by manufacturer. Conform to manufarturer's instruction. Horizontal lines level and at correct elevations. vertical members plumb. Verify and coordinate proper installation of additional supports, bracing, and blocking in building walls, ceilings and floors to receive anchorage fastenings. Drill and tap concealed metal supports to receive machine bolts as required . Handicap stall requires additional bracing head rail when 1 alcove plan is shown. Set hinges to close or hold open as directed. Clean panels and hardware and adjust hardware for perfect fit and operation. Repair or replace damaged [ finishes and construction as directed if caused by this work. {` END OF SECTION 10162-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCH00'., - 10200 - METAL LOUVERS SECTION 10200 - METAL LOUVERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE All exterior louvers and screens, locations and size as shown on Drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Stationary louvers Type 609-A, complete with frame supports and Flashing as detailed to be supplied by AIRO-lite Company, Marietta, Ohio. Blades shall be set on 45 degree slope spaced 4" o.c. with 3/4" legs top and '%ottom, min. net free area of 45%. Fabricate throughout with 16 gauge galvanized steel. Equip louvers with 1/2" x 1/2" bird screen mounted in folded "U" type frame and attached to interior face of louvers with sheet metal screws. Substitution Accepted: Dowco Corp. Air Louver by Armetta Incastries. Grand Metal - Portland 2.2 FINISH Louvers and screens shall be bonderized, followed by baked-on epoxy primer. Finish coat to be painted on job. Color as selected by Architect. 3.0 E><RCUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION Louvers and screens shall be installed straight, plumb, counter-flashed and caulked around exterior louver frame as detailed for finished neat installation. END OF SECTION 10200 - 1 �f DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOuL - 10245 - ACCESS PANELS SECTION 10245 - ACCESS PANELS 1.0 GFNERAL 1.1 SCOPE Mork this Section: Provide and install large access panels in walls and ceilings for access to all concealed equipment and closed spaces. Work Specified Elsewhere: Small access panels for access to mechanical devices - Division 15. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCESS PANELS Panels: Inryco/Milcor "AT" type approved. Size 24" X 36" unless noted or detailed otherwise on the Drawings. Self latching with key operated cylinder. lock. Key locks alike. Extra Panels: Provide panels and cost of installing two (2) extra 24" X 36" panels. Install in locations as directed. If not used turn over to Owner at end of job. 1 8r. Panels: Inryco/Milcor fire rated ceiling door. Size 24" x 36" Self closing with key operated cylinder lock. Key alike. 3.0 UECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION By General Contractor in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Coordinate exact location of panels with Architect . END OF SECTION 10245-1 BRIDGEPORT & WOODWARD - 10520 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS SECTION 10520 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 1.0 r;ENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Furnish and install fire extinguisher cabinets and fire extinguishers as indicated on Drawings. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION CABINETS WITH EXTINGUISHERS FE-1: J.L. Industries "Ambassador" Series Model No. 1817-2 1/2" Trim Recessed Mounted, 18 Gauge Enamel Steel Cabinet. Exterior Prime Coated. Continuous Hinges '110. J.F. Model No. 5 "Cosmic E" Enameled Steel Fire Extinguishers. FB-2• J.L. Industries Mark II Wall Mounted Bracket and J.F. Model "Cosmic SE", Enameled Steel Fire Extinguishers. U.L. Rating 2A-10BC. All extinguishers to be fire class U.L. rated "A.B.C." or "B.C." dry chemical, rating as noted above. Supplier shall be responsible for filling and servicing fire extinguishers ready for use. 2.2 KEYS All Extinguisher Cabinets shall be keyed alike. Furnish six (6) keys. 3.0 EXECUTION. 3.1 INSTALLATION Items furnished above shall be installed by General Contractor, according to manufacturer' s instructions. Mounting height to top of all cai•inets to be 5'- 0". END OF SECTION 10520-1 w!► � as, � ■n s � � Nr � DURHAM ELEMEN,rARY SCHOOL - 10800 - TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 1 SECTION 10800 - TOILET ROOK ACCESSORIES I 1.0 GENERAL I 1.1 SCOPE Work This__Sectioa_ Furnish and install toilet accessories as specified herein and required by Drawings. Install Owner furnished toilet paper dispenser (TPD) , paper towel dispenser (PTD) , and soap dispenser (:D) . I 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Furnish five (5) sets of Shop Drawings or Product Descriptive for review prior to ordering or fabricating. 2.0 PROD'U'i:T9 2.1 MOP AND BROOM HOLDERS Bradley, Model 995-5-48" Location - As shown on Drawings. IThree (3) total required. 2.2 FRAMED MIRRORS Bradley 110, 20 gage Stainless Steal Frame - Mitered Corners, I Location and sizes as shown on drawings. 2. 3 GRAB BARS I1 1/2" outside diameter, Type 304 Stainless Steel, Satin Finish with Safety Grip Finish. Bradley 812, with concealed mounting flanges. Toilet Stalls - Bent to 001 configuration. 36" long centered in lip of water closet . Mounted 33" high with a minimum of 1 1/2" clearance between bar and wall. 1�ocations - As shown on Drawings. 2.4 DISPENSERS Toilet Paper Dispensers (T'D) , Paper Towel Dispensers (PTD) , Sanitary Napkin Dispensers (SND) and Soap Jispensets (6D) will be provided by owner and installed by Contractor. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION Install in lcoations as shown on drawings. I ( END OF SECTION I I 10800 - 1 W W RxwmP.► DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 10900 - FLAGPOLE SECTION 10900 - FLAGPOLE 1.0 G_EN_ F._RA4 1.1 SCOPE Furnish and install a' .ainum ground set flagpole complete with all standard fittings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL Flagpole shall be ground set with an Exposed height of 40'-0" and an overall height of 44'-0". The butt shall be 7" o.d. and 3-1/4" o.d. at the t-)p. The pole and all component aluminum accessories shall receive standard AmTone finish as manufactured b} American Flagpole Equipment Co. Similar polus by Baartol, Concord, American Flag and Banner Co, and Metal Arts approved. Pole: Cone tapered aluminum tubing size, seamless construction and fabricated of 6063-T6 aluruinum. Wall thickness .188. Rate of taper 1" to every 5.5' . Ball: Aluminum 356 alloy die cast 8" in diameter with 6061-T6 aluminum stem. Truck: All aluminum revolving non-fouling truck assembly. Body revolving on stainless steel balls in spindle .ac%. Truck to have 2-3/8" diameter sheaves on 1/2" stainless steel pins. Halyards: Cotton braided 110, 5/16" diameter rope. Cleats: Aluminum die cast 9" long with two flat head machine strews. Sna"ooks Chrome plates; bronze, 3-1/1." long with swivel eye. Foundation Sleeve: Standatd steel pipe of proper size and length with welded steel bottom plate, and internal centering wedges. Lilhtninq_Rod: Copper clad steel 3/4" diameter rod with aluminum wire 1/2" diameter and all necessary attach.tent fittings. 3.0 r:7IECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION Install in location as shown on Drawi.ng5. END OF SECTION 10900 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 11480 - ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT ANCHORS SECTION 11480 - ATHLETIC EQUIPMM ANCHORS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Mork This Section: Owner to furnish equipment anchors. cork By Others General Contractor install anchors. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL 11 anchors total. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION As recommended by manufacturer END OF SECTION 11480 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 11482 - BASKETBALL BACKSTOPS C r SECTION 11482 - BASKETBALL BACKSTOPS I 1.U G_LNERAL 1.0 SCOPE Basketball Backstops and accessories. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Submit tar review pri to fabrication. 2.0 PRODUCTS I 2.1 BACKSTOPS Numbers on equipment listed are those for Porter Equipment Co Like ecui.pment manufactured by Cassidy Equipment Co also approved. Twa (2) 0518H Ceiling Suspended Wall Braced with Height Adjuster. I Finish - non alar.e black enamel. Two (2) Porter No. 00267-000 Fan Steel Banks with NO. 00235•-000 goals. All Igoals complete with twine net. 3.0 E7IECil?ION 3.1 INSTALLATION All equipment shall be installed securely to the structure, plumb and true, and in perfect operating condition. Backstops located accurately to court dimensions and complete with all fittings and supports for installation. Secure in pla,:e with all required fittings and hardware. I All equipment installation shall be performed by experienced workmen and in accotu:nr_e with manufacturer's instructions. I I I END OF SECTIOU 1 11482-1 r DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 12300 - CABINETS SECTION 1.2300 - CABINETS 1,_0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Provide and install all cabinets as required by Drawings. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide for review prior to beginning fabrication. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 CABINETS Plastic laminate over particle board core. Flush door and hardware construction. Approved manufacturers: Mo%.Ltor - Tacoma, Washington Lemons - Albany, Oregon Sullivan - Vancouver, Washington Westmark - Tacoma, Washington 2.2 KEYS & KEYING Provide pin tumbler locks in locations required by the Drawings. Key alike in groups and master key. Provide two (2) change keys for each lock and four (4) master keys. 4 3 BASE Provide separate plastic laminate base for all freestanding cabinets. Provide wood base for, all other cabinets. Rubber base over wood base furnished and installed Section 09650. 2.4 TOPS Provide common top on cabinets as indicated on Drawings. 2.5 FINISH ENDS AND BACKS All exposed backs and ends and all cabinets with plastic laminate bases shall have finished ends and backs. 2.6 FILLERS Provide fillers as necessary to make closure from cabinet to finish wall. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS Unless specifically shown otherwise, all shelves covered with plastic laminate top and bottom with and molding edge. All shelving fully adjustable with retaining brackets. 3.0 UECUTION 3. 1 DELIVERY & INSTALLATION Installation by manufacturer of cabinEts. Deliver only when building is closed in and fully heated and ventilated. Protect at all times from moisture and other damage. Any damage resulting shall be reoaired or replaced. Contractor provide constant and competent supervision to oversee work and coordinate work with other trades. END Of' SECTION 12300-1 w w w w DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 13500 - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SECTION 13500._: FIRE_PROTECTION SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section_ Provide a complete automatic wet fire, hydraulically calculated, sprinkler system as indicated on Drawings and in compliance with NFPA Pamphlet 13, Oregon State Fire Marshal, Tnsurance Services Office of Oregon, and Uniform building Code Requirements. Head spacing and pipe sizing are to conform to light hazard requirements. Work Specified Elsewhere: water Service - See Mechanical Drawings Fire Alarm System - See Division 16. 1 .2 CERTIFIED DRAWINGS Prepare calculations and fire protection system working drawings showi[,g locations and types of heads, alarm valves and devices, pipe sizes and current lengths, test tees and valves, dra: 9 valves and other related items. Show location and detail of supports including loads on each si1pport . Provide three (3) sets of Drawings showing sprinkler head locations coordinated with Structural Drawings, Reflected Ceiling Plans and Mechanical Drawings to Architect for review prior to submitting Drawings to Authorities listed belu'w. Submit Drawing and calculations to Plans Review Division, Oregon Department of Commerce and local Fire Marshal for review and provide six (6) sets of approved calculations and Drawings to Architect for final review. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Concealed piping system shall utilize pendent type sprinkler heads. Heads shall be Chrome plated with recessed chrome canopy to match existing. Exposed and blind space sprinklers to be brass. Exterior heads to be freeze proof type. Submit samples of heads for approval prior to bidding. Hangers to conform to requirements of ?4FPA and UBC. Fittings shall be cast iron, same as specified for pipe, and shall conform to I AWWA Standard r-100 Class D, and ASA Specification A21.10. Valves to be U.L. and F.M. approved. Water flow switch and bell wiring by Electrical . Provide all valves fitting, Fire Department connections, etc. , required for a complete automatic wet fire sprinkler system. Fire department connection to be of polishad brass finish. 13500 - 1 i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - .13500 - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION The Contract Drawings indicate general location of sprinkler heads in ceiling I areas, approximate locations of piping mains, sprinkler zones, and types of e systems. Locations of all sprinkler heads, outlets, piping and appurtenances are not shown in all areas and therefore are to be installed in accord with Code requirements. Location of heads shown may be changed if required by C)de yJ requirements, but only upon approval of Architect . Sprinkler in suspended ceilings shall be coordinated with lighting arrangement as shown and be generally centered in ceiling panels. (See Reflected Ceiling Plan) . Prime coat - paint all exposed pipe in occupied space. Coordinate color with Architect. Sack heads and have ready for final painting under Section 09900. 3.2 TESTS AND INSPECTION All equipment, piping, etc. , of entire work shall be subject to inspection and test by Fire Marshal and owner at any time during installation, and upon completion of installation. Approval tests shall be as listed in current issue of applicable standards of Underwriters and shall be applied to all equipment installed under this Specification. Tests shall be performed by Contractor at his expense. Tests shall be properly witnessed and full approval obtained from Fire Marshal and N.F.P.A. Certificates of ests and approvals are to be filed with local Fire Marshal and: State Department of Commerce as required by Owner. Pressure test on sprinkler work shall be at 200 psi for two hours. END OF SECTION Aj � 1 13500 - 2 DURHAM - 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS .0 i;E NERAL 1. 1 COOPERATIVE WORK Include all materials, labor and equipment required to install complete mechanical work. Cooperate with other Contractors in furnishing materials and information for correct location and in proper sequence for sleeves, bucks, chases, mountings, backing, foundations, and wiring required for installation of in-place iron work, etc. Upon failure to properly direct, locate and size such work at the correct time, any additional clotting and patching required is to b done by Mechanical Subcontractor as directed and approved by the Architect or General Contractor. 1.2 SCOPE Install as shown in accordance with these Specifications and Drawings, and furnish material, labor, and equipment together with all incidental items not specifically shown or specified which are required by good practice to provide the complete system as described. Provide and pay for all permits required for the work. 1. 3 COORDINATION Examine and refer to all Architectural, Structural, and Electrical. Drawings and Specifications for construction conditions and contract requirements which may affect the mechanical work; inspect the building site for verification of present conditions, and make proper provisions for these conditions In performing the work. Refer to all Sections under Division 15 for items relating to and to be coordinated with the entire mechanical work necessary to provide the complete system as described. 1 .4 APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT General: Manufacturer's trade names and catalog numbers stated herein are intended to indicate the quality of equipment or materials desired. Manufacturers not listed require prior approval.. Make written requests for approval to the Architect, in accordance with requirements previously stated. Provide sufficient material or data to determine compliance with these Specifications. 15050-1 ger se ter uo �■► t� t� I DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS I Equipment: The Drawings in genual are based upon one of the specific manufacturers listed for a particular equipment item. The other specific manufacturers and additional approved manufacturers of equipment may require deviations from I the Drawings to properly install the particular equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and to provide the system results required. The Contractor shall provide all work necessary to install this equipment and shall provide eight copies of Shop Drawings to the Architect for approval showing all deviations required for a specific equipment item installation. DataRReauired: Where Shop Drawings or other data are requested for a particular item of equipment, provide this data to the Architect and obtain approval prior to the installation of such equipment. Provide data upon request as the I Architect may require. Make available for consultation at the job site during the installation period Lf the specific equipment, a copy of the manufacturer's installation proced,;-p. Follow manufacturer's instructions explicitly. 1. 5 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP cue it .als: I Materials furnished and employed in the permanent construction of the installations hereunder to be suitable for space provided, new, free of defects, size, make, type, and quality specified. Capacities, sizes, and dimensions shown or specified are minimum unless otherwise indicated. When two or more units of the same class of equipment are furnished, use I equipment of single manufacturer. Component parts of the entire system need not be the product of same. manufacturer. Protect all materials against loss, damage, or accumulation of debris before installation. Workmanship: Proceed with the work in an orderly fashion so that progress on the job is not delayed. Accomplish work to the satisfaction of the Architect. Remove and reinstall to the satisfaction of the Architect any unsatisfactory work. Verify measurements and dimensions at building site. Make variations apparently necessary due to existing conditions only upon the approval of Architect. i 1505)-J i I I DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL UATERIALS AND METHODS 1.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION Install all equipment specified herein or shown on the Drawings strictly In accordance with manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise indicated. Where installation is shown or specified contrary to the recommendations of the manufacturer of the equipment furnished, advise the Architect of the differences apparent before beginning the affected portions of the work. Anchor all floor and roof mounted equipment, with size and spacing of anchor bolts as recommended by the respective equipment manufacturer. Submit dimensioned shop drawings for approval showing anchor bolts for each piece of equipment, before bases are formed. Also, see VIBRATION ISOLAT[ON, SECTION 15240. 1 . 7 OPERATING & MAINTENANCE DATA General: Provide three (3) copies of the following data at completion of the project to the Architect for approval prior to application for final payment. Any items not available must be forwarded for later insertion in the Operating and Maintenance Manual. SUDp1itL—Q1L2.S1tory: Alphabetical list of principal subcontractors and suppliers of equipment giving name, address, and telephone number. Equipment Directury: List of equipment installed including fans, air supply units, pumps, heating and cooling equipment, etc. , giving Drawing reference numbers, location, area served, manufacturer with model number, and supplier. Va ve Tag-Directory: Manu acrurer's Literature: Manufacturer's instructions for operation and maintenance of all mechanical equi.pmert and specialties, including replacement parts list and record wiring diagrams, on 8-1/2 x 11- Lnch sheets or catalogs , all suitable for side binding. Ma -itenance Inst actions: Where instructions for maintenance are not included in the manufacturer's literature, provide supplemental data to enable proper maintenance of the ! equipment installed. The data shall include specific lubrication mer-hods and recommended frequencies along with procedures and precautions for inspection and routine service . 15050-3 i DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS System Balance Log.;: Balance lcgs and equipment data sheets. em erature Control Adiuctment LoQ: Instructions to Owners: Demonstrate operation of major itemi of equipment and systems to the Owner. This includes: Refrigeration Systems. Heating Systems. Control System. Review maintenance of the equipment with the Owner in accordance with Che manufacturer's literature and maintenance instructions. 1.8 RELATED WORK General Construction =Specs e n Division 2 through 14: Pipe chases and all formed concrete work except as specified hereunder. . Framed openings in wood construction, masonry, concrete, and other architectural and structural e:ements. Wood grounds and nailing strips in masonry and concrete. Installation only of access doors in architectural elements; furnish access doors as part of Division 15, except as otherwise specified. Painting except as specified her.eunaer. Curbs and roof flashings for openings through roofs, except for vent pipe flashings and roof drain flashings. Wall louvers. Exterior downspouts. Electrical Work Specified in Division lb: Motor disconnect switches and installation. Mounting and wiring of motor starters, Power wiring. 15050-4 rrrr� DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.9 SUBMITTALS Operating and Maintenance Data: Assemble data into three (3) ses with each set consisting of one copy each of the above data. Bind each set in 8-1/2 x 11-inch three-ring plastic covered binder with tab index. Access Doors: Submit product data. Water Strainers.: Submit product data for each device to be provided. 2.1 _LRODUCTTS 2. 1 ACCESS DOORS Provide access doors, where indicated and where required for access to valves, dampers, and other mechanical equipment. Doors in architectural elements key operated; keyed alike, with concealed hinges; Milcor, or approved equal. Access doors in dry wall or veneer plaster construction to be Milcor Style DW, fire rated. A- _ess doors in plaster construction to be Milcor Style K. Access doors in acoustical tile ceiling or walls to be Milcor Style ATR. Access doors in two-hour partitions to be sandwich type with U.L. "B" label , Milcor Fire Rated. Access doors in ductwork specified under Section 15880. Doors 18" x 18" size unless shown otherwise. 24" x 24" in acoustical tile ceilings. 2 . 2 MACHINERY GUARDS Provide guards for all rotating machinery in accordance with Oregon State Safety Codes. Provide 1-inch mesh protective screens at autonatic dampers exposed in mechanical equipment spaces and plenum rooms. listall screens on the room side of the damper, using wing nuts for easy removal. 15050-5 3_ E_ DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 3 BEARINGS Furnish self-aligning, permanently lubricated ball or roller bearings unless otherwise noted or approved. 2.4 INSERTS AND SLEEVES Inserts: Malleable iron or steel Inserts, with space for reinforcing rod to support the load applied. Grinnell Figure 152; similar Michigan, Elcen. dans o dues Similar and equal to Phillips self-drilling flush shell. Plugs selected for at least four times the load applied. Sleeves: Cast iron or galvanized s -el pipe sleeves. Size to allow for caulking, where required; see MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION, AND SEISMIC CONTROL. Water-Tie11_ Seals: Synthetic rubber links interlocked with bolts and nuts; Link-Seal Model I.S. Acceptable Manufacturers ' As indicated. 2 . 5 FLOOR, WALL, AND CEILING PLATES Floor Plates - cast brass, chromium plated. Wall and ceiling plates - spun aluminum. Size sufficient to completely cover pipe sleeve. 2.6 WATER STRAINERS Description: 2-1/2-inches and Smaller - Cast iron, 125 pound, screwed, with 20 mesh perforated stainless steel strainer. 2-1/2-inche Larger - Cast iron, 125 pound flanged, with 0. 12.54-inch perforated ..,unless steel strainer. Acceptable Manufacturers: RP&C, similar Metraflex, Sarco. 15050-6 DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL. MATERIALS AND METHODS 2 . 7 MOTORS AND STARTERS Motors: Nominal nameplate horsepower not less than 115 percent of equipment horsepower required for specified performance. Motors rated 1/3 horsepower and less wound for 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase current. Motors rated 1/2 horsepower and over wound .tor 60 cycle, three phase power. For specific voltage, see Division 16. Single Phase Motors - NEMA Design "N" and "0" for fractional horsepower motors, capacitor start, open enclosure, continuous duty. Direct connected motors less than 1/3 horsepower on fans or pumps may be split phase, shaded pole, or permanent split capacitor. Three Phase Motors - NEMA Design "B" , continuous duty, open enclosure. Energy Efficient Motors - For standard foot-mount motors, 5 HP and larger, provide energy efficient motors similar and approved equal to Century Gould E-Plus. Starters: Pro-:idc thermal overload protection on each phase. Three required for 3 phase motors. Verify the characteristics of each motor installed and provide thermal elements for proper protection in accordance with motor manufacturer's recommendations. The responsibility for such coordination is the work of this Division. Provide manual overload reset button. Manual motor starters for single phase motors shall be quick-make, quick- break, with thermal overload protection, NEMA-1 enclosures unless located outside; then NEMA-3. Magnetic motor starters for 3 phase motors shall be full voltage type for quick-make, quick-break, HP rated for size of motor. Provide 120 volt control transformers for each motor starter, or coils shall. be 120 volt. All enclosures shall be NEMA-I . Provide one auxiliary contact in each starter. Provide maintained-contact H-O-A switches, where indicated. Where duplex units are specified, provide circuitry to maintain the function of the second unit and its control in the event of failure or service interruptlin of the first unit. This applies to both Lead/Lag and Operation/Standby system. ■ DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL. MATERIALS AND METHODS _Zauioment: Equipment furnished hereunder with control and/or power cabinet furnished with suitable terminal lugs for connection of electrical service. Provide overcurrent protection for each branch feeder where several power sources are fed from these terminal lugs. Provide and install special electrical devices such as fuses and fused disconnects where require-.i as part of the U.L. listing when those special devices are not provided as part of the electrical system. 2.8 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION i C�elieral: Identify valves, piping, and equipment components of the mechanical systems to indicate their function and system served. Valves: Equip each valve with numbered brass disc attached to valve by brass chain. Provide charts indicating valve tag number, service, location, and normal position of valve. Provide a separate charl- for each mechanical room. Mount on wall in .appropriate areas, in suitable framed and glazed cover, and provide one copy in each set of Operating and Maintenance! Data. .moi n8: Identify all exposed piping and piping located above accessible ceilings, with a properly identified adhesive pipe marker; width of bands, size of letters, and background colors conforming to ANSI A13. 1 . Utilize standard pipe marker identification and directional arrows to indicate direction of flow. Install identification marker with arrow within 12-inches of all valves. Provide one copy of list of pipe identification markers and directional arrows list in each set of Operating and Maintenance Data. Fq_uip-Ment: Tag all pumps, air supply units, condensing units, boiler, fans, and miscellaneous items of mechanical equipment with engraved nameplates. Nameplates to be 1/16-inch thick, laminated 3-ply plastic, center ply white, outer ply black "i,amicoid" or equal. Letters formed by exposing center ply. In general, mechanical items identified by the code number shown on the Drawings. Provide one copy of equipment nametag list in each set of Operating and Maintenance Data. tccevtab_l.e Manufacturers: Bradv, Zeston, Seton. 15050-8 DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.0 EXE CU 0 3. 1 ACCESS DO)RS Provide access doors where Indicated and where required for access to valves, dampers, rough-in pltunbing, and other equipment requiring periodic attention. Access doors will be provided hereunder, but installed under general construction work. Provide a reasonabl• means of access for all equipmenrequiring periodic observation, adjustment, cleaning, or maintenance. 3.2 INSERTS AND SLEEVES Layout work in advance of pouring of slabs or construction of walls. Furnish and set inserts and sleeves necessary to complete th ! work. Installation: Sleeves - Install sleeves through footings, walls, ani floors. Secure sleeves to prevent displacement. Sleeves Through Floor - Except as otherwise detailed, extend sleeves 1/2- inch above finished floors except extend sleeves 4-inche.: above finished floors in mechanical rooms above slab-on-grade levels. Sleeves for Uninsulated Piping - Allow a minimum of 1/4• inch clearance around the pipe except where additional clearance is required to allow for pipe movement. Slee,!e:: for Insulated Piping Select sleeves to encompas- the insulation and allow a minimam of 1/4-inch clearance around the pipe, except where additional clearance is required to allow for pipe movement. Protect insulation through sleeve with 16 gauge galvanized steel cover on 2-inch pipe and over. WatertighL peals: Install between sleeve and pipes entering building below grade, and where shown. Adjust to provide hydrostatic seal. 3.3 :'LOOK, WA'.... AND CEILIt—. PLATES Installation: Install on expose ,l piping passing through finished walls, floors, and ceilings. Secure wall and ceiling plates to pipe. Plates not required in mechanical equipment spaces. 15050-9 DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.4 WATER STRAINERS Install ahead of control ,alves, pressure reducing valves, and where shown Equip strainers in mechan cal rooms with 3/4-inch hose end drain valve. Ac Contractor's option, 2-1;?-inch size may he screwed or flanged. 3. 5 ELFCTRICAI.. WORK Comply with Division 16 of these Specifications . Protect control wiring in metal conduit, or otherwise as approved. Concea, wiring and conduit in finished spaces unless otherwise approved by the r.rchitect. Install exposed conduit parallel to building walls. 3 .6 MECHAN'.'AL IDENTIFICATION Installation: Vale and Equipment Tags - Apply tags using brass chains for valve tags and screws or permanent adhesive for equipment tags. Pipe Markers - Apply pipe markers to piping as follows: Where pipe passes through a wall . On each riser. On each leg of a tee. Every 50 feel along continuous lines . Within 12-inches of all valves. Apply pipe markers to the lower quarters cf the lips, on horizontal runs and where view is not obstructed. Point markers away from pipe markers to indicate direction E flow. 3. 7 PAINTING General: All mechanical equipment, piping, 'nsulation, ductwork, etc. , exposed in finished areas, storage rooms, and other locations except mechanical equipmp.nt rooms will he painted under Division 9. Mechanical equipment spaces include spaces such as mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, etc. Mechavical E ui mp ent Rooms: Hangers, uninsulated ferrous piping. miscellaneous iron work, structural steel stands, equipment bases - One coat of rustt inhibiting paint and one coat of black enamel . Concealed Spaces: Painting not required. 15050-10 DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Ductwork: Inside of ducts behind all grilles and registers - One crat of flat black paint. Rlu t=021ii : Miscellaneous iron and steel exposed to weather - Ore coat rust inhibiting primer and one coat black enamel. 3.8 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL Ge e a : E).cavatP and backfill trenches for underground pipelines as a prrt of the mechanical work. Refer to Division 2 for specific requirements regarding backfilling, compaction, and disposal. of excess material Refer to respective articles for specifications governing the installation of specific piping systems in the trenches. e uener. of the Wor1k: Executf all work with minimum disruption to activities of other contractors atij peoperty owners. It may be necessary to phase portions of the work to provide minimum disr.iption, verify with and proceed as directed by the Architect. Make arrangements with Arrhitect, in advance, before beginning the installation of any new utility and trench lines. InstAll all piping promptly after excavation or cutting for same has been done, so as to keep the excavations open as short a time as possible. Trench Excavation: Minimtun width as required. Banks as nearly vertical as practical . Excavate to required depth and grade bottom of trench to allow pipe to be supported along its entire length. Dispose of excess exca•tated material as directed in Division 2 . Barkfill : Backfill bottom of trench with 4-inch layer of 3/4-inch minus crushed rock. After installation of piping, backfill with 3/4-inch minus crushed rock to springline of pipe and hand-work with shovel under all haunches . When bedding is firm and piping, is well supported and aligned, backfill. to 6-inches over top of pipe with 3/4-inch minus crushed tock and hand tamp. remainder of trench shall be backfilled with select material in lifts not more than 9-inches loose thickness and compacted as directel in Division 2. Buried pipe shall be installed with Class B bedding anu all excavating, shoring, installation, testing, and backfilling shall conform to Division 2. and all local -ovet-ging rndp arnl regirlrriions . Final grading and seed'.ng in grassed anal punted areas ag ipec i t ivo 11nd-r 1 —dscaping. Restore r roads—rv— ir.d paving to original conditir.n in areas where ;;ew grading is n)r rn wn on architectural or landscaping draw'.ngs. 15050-11 DURHAM - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Fxisti;�ttnderEraund L'tilitt?a: Unless otherwise indicated, existing underground or buried piping, such as sewers, gas, water, electrical conduit, etc. , active or abandoned, whether shown on the Drawings or not, that is encountered in the prosecution of the work shall be properly shared and protec`ed from any damage whatsoever. Unless otherwise indicated, abandoned or inactive piping encountered shall be left intact and undamaged, or relocated and reconnected to the existing system, as directed by t`. e Architect. Damage resulting from the Contractor's ojeratiuns shall be repaired at no cost to the Owner. 3.9 CUTTING AND PATCHING Cutting for pipe and equipment throug'i structure as approved by the Architect for each case. Protect all furnishings and finished surfaces. Sidewalks, pavtmentc. etc. , cut for the installation of work in this Division shall be patched to watch the existing. Provide suitable means to prevent excessive settlement of backfilled trenches. Upon failure to properly direct, locate, and sire such work at the correct time, any additional cutting and patching require! is to hr Mone try Mechanical Subcontractor as directed and approved by tie Architect or General. Contractor. 3. 10 QUALITY CONTROL If any equipment is thought to be short of capacity, a test: shall be conducted by the Contractor and witnessed by the Architect or his representative. If the equipment is found to be deficient, the cost of such test and necessary modifications, as are required to bring it up to the specified conditiins, shall be borne by the Contractor. If the equipment is found to perform per the Specifications, the cost of the test will be paid by the Owner . \; 3. 11 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT Pi See Section 15060. Ductwork: Clean inside of all ductwork before final acceptance. Do not operate any air supply units unless primary air filters are in place. 15050-12 DURHAM - 15050 - BASIJ MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Eguipment: Adjust and clean all devices. Remove all tags and shipping labels. Immediately prior to final inspection, clean visible parts of equipment as required to original factory condition. Clean all name and data plates thoroughly. Provide initial lubrication of equipment items in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide new air filters immediately prior to air balancing. Performance: Should any pipe, coil, oi• duct be stopped up or should foaming of boilers occur after the system has been accepted, the piping or ductwork shall be disconnected, cleaned, and reconnected without additional expense to the Owner. Discoloration or damage to the systems or building finish or f,.irnishings resulting from failure to properly clean the systems shill be co►tected without additional expense to the Owner. 3. 12 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Maintain a set of black.line prints of building plans for the dur:tton of the Contract and make a record of the work as the installation progresses Show approved changes from original drawings as actually installed. Locate and identify all buried piping and accurately dimension respective locations from column centerlines or permanent building walls; show depth of buried piping below floor, street, or walk. Transfer changes to a set of reproducible transparencies and deliver to the Architect. END OF SECTION j l 15050-13 G V DURHAM - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS SECTION 15060 .- PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Install piping to meet requirements of the ASME Code for heating boilers; local plumbing code, and building code, as applicable. 1. 3 SUBMITTALS General: Submit certificates of inspections, pipe tests, and pipe cleaning to the Architect. Certification: When requested by the Architect, provide copies of current ASME, and/or Oregon State, certifications for welders installing welded pi.ping systems. Ninimum qualifications shall be Oregon State Pipe Welding Certification. Catalog data on "No-Hub" shield and clamp a3sembly and mechanical coupli.rigs and fittings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE P i-pe: Standard weight galvanized steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A120. Fitt.i �s• Sanitary Waste: Coated -ast iron threaded, recess type drainage fittings, conforming to Fed. Spec. WW-P-491B, Fittings, Vent: Cast iron, screwed, conforming to Fed. Spec. WW-P-501d. Fittings, Other: Galvanized, malleable, screwed, 150 psi, conforming to Fed. Spec WW-P-521f; of mechanical couplings . 15060- 1 i ■ DUR11A4 - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 2, 2 BLACK STEEL PIPE P_4pt: Black steel, Schedule 40 or 80 as required, conforming to ASTM A53 and A120. Fittings, Screwed, Malleable Iron: Screwed pattern, 150 psi, conforming to Fed. Spec. WW-P-521. Fittings, Screwed. Cast Iro : Screwed pattern, 150 psi , confovming to Fed. Spec. WW-P-501. Fittings. Welding: Seamless welded fittings, conforming to ASTM A234, Grade A. 2. 3 COPPER PIPE PiDe: Hard drawn, seamless copper tubing, conforming to ASTM 888, Fitt n s: Wrought copper, 150 psi , solder joint. type; ANSI B16. 22; of same class as piping. Manufacturer: Nibco, Mueller or approved equal . 2 .4 DUCTILE IRON, PRESSURE TYPE PIPE $_JJL Centrifugally cast Class 52 ductile iron pipe, conforming to ANSI A21. 51 and AWWA-C151 with all required information permanently marked on each section of pipe. Fittings: Mechanical joint; gasket joint may be used in straight runs only with all marking same as for pipe. Manufacturer: American Cast Iron Co. , U.S. Pipe, or approved equal . 2 .5 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE Pive : Service weight cast Iron, conforming co Fed Spec. WW-P-401e . Fittings: Compatible with pipe; code appr,,ved for application; marked with Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute insignia and conforming to Fed. Spec. WW-P-401e. Rubber ring cast iron or "No-Hub" cast iron. 15060- 2 DURHAM - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Manufactuger: Tyler, or approved equal. 2.6 CONCRETE PIFE P1De Non-reinforced concrete hub-and-spigot, ASTM C-14-71; designed for use with rubber ring joints. Fittings: Corresponding quality wyes, tees, bends, etc , , 0-rings with oval cross section and approved ASTM C-443 rubber ring joints. 2.7 PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Pipe: Chemical resistant SDR-35 PVC sewer pipe •--onforming to ASTM specification D- 3034. Fittines: Bell ind spigot configurations and elastomeric compression gaskets compatible with the pipe. 2.8 PIPE JOINTS Screwd: American National taper thread with teflon. tape or an approved commercial pipe paste except-paste not permitted on PVC or CPVC. Flanged: Face true , rubber or neoprene gaskets, 1/16- inch thick. Welding neck steel flanges conforming, to ASTM A181, Class I , on black steel piping. Cast iron companion flanges conforming to ASTM A126, Class B, on screwed black steel, galvanized, or cast iron pipe. r Use galvanized bolts and nuts on cold water service . Caulked: Oakum gasket and lead. Rubber Ring. Cast Iron: Tyler elastomeric compression type rings. Rubber R I rip Concrete: Rubber ring joints conforming to ASTM C443 installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 15050-3 V DURHAM - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE. FITTINGS Rubber Rine, PVC: Rubber ring joints installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. "No-Hulk" Cast Iron: Above Grade - Neoprene gaskets and corrugated stainless steel shields and clamps conforming to requirzments of Oregon State Plumbing Code. Below Grade - Neoprene gaskets and cast iron "M.G. " couplings with stainless steel bolts and nuts or .016 thick, type 304 stainless steel "ANACO" Husky SD4000 or 304 stainless steel "Mage" couplings. $oldered.�Cc vper: 95-5 solder above, grjund, silver brazed below ground. 50-50 .solder joints are not permittee. eecbanical ou 1inr; Victaulic Style 75/77/741/72/750 mechanical couplings to suit application with Grade "E" molded synthetic rubber gaskets. Malleable iron fittings conforming to Fed. Spec. QQ-1-666c, Grade II ; ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536; or steel. Similar Gustin Bacon, Grinnell Gruvlok. Mechanicpl Joints: Class 200 cement- lined; "Boltite" joint, complete with gaskets, bolts, and nuts. Bolts properly torqued in accordance with manufacturer's published directions. Welded, Steel: With rods of same material as piping. 2 .9 UNIONS AND FLANGES General: Equal to or greater than pressure of adjoining piping; install to facilitate removal of equipment where shown, or where required. Unions in steel piping systems black or galvanized, to match adjacent p+ping, Copper Piping 2-1/2-inches and Smaller: Cast-brass ground-joint unions conforming to ANSI B16. 18, 1973; except dielectric unions between ferrous a!id nonferrous piping similar to Epco. Copper Piping 2-1/2_-incher and LarZr: Cast brass companion flanges conforming to ASTM 125-4B. Provide insulating flanges where required. Steel Piping winches and Smaller: Malleable iron, ground joint unions, except dielectric unions between ferrous and nonferrous piping similar to Epco Model FX. 15060-4 .w DURhAM - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Steel Piping 2-1/2-inches and Larger: Welding neck steel flanges conforming to ASTM A181, Class I, on black steel piping; cast iron companion flanges conforming to ASTM A126, Class 8, on galvanized or cast iron piping; with Garlock No. 7021, 1/16-inch gaskets; flange bolts to conform to ASTM A193, Grade PB with Class 0 nuts; provide insulating flanges where required. Dielectric Unions: Similar to Epc.o. Dielectric Couplings Similar to Pescor. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS Screwed Joints: Join with teflon tape or approved commercial pipe paste applied to male threads only. Unions and Flanges: Install to facilitate removal of equipment. Install dielectric unions, couplings, or insulating flanges between ferrous and nonferrous piping. Use dielectric couplings in concealed spaces. ContractgrOption: 2-1/2-inch size may be screwed or flanged. _Caulked Joints: Joint packed with oakum and run full with molten lead to a minimum depth of 1-inch and caulked flush with hub. tubbeL—RinU: Use Lubri/Fast lubricant on all rubber ring compr.2ssion type pipe joints. Cast Iron No-Hub: Installation to conform with Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Pamphlet No. 100. Stainless steel shields and clamps and neoprene gaskets installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Mechanical Couplings: Mnv be used above ground on rani drains, chilled water, and heating water. May be used in lieu of unions, flanges or screwed pipe connections. Pipe grooving and assembly installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 15060-5 DURHAM - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Mechanical Joints: Use at all changes of direction and all valves on underground ductile iron water piping. Ke do -Joints: By certified welders in accordance with practices of American Welding Society and ASME Codes. Use factory made welded fittings only, except as approved otherwise for each specific instance. ADDlied Locat ons: Above Ground Sanitary Vent - Cast iron soil pipe. Schedule 40 galvanized stpel may be used for 2-1/2-inch and smaller vents. Underground Sanitary Vent - Cast iron soil pipe, Above Ground Sanitary SGil and Waste - Cast iron soil pipe. Schedule 40 galvanized steel may be used for 2-inch and smaller waste. Underground Sanitary Soil and Waste Within Building to 5- feet Outside - Cas" Iron soil pipe. Above Ground Storm Drain - Cast iron soil pipe or Schedule 40 galvanized steel. Underground Storm Drain Within Building to 5-feet Outside - Cast iron soil pipe. Underground Soil, Waste and Storm Drain Beyond 5-feet from Building (except as noted on Drawings) - Concrete pipe or PVC gravity sewer pipe. Indirect and Condensate Drains - Copper or Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe Above Ground Domestic and Process Water - Type L copper pipe. Underground Domestic and Process Water Type K copper pipe. Underground Water 3-inch and Larger - Ductile iron pressure type pipe. Trap Primer Lines - Copper pipe, Type L above ground, Type K below ground. Gas Piping - Schedule 40 black steel pipe with malleable iron fittings. Coeted or wrapped below grade. Refrigerant Piping - Type L hard temper copper pipe, ASTM 888, with wrought capper solder jo hiL t.pe fittings, silver lead solder. Above rro,,,d Heating Water Schedule 40 black steel pipe. I 15060-6 DURHAM - 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Mechanical Joints: Use at all changes of direction and all valves on underground ductile iron water piping. Welded Joints: By certified webers in accordance with practices of American Welding Society and ASME Codes. Use factory made welded fittings only, except as approved otherwise for each specific instance. Applied LocatiUns: Above Ground Sanitary Vent - Cast iron soil pipe. Schedule 40 galvanized steel may be used for 2-1/2-inch and smaller vents. Underground Sanitary Vent - Cast iron soil pipe. Above Ground Sanitary Soil and Waste - Cast iron soil pipe. Schedule 40 galvanized steel may be used for 2-inch and smaller waste. Underground Sanitary Soil and Waste Within Building to 5-feet Outside - Cast iron soil pipe. Above Ground Storm Drain - Cast iron soil pipe or Schedule 40 galvanized steel. Underground Storm Drain Within Building to 5-feet Outside - Cast iron soil pipe. Underground Soil , Waste and Storm Drain Beyond 5-feet from Building (except as noted on Drawings) - Concrete pipe or PVC gravity sewer pipe. Indirect and Condensate Drains - Copper or Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Above Ground Domestic and Process Water Type L copper pipe. Underground Domestic and Process Water - Type K copper pi.pe. Underground Water 3-inch and Larger - Ductile iron pressure type pipe. Trap Primer Lines - Copper pipe, Type L above ground, Type K below ground. Gas Piping - Schedule 40 black steel p'_pe with malleable iron fittings. Coated or wrapped below grade. RefriRe, aw Piping - Type L hard temper copper pipe, ASTM B88 , with wrought copper solder joint type fittings, silver lead solder. Above Ground Heating Water - Schedule 40 black steel pipe. 15060-6 DURHAM - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Insjullatio Provide the following minimum pipe slopes unless otherwise noted on Drawings. Slope soil, waste, roof, and storm drain piping 1./4-inch (28) per foot unless noted otherwise. Slope vent piping 1/4-inch per 1.0 feet to drain at fixture. Slope cold and hot water piping to drain at fixtures. Provide low poi.nts with accessible 1/2-inch drain valves. Provide drain valves at all low points. Provide air vents at all high points of heating water piping systems, and where required or shown. See Section 15500. Provide 2-incl: minimum vents through roof. Increasers minimum of 12-inches below roof. Flash all vents through roof with four pound lead flashing sheet turned down into vents or fit with a double threaded flashing fitting. Install piping to provide natural flexibility for expansion. Provide strainers ahead of control valves, pumps, and where shown. Double-wrap underground gas lines with 10-mil Minnesota Mining Scotchwrap corrosion resistant tape, or, provide coated pipe as approved. Double-wrap domestic water lines under the building floor slab as specified for underground fuel lines. Install underground piping below building on crushed rock bed within 4 to 6-Inches below fioor slab. See Section 15250 for pipe insulation. Gas Piping - Where possible, installed in full lengths of 20-feet. Exposed piping runs straight and parallel to building walls, with risers plumb. Seale pockets at risers. Scale pocket consisting of 12- inci� dirt leg with capped end. Rugolator vent piping through roof with gooseneck down and terminate with screened cap. Connect unvented floor drains to a vented waste line within code approved distance, per Section 706 of Oregon State Plumbing Specialty Code. All changes of direction shall be made with standard fittings. Bending or mitered joints are prohibited. The ends of and openings in all pipe and fittings shall be capped or plugged immediately to exclude all dirt until. fixtures are installed and/or final connections are made. 15060-7 DURHAM - 15060 - PIPE AND PI-S FITTINGS All pipe and fittings shall be new, straight and trur., and shall be installed parallel to the framing of the building. P'.ping shall be installed in such a manner as to permit expansion and contraction and prevent strain on the equipment and/or piling. Joints shall be smooth and unobstructed inside. Thoroughly ream cut pipe ends to remove all burrs. All. piping shall be concealed in finished portion of the building except when : otherwise indicated, or unless otherwise directed at the time the work is done. All piping shall be installed to clear beams, etc . The Contractor shall constantly check the work of the other trades so as to prevent interference with this installation. Unions shall be instaLLed on one side of all screwed shut-off valves; at both sides of screwed automatic valves and on all bypasses; at all equipment connections and elsewhere as indicated or required for ease of installation and/or dismantling unless flanges are indicated. Under no circumstances will unions be permitted to be installed in concealed spaces . Install concrete thrust blocks poured against undisturbed soil, at fire hydrani. tees, caps, and all changes in direction of underground bell-and- spigot or mechanical ,jo?.nt watP. and/or pressure piping. Thrust blocks to have not less than 8 square Leet of boariug surface. Arrange anchors to facilitate maintenance of piping systems. Install buried piping, with minimum clearance between otter piping or conduit / as required by local codes, but in no case less than as described in Section 1108 of Uniform Plumbing Code. Hot or cold water piping that is run from overhead to below slab on grade shall have an accessibly located shutoff valve located in line prior to penetrating the floor. 3.2 PIPE TESTS General: Test all piping prior to `.ns.ilatinp,, concealment , backfi' l.ing, and connection to equipment or specialties. Provide all necessary pumps, gauges , connections, and similar items required t )erform the tests. Notify the Architect 24 hours in advance of each test. Repair all leaks and renew tests until a perfectly :fight sys+_em is achieved. Should leaks develop within one (1) year dating from time of acceptance, Contractor shall make necessary repairs without caulking at no additional expense to the Owner. 1501)0-9 b ; f• � ii � � ito � � � t rDURHAM - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Interior Puildine ` 2T-i.t�iry._Soil. Waste and Ra: Drain Systems: Pipe test to comply with Chapter 3, Section 316 f the Oregon State Pliunbing Specialty Code. Outside Sanitary Sewer System (Building Sewer) : Provide an acceptable water or low pressure air tes of the piping ill accordance with Chapter 3, Section 318(E) , Oregon State Plumbing Specialty Code and IAPMO 15 16-76. Test of either the constant pressure or timed pressure drop method, considering groundwater levels during the test interval. 5,:A1.dine Hot and Cold Wates Systems: fest hydrostatically at 1-1/2 times normal working pressure, but not less than 125 psi for 4 hours without loss of pressure. Undereround_Water and Fire Service Mains: Test at 130 psi for 1 hour with maximum los ; of 5 psi. Provide bacteriological tests in accordance with and as required by Oregon State Board of Health. FMel Gas Systems: Test pipe and equipment at 1-1/2 times proposed maximum operating pressure, but not less than 60 psig for 30 minutes without loss of pressure in accordance with the regulations of the gas serving agency. Heating Water System: Test hydrostatically at 150 psig for 4 hours without 'oss of pressure. Refrigerant: Pressurize piping to 100 psig with dry nitrogen. Check for leaks in piping and connection using a leak detector. 3. 3 CLEANING PIPING C?ean interior of all piping before installation. Flush sediment out of all piping systems. Disinfect domestic hot and cold water piping at a time arrang9d with the Architect. Work to be performed by an approved firm specializing in this type of work. Provide certificate upon completion. Fill system with a solution containing 50 part:-; fer million of avr.ilable chlorine `or a period of twenty-four hours. M During this time, open and close all val-es at least twice. 15060-9 f. I I' DURHAM - ' i060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Flash the system with water until the residual chlorine content is not mo,..e than one part per million. Clean Heating Water System at a time arranged with the Architect. Work to h__. performed by an approved firm specializing in this type of work. Provide certificate upon completion. Circulate a solution of one n:,und of trisodium phosphate per 50 g,,llons of water in the system for 24 hours with all circulating pumps operating. Drain system and thoroughly flush with water. F elf a.jiLiS:e Should any pipe be stopped up after the system has been accepted, disconnect, clear., and reconnect piping without additional expense to she Owner. Correct any discoloration or damage to the systems or building finish or furnishings resulting from failure to properly clean the systems without additional expense to the Owner. END OF SECTION 15060-10 DURHAM - 15100 - VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Sectioa. 1.2 SUBMI'rTMLS Datg Reauire,¢: Catalog data. Valve Identification: Submit two copies of the valve chart to the Engineer prior to Installation of identification gags. Valve chart to indicate valve tag number, location of valve, service, and normal positior . Provide one copy of final valve chart list in each set of Operating and Mait,tenance Data. 2-0 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL .Jenkins figilre numbers are used for reference. Pressure rating applies to saturated steam service unless indicated otherwise. Provide disc material suitable for service , 2.2 GATE VALVES Bronze Gate 2-1./2-inch and Smaller: Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed, union bonnet; solid wedge, 125 psi rating, Jenkins 47U. Bronze Gate 2-1/2-inch and LarZ_eK: Bronze body, bronze trim, flanged, solid wedge, 150 psi rating, OS&Y pattern. Jenkins 677-A. Iron Gate 2-1/2-inch and Larger, General Duty: Iron body, bronze trim, flanged, OS&Y pattern, solid wedge, 125 psi rating, Jenkins 651C. Iron Gate, Htgh Pressure: ,ron body, bronze trim, flanged, OS4-#f pF>.4tern, solid wedge, 175 psi water rating, I'M and U.L. listed; Jenkins 825-C. 15100-1 t� W-WX W W DUR1iAM - 15100 - VALVES 2 . 3 ;LOBE VALVES Bronze Globe 2-1/?-inch and Smaller: Bronze body, '.)ronze mounted, screwed, renewable composition disc, 150 psi racing, Jenkins 106A . Iron Globe 2-112-inch and Laref-L: Iron body, bronze mounted, flanged OS&Y pattern, renewable composition disc, 3.25 psi rating, Jenkins 142-C. Bronze Gjohe, High Pressure. 2-inch and Smaller: R-onze body, stainless steel trim, 500 Brinnell plug and seat ring, 300 psi rating, J-1-ins 556-P. 2.4 CHECK VALVES Bronze Swinng_Check 2- 1/2-inch and Smaller: Bronze body, bronze mounted, screwed, regrinding bronze disc, 150 psi rating, .Jenkins 4092. Iron wing Check 2-1/2-inch and Larger: Iron body, bronze mounted, flanged, regrinding bronze disc and seat rind, 125 psi rating, Jenkins 624-C. Vertical and Silent Check Va1vel: ASA Class 125, semi-steel body, bronze mounted, stainless steel spring. With free area approximately equal to pipe cross section. Jenkins 777, Metra-flex 700 series, Mission Duo Check II . 2 . 5 DRAIN VALVES 3/4-inch, except 1/2-inch ±n 1/2-inch piping, bronze body, bronze mounted, renewable composition disc, angle type where required, hose-end adapter. Jenkins 106A or 108A. 2 .6 INSTRUMENT GAUGE COCK; Bronze body, bronze mounted ball valve; 1/4-inch size. Jenkins 901-A or Apollo 70-100. 2. 7 BALL VALVES Bronze body, 150 psi working pressure. Screwed connections, teflon seats . Jenkins Figure 901A/902A o- Apollo 70-100/200 series. Provide memory stop device when used for balancing purposes. 15100-2 DITRHAM 15100 - VALVES 2.8 .,AS COCKS ` U.L. listed for gas; cast iron body, bronze plug, hyc.ar plug seal, 0-ring 1 stem seal, 125 ',u body, eccentric design. 2-inch and smaller, screwed. 2.9 BUTTERFLY VALVES (ABOVE GRADE) 200 psi working pressure iron body, bronze disc . Manual operator with friction lock lever; gear type operator' with wheel handle cn valves 6-inch and larger. Lug style body, stainless steel stems. Bubble tight shutoff. EPT seat linpr, suitable for continuous operation at 200 degrees F. Jenkins 222-EL or EG. 2.10 UNDERGROUND GATE VALVES Iron body, resilient seated, non-rising stem with operating nut, AWWA rated, 200 psi working pressure. Install valves with three-piece, screw type valve box with cover labeled WATER. Kennedy 1571X, 1572X, 1561X, as required with Figure 121 valve box. Similar FM/UL valve where used for fire service. l 2. 11 UNDERGROUND BUTTERFLY VALVES Iron body, AWWA ra;_ed with operating nut. Kennedy 30-A in valve box as specified for underground gate valves . 2. 12 MANUFACTURER .'Where Jenkins figure numbers are listed, equivalent products by .Grinnell, Kennedy, Stoceham, Milwaukee, and Nibco are acceptable. For butterfly valves above grade, Worcester, Vict_aulic, and DeZurik are additional approved manufacturers. All such valves of one manufacturer, except as otherwise approved. 3_Q EXECUTIgN 3. 1 INSTALLATION Provide valves at connections to equipment where shown or required. Instal-;. all valves accessible and same size as connected piping. Provide separate support for valves where necessary. �- Contractor Option: r2-1/2-inch valves may be screwed or flanged. 1 15100-3 1 DURHAM 15100 - VhLVI�S 3.2 APPLIED LOCATIONS Cene -al : Provide gate or ball valves for shutoff service, globe or ball 'calves for throttling or bypass service unless otherwise noted. Butterfly valves may be used in lieu of gate valves where shown in 2-1/2-inch and larger :ie.ating water piping. Domes Ws_tej Systems: TJse bronze valves for sizes 2-inch and smaller. Other. Water Systems: Use bronze valves 2-1/2-inch and s-c_iler, iron salves 2-1/2-inch and larger. Llatural Gas System: Use ball valves or gas cocks in lines 2-inches and smaller. Pressure Gauges: Instrument_ gauge cocks. Where Shown or Required: Vertical and silent check valves. 3. 3 VALVE IDENTIFICATION General: Identify valves to indicate function and system served. Identif ow: Equip each valve and cock located in boiler and mechanical rc:oms in respective piping with numbered metal or plastic tags attached to valve by brass chain. Tags not required at terminal unit isolation valves. Mount copy of respective valve chart in boiler and each mechanical room in suitable framed and glazed cover. END OF SECTION 15100-4 E DURHAM 15130 - THERMOMETERS AND GAUGE:' 1.0 GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATCRIAL AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Thermometers. a Pressure Gauges. S'JRM.ITTALS Catalog Data. 2.0 PRODUC. 2. 1 THERMOMETERS, WATER. Description: Red reading mercury t,,T-e, 6-inch minimum extruded brass case with nickel. finish, magnified lens, separable sockets. Ranee: 30-240 F. range for heating water and domestic but water; 2 F. divisions. Manufacturer: Palmer Model 6AA, 6011 , or 6013; Weiss TL5S2 , or TL5A2; as required by location. 2.2 THERMOMETERS, AIR Descr ption: Red reading mercury type, 6-inch minimum extruded brass case with nickel w finish, magnified lens, 1.2-inch perforated l,rass or aluminum stem, and duct flange, angle style. Rar, e: 0-160 F. range. Manufacturer: Palmer Model 432; Weiss Model 7AD12. 15130-1 1 DURHAM - 15130 - THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES 2 3 PRESSURE GAUGES Peso. ion: 4-1/2-inch dial, black steel or nonferrous case. ANSI Grade A 1 percent accuracy. Provide restrictor with ea-h gauge. Ranze: 0-160 psi. range for heating water system and domestic water systems. Ma iu ac tore r: Weiss 4CTS-1; similar Ashcroft, rid Marshalltown. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 THERMOMETERS AND PRESSURE GAUGES Qerneral: Arrange devices ti facilitate use and observation. Instill instruments o�^ 6" above floor at 30 degree angle above horizontal. Provide air thermometers at foilewing locations: Supply air duct at each air supply unit. Return air duct at each air supply unit. Outside air plenum in each mechanical roem. Pressure 6autges: Instrument: gauge cock; see Section 15100, VALVES. END OF SECTION 15130-2 DURHAM - 15140 - PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Section 15050 applies to work of this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Hangers and supports for piping systems. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE SUPPORTS Grirnell Fig. 269 adjustable ring hanger. Application Bare steel pipe, 1/2 to 1-1/2-inch. Bare cast iron pipe, 1-1/2-inch. Grinnell Fig. 230 adjustable clevis hanger. Application = Bare steel pipe, 2-inch and larger. Bare cast iron pipe, 2 to 3-inch. Grinnell Fig. 590 adjustable clevis hanger. t Application Bare cast iron pipe, 4-inch and larger. i Grinnell Fig. CT-269 copper finish adjustable ring hanger. Application Bare cooper pipe, 1/2 to 4•inch. a. Grinnell Fig. 260 clevis hanger with Figure 161 shield. Application - Steel, cast iron and copper pipe with continuous insulation except where roller type hangers are required. Riser Clamps: Grinnell Fig. 251 riser clamp. Application - Bare steel and cast iron pipe ana all pipe with continuous Insulation, 1/2-inch and larger. Grinnell Fig. CT•121 copper finish riser clamp. Application - Bare copper pipe, 1/2 to 4 • inch. Wall Supports: U-clamps to hold piping away from wall. . �r 15140-1 1 DURHAM - 15140 - PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Miscellaneous: Special hang>>-L,, supports, guides, trapeze, clamps, etc. , as detailed on Drawings or approved. Ma_ ug factueT'.: Grinnell and as indicated; equivalent products by Superstrut or Michigan.. 3..Q--EXECUTION 3. 1 PIPE SUPPORTS 9-neral: I Proride adjustable hangers, except where specified otherwise, for all pipes. Hangers complete with adjusters, swivels, all-thread rods, itc, Size O sufficient to clear insulation on refrigerant and cold water piping. Provide all additional structural steel angles, channels, or other members ` required to support piping whero building members do not occur as required 1 for proper support. 1 Secure hangers to structural members with attachments or channels or angles of approved locations. See INSERTS AND SLEEVES, Section 15050. Install pipe hangers to provide hangtr rods not less than 9-inches long; otherwise use p'ne rolls. Bolt through supporting member in location and manner approved by Architect. All hangers shall have double nuts to prevent supports from coming loose due to vibration and normal equipment use. Vertical Piping: I Support with U-clamps fastened to wall to hold piping away from wall unless otherwi.st approved. Support friping through floors at each floor with riser clamps. oriz T to P pi R• Suppor_ within two feet of each change in direction except support soil pipe at the ,joint of each section. Install pipe hangers with maximum hanger spacing and minimum diameter rods as recommended in Table 11 of the 1982 Edition of the ASHRAE Handbook, Equipment, Chapter 34, and in accordance with the 1985 Edition of. the Uniform Plumbing Code. l 15140-2 ` I I DURHAM - 15140 - PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Buried Piping: Support in accord with manufacturer's recommendations complet: with concrete thrust blocks of size and locations recommended, or as shown on the Drawings. Pivinx and Eaui.kment: Arrange supports to preclude overloading the structure. Pivine: Provide 16 gauge galvanized steel, saddles, 12-inches long under rigid insulation and plastic pipe at all points of suspension for plastic, refrigerant and cold water piping. Eland saddles firmly to Insulation to prevent slippage. At the Contra,.:tor's option, insulation on the domestic hot water piping system and heating water piping system, may be cut and butted up to hangers . Equipment Setting: Anchor all floor mounted or roof mounted equipment to structure to prevent horizontal movement. END OF SECTION 5 15140-3 I WA M DURHAM - 15240 - MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 1,0_ GENEM 1 . 1 RLLATED DOCUMENTS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS ANS METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDD Isolation of mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings by use of products specified herein. 1. 3 QUALI'T'Y ASSURANCE Except for internally spring isolated fan systems, a single manufacturer shall select and furnisa all isolation required. Isolation performance requirements are indicated on the Drawings. 1 Isolator Stability: Size springs of sufficient diameter to maintain stability of the equipment being supported with minimum horizontal to vertical stiffness ratio not less than 1:1. Select springs for a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the rated deflection. 1.4 SUBMITTALS r gpgr_oval Data: Submit shop drawings and product data for each isolator and base to be provided, including detailed calculations showing weight distribution of equipment, size, type, load, and deflection of each isolator, and percent of vibration transmitted; based on the lowest disturbing frequency of the equipment. Inclu6e Drawings of all bases showing equipment mounting holes, dimensions, individual isolation selected for each support point and details of mounting brackets for the isolator. Weight distribution shall be shown for each isolator and isolator properly coded to its location on the Drawings. The code number shall be marked on the isolators and bases to assure that the Contractor will place them in the proper location. Submit shop drawings indicating location and method of attachment_ of earthquake snubbers to equipment and structure . Submittals must be approved prior to fabrication. Installation Report: Submit in accordance with requiremeits specified under PART 3. 1.5240-1 DURHAM - 15240 - MECHANICAL SOUNP, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 2.0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 GENERAL Desc t o z: A single manufacturer shal? select and furnish all isolation required, except where isolation is specified as an integral. part of packaged equipment. Isolation performance requirements are indicated on the Drawings. Isolator SbiIity: Size springs of sufficient diameter to maintain stability of the equipment being supported with minimum horizontal to vertical stiffness ratio not less than 1:1. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the rated deflection. Rust oofinz: Treat all isolators, including springs, brackets, and housing with a rustproof metal primer. Items exposed to weather coated with cadmium plating, galvanizing, or plastic coating. Acceptable Manufacturers: Mason as indicated; similar as approved for .. moer-Booth, Peabody Noise Control, Inc. 2 . 2 ISOLATION 'TYPES Floor Pads Tvpe_W: 3/b- inch continuous ribbed-neoprene isolation pad for a low hardness of. approximately 30 durometers. Mason Type W. Mounting Type Free-standing springs without housings. With 1/4-inc neoprene acoustical friction pads between base plate and support, All mountings shall have leveling bolts. Springs mounted outboard of channels. Mason Type SIX, Amber-Booth Type SW; outdoor units with Limit stops to restrain wind loads of 30-lb/sq. ft, in any direction; similar to Mason Type SLR. Mounting Type C: Housed assembly containing a combination of steel spring and double deflection neoprene element in series; installed in hanger rods for supportin. pipes, ductwork, and equipment. Neoprene elements shall have a minimum deflection of 0. 35-inches. Spring diameter shall be no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at r .ced load. Minimum deflection to be 3/4-inch. Springs shall. have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Hangers designed for 30 degree angular movement without striking the side of the hanger box; verified by a scaled drawing. Mason 30N, 15240-2 DURHAM - 15''40 - MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL Base Type G: Integral structural steel base. Shall be rectangular or tee shaped as required. All perimeter members shall be WF beams with minimum depth equal to 1/10th of longest dimensions of base. Mason Type WFSL, with external mounting brackets. Pipe Isolator: Steel shell around hair felt isolating pad. Hinged for placing over pipe. Stoneman Trisolator or equal. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL SEALS (�eneraj. Provide on all pipes and ducts passing through fire walls, and through mechanical equipment room walls. Pipes: Galvanized steel or cast iron pipe sleeve with 1-inch thick, 10 lb. density fiberglass separation; sleeve and fiberglass 12-inches long. Sleeve split with clamping device. Mason SWS. FiDes (AltErnattj: Galvanized steel or cast iron pipe sleeve with minimum of' 2-inch thick caulk or putty and 2-inch thick glass fiber damming mate- Lai . Caulk to be IM brand fire barrier canik, CP-25; putty to to 3M brand fire barrier Putty 303. Others as approved. Sleeve to be minimum of thickness of the wall or floor being penetrated. Ducts: At openings without fire dampers, pack space between duct and opening with rock wool or fiberglass insulation before installing collar. 3y0 EXECUTION 3. 1 PREPARATION "Creat all isolators, including springs, brackets, and housing with a rustproof metal primer. Items exposed to weather with cadmium plating, galvanizing, or plastic coating. 3.2 INSTALLATION Genera .: Isolation installed where indicated on the Drawings by type and location; and where indicated below. 15240-3 DURHAM - 15240 - MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL The asaignEed code number shall be marked on the isolators and bases to assure that the Contractor will place them in the proper location. Secure isolators to equipment base or structure with anchor bolts, without reducing isolation efficiency. Under no circtunstances shall the isolation efficiency be minimized by bolting the isolators to the floor. If bolting is necessary, rubber grommets and washers shall be provident to isolate the bolt from the base plate Install isolators so they can be easily removed for replacement. Provide isolating hangers (Type C) at first three support points away from equipment mounted on isolating bases and where indicated. a pe Isolatoks: Install at all non-isolating pipe hangers for heating wa;:er piping. AcousticalWall_ S a s: Install on piping passing through mechanical room walls. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Proper In§talat o : Except for internplly spring isolated fan systems, it shall be the responsibility of the isolation manufacturer's representative to see that all isolation is installed correctly by making a personal inspection at the ,job. Installation Reyort: Written report prepared after completion of work. Submit to the Engineoer. Rep3rt to include a verification and certification of the following: Isolators are installed as shown on shop drawings. Isolators are free to work properly. Deflections are as specified. END OF SECTION ff #► W S DURIAM - 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1. 2 WORK INCLUDED Furnish equipment, labor. , and materials required to install insulation on all piping, ductwork, and equipment, as shown or otherwise specified. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE e u atorya u .rements: Flame and Smoke Rating; all insulation material hazard ratings, as tested by procedures NFPA 255 and U.L. 723, not to exceed a flame spread index of 25 and a smoke developed index of. 50. Accessories such as adhesives, cement, etc. , provided with a component rating as listed above. All products or their shipping cartons provided with identification of the flame spread index and smoke developed index. 1 .4 SUBMITTALS Submit installation data and catalog data to show compliance with flame and smoke rating for each type. 2.0 PROUU CTS 2. 1 PIPING INSULATION Preformed Glass Elber: 3.5 pound density, one piece, Wi tipurpose preforrpd glass fiber pipe insulation with jacket and thickness as indicated. Vapor Barrier .Jacket - All purpose style . Manville Micro-Lok 850 with 'AP' jacket. Glass Fiber Blanket: 1 pound density, glass fiber blanket with vapor barrier jacket, Manville ,iicrolite with 'FSKL' jacket. 15250-1 ! ! ! ! �! ! ! ! ! rim DURHAM - 15250 - ME;CHANICAL INSULA'iION Flexible Elastom !ric Insulation: Armstrong AP Armaflex with Armstrong 520 adhesive; or Armstrong self-seal Armaflex 2000. ,Preformed Pipe Coverings: Zeston, Proto, Cel Co, Speedline, Knauf. Acceptable Manutacturer.s: Manville as indicated; similar as approved. Owens-Corning, CertainTeed, Armstrong, Knauf. 2.2 DUCTWORK INSULATION Ex�,ernal Insulation: 1-1/2-inch thick, 1 lb./cu.ft. density glass fiber blanket with -apor barrier jacket, Manville Microlite with 'FSKL' jacket. Internal Insulation: Insulation - 1-inch thick, 1. 5 lb./cu. fr-. minimum density, black coated matt faced acoustical board with thermal conductivity riot to exceed 0.25 at 75 F. mean temperature, and a minimum sound absorption coefficient of 0.50 at a frequency of 250 and 0. 75 at a frequency of 1000. Manville Linacoustic. Adhesive - Benjamin Foster 85-20. Weld Pins - Duro Dyne pin fasteners with NC-1 nylon stop clips or Duro Dyne "CP" clip pins. Acceptable gnufacturer: Manville as indicated; similar as approved, Owens-Corning, CertainTeed, Knauf.. 2. 3 EQUIPMENT INSULATION Description: Hydrous calcium silicate block insulation with thermal conductivity not to exceed 0.41 at 200 F. mean temperature. Insulating Gecent: Manville 301. Adhesive: Benjamin Foster 30-36. Acceptable Manufacturers: Manville, Owens-Corning, CertainTeed, Knauf, 15250-2 4 0 DURHAM - 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION 3 0 E ECU ON 3.1 PIPING INSULATION Applied Locations: Above Ground Dourest of Water Domestic Cold Water and Process Cold Water: 1/27inch thick preformed glass fiber pipe insul.a.tion with vapor barrier jacket. At Contiactor's option, 1/2-inch thiel: flexible elastomeric insulation. to o.r_Storm Drains: Insulate same as cold water. At Contractor's option, concealed piping may be insulated with 1-1/2-inch thick glass fiber blanket with jacket wired on in an approved manner. Heat 7 Water Pipine: Glas. fiber pipe insulation with all-purpose jacket. Thickness to be onr- inch thick for piping one inch hnd smaller, 1-1/2-inch thick for piping, 1- 1/4-inch to 4-inches. Refrigerant Pivina: 1/2-inch thick flexible, elastome:ric insulation. Seal joints with adhesive. On outdoor locations, apply two coats of weather-resistant finish. Nandl-gay Lavatory Traps and Exposed Not Water Same as for refrigerant piping. Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Seal all insulation to maintain vapor barrier on chilled water and cold water piping. Insulate fittings on interior piping utilizing preformed pipe coverings. Insulate valve bodies, bonnF,'s, and grooved pipe fittings in all piping systems. Insulate valve bor ets and unions in cold water piping, with material of same thickness a., adjacent pipe covering. Use insulating cement and field-applied fire-retardant .jacket, or larger size pipe covering, as required for neat-,appearing installation. 3.2 DUCTWORK INSULATION Applied Locations: Supply Air Ductwork: External insulation except as otherwise shown or specified. Returt, Air Ductwork: Not insulated, except where shown or specified to have internal insulation. Exhaust_Ducts: Not insulated, except where shown to have internal insulation. 15250-3 WT"w1wilm DURHAM - 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION Elenums: Internal insulation on walls of built-up plenums for outside air and exhaust air. Outside Air Ductwork: ?nternal insulation on sides and top. Low Pressure Ductwork in Mechanical Rooms, Duct Shafts , and Downstream of Terminal Units: Internal insulation. Inst at o : Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. External insulation with joints and seams lapped 3-inches minimum and stapled 3-inches on center; wired where required. Utilize adhesive . Lap extecnal insulation a minimum of 6-inches and seal vapor barrier ,jacket to duct surface where insulation types meet. External insulation not required where internal insulation applied. Install internal insulation with a continuous coverage of adhesive; additionally use weld pins and clips installed 15-inches on center at not more than 2-inches horn any cut or exposed edge. 3. 3 EQUIPMENT INSULATION Applied Location: Air Sep.Lirffitor: 2-inch thin'- calcium silicate block. ln,sullation: Install in acrordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Wire insulation on with 16 gauge galvanized wire. Finish with insulating cement and fabric adhered with adhesive. END OF SECTION I,),)SU-A m• K or DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS R---fer to BASIC MEC4ANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Furnish equipment, labor, and materials required to install the building plumbing systems and site utilities. complete as shown. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Product Data: Fixture Trim Submit catalog data for each item. P umhicg Fixture: Submit illustrated catalog data and model number for each fixture and trim type. Dr.atrLage_Products: Submit catalog data. Ljumb_LUz Specialties: Submit catalog data. Electric WateK Heaters: Submit catalog data, installation data. Pipe Mounted Pump: Submit catalog data including performance curves. Backflow Preventers: Submit shop drawings, capacity data, and certificates. Vault,: Submit shop drawings showing dimensions and clearances for installed device. Water Pressure Reducing Valves: Submit shop drawings and performance data. Catch Basin: Submit shop drawings showing dimensions and materials. 15400-1 DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING Fire Hvdr_ants: Submit catalog data. Manholes: Submit shop drawings showing di.men^ions and elevations. Gas Pressure Regulating Valvu: Submit catalog data. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1. FIXTURE TRIM General Provide plumbing fixture trim where applicable on all fixtures specified hereinafter. Sun Sto : Provide stops for all plumbing fixtures and equipment installed. Separate stops are not required where integral stops are provided. Supplies: Flexible non-corrugated supplies (continuous one piece-from stop to faucet) . Polished chrome-plate finish. Eguipment with Expused Stops: Polished chrome-plated of same size as equipment connection. Stop of straight or angle pattern as required. Similar and equal to Chicago. Supplies of polished chrome-F'.ated hard drawn tubing where flexible supplies are not suitable. Eg,Mipment with Concealed Stops: Install standard system shut-off valves with provisions for access. Copper To Fero la iron Pipe Size Drop Ea . Fittings: Shall be installed on all concealed pipe outlets and recessed trim connections and secured to rigid backing attached to at least two studs. All water connection nipples shall be 858 red brass. Traps: 17-gauge , chrome-plated tubing P-traps with solder bushings; 1-1/4-inch for lavatories and drinking fountains, 1-1./2- inches for sinks . Flush Valves: Sloan Royal quiet action with screwdriver stop and vacuum breaker for water closets and urinals. Sloan F-72-A1 trap primer where indicated. 15400-2 DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING Acceptable Manufacturers: Manufacturers stated for the listed trim and the following manufacturers are approved for bidding, with final approval for the installation based upon approval. of submittal data. Supplies and Stops - Chicago 1006 MM, McGuire 'H' Series. Traps - McGuire, Frost, Brasscraft, fixture mar,afacturer. Flush Valves - Sloan Royal, Delany. 2.2 PLUMBING FIXTURES Vescri.ption: 7ixtures and special items of equipment are i,idicated by a code number as shown on the Drawings. WC-1 Water Closet: American Standard elongated Water-Saver "Madera" 2221 .018; fluor mounted. siphon .jet action, 14"high. 4313100-100 bolt caps. Sloan Royal 110-3 flush valve. Olsonite 95CC-SS heavy-duty solid plastic, black, open front seat with stainless steel combination self-sustaining and concealed check hinge. Trap primer on flush valve where indicated. WC-2 Water Closet: American Standard round front "Devoro Baby" 2272.011; floor mounted, siphon ,jet action, 10" high. 431.310-100 bolt caps. Sloan Royal 110 flush valve. Olsonite 126-CC solid plastic, black, infant, open front seat with stainless steel hinge posts and check. U-1 Urinal: American Standard "Stallbrook" 6400.014, stall, vitreous china 3/4" top spud. 3230.018 urinal strainer with beehive grid. Sloan Royal 186 flush valve. L-1 Lavatory: American Standard "New Lucern" 0355.012 ; 20xl8-inch vitreous china wall hung lavatory with front overflow, and raised back, 4-inch centers. Syumons S 60 G-H blade-type metering/temperature selection faucet with 0. 5 gpm rose spray outlet and grid drain. Entire unit vandalproof. Insulate trap and hot water where irdi.cated by symbol "H.C. " . LL2_ Lavatory: Same as L-1 except mount with top of lavatory slab at 2' -2-1/2- Lnches above finish floor. S-1 Sink: Just CRA-1931-AGR, 19x3lx7- 1/2-inch, counter top, self rimming, 18 gauge, type 304 stainless steel, J35 basket strainer with 1-1/2- inch tailpiece. Chicago No. 50-E28-VPC faucet with rigid gooseneck spout and Chicago No. 748- VPC pushbutton self-closing bubbler. 1-hole punching in center of ledge nearest wall for faucet and 1-hole punching in front of ledge furthest from wall for bubbler. 15400-3 DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING 8-2 SInk: Just SL-1815-A-GR 18xl5x7-1,12-inch, 18 gauge self-rimming type 304 stainless steel single compartment, cout.ter top sink with back ledge. Punch one hole in center only. Chicago No, 50-E3-VPC pantry faucet with lever handles, gooseneck spout, and aerator. J-35 crumb-cup strainer with tailpiece. ,S-3S i,uk: Just SLX-2222-A-GR "Stylist" 22x22x10-1/2-inch, 18 gauge, self-rimming type 304 stainless steel single compartment counter top sink with back ledge. Punch three holes. Chicago No. 786-E3633-VPC spread faucet with 3-inch diameter four-arm cross handles, gooseneck spout, and aerator. J-35 crumb-cup strainer with tailpiece. MS-1 Mop Sink: Fiat No. MSB-2424 mop-service sink basin, 24x24x10-inch of molded stone. Chrome plated brass drain with 3-inch cast iron "P" trap, two vinyl rim guards and two tiling `.langes. Chicago 897 polished chrome plated faucet with vacuum breaker integral stops, wall brace, and hose-end outlet. Fiat No. 832-AA 30-inch long rubber hose and hose bracket (mount. below V.B. elevation) . DF-1 Drinking Founta n: Haws Model 1201 wall hung white vitreous china drinking fountain with backsplash, self-closing, side mounted lever handle,automatic stream regulrtion, vandal resistant bottom plate, and wall brackets. Mount at maximum 35-inches between bubbler and floor. Spec+fled Undernathe D. v siott: Grab ba.s, soap dispensers, toilet room accessories. &ceptable Manufacturer: Manufacturers stated for the listed fixtures and the following manufacturers are approved for bidding, with final approval for the installation based upon approval of submittal data: Fixtures - American Standard, Kohler, El,jer. Faucet Fittings - Chicago, Symmons. Mop Sink - Stern Williams, Fiat, Swan. Seats - Church, Olsonite, Bemis. Drinking Fountains - Haws, American Standard, Kohler. Stainless Steel Sinks - Just, Elkay. 15400-4 �+r �r �r ■r a s s es iw � DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING 2.3 DRAINAGE PRODUCTS Description: Products are indicated by a code number as shown on the Drawings. FD-1 Floor Drain: J.R. Smith No. 2005-A(P) ; cast iron body, 6-inch round nickel bronze strainer top and trap primer connection. See Drawings for trap, waste, and vent requirement and sizes. FD-2 Floor Drain: J.R, Smith No. DX•1240(C)(Y) ; cast iron body with 8-1/2-inch cast iron top with wide cementing flange, sediment bucket, trap primer connection on trap, underdec:k clamp, and Smith No. 3590 6x2-1/2-inch funnel. See Drawings for trap, waste, and vent requirements and sizes. ED-3 Floor Dai : J.R. Smith No. 2110(P) ; cast iron body, cast iron grate, 8-1/2-inch diameter top, trap primer. See Drawings for trap, waste, and vent requirements and sizes. FD-4 Floor Drain: J .R. Smith No. 21.42-Y; cast iron body with 11-1/2-inch round cast iron grate, sediment bucket, and trap primer connection on trap. See Drawings for trap waste And vent requirements. RD-1 Roof Drain: J.R. Smith No. 1310(Y)(R) (C)(U)(A) or 1320(Y) (R) (C) (U) (A) ; 12-inch diameter top, low profile, aluminum dome, sump receiver, underdeck clamp, dome securing device. FCO Floor Cleanout: J.R. Smith No. 4023 or 4028 series, adjustable cleanout with round scoriated nickel bronze top and taper thread, bronze plug. Flashing flange in areas with membrane. WCO Wall Cleanout: J .R. Smith No. ;22 , 4472 , or 4532 series, taper thread, bronze plug with stainless steel co—er. CTG Cleanout-To-Grade: J .R. Smith 4283 series body with counter sunk taper thread, bronze plug mounted inside a Brooks No. 1-RT or 3-RT concrete yard box with cast iron cover labeled "CO" . Floor Drain Trams: Coated cast iron P-trap. Recessed, screw jointed, bell-and-spigot, or no-hub with trap primer connections where required. 15400-5 oe�' is s is ■s � � w w or � DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING Acceptable Manufacturers: Manufacturer; stated for the listed drainage products and the following manufacturers are approvfd for bidding. with final approval for the instillation based upon approval of submittal uata: Drainage Products - J .R. Smith, Wade. Yard Box - Brooks, Utility Vault Co. 2.4 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES Descriptio: Products are indicated by a code number as shown on the Drawings. HB-1 Hose Bibb: Acorn No. 8121 bonze valve with 3/4-inch hose threads and wall flange. 45- degree outlet pattern. Integral vacuum breaker. Vandalproof lockshield and wheel hanOi.e. Provide polished chrome-plated finish on hose bibbs in finished rooms . WH-1 Wall Hvdranc: J .R. Smith No. 5609 bronze h•7drant with 3/4- inch hose threads. Non-freeze type with automatic draining integral vacuum breaker. T-handle key operator. Nickel bronze face plate. WHA Water Hammer Arrestors: J .R. Smith Hydrotrol shock absorbers, nitrogen charged with stainless steel. shell . Tested, certified, and styled in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard WH-201. TPV Trap Priming Valves : Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. , Model P-2 or "Oregon al" model with distribution units as required. Sloan Type F-72-41 where shown. Acceptable Manufacturers: Manufacturers stated for the listed plumbing, specialties and the following manufacturers are approved for bidding, with final approval for the installation based upon apprcval of submittal data: Hose Bibbs - Chicago, Acorn. Wall Hydrants, Water Hammer Arrestors - J .R. Smith, Wade, Zurn. Priming Valves - Precision Plumbing Products . Ocher Items - As specified or approve(', equal. 1.5400-6 w DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING 2. 5 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS Description: Heater tank constructed of heavy gauge steel , 150 psi working pressure, glass lining bonded to the inner surfaces, equipped with magnesium anode, immersion heating elements, incoloy sheath type, immersion thermostat, magnetic :ontactors. Baked enamel jacket, 2-inch glass fiber insulation. ASME rated emperature and pressure relief valve , drain valve. beater U.L. listed, rewired, and factory tested. Comply with ASHRAE 90A-1980 (latest ^quirements) , and approved and labeled by State of Oregon. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings. Acceptable Manufacturers: A.O. Smith, Rheem, Bradford-White, State . 2.8 PIPE MOUNTED PUMP Acceptable Manufacturers: Bell ind Gossett, Taco, Armstrong, Grundfos . Description: Pipe mounted, centrifugal pump. All vital components fabricated from stainless steel including impeller, bearing plate, etc . Stainless steel or aluminum oxide ceramic shaft, cast iron housing,, aluminum stator housing; rising head characteristics with decrease in volume; dripproof construction. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings. 2 .9 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS Reduced Pressure Type (RPBP) : Description: Complete unit consisting of double check valves with differential relief valve for positive backflow prevention, inlet and outlet resilient seated ball valves. Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed connections for 2-Inch and smaller. Class 125 pressure rating. Provide factory manufactured r.r-gap drain attachment. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings. Acceptable Manufacturer: Bepco, Febco, Watts as approved by State of Oregon, City of Tigard, and University of Southern California School of Engineering. 15400-7 DURHAM - 15400 - PLU!13ING Double Detector Check Valve Assembly Type (DDCVA) : Description: A complete U.L. listed assembly consisting of two check valves for backflow prevention, and two resilient seated O.S.& Y. gate valves suitable for fire service, complete witil test valves and 3/4-inch bypass detector double check with resilient seated ball valves. Capacity: Size of connected piping. &c^_eptable Manufacturer: Hersey, Grinnell, Watts, Febco; as approved by State of Oregon, City of Tigard, and University of Southern California School of Engineering. 2. 10 VAULT Description: Pre-cast concrete vault with round access cover, ladder, and drain of a size, configuration, and manufacturer as approved by all governing authorities. See detail on drawings. 2. 11 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES Description: Bronze body, high temperature resisting diaphragm type valve with integral stainless steel strainer, thermal expansion bypass and union end CapacitY: See Schedule on Drawings. gnceyLableManufacturers: Watts, Wilkins , or Cash Acme. 2 . 12 CA'rCH BASINS Fabricator: The Lynch Go, Description: 1/4-inch plate steel catch basin; 24" x 24" x 48" deep Welded construction and asphalt coated. Welded invert. ;deer helps where required. Pinged or threaded cleanout access where permitted by local authority. See Detail on Drawings. Standard steel or cast iron traffic-duty grate with bicycle bars. 15400-8 DURHAM - 15400 PLUMBING 2 . 13 GAS PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE Description : Cast-iron body with screwed connections . Die cast aluminum diaphragm case. Entire regulation unit to be capable of controlling pressures up to 5 psig when inlet delivery pressure is maximum 2 psi, and/or canable of controlling pressures up to 60 psig when delivery inlet pressure i�, in excess of 2 psig. Unit for natural gas and manufacturer and mo"'el to be approved for service by gas serving agency. Capacity: See Schedule of Drawings. Acceptable Manufacturers: Fisher, Rockwe:l, Reliance. 2 . 14 FIRE HYDRANTS Provide City Standard fire hydrant(s) where shown on '.he Drawings. See construction notes on site plan. 2 . 15 MANHOLES Description: Provide manholes at locations shown to conforn to Governing Authority Standards. Construct of 48-inch diameter reinfc.ced concrete pipe sections with cast-in-place steel ladder rungs. The eccentric co-,ie tip section or flat '.op, cast of material similar to that used in the pipe. The invert on turns and tributary sewers formed for efficient hydraulic flow. Concrete: Concrete pipe in accordance with ASTM C-478. Covers and Assemblies: Provide frames and covers to conform to Governing Authority Standards. Furnish castings of tough, close grained, gray iron, free from blow holes, shrinkage, and cold shots. Castings sanded smooth . cleaned and free from all blisters and defects. Covers true and seated within the ring at all points. Manholes to be watertight- . 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 PI.U`1BINC FIXTURES Mounting Heiehts: Standard rough-in catalcgued heights unless specified or shown otherwise on Architectural Drawings . Set all wall-hung lavatories with a minimum 29-inch clear below front apron unless otherwise noted. 1`400-(? W Iff DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING Installation: Fixtures, supplies, trap, and r.r.ap outlet shall be set square with the wall, in line with fixture outlets without any offsets, angles, or bends. Fixture connections shall be properly aligned to prevent strain on equipment or fixtures. Each fixture shall be set ievel. and in continuous contact with the floor or wall. Fixtures in batteries shall be set on one line at equal spacing and -- shall have a uniform appearance. The Joint between the fixtures and the walls or floors shall be adequately caulked with silicon caulking finished smooth, even, and watertight. �~ Vitertight ,joints for drainage connections to all fixtures shall be made in accordance with local plumbing codes. ^� Exposed, -iar.ed, polished, or enameled connections from fixtures shall be assembled with special care to show no too] marks or threads. 3.2 DRAINAGE PRODUCTS Jnstai.lation: Floor Drain: Set top flush with finished floor. Provide mem4rane clamp where required. Remove all debris and clean grate. Cleanout: Where shown or required for purposes intended and where required by code. Cover set flush with finished surface. Provide flashing flange in areas with membrane. 00 -Drain: With flashing sheets extending not less than 8-inches beyond draii body; 4 poun:', lead or Nobleflex. Remove all debris. 3. 3 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES nstajjata ion: 'V: Floor drain and floor sink traps requiring trap seal protection shall be primed from priming valves with minimum 3/8- inch copper pipe. Two traps maximum primed from one P-2 priming valve and 8 traps maximum primed from one Oregon ul" priming valve. Priming valves installed in mechanical rooms only, unless shown or approved otherwise. Install an accessible screwdriver stop ahead of all priming valves. 1.5400 10 DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING Install. Water Hammer Arrestors where indicated on Drawings and/or on all cold water supplies or headers serving water closets and/or urinals and hot and cold water supplies serving single lever or wrist: blade handle faucets and all quick closing valves. Locate and size in accurriance with Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI WH-201. 3.4 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS Zs allation: Relief valve piped to floor drain. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Screwed copper or brass pipe and fittings between tank and first shutoff valve. 3. 5 PIPE MOUNTED PUMP �nstallat:lon: For domestic hot water recirculation. Motor in horizontal position; provide for convenient access to oil cups; ball valves on suction and discharge connections; lubricate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before operation. Support with wall brace or floor stand. 3.6 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS nstal at oft Reduced Pressure Tvve (RPBP) : Pipe air-gap drain connection to floor drain.. Register each backflow preventer with State of Oregon. Provide initial test by certified testing agency and file certificates with State of Oregon, and/or City of Tigard. Double Detector Check Valve Ass:mblyTine (DDg : Register each backflow preventer with the State of Oregon. Provide initial. test by certified testing agency and file certificates with State of Oregon and/or City of Tigard. 3. 7 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES 1Listallatim: In main water service where shown. In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations with bypass, pressure gauges, and union. 3.8 GAS PRESSURE REGUTATING VALVE Installation: install and test in accordance with regulations of the gas serving agency. Connected to system and appliances as required. Provide separate vent through the roof where vent limiter type is not acceptable; vent turned down ind terminated with screened cap. 15400-11 f r W at �■r s o w sw DURHAM - 15400 - PLUMBING 3.9 CONNECTION TO UTILITIES General Make applications and submit to inspections for all temporary or permanent utility connecti-ns r quired hF.reunder. . Fay all related costs for utility connection. Sanitary sewer and domestic water system development fees will be paid by the Owner. Confirm connection elevations before proceeding with the installation of the building drainage system. Approval: Utility connections inspected by authority having jurisdiction and a copy of written verification of nnnroval provided to the Architect. Domestic Water: Connect to the Cit water main where shown. Water meter and vault installed by City, but paid for hereunder. Sanitary System: tem: Make connection to the sanitary sewer where shown. Stgrm System: Make connection to the exist'.ng stoi.- sewer where shown. Fire Protection Water: Separate fire service as shown. gas System: The gas serving utility will install the gas piping through the meter set and 2 psi service regulator. Pay all charges incident thereto. END OF SECTION 15400-12 DURHAM - 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Furnish equipment, labor, and materials required to install a complete building heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system. 1.3 SUBMITTALF Hydronic Snecialtie-a: Submit detailed stop drawings showing method of support for expansion tanks. Submit catalog data on all devices. Performance data on control devices and valves. HVAC Pumvs: Submit catalog data including performance curves and dimensions. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 HYDRONIC PIPING Refer to Section 15060. 2.2 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 8a a c in F t res 1-inch and Smaller: Jenkins Series 901-AE or Apollo 100-100 ball valve with balancing stop plate, siTilar Worcester. 1-1/4-inch to 4-inch: DeZurik Figure 118 eccentric valve, with resilient plug for water to 250 degrees F. ; and adjustable locking stop. Pressure Te%2. ratur- Taps (PTT) : 1/4-inch tap fitting to receive either temperature or pressure probe. Fittings suitable for 250 degrees F. Manufacturer: Sisco P/T Plugs or approved equal. In addition, furnish two test kits, each kit consisting of carrying case, two 3-1/2-inch dial face pressure gauges with 0-100 psi range, two gauge adapters , one 0-220 F. and one 50-500 F. 1 -inch face thermometer with 5-inch stein. Sisco Model TK 2-3. 5-2GA-2T. 15500-1 DUR"kM - 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING Floe Control Valve (FCV) . 1/2-inch Through 2-1/2-inch: Automatic measuring devices; stainless stec.l cartridge. Griswold Model 3521, 3531, 3541, or 3542, as required by pipe size and flow rates; similar Autoflow. 3-inch x 3-inch aluminum identification plate, wired to valve. Replace valves not within 5 percent of flow rates in appro •ed submittal data without expense to the Owner. �r_4TJCj See PIPING SPECIALTIES, Section 15050 Water Pressure Reducing Valve (P&VZ 3/4-inch brass body, integral strain, Set for discharge pressure indicated on the Drawings. Bell & Gossett No. E or 7, as required for indicated set pressure; similar Armstrong. _L strument Gauge Cocks: See VALVES, Section 15100. Relief Valve (RV) : Bronze, ASME, Bell & Gossett No. 790/1170; similar Watts, Armstrong, Expansion Tank (ET) : Description: Pre-charged tank with integral diaphragm. Black steel tank for 125 psi working pressure. Horizontal or vertical tank as shown on the Drawings. With charging valve connection. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings for size. 6Cgep_�ableManufacturers: Bell & Gossett, Amtrol./Thrush, Armstrong. Air Separator: Centrifugal type, less strainer. Bell & Gossett Rolairtrol, model RL, line size. Similar Amtrol/Thrush, Armstrong. 2. 3 HVAC PUMPS Descr.i t on: Pipe mounted, integral centrifugal pump and resiliently mounted motor; flexible coupling between pump and motor; mechanical shaft seals; bronze fitted, rising head characteristics with decrease in volume; standard fitting accordirng to Hydraulics Institute; 1800 rpm motor, dripproof construction. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings. Acceptable Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett, Taco, Armstrong, Paco. 15500-2 DURHAM - 15500 - HEATING. VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES General: Install in hydronic piping whe+-e ohown on Drawings, per manufacturer's recommendations. 1 Balancing Fittings: Install where shown. Pressure-Temperature Tava (PTT) : Install in inlets and outlets of automatic valves and where otherwise shown. Turn over test kits to Owner. F19N Control Valves (FCV) : Install where shown on Drawings and in accord with manufacturer's recommendations to balance water flow on all coils and piping loops as indicated. Adjustment and testing specified under TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING, Section 15990. Watex__Lressure Reducing Vailves (PRV) : Install at heating system expansion•, tanks. IRelief Valves: Install at heating and cooling system expansion tanks to protect from over pressure. Valve setting as indicated on Drawings. Expansion Tank (ED : Support with steel rods and brackets from ceiling or from structural steel stand as required. Air Separator: Install where shown, mount- from wall or on an angle iron stand. I 3.2 HVAC PUMPS Motor in horizontal, provide for convenient access to oil cups; lubricate in } accordance wit-h manufacttrer's in ,tructions before operation. t 1 END OF SECTION I i 15500-3 DURHAM - 15550 - HEAT GENERATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Related Documents: Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050. for items pertaining to this Section. Work Included: Heating Water Boiler Gas Vent 1.2 SUBVITTALS Heatln.& Water Boiler: Submit catalog data including performance ratings, shop drawings, manufacturer's report. Gas Vent: Shop drawings and installation data. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2 .1 HEATING WATER BOILER Descr ration: General: :'ackaged low pressure cast iron boiler for 30 psi water working pressure for fully automatic operation with natural gas at 6-inch W.C. pressure. For operation from power source shown on the Drawings. U.L. labeled burner and controls. Furnish complete, ready for external connectian of piping, fuel, electrical, and vent connections. Boiler: Sectional cast iron, with built-in air separator, in-line boiler pump, motorized flue damper, and flue collar Suitable for operation with natural gas. IBR rated. With factory applied 2-inch thick insulation and baked enamel ,jacket. With provisions for cleaning boiler sections of soot deposits. ASME labeled and equipped with ASME rated relief valve. Tappings Ln boiler for both operating and safety thermostats. Burner: Gas burner for forced draft operation, electric ignition, and to operate without objectionable pulsations. High-Low operation, with low fire start; with proven low fire s*art. Burner package to inclur+•, dual automatic gas valves , and gas pressure. regulator. 15550-1 DURHAM - 15550 • HEAT GENERATION Safety devices in accordance with ASME Code to include relief valve, combination water feeder and low-water cutoff, thermometer, and pressure gauge. Controls Factory mounted in panel, in accordance with U.L. requirements for fully automatic system; including prewired control transformer to allow single point electrical connection. Arrange controls so that limit and safety controls are not bypassed under manual or automatic operation. On-Off switch to control burner through operating and limit controls, and electronic combustion rely. Electronic flame detector, prepurge cycle, low-fire start, and overfire draft control. Provide red light on control panel for burner to indicate that thi burner is inoperative because of safety control. Low water cutoff to close fuel valve, with manual reset. Interlock boiler pump and motorized flue damper with burner operation; arranged for modulation of flue damper to maintain constant pressure at outlet of boiler. Auto-Off switch for boiler pump. Operating controls set at 200 F . and safety control set at 210 1". Capacity and Characteristics: Operate at not less than BO percent efficiency when firing at rated capacity. See Schedule on Drawings. Accentgble Lianufac.turers: Weil-McLairi, Peerless. 2.2 GAS VENT Descriotign: Included vertical vents from boiler to above roof. Connect to breeching flange on boiler mal_:e up from field template; number and size of flange bolts and requirements for flange gasket in accordance with recommendation of manufacturers; provided gas-tight construction. Double-pipe construction. Complete with storm ccrlar above roof, roof flashing fitting, and ventilated thimble. Gas vent with exit cone, provide a tee and tee cap at base of riser. Underwriter's labeled. Complete systems to comply with Uniform Building Code , jL2 e: Diameter of inner pipe as shown on the Drawings. Manufacturer: Metalbestos PS type 304 stainless 15550-2 WIFIMU DURHAM - 15550 - HEAT GENERATION 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 HEATING WATER BOILER Ins-.alLtou Make X11 piping connections to drain piping and heating water supply and return lines as required. Install a dial type thermometer i., the stack outlet from the boiler. Pipe discharge of relief valve to floor. drain. Startup-amend service: Aftzi boiler installation is completed, provide thL services c.f manufacturer's field representative for starting the unit and training the Owner's operator as scheduled by the Owner. Provide records of operating conditions and combustion test to the Architect. 3.2 GAS VENT Assemble and install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Top of gas vent terminated at height detailed on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 15550-3 DURHAM - 15650 - REFRIGERATION 1.0 GENE 1. 1 DESCRIPTION Related Documents: Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. Work Included: Refrigeration System Condensing Unit 1 .2 SUBMITTALS Condensing Unit: Submit catalog data showing construction details, wiring and control diagrams; data on performance and power consumption. Refri¢eation System: Submit shop drawing of refrigerant: piping diagram. L-0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 CONDENSING UNIT (CU) Gene_: Factory assembled packaged unit, consisting of hermetic: compressor ind motor assembly, air-cooled condenser section, refrigerant receiver,' sight glass, refrigerant valves and control panel all mounted on steel frame suitable for rooftop installation. Suitable for connection to remote direct expansion coil. Compressor: Direct drive, reciprocating open-hermetic type, 1150 rpm, forced feed lubrication system, including filters, magnetic plugs, and foam breaker; suction cooled motor with two thermostats for overheat protection. Condenser: Copper or aluminum tubes with aluminum fins; axial flow condenser fan:, with suitable fan guards ; V-c-nfiguration, subcooling circuit with liquid accumulator. Refriggran Charge and Gil: Provide complete charge of refrigerant and oil required for operation. 15650-1 DURHAM - 15650 - REFRIGERATION Control Pa e : Integral control panel and electrical panels inside unit access doors; with all required refrigerant controls including low temperature safety thermostat, ambient temperature cutout, differential oil switch, and dual pressure switch. Electrical equipment to include compressor motor starters, pumpdown relay, unit ON-OFF switch, time delay to limit starts to five minutes after shutdown, control power transformer, condenser fan fuse block for three-leg protection and magnetic starters for condenser fans. The control panel to contain all necessary terminals for connections to air supply unit starter. CAU S—Lt—Y See Schedule on Drawings. Ac table Manufactulers: Trane, Carrier. 2..2 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM gtaeral: To include complete refrigerant system, including connection to arid coordination with direct expansion cooling coil supplier, refrigerant piping, and access cies for operation with the condensing unit. Direct Exyansion Cooling Coil: See AIR SUPPLY UNITS. Section 15850. lttrigerant System: Provide a complete system of refrigerant piping and specialties required to connect condensing unit with direct expansion cooling coil; including liquid line solenoid valves, hot gas bypass solenoid valve, hot gas bypass control valve, and refrigerant piping and accessories. Refrigerant piping - see Piping, Section 15060. Make suitable provisions for oil return to compressors, including double suction risers, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 CONDENSING UNIT Installation: Provide startup, adjustment, and initial service by factory representative . See Vibration Isolation Schedule. Material Guarantee_: Any or all parts of equipment which fail or are found defective shall be repaired or repl.aced by manufacturer free of cost to Owner during; same one year period. Refrigerant and 01�: I Initial charge of refriftrant and oil and any additional refrigerant or oil required during first yest of operation, furnished free of charge to Owner. 15650-) 1W of DURHAM - 15650 - REFRIGERATION 3.2 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Installation: All work to be done by qualified refrigeration mechanics; piping subjected to vibration from condensing unit supported with spring isolators; all piping purged with dry carbon dioxide, leak tested and dehydrated before connection to units and charging; provide initial operating charge of refrigerant and complete start-up service on all systems. Provide solenoid valve for each circuit of cooling coil. Coordinate with supplier of DX coil and condensing unit. END OF SECTION 15650-3 i! DURHAM - 15750 - HEAT TRANSFER 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION Related Documents: Refer to BASIC 14ECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. Work Included: Unit Heaters. Cabinet Unit Heaters. 1.2 SUBMITTALS I ynit Heaters: Submit catalog data, performance data, and dimensional prints. Cabinet Unit Heaters: Submit shop drawings showing details of construction and performance data. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 UNIT HEATERS Description: Consisting of fan, motor, and coil arranged for horizontal air distribution, as shown. Single tube single serpentine coil. for water. , with copper tubes and aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubes, tested under .300 psig air under water; without turbulators. Motor of shaded pole design with sealed prelubricated ball bearings, or sleeve bearings , with built-in thermal overload protection; see MOTORS AND STARTERS. 18 gauge steel casing adequately braced, with baked enamel finish. Nonferrous multi-blade propeller type fan. Capacity: As shown on Drawings. Acceptable Manufacturcrs: Trane, McQuay, AAF, A"rtherm, Beacon Morris. Control: See Section 15950, CONTROLS. ar ■r ar IF1 s W 1 DURHAM - 15750 - HEAT TRANSFER 2.2 CABINET UNIT HEATERS General: Complete unit, consisting of cabinet:, fans, motor and drive, heating coil, and filter. Semi-recessed 16 gauge steel cabinet, with baked enamel finish as selected by the Architect. Integral in'-et grille at bottom and outlet grille at- top. Front panel removable for servicing. Heating Coil: Removable, nonferrous finned element for water, with supply and return connections. anc: Centrifugal , forward curved iAades , statically and dynamically balanced. Motor: See MOTORS AND STARTERS, Section 15050. 1150 maximum rpm, two speed motor, with built-in thermal overload pr^te-tion. Mounted on resilient base. Dtiect-connected to fan, or with adjustable V-belt drive. Disconnect switch and fan-spced switch inside cabinet. Filter: �- 1-inch thick throwaway type, in metal frame. Conveniently removable. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings . Accu able Manufacturers: Trane, McQuay, American Air Filter, Atrtherm, Beacon Morris . Control: See Section 15950, CONTROLS . 3.0 EXECUTION: 3. 1 UNIT HEATERS Installation: Suspend from structure with steel rods and angle clips as required. Mounting height as high as possible but 10-feet, maximum. .3. 2 CABINET UNIT HEATERS Installation: Install where shown, securing rigidly to building structure . Bottom of cabinets approximately 4-inches above floor; provide base. END OF SECTION 15750-2_ t w e DURHAM - 15850 - AIR HANDLING i 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION I Related Documents: Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL N►ATERTALS AND METHODS, Section 1.5050, for items pertaining to this Seotion. Work Ingluded: 1 Air Supply Units. I Cabinet Fans. Roof Cap 1.2 SUBMITTALS Manufacturer's catalog data and literature. Shop Drawings showtog dimensions and details of construction. Performance data for all fans. 2y0 PhODUCTS 2 .1 AIR SUPPLY UNITS (ASU) General: Complete multi-compartment packaged units, including al!. or porLions of the following components: supply fans, return fans, mixing boxes, plenums, smoke dampers, automatic dampers, filters, coils, drain pans , motor and drives . Number, type, and arrangement of components as shown and scheduled on Drawings for each unit. Casings for each component of uniform width. Compartments factory-assembled on common frame with suitable bolts and gaskets into airtight units, before shipment to job site. Provide internal ( motor and isolation. Casings: ` 16 gauge galvanized steel panels with heavy angle iron or steel frame, designed and reinforced to prevent vibration. Hinged access doors with neoprene gaskets provided for inspection into each compartment. Factory I st;.ndard channel base with cooling coil drain tapping. Galvanized finish. In,;ide of compartments lined with 1- inch coated fiberglass insulation. Construct frame and provide additional framing members necessary to support Air Return fans on Air Supply Units where shown. I I i 15850-1 I I W Im DURHAM - 15850 - AIR HANDLING FanGtions Double-inlet centrifugal fans, with blade configuration an sl-.uwn in Schedule. Fan wheels mounted on heavy, polished steel shaft. Fans staLically and dynamically balanced foi vibration-free operation. 24-inch wide x full height continuous hinged, gasketed access door in each fan section casing, conveniently orientated with respect to finished installation. Filter Sectiong: Reinforced cotton fabric or glass fiber media in rigid fiberboard or galvanized steel frame. Standard catalog sizes assembled in steel frame, with positive means to prevent air bypass. Front loading type. Mean efficiency not 1-,ss than shown per ASHRAE Standard 52-76. Provide two sets for each filter bank. Manufacturer: Farr, AAF, Cambridge Continental. Provide differential pressure gauge similar to Dwyer 2002-AF across Each filter section, accessibly located on exterior of cabinet. See Schedule on Drawings for capacities. Dams: Includes smoke dampers and outside air dampers, as applicable. All dampers tight-closing, i-,: Iti-blade, opposed blade type with interlocking edges and vinyl seals at blade stops and stainless steel-compression spring blade end seals. Leakage certified to not exceed 10 cfm per square foot when closed against 4-inche3 static: pressure. 12 gauge steel frames, with positive means to prevent aIr bypass around frames. Corrosion-resistant steel shafts and bearings, with linkage as required. Outside air dampers split where shown in Schedule to provide separate minimum damper and linkage. Hinged gasketed access door in each mli,ing b,-)x section, for access to dampers. BearinWs: See Section 15050, BEARINGS. Accessibly located for replacement without dismantling equipment or piping. Self aligning, grease lubricated ball bearings. FanMotors: Nominal nameplate horsepower not less than 115 percent of brake horsepower required for specified perfu,.mance. 1800 rpm maximum. Easily accessible as installed; secured to fan section casing. 'ZPe Section 15050, MOTORS AND STARTERS. Fan Drives: Rubber and fabric V-belt with horsepower rating 50 percent greater than respective motor. Cast iron, V-groove sheaves on mctor and fan. Easily accessible as installed. Vibration Isolation: Fans and motors in internally isolated units mounted on accessibly located spring supports. See Secticn 15240, MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION, AND SEISMIC CONTROL, and Schedule on Drawings- 15850-2 W WX MR!f W I W, m► DURHAM - 15850 - AIR HANDLING D-X Cooling Coils_ : Direct expansion type coils suitable for hot gas bypass coil control. Nonferrous extended surface type, fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes at not more than nine fins per inch spacing; venturi type refigPration distributors with 12 circuits maximum provided from a sir.gle distributor, multiple seamless copper tube circuit feeds; suitable for 250 psi working pressure; suitable for refrigerant used. -ails pro—i6ed with minimum of two circuits; each circuit to extend across entire coil fice, unless approved otherwise. Capacity to be coordinated with condens4.ng unit supplier; see Section 15650. anufacturer: Pace. ' r Pans: Stainless steel consti cf—i-t, minimum 3-inch depth. Install under cooling coil sections, and minimum 12-inches beyond coil in direction of air flow. Minimum 1-1/4-inch drain tapping. On units with two coil sections high, provide separate drain pan under upper coil and 1-inch drain tube to pan under lower coil. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings. Manufacture.j: Pace. 2.2 CABINET FANS escriytion: Packaged belt driven cabinet fan designed for horizontal application. Internal spring isolated fan and motor assembly. Bottom or side access panel for servicing. One-half inch thick fiberglass type insulation securely fastened to inside surfaces of cabinet. Galvanized finish. Fans - Forward curved blades . Gapacj y: See Schedule on Drawings. Acceptable Manufacturers: Pace, SCF, 'rrane 2 a ROOF CAPS Desc riptio�: Roof mounted roof cap arranged for curb mounting with weatherproof cover;, aluminum or laminated fiberglass weather cover, with bird screen. Provide 1-1/2-inch rigid insulation on underside of top of roof cap for condensation I control. 15850-3 r DURHAM - 15850 - AIR HANDLING Sep Drawings for size. Acceptable Manufacturers: Pace Skycap, Breidert Lo-Set. 3.0 EXECUTION 3 . 1 AIR SUPPLY UNITS Installation: As shown. with air filters in place before operating unit. Use filters specified in this Section for temporary operation. 3.2 CABINET FANS Installation: -• Suspended from structure. 3. 3 ROOF CAPS Installation: Provide solid attachment of base to roof curb with weatherproof seal where curb flange turns down over flashing. Sep detail. END OF SECTION ] 5850-h DURHAM - 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Related Documents: Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1 Work I cluded: I Sound Traps. I Terminal. Units. Low Pressure Ductwork. Air Outlets. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Manufact•urer's catalog data and literature. Shop drawings showing details of construction and performance data for terminal units. Sound data for terminal units and sound traps. 2_.0 PRODU�TS 2. 1 SOUND TRAYS General: Exterior casing with perforated interior face sheets backed with acoustically absorbent filler material. Exterior casing and perforated interior face sheets shall be galvanized steel with minimum thickness of USS #22 and 26 gauge, respectively. earns: Commercial sealant filled lock type or continuously-welded type. Matting: Bonded glass fiber matting placed between acoustically-absorbent filler material and perforated face sheets �o prevent erosion of filler. Filler. : Acoustically-absorbent filler material shall be inorganic glass or mineral fiber of minimum 3 pcf density. Where sound traps are exposed to grease, humidity, or moisture, their sound-absorbing material shall be wrapped in 1 mil Mvlar film. 15880-1 I DURHAM - 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION Insertion Loss: Rectangular sound traps shall have the following Insertion Losses. Insertion Loss in the 63 Hz Octave Band shall not be less than half the values specified below for the 125 Hz Octave Band. The Dynamic Insertion Loss in each Octave Band under flow condition of 1000 fpm shall not be less than the following: Octave Band Center Freau'ncv (Hz) p 't n Loss (dB) -a ---- E'requeney (Hz) 1.25 250 500 1000 2000 4000 Low Pressure Drop Traps 3 Feet Long 5 9 14 23 24 14 5 Feet Long 7 13 21 29 39 20 7 Feet Long 13 18 28 40 47 27 Standard Pressure Drop Traps 3 Feet Long 12 16 28 35 35 28 5 Feet Long 18 24 40 45 46 41 7 Feet Long 20 35 45 50 48 35 �w Manufacturer: w. Industrial Acoustics Co. , Titus Products, Rink. 2.2 TERMINAL UNITS . LIpSo : Low pressure terminal unit with single inlet and outlet ducts as shown on Drawings; variable volume control with bypass feature . KnL nal Unit: Casing of heavy gauge galvanized steel. Interior surfaces acou>tically and thermally insulated with 1-inch tfAck Glass fihe .,ttenuation r,aterial; surface coated to prevent erosion Damper blade shall be ext, ude.d, anodized aluminum keyed to grooved shaft. Damper rod to rotate in nylon bushings and damper to seal against gasketed stops. Provi,ie externally mounted pneumatic damper operator to position damper in acco:.dance with thermostat demand. Air bypassed to ceili-or, return air plenum upin decrease in room temperature. Manual damper with locking means for b%-pass connections. CapAcity: See Schedule on Drawings. Manufacturer: Titus, Model LS-MB; similar Tempmaster, Carnes, 2 . 3 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK I Manufacturer: As indicated. 15880-2 l� 4 DURHAM - 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION ,SS..oDe Ducts sized as shown, otherwise sized for friction rate not to exceed 0. 12- inch water per 100 feet of run, with maximum velocity of 1500 fpm. Cons.t.-_u t�ice: Galvanized StcEl: Fabricate from galvanized steel, unless noted or specified otherwise. Work performed by qualified, experienced mechanics in accordance with SMACNA Manual of HVAC Duct Construction Standards and these Specifications. Duct pressure classification is +2" STV for the supply duct system and -1" STD for the return and exhaust duct systems, All duct widths 12 inches and over and horizontal ductwork cross-broken with additional bracing as required to prevent ballooning or breathing. All ductwork joints sealed with Atlas Multi-Purpose Sealant, Hardcast, or other approved flameproof sealant to provide airtight duct- system. Fibe ass: At the option of the Contractor, all or portions of galvanized steel, supply air ductwork that is concealed above ceili-ags and downstream of terminal units may be fabricated from rigid fiberglass ductboard, 1-inch nominal thickness, with factory-applied aluminum foil vapor barrier -jacket, Round ductwork of molded construction with slip ,joints. Rectangulat ducts with longest side 18-inches or less with stiffness value of 475EI; ducts with longest side over 18-inches with stiffness value of 800EI . Fiberglass duct systems to meet requirernents of Uniform Mechanical Code and U.L. 181. Manufacturer of duct board: Manville, GertainTeed, Knauf. Insulation not required if this option is exercised. Qucts Below Floor: Air ducts below poured concrete floor slab of fabricated fiberglass reinforced plastic pipe. Manufacturer: Spunstrand, or approved equal. x osed Round Duct: Spiral. lockneam construction, double wall with 1-inch fiberglass insulation. Inner wall perforated for sound absorption. Outer wall prime coated for painting try others. United McGill Corporation, Acousti-K 27 type P, others as approved. Duct Plenum Takeoffs: Spin-in fittings for all round takeoffs from rectangular header ducts, downstream of terminal unit; for supply and return outlets and where otherwise shown. Fittings included with insulation guards for ducts that are internally lined. GFC SM-2D for supply ducts. GFC SM-2UE1. for return and exhaust ducts; equivalent products by Flexmaster, Gensco. Flexible Connectors: At the Contractor's option, flexible connectors may be useJ in lieu of sheet metal in branch ducts to ceiling outlets. Connectors shall be constructed and labeled in accordance with U. L. 181 Class 1 air duct for 2-inches static pressure. Factory-applied 1-inch, 1 pound density insulation with vapor barrier. Manufacturer: Thermaflex MKE, GFC Glass-Flex. G-181 or ABL- 181, Flexmaster Type 5; others approved only upon review of sample of product. 15880-3 ■ DURHAM - 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION Sound Attenuation: Provide sound attenuated ducts where shown and as specified under Section 15250; duct dimensions shown are net inside attenuating material. Dampers and Ouadrants: Fabricate volume dampers of same material as duct, not less than 2 gauges Heavier than duct. Install where shown and where required; 3/8-inch dial regulators and Ventlok No. 607 end bearings. Concealed ductwork with extended operating rod and 3/8-inch concealed regulator with plain cover. Damper blade must be aligned with handle and index pointer. Regulators to be Verkrlok, as listed below or .similar Duro Dyne Specline. Exposed, insulated duct, 20-inch max shaft length - No. 639. Exposed, insulated duct, 21-inch and longer shaft length - No. 644. Exposed uninsulated duct, 20-inch max shr,ft length - No. 635. Exposed, uninsulated duct, 21-inch and longer shaft length - No. 641. Concealed duct - No. 677. Miter Elbows: Fitted with Duro Dyne or Elgen All-Tight airfoil double blade turning vanes. Single-bladed, shop-fabricated turning vanes are not acceptable. Fire Dampers (FLD) Fire dampers U.L. labeled as manufactured Dy Safe-Air, Inc. , American Warming, Ruskin, National Control Air, Prefco, or as approved. Single or multi-blade type dampers mr.y be used where required at grilles and diffusers. Low resistance folding-blade type in other locations, with blades out of air stream. Provide suitably sized removable access panels in ductwork to all fire dampers, located for easy access. See Section 15240 for fire-rated caulking. Smoke Damrers---(SMD) : Multi-blade type, fabricated of galvanized steel. Low leakage type with blade and jamb seals. Dampers prrvided with fictory- installed pneumatic operators; spring return type to c.ose on loss of air pressure; suitable for 20 psi instrument air. Leakage Class II , per U.L. 555S requirements. Dampers similar to Ruskin Model SD36. Dampers smaller than 12 x 9 similar to Ruskin Model SDS25. Manufacturer - Ruskin, National Controlled Air, Prefco, Safe Air. Flexible Equipment Connections: Constricted in accord with U.L. 181 , Class I airduct. Connections to equipment provided with flexible connectors with 2-inch minimum clearance between casing and ductwork; Ventfabrics Ventlon or Duro Dyne Durolon hypalon coated fire retardant glass fabric or approved equal.. Motorized Dampers: As specified under MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK. Access Doors: Reinforced with steel angles. Hinged and latched with machined handle, unless otherwise approved. Corners and edges rounded. With 1-inch sponge rubber gasket to provide airtight seal. t5880.4 'lilt DURHAM - 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION 2,4 AIR OUTLETS er era : Supply return and exhaust outlets as follows, with size and distribution characteristics as noted on the Drawings. Steel outlets with off-white bake-1 enamel finish, unless noted otherwise. Frame types suitable for ceiling construction in which outlet is installed, as approved, Linear Ceiling Suggly LCS-1: 4-foot long steel T-bar diffuser with internal pattern controller and integral insulated steel plenum. Inlet size as shown. Nominal length as a shown. One slot, 1-inch wide, two way blow. Flat black +.nterior, white enamel exterior to match ceiling tees. T-bars not furnished with diffuser. Titus Model TBDI-10. Ceiling_ Supply, CS-j: Rectangular, panel type diffuser, steel construction and louver face with removable core. 12 x 12" face for 12 x 12" ceiling module. Titus TMC with type 4 frame. Ceiling Supply. CS-2: Rectangular, .steel construction with directional pattern indicated with removable core. Titus TDC mounting frame 1, surface flange. High Sup ly. HS:_': Rectangular steel, double deflection with horizontal face hats, prime coat finish. Titus 272.-RL, 1-1/4" wide flange. Ceiling R to urtt._CR-1: Rectangular, steel construction, 1/2" bar spacing, parallel to long dimension, 0 degree deflection. Titus 15-RL, 1-1/4" wide flange. ,Ce.iling_Exhaust, CE-1: Same as C11-1, except used for exhaust air. Titus 15-11L, 1-1/4" wide flange. Ceiling Exhaust, CE-2: Rectangular heavy duty steel construction, 1/2" bar spacing, face bars parallel to long dimension. 38 degree deflection. Titus 33RL. Ceiling E:aiaust, CE-3. Rectangular, .steel construction. nominal 12 x 24 face, 1/2" bar spacing, parallel to long dimension, 0 degree deflection. Titus 15 RL frame style, type 3, for mounting In a T-bar ceiling. i Low RP:.urn, 1.R-1: Rectangular , heavy duty steel construction 1/2" bar spacing; horizontal. face bars, 38 degree deflection, prime coat finish. Titus 33RL 1-1/4" wide flange and tamperproof screws. i 15880-5 DURHAM - 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION Hiah Return, HR-1: Rectangular, steel const=ruction, 3/4" bat -pacing, parallel to long dimension, 0 degree deflection, prime coat finish. Titus 13 RL, 1-1/4" wide flange. Hizh Return. 11R-2: Same as LR-1. Titus 33111 , 1-1/4" wide flange. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 SOUND TRAPS I-nLtD11ASi2n Install where shown on the Drawings and per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 TERMINAL UNITS Installation: Support units rigidly from structure. Make sheet metal duct connections as shown on Drawings. Locate approximately where shown .,ith units easily accessible. 3.3 IOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK Gglvaniz?d Steel: Support. itith hanger straps or trapeze supports at ma).imum 6 foot intervals; minimum gauge and duct construction in accordance with Table No. l0E of Uniform Mechanical Code . Entire ductwork system including materials and • installation installed in accordance with NEPA 90A. Fiberglass: Install and reinforce in accordance with latest edition of SMAGNA Fibrous Class Duct Construction Standards fo- 2000 fpm maximum velocity and 2-inch maximum static. pressure. Use turning vanes in all 90 degree rl.bows. Use sheet metal sleeves at all damper sections and branch take-offs. Seal. all joints with heat sensitive tape, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Pressure-sensitive tape is riot acceptable. Ducts Bel�jw Floor: Install air ducts below poured concrete flror slab as detailed on the Drawings and as follows: install duct on smoothly graced trench backfilled with pea gravel to a 4- inch depth. Join duct section together using an internal galvanized sheet metal sleeve, secured with sheet metal screws �,nd caulked with non-hardening mastic recommended by the manufacturer. Wrap joint tightly with waterproof pressure sensitive tape . Seal branch ,7onnection, tightly with sheet metal collar extending from opening 3- inch minimum all around. Apply mastic and fasten collar with sheet metal screws. Tape entirely around outside of joint. _1 Exposed Round Duct: Install on duct supports as detailed. Seal all joints water tight. 15880-6 ,r 1 DURHAM - 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION Flexible Connectors: Install connectors in accordance with SMACNA standards and as detailed with 6 foot maximum length and a maximum bend of 90 degrees. Fire Dampers: Install where shown in strict accordance with Uniform Building Code Standard No. 43-7 and NFPA 90A. Smoke DamRers (SMD) : Install in ductwork where shown, per manufacturer's printed instructions. Caulk space between duct and damper frame airtight. Provide ceiling access doors where required for operator accessibility; see Section 15050. See Section 15950 for control of dampers. Access Doors: Provide at inlet to each automatic_ damper and where si,gwn. Connection to Wall Louvers: Wall louvers are specified in another DivisiGn. Duct connections to louvers are included hereunder, and shall be made with gasketed, flanged joint. Ducts from wall intake louvers shall be sloped to drain through louvers, unless approved otherwise. Ducts Through Walls: At Mechanical Rooms - except at fire dampers, provide acoustic seal between duct and wall with mineral wool packing sealed to wall sleeve at each side with flexible silicone type sealant. Provide backing for sealant as re- .,mmended by manufacturer. Ducts Through Floors: On exposed ducts through floors in mechanical rooms and finished spaces, provide 16 gauge galvanized sleeve extending 1-inch above the floor. Except at fire dampers, seal the opening between the duct and sleeve with mineral wool packing and finish with silicone type sealant. Provide backing for the sealant as recommended by the manufacLurer. Coordination with Balance Agency: ncy: Provide a sheet metal mechanic familiar with system ductwork to assist balancing agency during initial phases of air balancing in locating all. sheet metal dampers and associated quadrants. Install missing dampers. 3.4 AIR OUTLETS i st at on: Install tight on their respective mounting surfaces with gasket. Install plumb and true with room dimensions and accuratevi centered on projections or recessed as approved by the Architect. Locate low return outlets at utriform distance immediately above rubber wall base. Bottom of outlets approximately 6-inches above finished floor. IEND OF SECTION 15880- 7 b DURHAM - 15950 - CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for basic items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Furnish equipment, control wiring; labor, materials and documentation required to install control system for the building, complete as shown or otherwise specified, 1.3 MANUFACTURER Subcontract the control work to a office of one of the following temperature control contractors: .Iloneywell, Johnson Controls, Robertshaw/Careco, Barber Colman/Control ContracL mss, Inc. , Landis & Cyr Powers. 1.4 SUBMITTALS Data Required: Submit shop drawings of entire control system before starting work. Any work installed before review of shop drawings will be done at Contractor's risk, and will be subject to removal or revision at no cost to Owner. Installation and panel wiring diagrams are rut acceptable for shop drawings without support data. Provide catalog data on each control device type. Pro,ride valve and damper schedules showing size, configuration, capacity, type of service, and location of all equipment. Operating and Maintenance Data: Provide com 'e updated as-built control drawings , including wiring diagrams and program ,' data, and current setpoints after system adjustment. Provide copies of manufacturers' instructions for operation and maintenance of individual control devices, including maintenance intervals, service to be performed, how it is accomplished and tools required. Provide one set in each set of Operating and Maintenance Data. 15950- 1 DURHAM -• 15950 - CONTROLS Owner Instruction: Provide complete verbal and written instructions, to designated Owner representative. Approximately four hours shall be allowed for instruction, at a time arranged in advance with Architect,. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 TYPE OF CONTROL SYSTEM General: Provide a complete control system, consisting primarily of pneumatic devices with supplementary electric or electronic devices. Provide all equipment, installation, and accessories required but not necessarily specified to accomplish operations as described. 2.2 CONTROL DEVICES Room_Thermostats,: Modulating two pipe, type, except where two position action is required. Direct a reverse acting as indicated. Provide 60-80 F. dial, concealed adjustments, locking covers with no thermometers. Special range where required. tjo_�qsized Control Dampers: Fabricate of 16 gauge minimum thickness, hot rolled steel in suitable 13 gauge steel channel frame; galvanized finish. Tight closing, multiblade type, with interlocking edges and neoprene edging at blade edges and stops. Zero clearance, spring loaded, stainless steel blade end seals. Oilite or oil impregnated bearings on corrosion-resistant steel shafts. Opposed blade type for modulating action and parallel blade type for 2- position action. Leakage cert'fied not to exceed 10 cfm per square foot when closed against 4-inch static pressure. Multi-blade dampers with 8-inch maximum blade width and 48-inch maximum blade length per section. Single blade dampers may be used in ducts less than 12- inches. Smoke dampers similar except UL555 listed for smoke damper use. 15950-2 IDURHAM - 15950 - CONTROLS Except for automatic dampers provided with air handling units, dampers provided hereunder; installation specified under LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK, Section 15890, and MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK, Section 15895 . Motorized Valves: Equip with modulating plug or V-port inner valve with composition disc for tight shutoff. Two position valves line size. Size monulating water valves for 7. psi drop max'.-num. Screwed ends on valves 2-inches and smaller. Flanged ends on valves 2-1/2- inches and larger. Capacities as noted on the Drawings for ecntrolled equipment Three-way valves where ii,dicat-ed on Drawings, otherwise two-way valves. m er and Valve Operators : Provide adequate size and number to pr:r±•fie modulating or two position action as required. Size operators according to spring pressure and fluid or air pressure to reduce spring range shift. Provide positive positioning devices where shown or where sequencing cannot be accomplished by standard spring ranges. Smoke damper operators UL555 listed for smoke damper use. �r oke Detectors: Approved for duct: i.nstailation per NFPA 72E. Detector with two sets of alarm contacts and one set of trouble contacts. Smoke detectors shall be suitable for 24 VAC power provided by Division 16. Signal Selectors: Diaphragm pressure selector with multiple inputs. 1 1 Cascaded individual selector relays not acceptable. Emergency Ventilation Stop Switch: IProvide SPDT switch where shown for emergency shutdown of air handling units. Sierra #5713 with WP- 1 hinged cover, or equal . ILead/Lag Switch: Full-size rotary oil Light type with maintained contacts. 15950-3 IF WLN DURHAM • 13950 - CONTROLS Freeze Protection Thermostat: Low temperature cutout control, snap acting, normally closed contacts 2.0 ' ,)ot sensing el3ment; any 16-inch portion cf element sensing at or lower than setpoint, shill open contacts. Manual reset. 390 em stature Transmitters: Direct acting, proportional 3-15 psig, calibratable, suitable for use with pneumatic thermometer and automatic temperature control devices. Appearance to match room thermostats. r g2ntrol�. as and Submaster Controllers: Modulating relay type, for proportional control of temperate e, 'humidity, or pressure. Provide dial range suitable for application with :oncealed adjustment. Insertion and immersion sensors with separable sock^t well for ! water and with averaging bulb for air. Provide sensors with smallest range possible, yet still covering variable measured. Adjustable sensitivity reouired for stable control. Submaster controllers with dual inputs to reset contrcl point according to Schedule on the Drawings. Proved+ remote manual adjustment of setpoint where indicated. ~ 7 Dav Program Clock: Solid state microprocessor-based programmer with Time of Day Scheduling. Provide 7-day programming for each system indicated, each day independently le start/stops. Year in ad-ance holiday programming programmable for multip + and automatic daylight savings adjustment. Optimized start based on outside conditions, in comparison with �building tand system characteristics to select the shortest warmup p_ required Y he system to restore normal space temperature at ventilation start (occupied E hour) . Ventilation start program based on respective area occupancy time each day for associated optimal start program. Display to include time of day and program starts and stops. Programmer to be field programmable via display .endow prompting. Battery grammable data for minimum of 48 hours. backup to maintain operator pro Manual Timer: Spring wound, flush, mounted with face plate . 0 12 hour range, witho-t Hold feature. :rovide movable stop feature. M.H. Rhodes 1111a6. Time" , or :. +proved equal . 15950-4 +ir sir w w w w w w w M M DURA M - 15950 - CONTROLS Control pa gel Steel panels with hinged and locked front or sid access panel to house instruments and controls. Wall or Moor mounting, baked enamel finish. Provide #302 stainless steel face with satin finish for er,:Ironmental panels. Panel Readouts: 3-1/2-inch gauge, 270 degree ar, accuracy to within 1/28 of scale range. specialties: All additional equipment required to effect control sequences, including transformers, protective devices, solenoid air valves (EP -:aloes) , relays, etc. 2. 3 CONTROL SIGNAL rRA1VSMISS.ON eum tic i'inin Air piping of hard drawn copper tubing :rich 9nldoied i.ittings, exccvc ' compression fittings only at control instruments and control dc-.-t '. At control supplier's option, soft drawn copper or polyethylene piastic- tubing may be used in accessible areas. Plastic piping shall have appropriate fire ratings to eet code requirements. 2 .4 CONTROL AIR SOURCE Control Air Comvressor: Provide simplex, belt-driven, pressure lubricatcd air compressor package, capable of handling the base bid and alternate system based upon 33-percent maximum operating time, with no more than 10 starts per houe , ;:rid mounted upon ASME Code tank. Compressors load and unlc-d from oil pressur in pressure lubrication system. Provide pressure switches, pressure reducing station, filter assembly, gauges, relief valves , intake filter, refrigerated air dryer complete with remote alarm contacts and all required pneumatic or permanent electrical connections, automatic tank drainer piped to drain, and accessories as required. Intake silencer welded steel constriction with threaded inlet and outlet, long-life sound absorbing material surrounding a perforated cone. Universal Silencer Corp. , or inproved equal . Provide spring vibration isolators see MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION, AND SETfMIC CONTROL, Section 15240, and Schedule on DrawinPs . Verify terminal unit coltrol air consumption with supplier. , I 15950 .5 DURHAM - 15950 - CONTROLS 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION Roo mostats: Mounting height of 5 feet for .fall mounted devices. Provide insulating back on thermostats or sensors mounted on exterior walls. Coordinate location with other appurtenances on wall, and not.i'_y Architect of conflicts. Do not locate thermostats or sensors within 3 feet horizontal distance of light dim.ac.t switches which release heat. Obtain approval of Architect for each alternate location. Coordinate thermostat and sensors locations out of supply air path. Where conflict cccurs, chaa,,je thermostat location or coordinate to block portion of supply diffuser, as approved. Insertion Sensors: Averaging type temperature sensing elements supported to sense all porttons of duct or plenum. Sensing elements passing through duct Insulation shall use smallest drilling praL-tical and be properly sealed. Immersion Sensors: Immersion bulbs mounted in separable wells. Protect exposed capillaries as required. uts+de Sensors: Locate outside air temperature sensor such that true emperatures are continuously reported, unaffected by solar, exhaust air or other transient conditions. Shield temperature bulb. Damper Operators: Install separate damper operator for each individual damper. Where damper operators are mounted directly on ductwork, install separate mounting plates under the operator for adequate support. Mount damper operators outside of airstream. Damper adjustment performed under TESTING, AD.IUSTING AND BALANCING, Section 15990, but linkage arranged for proper adjustabilit , provided hereunder. 15950-6 t DURHAM - 15950 - CONTROLS eea Protection Thermostats: ling coils, serpentined across entire coil Secure to leaving air side of coo area. Provide separate thermostat for each multiple coil section. Smoke Detectors: Install in common return air duct of each system per NFPA 72E and manufacturer's instructions. Sensing tubes installed parallel to the longest side of rectangular ducts . Control Iden tifica on: Provide engraved nameplate ider`tfying all control panels, panel face switches, and all control devices where the co, trol function is not readily apparent. Nameplates to comply with BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15650. F:nergency ventilation stop switches red .- th white lettering. Label gauges on signal selected thermostat branch lines for TU number and area served. PanelPower and ContLol voltage Wir.ine: See BASIC MECHANICAL MATERrALS AND METHODS , Section 15051. Control voltage Including motor control circuits is limiter' to a maximum of 120 volts. Wire starter voltage through .smoke detector contaicts as diagrammed. Where control conduits are provided under Electrical portion of Contract, control system supplier is responsible for providing adequate number of conductors in these conduits for system requirements . Control system supplier is also responsible for conduits that are needed but not provided in Division 16 or where size changes in provided conduits are necessary by system requirements. Where relay coil, pilot light, or solenoid air valve is connected to load 1 side of motor s;.arter to energi--e with motor operation, external control circuit shall be properly fused with fuse block located in respective starter enclosure. Where relays are used to control single phase motors directly, contacts of these relays shall be motor rated for not less than horsepower tating of largest motor switched by relay. 15950-7 DURHAM - 15950 - CONTROLS Where control circuits are brought into starters separately from power circuits , suitable disconnecting device, properly '.dentified, shall be furnished to disconnect control circuit in accordance with code requirements. Pneumatic Piping: Air mains of 3/8-inch OD minimum. Branch lines 1./4-inch or 5/32-inch. 5/32- inch limited to thermostat p connections and low volume controllers with single device terminations. Conceal piping in finished spaces; adequately support and pitch to provide condensate drainage, with drip pockets . Exposed piping in mechanical rooms run parallel to established building lines, installed in neat and workmanlike manner. Do not strap control piping to other piping. Support plastic piping in enclosed gutter, tray, or EMT in fan rooms, mechanical equipment areas, and all other exposed locations. EMT crimp connections are acceptable. Maximum of 12-inches exposed poly tubing betw,en EMT and controlled device. Provide bushing at end of EMT. Route air compressor and air dryer drains to nearest floor drain. Elbow down into drain. Secure to floor as needed. 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROL, OPERATIONS General: Refer to Schematic Diagrams on Drawings for specific control requirements for 1 individual systems . Control diagrams are diagrammatic only and indicate required primary control functions and relationships. Setpoints indicated are initial settings and are expected to change according to building and Owner requirements . Unless otherwise specified, two position temperature control functions shall. have maximum differential of 2 degrees F. Other control methoals providing; equal results may be substituted, { 15950-8 DURHAM - 15950 - CONTROLS Damper Control: Outside and exhaust dampers to close on fan shutdown. P� Outside and exhaust dampers closed during warmup and Night Low Limit operation. Low Limit- Control to allow higher than setpoint temperatures. Controller reduces control signal proportionall,,, to prevent temperatures lower than setpoint. Dampers modulate per Schedule during occupied mode, subject to return air safety. Maximum outside and exhaust dampers close when outside temperature exceeds specified setpoint. Minimum outside air damper to open only when fan is operating during occupied (ventilation) mode. Smoke AlamControl: S• .oke alarm to stop respective supply fan, return fan, and interlocked exhaust fans. All dampers c.o close per normal shutdown sequence. r Freeze Protection Control : Freeze protection thermostat to stop supply fan, return fan, and interlocked exhaust fan. Dampers close per normal shutdown sequence. Freeze protection cycle to continue until freeze protection thermostat is manually reset. Provide separate thermostat for each multiple coil section. Lead Lag Control.: First unit (lead) starts per control indicated. Secondary unit (lag) automatically starts per control indicated, or upon failure of lead unit, Where secondary unit starts on failure of lead unit, provide positive indication of non-operption through differential pressure switch. Provide time delay to prevent false fail indications. Terminal Units: Terminal units are bypass type . During morning wormup, NLL or return air safety operation, boxes are in the "fail" position or 100% air to the room. Durirg occupied hours, room thermostats provide modulating control as follows: above setpoint, maximum air to the room below setpoint, air is bypassed into the ceiling plenum. 15950-9 r r DURHAM • 15950 - CONTROLS Heating Valve Control: Heating valve modulated to maintain return air seupoint during morning warmup, NLL or return air safety operation only. During normal occupied hours, heating valved closed. Return Air S2ty Sensor: If return air temperature is not above setpoint by the scheduled occupied hour, or if the return air temperature drops below setpoint during occupied hours, the heating valve control is allowed to function, outside and exhaust dampers close and terminal units go to the "fail" position until return air q sensor is above setpoint. t mergence Stop Switch: Shutdown supply fan and all interlocked return and exhaust fans. 3. 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL t ene l: i Installation, operation, and adjustment of control system is Y-- .,ponsibility of control supplier. Tests: At completion of .job, thoroughly inspect and test entire control system by simulating each control. function. i Adjustment: Calibrate each thermostat, set for setpoincs shown. All TU thermostats to have same setpoint. Adjust: each air supply system to function as described by the specification and control diagram. Sequence dampers and cooling with bypass TU's to maintain terminal units at near maximum room air position (bypass closed) . Adjust submaster controllers, etc. , to provide minimum optimum throttling range without hunting. j Calibrate each continuous temperature indication loop for accurate teadingr . During first year of operation, make any adjustments in settings deemed necessary by Engineer. END OF SECTION 14 15950-10 �► A � � � A1r �► fY i DURHAM - 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 1 0 GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION Related Documents: Refer to BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. Work_Inc 1udeu: Testing, adjusting, and balancing of air systems, water systems, and mechanical equipment, 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE general: The air and water systems shall be adjusted under the supervision of a registered professional engineer, in accordance with standard procedures and recognized practices of the Associated Air Balance Council ; and as approved by the Architect. Acce?table Firms: Northwest Engineering Ser—ice, Inc. , Air Test h Balance, Air Balancing Specialty, Inc. , Air Masters. 1 . 1 SUBMITTALS Provide one copy of balancing logs directly ro the Architect's consulting engineer for approval and one copy in each copy of the maintenance instructions. Provide reduced floor plans, with ducts highlighted in various colors to show zones and fan .systems; label outlets with numbers corresponding to balance report. 0 PRODUCTS Not applicable. 1.11 EXECUTION 3. 1 AIR SYSTEMS Adjust supply, retu►n, and exhaust air volumes to the amounts shown, within 3 percent variation, except as approved 10 percent ,_otal variation out to out. Adjust fan speeds and motor drives for required air volumes, and to provide proper relationship between supply fans and exhaust fans for a slight positive pressure in the building. Set at the speed to provide required air volume at farthest run without excess static pressure, with inlet vanes wide open. Check capacity at ICO percent OSA, 'and at minimum OSA. 15990-1 DURHAM - 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Adjust minimum outside air 'dampers. Provide static pressure readings at inlet, coils, and fan discharge on air supply units. Adjust grilles and diffusers for proper deflection and blow. Check for noise and drafts and eliminate if possible. Mark all balancing dampers and cocks. 3.2 WATER SYSTEMS Adjust heating water systems for the flows indicated. 1 Adjust domestic hot water recirculation system to provide similar flow in all recirculated. branches. Measure and record flow through each flow control valve. M 3. 3 EQUIPMENT ` Provide equipment data for all fans, pumps, etc. , with equipment identification, motor data, drive data, and operation data on motor. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Provide a list of any items obsar,:ed on the job, relating to the systems balanced, that need to he corrected by. the Contractor. END OF SECTION i 15990-1 C DURHAM EUMENTARY SCHOOL-1601U - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS ,-ECTIuN _16.010_.:_$ASIt__E6ECTRICAi, EROVISIONi 1.2_0-.UENERAL 1l . J. ��ENEkAL 1 The work in this Division is bound by the Contract Conditions an,-) Division 1 , bound here within , aril in addition to this sPecification and accompanying drawings . Work included, but specified elsewhere Temporary Eie.ctrical 6ervice: Section U15UU 'Temporary bacilities. 1 . 2 REQUIREMEN,ro Where words 'furnish" , 'provide" , 'install' appear in this Divisi.,-)n , or a manufacturer is indicated with item or product catalog numbNr listed, install and furnish tree item complete and operating for the purpose or function intended , unless noted otherwise. Examine the Contract Conditio:is prior to submitting a Bid. 1 . 3 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS Follow requirements s-ecifi.ed in Division B Instruction To Bidders; :shop Drawings , Product Da'„a , and Samples. Additional expense result tng f ro,n Contractor' s decision t,-) use substitute materials must be included .in Bid Sum and shall include all costs by other affected .:rafts . 1 . 4 VISI1'INu SITE Bidder is expected to visit site of proposed construction. Verify and inspect the existing site to determine the conditions that atfel"t this work. Include all costs in the bid price for the work and/or material required to comply with the Contract Documents, based on the actual existing conditions and the information indicated on the Contrrict Documents . Failure to comply with the above paragraph will riot relieve the contractor tr.)m the nFcessity of doing any and all work whic!l, is necessary to make all eJectrical installations and syE,t:m.s in��lrt�i. 1 . 5 DhAW I NGiJ) The Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic, with special symb,As representing wiring, outlets , lighting arid equipment . The work shall be installed per the Drawings , as. actual ("!onstr1 tion and the work of other crafts will permit . The electrical Installation shall conform to the building cr--ristruction and design and the work of other crafts . l Special etfort has been made to provide nHnessary information indicating the true conditions , however, the absolutoml a�-cura(jy _)I these Documents is not guaranteed. Circuiting; c,n drawings is showy, for clarity Only , home-runs and circuiting may be combined. Record Drawings ars to be maintained to reflect all changes . Utilize National Elegy. ~1 _ rode for prc>per conduit fill , and cable de-rating factors . f 16U1U-1 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY ::iCHUOL- 1601u -- GENERAL ELEl7TRICAL PRUVIaI0N6: outlets or equipment. shown on the Drawings with no indication shall be completed in the same method and manner as similar outlets or equipment shown on the Drawings . 1 . 6 CLAM F I CATION OF DUCUMEN,r- Bring obscure or questionable items to the attention of the Architect prior to Bid Date . Necessary directions and explanations will be given by the Architect in Addendum form. Should the Electrical Documents indicate a condition which will conflict with the Governing Cedes and Regulations , the Contractor shall refrain from .installing that portion of the Work until fie receives verification from the Architect . Any Work installed in � violation of the Governing Godes will be removed and correctly installed by the Contractor as part of the Contract Work. 1 . 7 RECORD DRAWINGS Prepare and submit as specified herein Project Record Documents . On completion of Work, deliver to Architect one set of Record Drawings or. reproducible transparencies ( Sepias ) , Show all changes and variations from the design drawings and exact routes of all teeders , service conduits and location of all conduits stubbed-out for future continuation with dimens.iorrs from the building permanent structura. Drawings and lettering must be neat, clean and clearly .egible. t;ontractnr shall order and pay for required sepias from original tracings pr(,)vi.ded by Architect at start of proJect . In addition t- r finished c:op.ies required, one "work" set shall be maintained on project site at all times , and shall be subject to inspection by Architect. 1 . S SHOP DRAWING; SUBMITTALS Contractor agrees tha', Shop L:rawinR Submittals processed by Architect are not Change Orders ; that the purpose of Shop Drawing Submittals by (,ontrzctur is to demonstrate to the Architect tha'. Contractor understands design concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which egt-ipment and material he intends to furnish and install and by detailing fabrication and installation methods he intends to use . Contractor further agrees that if deviations , discrepancies or conflicts bQtween Shop Drawings and Specifications are discovered either T rior to or after. Shop Drawing Submittals are processed by Architect , design Drawings and Specifications shall control and shall be followed. .3hop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with General �� nditions y of The Contract for C,,.,nstruction lyti'i Ed. tion. d 1 . 4 !:1,UaEG�U'[' :iUHMI 'f'I'AL:i Prior to final +cceptance and (_ontractor' s request f t.ir final payment for Div:.sic- 16 Work, the Contractor shall submit the :'ollowlnkr: Record Drawings . operating and Maintenance Ma;,uai3 G:ertifi .,ates of lode Authority acceptance . Test data . ether proJeot documentation sp•>cif led elsewhere- herein and/ or indicated un the Drawings . 1.6L)IU-Z WW I t W W It ■ DURHAM ELEMENTARY , CHOOL-16010 - GE14ERAL ELECTRICAL Pk(_)VI6ION;6 1 . 1U CODES AND PERMITS This Werk shall comply with the latest Rules and Regulations of the ;;tate and Local Authurities Having Jurisdiction, National Electrical Code , and NYPA Fire and Life :safety Cudes . Obtain and pay for ail required permits , plan check charges Grid certificates . Deliver Certiticates of Acceptance from the- Code- Enforcing Authorities to Architect. 1 . 11 CoOPERATIuN '.•ITCH OTHER CRAFTS Cooperate with ether Crafts as necessary fcr the proper execution of this Work. Prior to equipment, installation and equipment connections by this Work, the Contractor shall verify the o3xa,ct connection and .lead requirements , and electrical characteristics pLior to rough-in Werk. Contractor shall obtain wiring/schematic diagrams of equipment requiring connections , and make final connections accordingly . Deviations from the Drawings and/or Specifications herein are- t(_, be broug!.-it to the attention of the Architect . 1 . 12 INSPECTION. UBSERVATION AND TEST: Work shall noc be closed in or coveted before review by the Architect . Cost of uncovering and raking repairs where Work h,aF. been closed in nr covered shall be borrie by Lhe Contractor. This will irclude trenches and conduits stubbed out from buildings . Provide one ( 1 ) ,journeyman , tools , meters , i.nr ruments and _other test. equipment required '_).v the Architect. Contractor to removQ and replace trims , covers , fIX4,ures , etc . , and test materials , systems , methods and workmanship in the presence of the Architect for final review at completion of the work. Feeder, conductor and equipment insulation to be tested for conformity with 1000 volt megger after conductors are installed . Minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1000 ohms per applicable system volt. Lug all test uata and deliver tc. the Architect . Provide electrical supervisory personnel on the ,lob during the construction period. He shall be familiar with the elyctrical and other crafta ' materials and Work. He shall coordinate spa,_,e utilization, his men and subcontractors , and the materials t,, be installed in or on the project. Install service power and telephone 'provisions under supervision of respective utilities . 1 . 13 ('UARANTEE AND (.;LEAN-UP Keep tains and materials in an orderly manner t.ht . ur;li ut the exhcutic rl .-,f this W,_.rk . Dion completicin, remove ail juppl.ies , materials , tools . etc . Dirt acid debris of whatever nature caused by the execution of the this Work shall be remr,ved fr ,m the ,lob site . Leave the entire electrical system installed under this Work in clean , dust-free and proper working order-. Without additional charge , replace arty Werk � r material which 'ievel'_jps defects , except t rom abus�� , wi thin one ( 1 i yea r f rom acceptance un less otherwise noted. 16010-3 ff IKLRE 1 A WL1 i i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS Lamp guarantee is from date of Owner occupancy or acceptance; thirty ( 30 ) days for incandescent, six ( 6 ) months for fluorescent and H. I . D. lamps . Labor for lamp installation to be provided by Contractor for thirty ( 30 ) day period. 1 . 14 SAFZTY In accordance with generally accepted construction practices , the Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the Work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours . The duty of the Architect is to conduct construction review of the Contractor' s performance, is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor' s safety measures in, on or near the construction site. 1 . 15 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Provide complete electrical connections for all items of equipment requiring such connections, including incidental wiring, materials, devices and labor necessary for a finished working installation. Verify the location and method for connecting to each item of equipment prior to roughing-in. Check the voltage and phase of each item of equipment before connecting. Furnish all N.E.C. Code required disconnects under this Work, whether specifically shown or not. 1 . 16 SPREAD OF FIRE, OR PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION Electrical installations in hollow spaces , vertical shafts and ventilation or air-handling ducts shall be so made that the possible spread of fire or products of combustion will not be substantially increased. Openings around electrical penetrations through fire :-esistance rated walls , partitions , floors or ceiling-, shall be fire- 5topped. 1 . 17 CUTTING & PATCHING Follow requirements pecified in General Conditions. END OF SECTION , 16010--4 +� w �► w w �r w w +w soff DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ;SECTION_16Q50___gASIC_ELECTRICAL MAT.ERIALS_AND METHODS 1_0__GENERAL 1 . 1 PRODUCT DELIVERY Scratched, marred or deformed materials will not be accepted. inaterial oequipment in wet cartons boxes , l in or 9xposedtorain, waterdust, dirtorsnoware tac--eptabe. 1 . 2 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS Electrical materials to be of '-he type and quality indicated, or Architect approved equal, new, listed by the Underwriters ' Laboratories , and shall bear their label wherever standards have been established and label L-rvice is regularly furnished by them. Indicated braiLd names and catalog numbers are used to establish standards of performance and quality. The description of materials listed herein shall govern in the event that catalog numbers do not correspond to the materials described herein. Prior to ordering equipment , and prior to Contractor' s first application for payment, the Contractor shall within fifteen ( 15 ) days after award of this work, submit five ( 5 ) complete lists *o the Architect of materials and equipment he propo=es tc .furnish. List shall bear the Contractor' s stamp, signature or oche: means to show that he has inspected the list and that the submitted material complies with the C-ritract Documents relative to the correct 1 quantity, size, dimension, quality and function. Any deviation 1 from the materials and methods specified must be listed . There shall be no deviation without express written permission from the Architect describing each deviation accepted. Submit five ( 5 ) sets of Shop Drawings in 3-ring hinders . Binder fill not to exceed 50%; i . e . , 1" thickness of paper in 2" binder. Example: PRUPOSED_hATERIALS Job Name: ___.____—.- Electrical Contractor: Job Supervisor: __..___.__ Order Placea (Will be ]'laced )____ _.. MATERIAL_ITEM MANUFACTURER-&_NOWB CUF'PLIEP. 1 . 3 MANUrACTURER Like items tc, oe from one manufacturer; i . e. , Fixture Types, � Devices and Finish Plates , Circuit Breakers , Switch-board and I Panel-boards , Fire Alarm, Clock Program, Intercim, system, etc . The manufacturer' s installation instructions and w:.ring diagrams are a part of the Contract Documents and shall take precedence over wiring indicated in event of conflict ( does not include wiring method ) . Manufacturer' s products listed as approved mut be modified at the factory to comply with the special requirements noted . Contractor' s responsibility to verify compliance. J I 1 I 16050-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16050 - BASIC ELECTI'ICAL MATERIAL: AND METHODS 1 . 4 OPERATI, ' AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS E'rior to completion of the job and before fina paymen-k. , the C,lntractor shall furnish ".wo ( 2 ) sets of operat ig and maintenance brochures for all system equipment, .required by t., e Owner. Operating and maintenance brochures shall include descriptive and technical data, maintenance and operation procedures , wiring diagrams , spare parts lists , service representative , supplier for replacement parts , etc. Assemble data into individual sets and bind into plastic-covered, hard backed, loose-leaf binders --.rrang for side binding. Segregate respective items iri-vc relatod groups ( Fixtures, Switch- board, Panel-boards, Circuit Breakeirn , ' ire Alarm, Clock Program and Intercom Systems , and Battery Inverter System. ) and provide index tab for each group. At the completion of project, ane at a time scheduled by the Owner, assemble key mechanics, subcontractors , vendors, factory representatives and similar personnel required to explain all facets of maintenance and opecation of the installed system to the Owner' s operating personnel . :n!truc tions shall in-lude actual operation of systems and method3 •Df maintenance . 2. 0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 SPECIAL FEATURES AND INCIDENTALS Special features , finishes, descrip,lon or requirements indicated in the Contract Documents for particular items or equipment, but not included by or in the item' s listed catalog number shall be included. Incidentals , hangers , brackets, supports, framing, backing, signal transformers , relays , etc. , not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the Drawings, and required to complate the system or systems , in a safe and satisfactory work�ng condition, shall be provided and installed as part of this Work. All cracks and opening associated with this Work shall be sealed. 2 . 2 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Wire and Goble Markers shall be cloth markers , split sleeve or tubing type. Nameplates shall be engraved three-layer laminated plastic , white letters (in black background . 3 . 0 FXECUT: 'jN 3 . 1 WIRING METHOD Wiring throughout area shall be metallic concealed raceway system with flush mounted outlets , cabinets , panel -3, etc. , except where indicated otherwise. 16050-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS a All Work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat and mechanical appearance upon completion. Cable ani tree all wiring in panels , enclosures , and cabinets ; for power, signal , and communication systems . UC4 plastic ties in panels , enclosures , cabinets, and all open cab.'.e or wire ja installations . Wet, Damp and Hazardous Locations : Comply with National Electrical Code requirements and methods . Consult Archit-sct prior to notching or cutting Construction Materials . For any cutting of finished surfaces , repair and recondition as directed by Architect. Recondition or replace any damage to this Work of other Crafts . Recesse+d cabinets mounted in fire walls to have fire-rated encl-Giros around them to match rating of wall they are recessed wit)^..in. 3 . 2 LOCATION AND INSTALLATION All Outlets , Devices , Conduits and Equipment are subject to 8 ' -C" relocation by Architect prior -to installation. Notify the Architect five ( 5 ) working days in advance prior to covering or concealment of this Work. Drawings indicate general direction and routes of branch circuits and homeruns to parcels , cabinets, etc. Exact route and installation of wiring will be determined by conditions of construction. Exact locations , distances, levels , etc. , will be governed by the building and materials installed by other crafts . Coordinate equipment and outlet locations with all crafts and Drawings on job. Refer to Mechanical , Structural and Architeu!.ural I;rawings for equipment, piping, duct , etc. , locations . toll this Work tcc avoid c: nfiicts with other Crafts . The plus sign ( +) before a dimension, adjacent to symbol , specifies the center mounting height of an outlet or upper edge of equipment trim to be installed above the finished floor or grade. Leave center of outlet boxes , unless otherwise noted, the .following distance above the floor: Control Switches: 48incb,3s . Receptacles : 121nches unless otheL•wise rioted . Television Outlets : 12inches unless otherwise noted. Telephone Outlets: 12inches unless otherwise noted.. Eire Alarm Pull Stations : 541nches . Fire Alarm Audible Devices. 88inches . Clocks : 78irzches unless otherwise noted. Speakers : 78i.nches unless otherwise Ootid . ,lock and Speaker Asseml)ly: 78inches ( Intercom Call Back Switch: 54inche5. i Uutlets at Counters: !;�rizontal and centered in bacx splash. Panel.-boards : Fifoot-6inches to top of cabinet. Othei outlets a . noted on Drawings , or as ,pecifi.e.6 , detailed or indicated elsewhere. Insca? 1 cutlets in concrete block or brick vF,ncer walls as directed by the Architect ; consult the Architect before installinh work for specific instructions . r 16050-3 ONUM-M .r DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METFODS Set recessed outlet boxes so that finish plates are flush with the finished surface. 3. 3 TRENCHING AND BACK-FILLING Trenching, back-filling, and restoration of paving for this Work shall be done in accordance with the Contract Conditions. For non-metallic conduit, a minimum 3" cover of sand or clean earth fill shall be placed all around the conduit on a leveled trench bottom. Lay all conduit on a smooth level trench bottom, so that contact is made for its entire length. Water shall be removed from trench while electrical conduit is being laid. Following back-filling, grade all trenches to the level of surrounding soil . All excess soil shall be disposed of at the site. 3 . 4 NOISE CONTROL Outlet boxers :at opposite sides of partitions shall not be piaced back to back nor straight through boxes be employed, except where specifically permitted on the I>rawi.ngs by riote. Ferro-resonance dovices shall not be placed on walls which are common to occupied spaces unless specifically called for on the Drawings . Where such device_ must be mounted on walls common tc occupied spaces , they shall be shock-mounted or isolated in such a manner as to effectively prevent the transmission of their inherent noise to the occupied space . Ballasts, contactors , starters , transformers and .like equipment which are found to be noticeably noisier than other similar equipment ori the project will be deemed defective. 3 . 5 ELECTRICAL, IDENTIFICATION Do-g.cease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and tape labels . Insall nameplates and tape labels parallel to equipment lines . Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws , rivets , or adhesive . Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed pariel-boards doors in finished locations . 3 . 6 NAMEPLATE, ENGRAVING SCHEDULE Provide nameplates to identify all Electrical Power Distribution, Communication, Fire Alarm, Clock Program, and Emergency Lighting Systems . Letter Height to be 1/4inch .for electrical power distribution and 1/8inch for ail other equ; nment. 3 . 7 WIRE IDEN'T'IFICATION Provide wire markers on each conductor at load connections , panel- boards gutters , pull boxes , enclosures , and cabinets . Ide-rit.ify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circ,.its , and with control wire number as indicated on equipment man .facturer' s shop drawings for control wiring. 16050-4 is +� a s W W W W DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16050 - BASIC; ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3. 8 SUPPORTS Conduits above a ,sung ceiling and in walls or column framing shall be and",all is. Conduits shall be supported f -om the structure above, not from the ceiling grid system hanger wir-3s or T-bars or cross T- members . Penetration of roof deck is not per-nitted for hangers , clamps , etc . Provide metal conduit, pipe hangers/supports , and straps . Plenum routed flexible meta]. conduit shall be secured at code j required intervals using ceiling T-bar wire clips . They shall not J lie on the ceiling tiles or grid system. r END OF SECTION 1 1 i' 1 i I i 1 16050-5 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16110 -- CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, BOXES' AND FITTINGS 'ECT ION_16110 - CONDUITS, RACEWAYS BOXES_AND_FITTINGS 1 . 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of tha Contract, Division 1 and 2, and Special (,~-Dndit.ions of the Specification sections apply to thi:j section 1 . 2 SCOPE Provide Raceways and Conduits of specified types for ali Electrical System Wiring unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings and/or specified herein. All Fittings , Boxes , Hangers and Appurtenances shall be included. 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS Section 16010 and 16050 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 REFERENCES ANSI C80 . 1 -- Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated. ANSI 080 . 3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc-Coated. I ANSI C80 . 5 - Rigid Aluminum Conduit , ANSI/NEMA FJ3 1 - Fittings and Supports for conduit and Cable Assemblies. FS WW-C-563 - Electrical Metallic Tubing. FS WW-C-566 - Specification for Flexible Meta' Conduit. 2_0 PRODfICTS ' 2 . 1 CONDUITS Manufacturer : Triangle , National , Allied, Carlon, Greenfield or appr— ed. Rigid, heavy wall , galvanized Steel ( R.G. C. ) . Intermediate galvanized Steel ( I .M. C. ) . Zinc coated Steel Electrical metallic Tubing (E.M. T. ) . Non-metallic Conduit, Polyvinyl Chloride, Sche(Jule 40 ( F'. V. C, ) . UL listed for 90 degree c Conductors . Galvanized, interlocked Steel , flexible metallic Conduit and r liquid-tight. 2 . 2 FITTINGS Manufacturer: Appleton, Efcor, Midwest, Raco , T & B, Steel City or approved. Threaded Locknuts for R.G.C. and I .M. C. Conduits . Thro-aded, insulated throat or plastic Bushings . I Insulated grc.unding Bushings . E . M. T. Gonnectr)rs with insulated throat, Steel Indentor or compression type. E. M. T. (3ouplings shall be Steel Indentor or r_ompression ring type. Flex Connectors shall be malleable squeeze type. E. M. T. Steel set-Screw Connectors and/or Couplings may be used on 1 j 1/2" Feeder Conduits and above. 1 1611C -1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16110 - CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTING: 2 . 3 FASTENERS Manufacturer: Caddy, Minerallac or approved. Con clips for support of Thinwall Conduit or flexible metallic Conduit. Conduit Clips for support of Conduit outside Beams . EMT two hole Straps for support of Condui''_ from structure . Heavy duty Jiffy Clips for support of Rigid _,onduit . EMT Jiffy Clips for support of Flex Cond,.iit. 2 . 4 BOXES Manufacturer: Raco, Steel-City, Bell , Hubbell or approved. Galvanized stamped. Steel with scrF:w Ears and knock-out Plugs , mounting type as required, 4'' W x 1 1/2" D minimum. Boxes exposed to weather and installed in contact with Earth shall be cast iron alloy with gasketed Screw Cover and watertight Hubs . Bo.es installed flush and in concrete slab shell be Dualevel , full?-adjustable type 1 , deep, and brass flange, and shall be Hubbell or approved. Boxes shall be single, double or three gang as required. Solid gang box covers single, double as required and 3/4 inch. Boxes exceeding 4 - 11/16 inch square shall be welded Steel construction with Screw Cover. Mud Ring depth to be coordinated with finishod Mi:,' ,-,rials depth. 3 . 0 EXECUTION 3 . 1 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRAN("EMENT , AND SUPPORT Conceal all Conduits in finished spaces and/or as noted on the Drawings . Conduits embedded in Concrete and in direct contact with the Earth shall be Rigid Steel Conduit or Schedule 40 PVC conduit. Rigid Steel Offsets and Ells shall be provided for Schedule 40 PVC Conduits . All connection to be made watertight . Exposed Conduit shall be run parallel to or right angle to structural Building lines . All Conduits are to be securely supported an.: fastened at six ( 6 ) foot intervals and within eighteen ( i9 ) inches r,f every Outlet, Ell. , and Panel termination. Conduit runs which are grouped together or larger than 1-1/4 inch are to be supported from Building structure by Kindorf or Unistrut Steel Channel . Conduit shall be sized as shown on Drawings . Where no size is indicated, Conduit may be sized to the minimum N . E. C. permitted for the quantity of type T . W. (,onductors to be installed. Table 3A. Minimum Conduit trade size shall be 1/2 inch. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping . Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues , and heating appliances . Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations . Fasten conduit using galvanized straps , lay-in adjustable hangers. clevis hangers , or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers . 16110-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16110 - CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS Group conduit in parallel runs wtiere prar.tical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space of 25 percent additional conduit. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Rem,:)ve all wire used for temporary conduit support during construction, before conductors are pulled. 3 . 1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION Non-metallic Conduit (P, V. C. ) shall be used in direct contact with Earth or as indicated on the drawings. Wipe plastic conduit clean and dry before jointing. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area that will be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for 20 minutes . All connections shall be made with solvent cement. Flexible metal conduit shall be in;,talled at Motors, ( Heating/Ventilating Air Conditioning, and Plumbing aqui^went . iAll Conduits shall be cut square, reamed smooth, with all Fiti,ings drawn up tight. Provide Insulated grounding Bushings on all service Laterals and Feeders according to N. E. C . ART. 250-26 . Jacket flexible metal conduit shall be installed at locations exposed to weather or damp areas . �j Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten ' secu.tely . Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts for fastening conduit to cast r boxes , and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or J wet locations . 1 Install no more than t1,3 equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes . ( Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams . Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 Inch size. J Avoid moisture traps where possible. Where unavoidable, provide ,junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point . Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Provide No. 12 AWG in3ulatod conductor or suitable pull string in empty conduit; except sleeves and nipples . Install expansion joints where feeder-conduits cross building expansion joints . Where conduit penetrates tire-rated walla and floors , provide pipe sleeve two sizes larger than conduit; pack void around conduit with oakum and fill end3 of sleeve with fire-resistive compound. Seal opening around conduit with UL Listed foamed silicone elastomer compound. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise, route through roof ,jack with pitch pocket. 16110-3 t DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-1.6110 - CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 3 . 3 CONDf1N INSTALLATION SCHEDULE Installation In or Under Concrete Slab. or Underground Within Five ( 5 ) Feet of Foundation Wali Rigid steel conduit. Intermediated metal conduit. Sched,xla 40 plastid conduit Exposed Outdoor Locations: Rigid steal conduit. Intermediate metal conduit. Wet L.Zterior Locations: Rigid steal conduit. Intermediate metal conduit. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Intermediate metal conduit. V ectrical metallic -cubing. "ND OF SECTION 1611 -4 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS SECTIGN_16120 ,=_CONDUCTOR:i._ANL� CONNECTORS 1 . 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2 , and Special ConditL ,,ns of the ,specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 RELATED SECTIONS Sections 16010 and 16050 apply to work in this section. 1 . 3 REFERENCES NEMA WC 3 - Rubber insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. NEMA W(: 5 - Thermoplastic - insulated wire and cable for the Sf;OPE. 1 . 4 SCOPE Provide all Branch Circu.i '- ; Feeder, and Special S:stems cables as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified herein. 1 . 5 SUBMITTALS Branch circuit cab1H� . Feeder circuit cables . Signal : Inter-communication, Fire Alarm, and Special. System cables . Submit manufacturers instructions . 2. 0—PRODUCTS 2 . 1 CONDUCTORS Manufacturer: Anaconda, Triangle, Hatfield, Rome , West Penn, or approved. All Branch Circuit and Feeder Conductors shall be 600 volt insulation, Copper soft drawn. Insulation types approved shall be THW, THHN , THWN. Number 8 and larger shall be stranded Blass B. The minimum Conductor size shall be number 12 AWG unless otherwase shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Color code all. Feeder and Branch Circuit Conductors in a consistent phase-to--phase manner. Phases A-B--(, left-to-right and phases A-B-C top-to-bottom Under 250 volts phase-to-phase: Phase A - Black Neutral White Phase B - Red Ground - Green Phase C - Blue 2. 2 CONNECTuRS Branch Circuit Connectors shall be Scotch-Lok, ideal Wire Nut , Scotch 3M or approved. 16120 - 1 f DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTCRS 2. 3 CABLE SPLICES Split-bolt, compression terminal , tool applied sleeves , Burndy , Kearney or approved. v-. .yl Plastic_ Electrical Tape, Flame-Retardant, equal to Scotch #3" or approved. Termination Lugs for number 12 AWG Conductors arid/or sinaller shat be spade flared Tool applied. 2 . 4 SIGNAL CABLE Special System Cable shall be suitable of installation in Environmental Air Plenums . Signal Circuits t insulation, rated 60 degree C, Copper conductor, 300 vol individual conductors twisted together, shielded, and covered with a non-metallic s jhollow spacestusedoasuse in ducts ,Eandrplenumal AirY� Plenums , duct s . 3 .0__EXECUTION I 3. 1 GENERAL WIRING METHODS Use rio wire smaller than 12 awg for power and lighting circuits , and no smaller than 14 awg for Special Systems wir:.ng. Use 10 A'*4G conductor for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuit home- runs longGl than 75 feet. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in i same raceway . ..1 Splice only in junction or outlet boxes . Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes , equipment , switch-gear, P and panel-boards . Make conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal . 3 . 2 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS pull all conaactors into a raceway at the same time . Use UL listed wire pulling lobr.icate for pulling 4 AWG and larger wires . Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injr-.re conductors has been completed. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before Installing conductors. 3 . 3 CABLE INSTALLATION Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage . Use suitable cable fittings and connectors . Conductors routed through fluorescen,. Fixtures , mounted in a continuous row shall have a^ insulation rating not .less than '90 degrees C . Conductors shah be rated as fixture Wire . 1612U - 2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS 3. 4 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS Splice only in accessible junction boxes . Use solder-less pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper wire splices and taps , 6 AWG and smaller. For 10 AWG and smaller, use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps. Use split bolt connectors for copper wire splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of connector. i Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors . I� Make splices , taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. 3. 5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. y Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturers recommended -alues . Perform continuity test on all power and equipment, branch conductors Verify proper phasing connections . 3 . 6 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLA'T'ION SCHE.DULF Concealed Interior Locations : Building wiring shall be in metallic raceway system. Exposed Interior Locations : Building wiring shall be in metallic raceway system. Above Accessible Ceiling: r Building wiring shall be in metallic raceway system. Flexible metal conduit shall be installed at all fixtures as shown on the Drawings. Wet or Damp Interior Locations : Building wiring shall be in metallic raceway system. Exterior Locations : Building wiring shall be in metallic raceway system. r Underground Locations : I Building wiring shall be in PVC conduit system. END OF :SECTION I f 16120 - 3 O DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16140 - WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 1 . 0 GENERAL — 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of they Contract, Division 1 and 2 , and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . .�, SCOPE Provide Wiring Devices and Plates as specified herein and/or as shown on the Drawings. Finish and color of Devi.ces and Plates shall be as selected by Architect. 1 . 3 RELATED SECTION; Section 16010 and 16050 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 REFERENCES FS W-C-596 - electrical power connector, plug, receptacle, and cable outlet. FS W S-896 - switch, toggle. NEMA WD 1 - general purpose wiring devices . NEMA WD 5 - specific purpose :airing devices. 1 . 5 SUBMI'T'TALS Submit product data. Provide product data showing configuration, finishes , dimensions, and manufacturer' s instructions. 2. 0--,PRODUCTS 2. 1 MATERIALS Wiring Devices shall be specification grade. Acceptable grade Devices to those specified will be Pass, Seymour or approved All Lighting Switches and Duplex Receptacles Installed shall be of the same Manufacturer and have identical appearance. Wall Switches : Single pole, line Voltage Switch, 20 ampere, 277 volt, quiet type, Hubbell 1221 series . Pilot Light: Singh pale , line Voltage Switch, 20 ampere, 277 volt, quiet type, red lighted handle. Hubbell 1221-PL series or accepted substitute . Receptacles: Duplex 20 ampere, 3 wire, 2-pole Grounding, Hubbell 5362 series . Duplex '0 ampere, 3 wire, 2-pole with Isolated Ground, Hubbell IG5262-1 . Duplex 20 ampere, 3 wire, 2-pole, Grol,nd-Fault, Hubbell 5362 series . Weatherproof , Sierra 1400 series . Grounding type with Sierra num'ier WDP-8 or accepted substitute, weatherprcof cover mounted horizontally with covers down. Device Plates : 16140-1 !li DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL -- 16140 - WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES Flush Wall Finish Plates shall be satin finish stainless steel , 302/304 ; Hubbell . Surface Covers: Galvanized or Cadmium Plated Steel , 1/8" raised Industrial type with openings appropriate for Device installed. 2 . 2 FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED SERVICE FITTINGS Flush covers and carpet .flange for duplex convenience receptacle • Brass flush cover suitable for floor box, with duplex flap opening. Hubbell no. 5-3825 or approved Flush covers :dor Special System: Brass flush cover suitable for floor box, with 2-1 /8 x 3/4 inch combination threaded opening. Hubbell no. 5-2425 or approved. 3.0_EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION Install wall switches with OFF position down. Install wall mounted convenience receptacles grounding pole on bot tom. Install specific-use receptacles at heights 1,3 shown on Drawings . Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface-- mounted outlets. Install devices and wall plates flash and level . I Devices and .Finish Plates shall be installed, plumb with Building lines . Finish Plates and Devices small not be installed until final painting is complete. Scratches: or splattered Finish Plates and Devices will not be accepted. Receptacles shall be tested for polarity. ENI) OF SECTION 16140-2 i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16160 - CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES' SECTION 16010 - CABINETS AND 1 . 0 GENERAL ENCLOSURES 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings . General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2 , and Special. Conditions of. the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Provide Cabinets and Enclosures for System Wiring indicated on the Drawings and/or specified herein. All cabinets , Terminal Blocks and accessories shall be included. 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS Section 16010 and 16050 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 REFERENCES NEMA 250 - enclosures for electrical equipment ( 1000 volts maximum) . ANSI/NEMA ICS 1 - industrial control and systems . ANSI/NEMA ICS 4 - terminal blocks for industrial control equipment and systems . ANSI/NEMA ICS 6 - enclosures for industrial control equipment. and i G-'stems . 11 1 . 5 SUBMITTALS ' Submit product data. Cabinet layout with quantity end type of Terminals; complete with schematic diagram, wiring diagram, outline drawing and construction diagram as described in ANSI/NEMA ICS 1 . 2. 0 PROnU(,TS 2. 1 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURE Construction: NEMA 250 ; Typo 1 steel . Finish to be Manufacturer' s standard enamel finish. Co, . shall be continuous hinge, held by flush latch operable by ke, I Panel for Mounting Terminal Blocks or Electrical Components shall be 14 gage steel , white enamel finish. 2 . 2 CABINETS 1 Cabinet, boxes shall be galvanized steel with removable end-walls , and sized as follows . Provide 3/4 inch thick plywood backboard painted matte white, for mounting terminal blocks . Cabinet Fronts shall be steel. , flush type with concealed trim clamps , concealed hinge and flush lock ikeyed to match branch circuit panel-board ) ; finish in gray baked enamel . 16160-1 w w w w w w w w DURHAM, ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16160 - CABINFfS AND ENCLOSURES 2. 3 TERMINAL BLOCKS AND ACCESSORIES Terminal Blocks shall be ANSI/NEMA ICS 4 ; UL listed Power Terminals shall be unit construction type, closed--back type, with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volt. Signal and Control Terminals shall be construction type, channel mounted; tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volt. 2. 4 FABRICATION Short a:,seinble enclosurEes and cabinets housing terminal blocks or electrical components in accordance with ANSI/NEMA ICS 6. Provide knockouts on enclosures . Provide prctective pocket inside front cover with schematic diagram, connection diagram, and layout drawing of control wiring and components within enclosure. 3. 0 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION Install cabinets and enclosures plump; anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each corner, minimum. Install trim plumb. END OF SECTION 16160-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL- SECTION 16170 MOTOR STARTERS. DISCONNECTS, AND OVERCURRENTION SECTION_161'r_G___MANUAL_MOTOR_ STARTERS, DISCONNE_GTS AND OVERCURRENT_PROTECTION 1._0_ GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2, and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Provide manual motor starters serving fractional horsepower motors, and disconnect switches with electrical characteristics as specified herein and/or as shown on the Drawings. 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS Section 16010 and 16050 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 REFERENCES ANSI/UL 198E - Class R fuses . FS W-S-865 - Switch, Box, (Enclosed) , Surfaced-Mounted. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches . 1 . 5 SUBMITTALS Submit product data. Include outline drawings with dimensions , and equipment ratings for voltage, capacity, horsepower, and short circuit bracing. 2.2-, TS 2 . i MANUAL MOTOR STARTEP.S Manufacturer: Square D company, Seimans-Allis , Gould I . T. E. , Westinghouse or approved. Manual Motor Starters shall be quick-make qu;.ck-break and shall be equipped with melting alloy tyl-e, Thermal Ovorluad Relays . Starters shall be inoperative if Thermal Uni.A ; are removed . Enclosures shall be NEMA 3R for damp and wet locations . 2. 2 MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS Magnetic Motor Starters will be furnished under other Division of Work and installed by this Work. 2. 3 DISCONNECTa Manufacturer: Square D company , Seimans-Allis . Gould, I . T . E. , Westinghouse or approved. Disconnect Switches shall be heavy duty type, service rated with quick-make quick-break operating mechanism. Svitches to be equipped with a defeatable Cover interlock with rejection Clips for Class "R" Fuses or be capable of accepting Class "J" Fuses . Enclosur�ss shall be Nema type 3R for damp/wet locations and Nema type 1 where installed elsewhere. 16170-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL- SECTION 161"0 MOTOR STARTERS, DISCONNECTS , AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 2 . 4 FUSES Manufacturer: Ce.fco, Bussman or approved. Fuses protecting Motors shall have tame-delay tieature. Coordinate Fuse size with nameplate r- ,.ing of Motor and/or equipment installed. Fuses non-renewable type with dual-elements , shall be current limiting, rating at 200 , 000 amperos symmetrical . 2 . 5 CIRCUIT BREAKER: Manufacturer: Square D Company, Gould I . T. E. , Westinghouse, ` General Electric or approved. Circuit, Breakers shall be UL listed and meet NEMA standards . Branch Circuit protective Devices shall be Molded Case, Thermal- Magnetic type. The operating mechanism shall be quick-mal:a quick- break action with positive handle position. Circuit Breakers controlling Lighting Loads shall be classified as "Swit�hi.ng Duty" . Two and three pole Circuit Breakers shall be common-trip. Provide .lock-on Devices for Circuit Breakers as noted on the Drawings and/or as srecified herein. Branch Circuit Breakers shall have a minimum short-circuit rating of 10 , 000 amperes symmetrical at 240 volt. 3 .0 EXECUTION 3. 1 MOTOR STARTERS Provide the Motor Starting Equipment as shown on the Drawings . Coordinate all Motor overload relays with nameplate rating of Motor. 3. 2 OVERCURRENT DEVICES Coordinate and install Fuse sizes with Load served and/or nameplate rating of Motor installed. In no case shall Fuses be sized smaller than the Starter Thermal Overload Relays . END OF SECTION 16170-2 t DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16420 - SERVICE ENTRANCE SECTION 16.4-40 - SERVICEENTRANCE 1 . 0 - GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2 , and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Provide arrangement with Utility Company fc.r permanent electric service including payment of Utility Company charges . See Drawings for One--line Power Riser Diagrams ana Schedules . 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS Suction 16010 and 16050 apply to work in thiF. section. 1 . 4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION System voltage: 120/208volt , three phase, four wire, 60 Hertz , and Wye. 1 . 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Utility company: Install service entrance in accordance with Utility Company' s rules and regulations . 1 . 6 SUBMIT. ",S Submit shop drawings and product data. Submit Utility Company prepared drawings . 2 . 0 - PRODUCTS 2. 1 METERING EQUIPMENT Meter base: Provide and in3tall meter bases as required and specified by the Utility Cor -any. Metering transformer: Insta 1 current, transformers furnished by the Utility Company. Concrete pad for transformer: Provide and install pad for mounting of Ut.iiity Company ' s oil filled transformer. 3. 0 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electric service to the project. Underground: Install service entrance conduits from transformer pad to building service entrance equipment . Utility company will connect service lateral conductors tr) service entrance bus . END OF SECTION 16420-1 1W rye r 1 W_ W_ m W w fr W DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16425 - SWITCH-BOARDS SECTION_16.42w___SWITCH-BOARDS 1 . 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2, and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 2 SCOPE Provide and install complete Main Distribution Switch-board. 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS SA^tion 16010 , 16050 , and 16420 apply to work in this section 1 . 4 REFERENCES ANSI C12 -Code for electricity metering. ANSI C39. 1 - Requirements for electrical analog indicating instruments. ANSI C57 . 13 - Requirements for instrument transformers. FS W-C-375 - Circuit breakers , molded case, branch circuit and service. NEMA AB 1 - Molded case circuit breakers. NEMA PB 2 Dead front distribution switchboards . NEMA PB 2 . 1 - Instructions for safe handling, installation, operation aad maintenance of dead-front switchboards rated 500 volts or less . 1 . 5 SUBMITTALS Submit product data. Include frcnt and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; nameplate legends , size and number of bus bars per phase, neutral and ground; switchboard instrument details ; instructions for handling and installation of switchboard; and electrical characteristics :r,c) uding voltage, frame size and trip ratings, withstand ratings , and time-current curves of all equipment, and components. Submit manufacturer' s instructions. 1 . 6 OPERATION AND MAIN'.ENANCE DATA Submit operation and maintenance data. Include spare parts data listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies , and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals . 1 . 7 DELIVERY, S;ORAGE, AND c;ANULING Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600 . Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic coo_- to protect, units from dirt , water, construction debris , and traffic . Handle in accordance with NEMA PB2 . 1 and manufacturer' s writter. instructions . Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components , enclosure, and finish. 16425-1 W W WX W DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16425 - SWITCH-BOARDS 2 .0__PROD9CTS 2. 1 MANUFACTURERS Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, I-T-E Siemens Allis , Westinghouse, Crouse-Hinds , Square D Company. 2 . 2 SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION AND RATINGS Factory-assembled, dead front, metal-enclosed, and self-supporting switchboard assembly conforming to NEMA PB2 , and complete from ine..._.iing line terminals to load-side terminations . Switchboard electrical ratings and configurations as shown on the Drawings and Schedules . Line and load terminations: Accessible from the front only of the switchboard, suitable for the conductor materials used. ll be individually mounted. Distribution Main Section Devices sha Section Devices shall be individually mounted. P,us material : Copper, sized in accordance with NEMA PB 2 . Bus connections: Bolted, and accessible from front only for maintenance . Frov.�.de one ( 1 ) 50 percent cropper ground bus through the length of the „iitchboard. Provide metering transformer compartment for utility company ' s use. Compartment size, bus spacing and drilling , door, and locking and Esealing nclosureeshallmbetNEMAall PB 2etypeaccordance I - General Section Purpose. 16420 . Purpose. En Finish: Manufacturer' s standard light gray enamel over external surfacas . Coat internal surfaces with minimum one coat corrosion-resisting paint, or plate with cadmium or zinc. 2 . 3 SWITCHING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Molded case circuit breakers : Provide circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. See One Line Power Riser Diagram, and Distribution Schedule on the Drawings 2. 4 INSTRUMENTS AND .SENSORS Ammeters : ANSI 039 . 1 ; indicating ammeter with 4 . 5 inch square recessed case and 250 degree scale , white dial with black figures and pointer, 5 ampere , 60 Hertz movement, one percent accuracy . Voltmeters: r with 4 . 5 inch square recessed ease ANSI 1;39 . 1 ; indicating v��ltmete and 250 degree scale , white dial with black figures and pointer, 120 volt, 60 Hertz movement, one percent accuracy . Ammeter transfer switch: Rotary multi.-stage snap-action type with 600 volt AC-DC silver plated contacts , engraved escutcheon plate, pistol-grip handle , and four positions including UFF. 16425-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOI� - 16425 - ''WITCH-BOARDS Voltmeter transfer switch: Rotary multistage snap-action type with 600 vo1L AC-DC silver plated contacts , engraved escutcheon plate, pistol-grip handle, and seven positions including OFF. 3. 0 EX's'CUT ION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION Install switchboard in locations shown on drawings , in accordance with manufacturer' s written instructions and NEMA PB 2 . '. . Tighten accessible bus connections and mechanical fasteners atter placing switchboard. All main service devices shall be service rated molded case thermal-magnetic. All :sub-main devices shall be molded case thermal-magnetic. 3. 2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect completed installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section phase to phase to ground for one minute each. Test voltage shall be 1000 volts , and minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 2 megohms . Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints using a calibrated torque wrench. Tightness shall be in accordance with manufacturer' s recommended values . Physically test emergency trip systems to insure proper function. 3 . 3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Adjust all operating mechar.. .sms for free mechanical movement. 'Pouch up scratch or marred surfac::s to match original finish. Adjust trip and time delay settings to values as instructed by Architect/Engineer. 3. 4 SWITCPBOARD SCHEDULE See Drawings for. schedules . END of SECTION 16425-3 DURHAM ELEMENTARY - 1645U - BECUNDARY GPOIJ14DING SECT,ION_16450___SEL_ONllARY GROUNDING 1 . 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2 , and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Power system and electrical equipment, Inter-communications , Fire. Alarm, and Special System grounding. 1 . 3 RELATED SFCTION Section 16010 and 16050 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance to service entrance equipment to the main metallic water service and to supplementary grounding electrode. Ground each separately-derived system neutral to nearest effectively grounded building structural steel . Pro-ide communications system grounding conductor at point of service entrance and connect to nearest effectively grounded building structural steel . Bond together system neutrals , service Equipment enclosures , exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment , metal raceway systems , grounding conductor in raieways and cables , receptacle ground connectors , and plumbing systems . 2. 0 MATERIALS 2 . 1 MATERIALS Ground rods : Copper-encased steel , 3/4 inch diameter, r,if!] mum length 10 feet. 3 . 0 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor in feeder and branch circ>>its . Terminate each end on a grounding lug, bus or bushing . Connect, grounding electrode conductors to metal. water pipe using a suitable ground clamp. Make connections to flanged pipinr; at street side of flange. Provide bonding Jumper art�und water meter. Supplementary Grounding Electrode: Use driven ground rod in main service equipment area. Use minimum e AWG copper conductor for communications services grounding conductor. Leave lU feet ( 3 m) slack conductor at terminal cabinet , Provide grounding and bonding at utility company ' s metering equipment and pad-mounted transformer in accordance with Section 16420 . 16450-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY - 16450 - SECONDARY GROUNDING 3 . 2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. Measure ground resistance from system neutrai connection at service entrance to convenient ground reference point using suitable ground testing equipment. Resistance shali riot exceed 10 ohms . END OF SECTION 16450-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16470 - BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL-BOARDS SECTION 16470 - PANEL-BOARDS i 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisiona of the Contract, Division 1 and 2, and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Distribution panel-boards . Lighting and appliance branch circuit panel-boards . 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS ;�eetion 16010, 16050 and 16170 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 REFERE110ES FS W-C-375 - Circuit breakers, molded case, branch circuit and service. FS W-P-115 - Power distribution panel . NEMA AB 1 - Molded case circuiu breakers . NEMA PB 1 - Panel-boards. NEMA PB 1 . 1 - listructions for safe installation, operation and maintenance of panel-boards rated 600 volts or less . 1 . 5 SUBMITTALS Submit shop drawings. Include outline and support point dimensions , voltages , main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker arrangements/sizes. 1 . 6 SPARE PAR'I'S Keys : Furnish three each to Owner. 2 . 0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 MANUFACTURERS-PANEL-BOARDS Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, I-T-E Siemens .Allis , Westinghouse, Industrial Elec}ric Manufacturing, Inc. , Square D Company or approved. 2 . 2 DISTRIBUTION PANEL-BOARDS Panel-boards: NEMA PB 1 ; circuit breaker type . FS W-P-115; Type 1 , Class 1 . Enclosure: NEMA PB 1 ; Type 1 cabinet size as required Provide cabinet, front with concealed trim clamps . Finish in manufacturer ' s standard gray enamel . Provide panel-boards with copper bus, ratings as shown an Drawing panel scheduled. Provide copper ground bus in all panel-boards . Minimum integrated short. circuit rating: 10 , 0110 amperes rms symmetrical for 240 volt panel-boards or as shown .,n the Drawings . Molded case circuit breakers ; provide circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole . Provide circuit breakers UL listed as 'Type HACK for air conditioning equipment branch circuits . { 16470-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16470 - BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL--BOARDS 2. 3 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL-BOAP.DS Light.ink and appliance branch circuit, panel-boards NEMA PB1 ; ° circuit breaker type. FS W-P-115 ; Type 1 , Class 1 . Enclosure: NEMA PB 1 ; Type 1 cabinet size as required Provide cabinet front with concealed trim clamps. Finish in manufacturer' s standard gray enamel . Provide panel-boards with copper bus, ratings as shown on Drawing panel .scheduled. Provide copper ground bus in all panel-boards . Minimum integrated short circuit rating: 10 , 000 amperes rms symmetrical for 240 volt panel-boards or as shown on the Drawings. Molded case circuit breakers: NEMA AB 1 FS W-C-375; bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers , with common trip handle for all poles. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits. 3 .0 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION Install panel-boards plumb and flush with wall finishes as shown on the Drawings , in conformance with NEMA PB 1 . 1 . Provide filler palates for unused spaces in panel-boards . Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panel- board. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase leads . Stub four ( 4 ) empty 1%2 .inch conduits to accessible location out of each recessed panel-board, and terminate in 12 i,ach by 12 inch by 6 inch ,junction box with blank cover. Provide five ( 5 ) lock dogs with each panel-board. 3 . 2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Visual. and mechanical inspection: Inspect for physical damage , proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check iroper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers , fusible switches , and fuses . END OF SECTION t i 16470-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16500 - LIGHTING_-FIXTUI'�ES SECTION_16500___LIGHTING_FIXTURES 1 . 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2, and Special Conditions of the Specification s6ctions apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Intt, ior and Exterior luminaries and accessories. Lam, and ballast. 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS Section 16010 and 16050 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 REFERENCES ANSI C82 . 1 - Specification for fluorescer;t lamp ballasts. ANSI C82 . 4 - Specifications for high-intens4ty-discharge lamp ballasts . FS W-F-414 - Fixtures . NEVA LE 2 -- H-I-D lighting system noise criterion LS-NC ratings . 1 . 5 SUBMITTALS Submit product data. Include outli.; e drawings , lamp and ballast data, support points , weights, photo-metrics , and accessory information for each luminaire type. 1 . 6' DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver products to site and store and protect products under provisions of the Contract Conditions . 2 .0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 INTERIOR LUMINARIES AND ACCESSORIES Fluorescent luminaries : FS W-F-414 ; provide hinged frames with latches , and 0 . 125 inch thick virgin acrylic lenses . Recessed incandescent luminaries: Prewired type with thermal protection. Recessed fluorescent luminaries : Provide trim type and accessories required for each installation in ceiling system installed. Exit. signs: Stencil face, 6 inch high green letters on white background, directional arrows as indicated , universal mounting type as indicated on Drawings . HID luminaries : Pre-wired, with integral ballast . 2 . 2 EXTERIOR LUMINARIES AND ACCESSORIES Enclosures : Complete with gaskets to form weatherproof assembly . Provide low temperature ballasts with reliable starting to u degrees F. Provide clear acrylic lens guards on fluorescent luminaries . 16500-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL, - 16600 - LIGHTING-FIXTURES 2 . 3 MANUFACTURERS - LAMPS General Electric, Norelco, Sylvania or approved. 2 . 4 LAMPS General use incandescent lamps : As shown on the Drawings and/or as specified herein; rated 130 volts . Fluorescent lamps : Watt-miser warm white and/or as specified herein; all by the same manufacturer. Mercury vapor HID lamps: Deluxe white. Color improved. High Pressure Sodium: Phosphor coated. 2 . 5 MANUFACTURERS - FLUORESCENT BALLASTS General Electric, Jefferson, Universal , Advance or approved. 2. 6 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS Fluorescent ballasts: ANSI C82 . 1 ; high power factor type. Nominal 430 ma lamp ballasts : Low energy type. Two lamp type shall have a maximum line current not to exceed 0 . 63 amperes at 120 volt, and one lamp not to exceed 0 . 38 ai7peres at 120 volt. 2 . 7 HID BALLASTS HID ballasts : ANSI C82 , 4 ; suitable for 122 degree F. ambient . Selected by luminaire manufacturer. 2 . 8 FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE ''A" : Recessed 2 by 4 fluorescent specification grade fixture with 3 F40T12 lamps in cross section. 100% virgin acrylic . prismatic lens , nominal 0 . 125" thickness , heavy gauge flush white steel door. , cam action door frame latch, air return. Baked white enamel finish. Metalux 2GSASR-340A; Lithonia, Daybrite, Globe equivalent or approved. TYPE "Al " : Same as Type "A" except % .th 2 PAOT12 lamps in cross section. TYPE "E" : Recessed round incandescent fixture with 150 watt A/99 lamp. Flat Fresnel lens , low gloss white trig- finish, and weatherproof Basketing. Marco R402706 or approvAd . TYPE ''C" : Surface mounted fluDrescent fixture with four ( 4 ) F40T12 lamps in cross section . 100% virgir acrylic prismatic lens . Provide low density rating where mounted on a combustible surface . White baked enamel housing and reflector finish. Lithonia ISC-440 ; Daybrite, Globe , Metalux equivalent or approved. TYPE "D" : Surface mounted fluorescent strip fixture with two ( 2 ) F40Ti2 lamps in cross section. Baked white enamel finish, chain hanger set, and wire guard, and acrylic lamp guard. Lithonia G- 240-HG-WG9 ; Metalux , Benjamin equivalent or approved. w t f 16500-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES TYPE "F" : Heavy industrial fluorescent fixture with two ( 2 ) 800MA lamps in cross section. Heavy duty apertured reflector, white porcelain finish, and wire guard. Metalux D;M-248HO; haybrite, Lithonia equivalent or approved. ca�L eh0 A wl NU • / TYPE ''G" : "urface mounted low brightness fixture with acrylic refractor ( 6 inch by 4 inch) and one ( 1 ) F40T12 lamp in cross section, length as shown on drawings . Die formed hc;asing, baked white enamel finish. Metalux 8T-CR-140A or approved. TYPE "G1" : Same as Type "G" except four foot :in length. Metalux CR-140A (Corlite) . i i TYPE "H" : Same as Type "G" except with two ( 2 ) F40T12 lamps in cross section. Metalux 8T-CR-240A (Corlite) or approved. TYPE "H1" : Sarre as Type "H" except four foot in length. Metalux CR-210A (Corlite ) or approved. TYPE "I'' : Recessed square 70 watt high pressure sodium vapor fixture with vandal-proof dropped lenxan lens . Halo M5343-630 or approved. TYPE "J" : Surface mounted 70 watt high pressure sodium vapor fix Wre. Die cast aluminum square housing, high impact injection molded prismatic diffuser, weatherproof , heRvy gauge aluminum hood. Finish as selected by Architect. McPhipben 22B3162JB or approved. TYPE ''V : Porcelain keyless lamp-holder with one ( 1 ) 60 watt A/99 lamp. Slater or approved. TYPE "L" : Pole mounted luminare with 250 watt high pressure sodiLirn vapor lamp. Square--shaped cylindrical cut off yoke mounted luminaire. Sterner Diplomat .AY25approved. Color as selected by Architect . Mount on round embedded 20 foot concrete pole . Finish as selected by the Architect. Centrecon SER -4 or approved . a C*c r-4 C((J e n1J(4 m )VO . TYPE "X Exit fixture with two 20 T6-1/2 long life incandescent lamps . Green letter on white background with direction arrows indicated. Sure Lites G-1 or approved. 3_0EXECUT I Olt 3 . 1 INSTALLATION Install lamps in luminaires and lampholders . Support surface-mounted luminaires directly form building structure . Install recessed luminaires to permit .removal from below. Install grid clips . HID luminaires : use safety chain between ballast and structure. Coordinate installation of Fixtures with other trades to avoid conflicts . 16500-3 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16500 - LIGHTING__FIXTURES Recessed Fixtures installed in Fire Rated Ceiling stall bare no Label restricting the installation of a Fire Rated Enclosure over the Fixture. Contractor shall verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and all other construction details prior to release of Fixtures for shipment. Plaster Frames shall be provided for all Fixtures in Plaster Ceilings. Where discrepancies occur, the Architect shall be notified immediately. 3 . 2 RELAMPiNG Relamp luminaires which have failed at completion of work. 3 . 3 ADJUS'T'ING AND CLEANING Alien luminaires and clean lenses and diffusers at completion of work. Clean paint splatters , dirt, and debris from installed luminaires . Touch up luminaire finish at completion of work. END OF SECTION 1• , 16500-4 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOr.L- SECTION 16615 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY SECTION 16170 - EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY 1 . 0_ GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of t:he Contra-•t, Division 1 and 2 , and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Furnish and install an Emergency Power Supply system as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified herein. 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS Section 16010 , 16050 , and 16510 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION System Configuration: For•aard transfer type emergency power supply consisting of rectifier/charger unit, storage battery, and solid state inverter with mechanical static transfer switch, in one or several enclosures . Unit suitable for operating HID lamps without extinguishing lamp on transfer. Operating Sequence: When utility Power is available, it supplies load through transfer switch, and battery charger maintains battery charge . if utility fails, load is transferred to battery-powered inverter. When utility is restored, load is re-transferred and battery charger restores battery charge. 1 . 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer: Company specializing In battery-inverter power supplies with three years documented experience. 1 . 6 SUBMITTALS Submit product data. Indicate unit ratings , dimensions , and finishes. ,,elude performance data for batteries . Submit manufacturer' s installation instructions. 1 . 7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Submit data. Include battery maintenance and unit testing procedures . 1 . 8 WARRANTY Warranty: Provide 10 year pro-rated warranty on battery ; on straight line basis . Include coverage of travel , .Labor , parts and service . 2. 0 PRODUCTS . 1 MANUFACTURERS Yorklite model. MAC-lUUU or approvad. 16615-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL- SECTION 16615 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY 2. 2 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY Input Voltage: 1.20 volts , 60Hz , single phase. Output Power: 4 ,000 volt-amperes at 0 . 8 power-factor. Battery Operating Time: 90 minutes at full load and within output voltage limits. Output Voltage: 120 vo1Ls t/- 5 percent, single phase for 10 percent through 100 percent load variations . Efficiency: 90 percent minimum. Maximum Recharge Time: 1.2 hours following any discharge. Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 10 percent at full resistive load. Battery: Calcium-lead sealed type. Charger: Dual rate, dezigned to maintain battery in full-charge condition during ncrmal cunclitions. Exercising Time Clock: Simulate input power interruption for minute du-ation every days. 2. 3 REMOTE 'TROUBLE MONITOR Indicators: Common derangement lamp and audible tone. Include silence switch arranged fc,- ringback feature. 2 . 4 ENCLOSURE 14 gauge welded :steel ouilt to Nema 1 specifications with front and back accessibility and corrosion resistant black enamel finish. 3 . 0__E;XECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION install units plumb and level . Provide interconnection between cabinets . 3. 2 MANUFACTURER' S FIELD SERVICES Provide manufacturer' s field services. Include services of technician to supervise adjustments, final connections , and system start-up. ` END OF SECTION 16615-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION_16721 -_FIRE_ALARM_SYSTEM 1 . 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings, General Provisions of the Contract, Divi-sion 1 and 2, and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Furnish and install a complete Fire alarm detection. 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS Sprinkler system, Duct mounted smoke detectors, Smoke dampers , sections 16010 , 16050 , and 16120 . 1 . 4 REFERENCES NFPA 72A - Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Local Protective Signaling System for Guard' s Tour, Fire Alarm, and Supervisory Service. NFPA 72B - Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Auxiliary Protective Signaling System for Fire Alarm Service. NFPA 72C - Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Remote Station Protective Signaling System. . NFPA 72E - Automatic Fire Detectors . NFFA 72G - Notification Appliances for Protective Signaling Systems . NFPA 72H - Guide for Test Procedures for Protective Signaling Systems . NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 1 . 5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS System: UL, and FM .listed. Conform to requirements of NP-PA 101 . Uniform Building Code, 1 . 6 SYS'T'EM DESCRIPTION The system shall use closed loop initiating device circuits with individual zone supervision, individual indicating appliance circuit supervision, incoming and standby power supervision. Include a control panel , manual pull stations , automatic fire detectors , ( bells ) , all wiring, connections to devices , outlet boxes , ,function boxes , and all other necessary material for a complete operating system. Through the use of a program mode dip-switch the fire alarm control. panel shall allow for loading or editing special instructions and operating sequences as required . All instru( ' ions shall be stored in a non-volatile programmable memory within the fire alarm control panel . Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase the- instructions stored in memory . The Control Panel Switches ( city disconnect, manual evacuation, auxiliary bypass switches ) may be re-programmed on site to provide control of other output circuits . No additional components or factory programming shall be required. 16721-1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Initiation circuits shall be individually configurable, on site, to provide upon activation a ( fast march time , slow march time, temporal coee, or a master code) until ( silenced ) or ( reset ) upon any output circuit . All panels and peripheral devices shall be the standard product of a single manufacturer and shall display the manufacturer' s name on each component. The catalog r -mbers specified under this section are those of Simplex 'rime Re, der i:o. and constitute the type, product quality, material , a iesired operating features . 1 . 7 OPERATION The system alarm operation subsequent to the alarm activation of any manual station, automatic detection device, or sprinkler flow switch shall be as follows All audible alarm indicating appliances shall sound a uniform code 3 temporal pattern until silenced by the alarm silence switch at, the Control Pan-l . The temporal pattern shall consist of any appropriate sound, keyed 1/2 to 1 second ''on'' , 1/2 to 1 second "off" , 1/2 to 1 second "on" , 1/2 second ''off'' , 1/2 toI25% secQoonnde'on' and 2 1/2 seconds ".:ff" with timing tolerances of for not less than 3 minutes. All doors normally held open by door control devices shall release. A supervised signal to notify the loca'. fire department or an approved central station shall be activated. To accommodate and facilitate Job site changes the type of "city connection circuit'' shall be on site configurable to provide either a '' reverse polarity" , " local energy" , "shunt" or dry contact connection. The mechanical controls shall activate the air handling systems per life safety specification, NFPA 101 . The associated initiating device circuit red LED shall flash on the control panel and the remote annunciator until the alarm hash e been silenced at the control panel ( or the rpit.-Ae annunciator. ) silenced, this same LED shall latch on. A subsequent alarm received from another zone after silencing shall flash the subsequent zone alarm LED on the control panel . The activation of any system smoke detector shall initiate an alarm verification operation whereb: the panel will reset the activated detector and wait for a second alarm activation. If , within one ( 1 ) minute after resetting, a second alarm is reported from the same or any other smoke detector, the system shall process the alarm as described previously . If no second alarm occurs within one minute the system shall resume normal operation. The alarm verification shall operate only on smoke detector alarms . other activated initiating devices shall be processed immediately - All doors normally held open by door control devices shall release upon AC power failure. amp--, �- '14vdc The Control Panel shall be capable of supplying power output expandable to 10 amperes . switch at the control The actuation of the program "Test Set-up" panel shall activate the "Walk Test" mode of the system which shall cause the following to occur: The city ,onnectioli circuit shall be disconnected . ` Control relay functions shall be bypassed. I The control panel shall show a troubl•3 condition. 16721-2 i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM The alarm activation of any initiation device shall cause the audible signals to pulse one round of code identifying the initiation circuit (e. g. : an activated smoke detector connected to Zone 4 shall pulse the audible signals 4 times in rapid succession ) . The panel shall automatically reset itself after code is complete. Any momentary opening of an initiating or indicating appliance circuit wiring shall cause the audible signals to sound for 4 seconds to indicate the trouble condition. 1 . €1 SUPERVISION The system shall contain nine ( 9) (Class E Style B) zones . Independently supervised initiation circuits so that a fault in any one zone shall not affect any other zone. The alarm activation of any initiation circuit shall not prevent the subsequent alarm operation of any other initiation circuit. There shall be (2 ) two independently supervised and. independently fused indicating appliance circuits for alarm (horns ) ( bells ) ( chimes ) ( and flashing alarm lamps ) . Disarrangement conditions of any circuit shall not affect the operation of other _,ircuits . All auxiliary manual controls shall be supervised 3o that all switches must be returned to the normal automatic position to clear system trouble. Each independently supervised circuit shall include a discrete amber "Trouble" LED to indicate disarrangement conditions per circuit. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure must be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel. ( and the remote annunciator) . A green "Power on" LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present . The system batteries shall be supervised so that a low battery condition or disconnection of the battery shall be audibly and visually indicated at the Control Panel . The system expansion modules connected by ribbon cables shall. be supervised for module placement . Should a module become d4.sconnected from the C . P. 0 the system trouble signal must sound . 1 . 9 POWER REQUIREMENTS The Contrc Panel snall. receive 120 VAC power as show on the plans . The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of normal 120 VAC power in a not-mal supervisory mode for a period of twenty--four ( 24 ) hours with five ( 5 ) minutes of alarm operation at the end of this period . The system shall automatically transfer to the standby batteries upon E.ower failure . All battery charging and recharging operations chill be automatic. All circuits requiring system operating power shall be ::'4 VDt; and _Fall be .individually fused at tke control panel . S 16721-3 RLFAVFFVWFfm W- Nr DURHAM ELEMENTARY 6(a"HOOL - 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM I I 1 . 10 QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire I alarm systems with five ( 5 ) years documented experience. Installer: Company specializing in fire alarm with five ( 5 ) years documented experience. 1 . 11 SUBMI'T'TALS Submit product data. Provide wiri).zg diagrams, data sheets, and equipment ratings , layout, dir.,ensions , and finishes . Submit manufacturer' s installation instr ,tions . Submit manufacturer' s certificate indicating system meets or exceeds specified requirements . 1 . 12 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS Submit documents and include location of end-of-line devices , cable routing. 1 . 13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE I DATA Submit data. Include operating instruct'.ons , and maintenance and repair procedures , and parts list. 2. 0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL Provide and install a Simplex type 4002 Fire Alarm Control Panel . Construction shall be modular with solid state, microprocessor based electronics . All visual indicators shall be. high contrast, LED type. The control panel shall contain the following features : 8 to 32 Initiation Device Circuits . 2 Alarm Indicating Appliance Circuit. I 9 Supervised Annunciator Circuits . 1 (Selectable) Local Energy , Shunt Master Box, Reverse Polarity . Remote Station Connection or dry contact. I 4 max. Form C alarm contacts , fu3ed ( 10 amps ea. ) . 2 min. 2 Form C Alarm Contacts ( 2 . 0 amps ea . ) . 1 min. Form C Trouble Contact ( 2 . 0 amps ea. ) . 1 Earth Ground Supervision Circuit. i 1 Basic 5 amp power supply . I 1 Expansion 5 amp power supply. 1 Automatic Battery Charger. I 1 set Standby Batteries . 1 lot Resident non-volatile programmable operating system memory for all operating requirements i I 16721-4 I DURHAM ELEMENTARY :SCHOOL - 16721 - Fly,-,E ALARM SYSTEM 2. 2 MANUAL STATIONS Manual Stations shall be Simplex type 2099-9201 single action and shall be constructed of high impact, red le.xan with raised white lettering and a smooth high gloss finish. The break glass rod station shall have a hinged front with key lock. Stations which utilize screwdrivers , alien wrenches, or other commonly available tools shall not be accepted. Stations shall be keyed alike with the fire alarm control panel . When the station is operated , the handle shall lock in a protruding manner to facilitate quick visc.al identification of the activated station. 2 . 3 SMOKE DETECTORS Simplex 2098-9636 sm,_4kf=i detectors . Detectors shall be listF,d to U. L. standard 268 and shall be documented compatible with the control equipment to which it is connected. Detectors shall be listed for this purpose by Underwriters Laboratories Inc . The detectors shall obtain their operating power from the fire alarm panel supervised detection loop. The operating voltage shall be 24VDC ( nominal ) . Removal of the detector head .shall interrupt the supervisory circuit of the fire al«rm detection loop and cause a trouble signal to be generated at the control panel . Each detector shall have a flashing status indicating LED for visual supervision. '4h.,,n the detector is actuated, the flashing LED will .latch on steady and at full brilliance . The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch. To minimize nuisance alarms , voltage and RF transient suppression techniques sliall. be employed as-well-as a smoke verification circuit and an insect screen. The detector design shall provide full solid-state construction and compatibility with other normally open tire alarm detection loop devices , ( heat detectors , pull stations , etc . ) . The detector head shall be easily disassembled to facilitate cleaning. Remote LED alarm indicators shall be installed where indicated. 2 . 4 AUTOMATIC HEAT DETECTORS Automatic heat detectors shall be combination rate-of rise and fixed-temperature type . When the fixed-temperature portion is activated, the units shall be non-restorable and give visual evidence of suci, operation. Heat detectors shall be .simplex type 2098-9464 ( 135 degree F or 2098-9465 194 degree F) . 2 . 5 FIRE ALARM BELL:" Bells shall be Simplex type 2901 -9332 . The, bell.: shall ue polarized and s}-call be operated by 24 VCD. Each bell assembly shall include separate wire leads for in/out wiring for each l.eg of the associated signal circuit. T-tapping of signal device conductors to signal. circuit conductors shall NOT be accepted . Fells shall be vibrating type with a minimum sound preGsure level output of 90 db at lU feet . Bells shall be 6 inch di.amet(--r, finished in baked-on red enamel paint and be UL listed for fire alarm use . Bells shall be suitable for surface r,r semi-flush m-)unt.ing and be suAtable for use within combination audio/visual units . 16721-5 DURHAM ELEMENTARY .SCHOOL - 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 2. 6 WATERFLOW SWITCHES Waterflow switches shall be provided and installed by others. Electrical contractor to provide connection to fire alarm system. 2. '1 DOOR HOLDERS Magnetic door holders shall be Simplex type 2088-9554 aid shall lu suave an approximate holding force of 35 lbs . The door portion shall have a stainless steel pivotal mounted armature with shock absorbing ,pylon o6aring. Unit shall be capable of being either surface, flush, semi- +lush or floor mounted as required. Door holders shall. be UL .listed for their intended purpose . 2. 8 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS Provide 24VDC power from Fire Alarm Panel and monitor dry contacts on duct detectors for alarm. Remote alarm LED indicator shall be Simplex type 2098-9788 . 4 2. 9 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE Cable shall be 2 conductor 18 AWG shielded Environmental Air Plenum wire. West Penn. 3=0__�XF,CUTION ` 3. 1 INSTALLATION Install system in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . Make conduit and wiring corinections to sprinkler flow switches , sprinkler valve tamper switches , fire suppression syatem control panels , duct smoke detectors . All wiring shall be instal7600Aiaandstrict Powerplimitediance wFire ith aProtective _ prcvision� of NEC Article 6 signaling Circuits. All junction debrisbfromrthedreinsidendandbelld "FIRE theeoutside of the he fire alarm equipment. 3. 2 FIELD (�JALITY CONTROL Test in accordance with NFPA 72H and local firk- department requirements . 3 . 3 MANUFACTURER' S FIELD SERVICES Provide manufacturer' s field services . Include service, of certified technician to supervise installation, adjustments , final connections , and system testing . 16721-6 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3 . 4 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE COLOR CODE Provide `ire alarm circuit conductors with color coded insulation, or use color coded tape at each conductor termination and in each junction box as follows: Power Branch Circuit Conductors : red, white . Initiating Device Circuit : red. Detector Power Supply: Violet. Municipal Trip Circuit: Orange. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 J I 16721-7 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16730 - CLOCK AND PROGRAM SYSTEM SECTION 16730 - CLOCK AND PROGRAM -----------.____-SYSTEM__.____-____-- 1 . 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2 , and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Furnish and install a Clock Program system as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified herein. 1 . 2 RELATED SECTIONS Section 16010 , 16050 , 16110 , 16120 , and 16760 apply to work in this stiction. 1 . 4 SYSTEM OPERATION The System shall be designed for operation on a seven day 4 schedule basis. Any or all schedules may be activated at any time. Any or all output circuits may be programmed on any or all days or schedules using one program entry. Program instructions shall be programmed and reviewed through the 12 key panel mounted keypad and displayed on the LCD display . It shall be possible to validate each instruction after programming. All program instructions shall be made by the keypad and shall be user changeable at any time. 2.00_ ,PRODUCTS 2 . 1 TIME CONTROL CENTER The 'Aimf- Control Center (TCC) shall be microprocessor-based solid state and shall provide accurate time-keeping for control of power- line carrier secondary clocks . The TCC shall have user programmable time and day of week referenced control of output control circuits . An LCD display shall be used to show the time, day of week, ana status of the output circuits without having to scroll thru programming schedules , and is also used for programming, editing and viewing of stored programs . The state of the output circuits are to be programmed by the user through a keypad or may also be controlled by manual override switches , one per circuit, which allow the user to turn the output circuits on , off , or to automatic control . The user shall program from one to four independent schedules within the TCC; changing between schedules will be accomplished through the keyp,d. The TCC shall have seconds programming resolution for the output circuits when using on/off type program commands. Additional programming modes avNi.lable include pulse, dalay , delay/ pulse as well as coded and dual. coded relay control. . The TCC shall be powered from 120VAC 60HZ , however, during a power failure it will. retain its program and continue time-keeping fcr up to 168 hours ( 7 days ) . 16730 - 1 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16730 - CLOCK AND PROGRAM SYSTEM Transient suppression for inductive loads will be supplied for all output circuits as part of the basic TCC package. Time Control Center shall be Simplex Type 6400 . Unit to be semi- flush mounted where shown on the drawings. 2. 2 WALL CLOCKS Wall clocks shall be Simplex Type 6310-9231 12 inch round with black finish and for semi-flush mounting. 2. 3 CLASSROOM CLOCKS w Classroom clocks ,shall be mounted in combination clock and speaker units Simplex type 6331-9002 (grey) or 6331-9006 (black) with speaker grille. Finish shall be matte aluminum to match in all respects the finish of the wall clocks . Back box type 2975-9013 . The unit shall provide for the mounting of standard 8 inch speaker by others. Wall clocks other than those mounted in combination units shall be installed as individual units in Simplex type 2975-- 9038 wall boxes . 2 . 4 INTER--CONNECTION CABLING _' Seven X14 AWG conductors shall be run from the TCC to the sound console for the purpose of programming class changes through the Intercom System. 3_0_ EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION. Install system in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . All ,junction boxes shall be labelled "CLOCK PROGRAM'' . Clean all dirt and debris from the inside and the outside of the fire alarm equipment. 3. 2 SERVICE The system' s vendor must employ factory trained technicians and maintain a service organization within 20 miles of the ,job site. This organization must have a minimum of 10 years experience servicing both time and multiplex control systems . 3 . 3 TF,.AINING The system' s vendor shall provide programming and opera.cor training at tn,:, job site . END OF SECTION 16730 - 2 NWIWIN t tl W W DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16741 - TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE SECTION 16741 TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE 1 .0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2, and Special Conditions of the Specificat.inn sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 SCOPE Telephone service entrance raceway, equipment and terminal backgrounds . 1 . 3 RELATED SECTIONS Section 16010 , 16050 , and 16110 apply to work in this section. 1 . 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Install work in accordance with telephone company ' s rules and regulations . 1 . 6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Submit record documents . Accurately record location of service entrance conduit and conduit routing and terminations . 2 . 0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 TELEPHONE TERMINATION BACKBOARDS Material : Plywood, 4 X 8 feet, 3/4 inch thick plywood sheet as indicated on the Drawings. Sheet to be mounted vertical . 2 . 4 TELEPHONE PLATES Flush wall plate, stainless steel , single hole bushed opening. 3 . 0 EXECUTION 3 . 2 INSTALLATION Finish paint termination backboards with durable enamel prior to installation of telephone equipment. Install termination backboards plumb. and attach securely at each corner. END OF SECTION 16741-1 i DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16760 - INTERCOM SYSTEM SECTION 16760 - INTERCOM SYSTEMS 1 . 0 GENERAL 1 . 1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS The Drawings , General Provisions of the Contract, Division 1 and 2, and Special Conditions of the Specification sections apply to this section. 1 . 2 RELATED SECTIONS Section 16110 , 16120 , and 16730 . 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS Submit product data. include outline drawings with dimensions , and equipment ratings Shop Drawings: Indicate cable routing and connections . Submit product data for each item of equipment. Stibmit manufacturer' s installation instructions . 1 . 4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Subwj'LL record documents . Accurately record actual locations of devices and wiring. 1 . 5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA oubmit Operation Data: Include instructior_s for routine operation of master and remote stations . Maintenance Data: Include instructions for minor troubleshooting, preventive maintenance, and cleaning. 1 . 6 WUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. Installer: Company specializing in installing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. -2 . 0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 POWER AMPLIFIER The amplifier shall be a Bogen BPA-60 power amplifier or equivalent. It shall be of solid-state construction and shall have integrated circuits , silicon transistors and diodes to provide for continuous high--quality sound . The rated output shall be achieved with an input signal not grF-ter than 30UmV ( '75mV with Model T'L600 accessory transformer ) . The frequency response shall be flat within -2dB, from 20Hz to ZUkHz . Hum and noise shall be at least 85dB below rated output . Output regulation shall be better than 2dB from no load to full load. The amplifier shall supply 60 -..ratts rms from 50Hz to 15kHz at less than 2% THD into rated load impedances . Output impedances shall be 8-ohms/25V , 16-ohms , 25VCT and 70V . Power consumption shall not exceed 180 watts at full rated output. The amplifier shall measure 15-1./4-W x 8-D x 3 1/2"H ( 38 . 7 x 20 . 3 x 8. 9cm) ; weight shall riot exceed 19 lbs. 16760-1 DURHAMELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16760 - INTERCOM SYSTEM Input impedances shall be: unbalanced, high impedance ( 50k--ohms ) ; balanced/unbalanced, low impedance ( ,,00-ohms ) with accessory transformer. Line-bridging shall be possible using accessory tra:-sformers . Overall gain shall be adjustable via an input level control located on the ;ear panel . A to-cut filter switch shall provide -10dB attenuation at 100 Hz. The amplifier shall operate within -20 to +55 degrees Celsius . Additional overload protection shall be provided by transient protection diodes and a re-settabl.e electric circuit breaker. The amplifier shall contain an illuminated on/off pow,3r swit.rh, and shall operate from a 120VAC, 60Hz source. An auxiliary p(-•4er receptacle ( not-switched) shall be provided, which shall be grounded, provided the amplifier line cord is properly grounded. The amplifier shall be designed for mounting within a standard 19- inch EIA equipment rack, using optional rack panel brackets 2 . 2 CENTRALIZED SCHOOL SOUND SYSTEM The school communication control center shall be a Bogen Series 115-1 , or equivalent. The Control Center shall ►lave function- identified push buttons with associated color-coded guidelines , and supported by step-by-step instructions printed on -the front of the control and switch-back panels. The Control Center shall provide at, least the foll.cwing functions and features : Direct two-way voice communications between the Control Cen"er and any classroom or :speaker-equipped location, with simultaneous r distribution of program material to any other classroom or location. Distribution of voice announcements from the Control Center to any or all. speakers . Facilities for automatically sounding a warning tone signal over any loudspeaker selected for two-way communications, to alert the teacher to the call , and to prevent unauthorized monitoring. The warning tone shall sound whenever the classroom is being monitored and shall repeat at regular intervals . Selective distribution of program material to any or all classroom.,: . Ability to transmit a program or. annou�Zcement simultaneously to all classrooms and locations by program source switch and the ALL P ROOMS push-button switch. Separate inputs tor two .low-impedance balanced microphones and one high-impedance auxiliary program source ( e . g. , tuner ) . Program source selection shall be accomplished by pressing appropriately labe' led push button. Aural (monitor speaker) and visual ( LED) monitoring of all program material . Facilities for voice-call origination to the Control Center from any classroom equipped with a voice-call origination switch. Facilities to positively prevent the Control. Center from monitoring any cla6sroom whose call ori.ginati6rt switch is in the "Private" position. 5 16760-2 DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16760 - INTERCOM SYSTEM Provision for instantaneous distribution from the control Center of emergency messages to all locations equipped with loudspeakers , by a red push button. This action shall byriass all other controls , override all other programs , and transm- t. the emergency message at a predetermined volume. Call origination shall require only a momentary depression of the call origination switch, which shall actuate a repetitive tone signal and light the annunciator lamp associated with the calling classroom at the Control Center . The annunciator lamp shall remain lit until the call is answered and then be automatically cancelled. Provision to optiona' ly distribute a classroom change signal and/or a telephone page, to all speaker-equipped locations . A built-in, integrated automatically reversing cassette t,- player/FM-stereo/FM/AM tuner shall be included. Functionall7 identified push buttons and color-coded guidelines shall be provided for each function. The communications channel shall be identified by green guidelines . The program channel shall be identified by amber guide-lines . The Emergency push button shall be red. The control center shall meet the following technical requirements . It shall be all solid-state and designed for continuous duty ,service in instituticnal and industrial applications on line voltages of 120 volts , 6OHz AC . It shall include two scparately amplified channels; the program channel shall be capable of producing 35 watts RMS at less than 2% distortion. The frequency response shall he within 2dB from 40Hz to 20kHz. Noise level shall be at least 50dB below rated output on microphone , 55dB below rated output on auxiliary. The intercom channel shall have an output rating of 8 watts RMS; frequency response shall be shaped for maximum intelligibility. A balanced 25-volt line output shall be provided. It shall include all controls necessary for both two-way communications with any classroom and the distribution of general announcements or program rr,aterials to any or all classrooms. It shall provide two Lo-Z balanced microphone inputs , one lli-Z unbalanced auxiliary input, and one Hi-Z booster input. Complete facilities for aural (monitor speaker ) and visual ( LEU) monitoring of all program material sl-,all be provided. It shall also include three-position ( Program-Off-Intercom) room- selector switches with associated LEDs , and PRESS-TO-TALK, ALL ROOMS, and EMERGENCY push buttons. The EMERGENCY switch shall gather all station lines to permit single push-button distribution of announcements to all speaker locations . Similarly , the ALL ROOMS switch shall permit single push-button distribution of program material to all speaker locations , except for those •gin the communi,_:-et ions channel. . It shalom also include facilities for voice-call origination from class-:ooms and for selective classroom privacy; the latter shall permit the room to be called, but prevent the Control Center from E monitoring any classroom whose call-origination switch is in the "Private" position. 16760-3 W W W I t w W DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16760 - INTERCOM SYSTEM Addition features shall be as follows: The system shall be expandable to allow for 25 future classrooms . (Use for SCT Six-Circuit Time Signalling Feature ) Provision shall be included for automatic distribution of classroom change signals on six d4fferent circuits to those speakers programmed to receive the sigridl . The time signal shall 'nave precedo nce over program distribution to the selected speakers . 2 . 3 SOUND SYSTEM TURRET i The Centralized School Sound System shall be mounted in a single- ' turret, desk-top console measuring 21-1/4''W x 16"H x 16"D. The --oove equipment shall be completely factory-assembled, wired and tested . 2. 4 CALL-1N SWITCHES The call-in switches shall be Bogen Model CA-11 or equivalent . 'The switch shall be furnished with insulated, color-coded connecting leads , stripped and tinned . The switch shall be three-position, rocker-type, designed to operate with Bogen SBA Series Room Selector and Annunciator Panels . It shall have two single-pole circuits which are open in the normal center position , labelled TALK. One circuit, shall close when the switch is pressed downward, a momentary position which energizes the corresponding annunciator lamp and the call-in tone at the control center. This condition shall be maintained after the switch is released and until the call is acknowledged by the control center operator. The holding; action shall be accomplished without the use of relays or other mechanical devices . The other circuit shall close when the switch is pressed upward to the fixed position labelled PRIVACY. When the switch is in this position, it shall be impossible for the control center I operator to monitor the associated staff loudspeaker. However, this shall not. affect the transmission of program material or Inter-communication from the control center to the loudspeaker. 2 . 5 AUTO-REVERSE CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER AND FM-STEREO, FM,'AM TUNER The auxiliary program source shall be a Bogen Model CPT-1A integrated Auto -Heverse Cassette Tape Player and FM--stereo/FM/AM tuner. . The cassette tape playback ,-ztem shall be an automatically reversing dual capstan drive type, with wow and flutter .limited to Less than 0 . 3%. The frequency response shell be 5UHz to 10kHz , and the signal -to-noise ratio shall be 64dB. Channel, separation shall be more than 35dB. The tuner section shall leave 1 . 8uV FM sensitivity at 54dB signal-to-noise ratio and the frequency range shall be 83 to 108MHz ; AM sensitivity shall_ be 5 . 4uV at 45dB signal-to-noise ratio and the frequency range shall be 540 to 1600kHz . The unit shall be capable of FM-stereo reception, and shall have an internal AFC circuit. The stereo separation shall be more than 35dB. An FM-stere(, signal indicator light, and ars illuminated display of station frequency shall be provided. 16760-4 W ® Fff P' DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16760 - INTERCOM SYSTEM Program and tuning aids shall include illuminated tape direction indicators , a tape program switch, and a monaural/stereo signal switch. A five-watt Stereo amplifier shall. be built in. The unit shall operate from a 120VAC, 60Hz power source and shall. consume six watts. It shall be mountable in a standard 19" equipment rack using the Bogen RPK-55 accessory rack panel kit. The dimensions shall be 9-3/4"D x 7-3/16"W x 2"H ( 24 . 7 x 18 . 3 x 5 . 0 cm) . The shipping weight shall be five pounds . 2 . 6 SPEAKERS The speakers shall be Bogen Model S86T725 . The speaker shall have a power handling capacity of 7 Watts and a cone diameter of 8 inchL_. . The voice coil impedance shall be 8 ohms . The frequency response shall be 50 Hz - 12 kHz with a sensiti.vity of 95 dB. A 25V/70V line-matching transfDrmer which offers power taps at 4 , 2 , 1 , 1/2 , 1/'4 , 1/8 watt, shall be mounted and wired to the speakers. The classroom speakers shall t:e mounted in the time-torte units provided under section 16730 . Common area speakers , shall be provided an appropriate enclosure and a steel ceiling grille. Bogen Model PG8W, with a baffle diameter of 13 1/4" and a finish of semi--gloss white enamel . 2 . 7 TELEPHONE ACCESS MODULE The telephone-access voice-paging adapter shall be a Bogen Model TAM, capable of providing either trunk Fort or Station Port access to paging amplifier/amplified speakers , multi-zone paging adapter, . or talk-back amplifier/amplified speakers . The telephone-access adapter shall have Station Port compatibility , 2-wire analog with a ringer equivalent number of 1 . 2B, and Trunk Port compatibility with 2-wire Loop-Start or Ground-Start . The paging frequency response shall be 200Hz to 8kHz , plus or minus 1dB, and the input/output impedance shall be 600-ohms , nominal . When used in the Station Port Access Mode, the device shall be line-powered and shall not require an external power supply; when used in the Trunk Port Access Mode, it shall operate from 24VDC @ 90mA, or 48VDC @ 105mA. The unit shall be capable of generating an 800Hz plus or minus 20°x, 1/2 -second duration signal to be used as a Pre-announce or Splash tone ; the tone level shall be controlled by a single screwdriver adjustment which shall be accessible without removing the cover. When used in the Station Access Mode, the device shall be capable of three methods of release following a page transaction: ( 1 ) Loop Current Interruption Detection, ( 2 ) Voice-operated Disconnect, and ( :3 ) Default Disconnect Timer . The loop current interruption detection circuit shall , if the particular line to which the. device is connected issues a disconnect signal ( a lass of loop current for longer than :30 milliseconds ) , recognize this signal and immediately disconnect the device from the line. A voice--operated disconnect circuit shall be provided and this circuit shall be enabled/disabled via mode switches or an external signal . A default disconnect timer circuit shall be provided that sets the maximum time allotment for paging to ensure that the unit will always disengage the line if the other disconnect circuits are inoperative. The default, disconnect timer duration shall be 16760-5 W s s► W DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 16760 - INTERCOM SYSTEM adjustable from 6 to 35 seconds and the VOX disconnect time duration shall be adjustable from 1 to 6 seconds; these controls shall be accessible withula+ removal of the cover and they shall try screwdriver adjustable. When used in the Trunk Port An.cess Mode, the device shall automatically terminate raging access upon release of the Trunk Port. One set of normally-open contacts shall be provided for use with ground start Trunk Port operation or for auxiliary equipment control ; the contacts shall be rated at 30VDC, 2A. The device- shall be mounted in a steel enclosure, finished in black satin enamel. with white lettering. It shall comply with Part 68 of FCC Rules and Regulations . The FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) shall appear on the front panel . the overall dimensions shall be 1-7/8"H x 8-1/8"W x 4-1/2"D. The shipping weight shall be two pounds . 3.0 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions. 3 . 2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform operational test on completed installation to verify proper operation. Replace equipment, components , and wiring to eliminate audible noise, clicks , pops , or hum when system is in standby or operation. 3. 3 DEMONSTRATION Provide systems demonstration and instructions . Allow minimum of 8 hours to demonstrate system operation to designated Owner personnel . Conduct walking tour of Project and briefly describe function, operation , and maintenance of each component . Use submitted operation and maintenance manual as reference during demonstration and training. END OF .SECTION 16760-6 D ke n5T SELIG / LEE / RUEDA Arch tccts and Plamict's / 213 tier;lsh Street, Portliotd, Ort on 1.17204 �r Telephone.-(503)224-01-; PRELIMINARY PLAN REVIEW CONFERENCE 11 AUGUST 1988 PROJECT: DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL — TIGARD, OREGON COMPLETED MASTER PLAN: 54,823 SF BUILDING AREAS: A. CLASSROOM PODS, KINDERGARTEN, IMC AND MULTI—PURPOSE 44,952 SF B. ARCADE AND GYM/MUSIC - 9,871 SF NO. OF STORIES: ONE OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: E-1 AND A-2 FIRE PROTECTION GRADING CLASSIFICATION: 3 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: 5N FOR E-1 AND 5-1 HR. FOR A-2 IN ATTENDANCE: BRAD ROAST — TIGARD BUILDING DEPARTMENT GENE BIRCHILL — DEPUTY FIRE MARSHALI. CHARLES SELIG AND XAVIER RUEDA — SEL.IG/LEE/RUEDA ARCHITECTS The following items were discussed and resolved as follows: 1. Reviewed master plan for 509 student school of approi-Amately 54,823 sf. 2. Phase One will be a starter school of approximately _3,681 sf. 3. Reviewed site plan and location of p.tcposed buil-+',,o moister plan. a. Side yards 30' b. Rear yard 30' c. Front yard 370' 4. Allowable Area Iner?ases: a. Three sides 506(a)2, Type 5—N sprin'.led with 30 feet min. y,irds: 91.00 x 1.25 x 3 - 34,125 sf h. All sides 506(x)3, Type 5—N sprinkled with 30 feet min. yards: 9100 x 1.5 x 3 - 40,950 sf 5. Proposed master plan is comprised of the following (See Exhibit A): a. Classrooms, IML' and Multi—Purpose 44,952 of b. Arcade and Gym/Music 9,871 sf The Arcade and Gym/Music are separate buildings under Sec. 509. 6. Discission was held on allowing area increase for separation on all sides (item 4b above). The maximum allowable area is 40,950 sf. The actual building area is 44,952 sf (9.1X) over allowable. 7. Recommendation was made by Gene Blrchill that the deficiency of allowable area could be reconciled by the following: a. Install fire detection system throughout. b. Classroom Pods to be of I hr. construction. c. Provide atmosphere separation at Classroom Pods. 8. A fully automatic spri.nkier system will be provided for Type 5N construction 1 and in lieu of a 2 hr. separation between Type 5N and Type 5 one—hour constructions, a 1 hr. separation wall will be provided and a fully automatic sprinkler system will be installed throughout the building (with exception of the Gymnasium). 9. The Multi—Purpose Room, A-2 Type 1 hr. , will have an open structural frame ceiling as allowed by 602(a)3. cc: Gene Birchill Brad Roast : �Ir w ■► ■r I■r �r ■r • r T � � ia,•a � 1 I - -.E. - _ 10 i9dvo U _ O i o MULTI-f tk- r INA \�!! A P•�� 1-`� '.; ;411 • F' �XI `\`' AREA 60Y 8%97 V ' 95 Avd YM/ A tMCSPKM SZMACA W4 P'Ll" 'f AUTWAriz, SPRNUK wi 4-.6 ;. I FSR MrAR4TWK "Rim MILAN MAY AFMM J_S •v t - _ O '�.. �'," ,�y fir•� ��, M �4 EWEWAVY STA f7F REPORT AGENDA ITEM 5.2 AUGUST 2, 1988 - 7:30 P.M. TIGARD PLANNING COMMISSION TIGARD CITY HALL -- TOWN HALL 13125 :W HALL BLVD. TIGARD, OREGON 972.23 A. FACTS 1 . General Information CASE: CPA 88-02, ZC 88-08, M 88-12, Durham School REQUEST: A request for 1) a plan change from Light Industrial to Public/Institutional for 2,89 acres (a portion of WCTM 2S1 13BA, tax lot 400) ; 2) a zone change for- that area from I-P (Industrial Park) and for the adjacent Durham School property (WCTM 2S1 13B, tax lot 300) f -om I-P (HD)[Historic District overlay] to R--12 (HD) [Residei.tial, 12 units/acre, Historic District overlay]; and 3) a lot line adjustment to combine the before-mentioned areas into one parcel . COMPRE,IENSIVE PLAN DESIGNATION: Light Industrial (tax lot 300) Public Institutional (tax lot 400) ZONING DESIGNATION: I-P (Industrial Park) APPLICANT: Tigard School Dist. 23J OWNERS: Tigard Cchool District 13137 SW Pacific Highway Tigard, OR 97223 Harold & Mildred Hambach 7735 SW Durham Road Tigard, OR 97224 LOCATION: 7360 SW Durham Road (WCTM 2S1 13BA; lot 400) Hambach property; 8040 SW [Durham Road (WCTM 2S1 13B, lot 300) School District property . 2 . Background Information The Planning Division and Plannirn3 Co,imission have not reviewed any prior applications for either tax lot. The Comprehensive Plan, howi3vor•, makes the following comments regarding Durham School : "The Durham Elementary schooi was determined to be a significant hitttor-ic structure. The school site includes 5.59 acres . New part of the Tigard School Gistrict 2.3J, the Durham School was erectod in 1920. In 1951 , an addition was added to the facility which now houses classes to th o sixth grade. In addition, this school house is thc3 only remaining institutional land mark in the southeastern portion of Tigard. Efforts are continuing to piace the st.ruct.or•e on the National Historic Register. STAFF REPOR r-CPA 08-02/1C 88 -00/M 08 -12/DoURHAM SCHOOL - PAUF 1 Wf W ■i CITYOF TIFARD) PLAN CHECK APPLICATI� ON COMMUNfTY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CSO nF o PLAN CHECK N =r 125 SW"a BW- e.o.801 r.��.r ,e, OREGON PE RMI T M w• o�vrrla ls�l��r rs DATE ISSUED JOB ADDRESS: SUB _ TAX MAP/LOT _ : _ — LOT : LAND USE: VALUATION:OWNER _ NAME: SPECIAL NOTES REISSl1E-6-F.— ADDRESS: —_ LAST REISSUE: FLOOD PLAIN/ SENSITIVE LAND: PHONE CONTRACTOR APPROVALS RE4UIRED NAME: PLANNING: —_ �S�L� �• r�r,•-� C�C�h J- ' AGGRESS; ENGINEERING: ' S FIRE DEPT c7 7 OTHER: PHONE: c ' 67L-2000 ITEMS REQUIRED ARCH/ENGINEER LIST/SUBCONTRACTORS: NAME: i' BUS TAX: ADDRESS: 1 CALCULATIONS: TRUSS DETAILS: PARKING PLAN: LANDSCAPE PLAN _ PHONE: . s03 <"' '4 C/-7 3 OTHER: COMMENTS: _ �l t l ,i �-�, PERMIT M ACCT I! DESCRIPTION AMOUNT AMOUNT PD. BAL. DUE i 10--432. 00 Building Permit Fees , ��M S- 10-431 00 Plumbing Permit Fees — -- Z2C,6 10-131 01 Mechanical Permit Fees - — 10-23'1 01 State Building Tax (5X) —�- - B u i 1 d i ng ——_-- ----- /S�. 5 Plumbing Mech _ 1G--433 00 Plans Check Fee Building '- Plumbing - Moch 1(% 30--202 00 Sewer Connection 30--444 00 -Sewer Inspection -- 51--448 00 - Street System Dev Charge (SDC) --- 52---449 01 Parks I System Dev Charge (POC) — -- 52-449 02 Parks 11 System Dev Charge (PDC) --- 31--450 00 Sturm Drainage Syst Dev Chr•g (SSOC) 10--230 09 TRIT1 2;'T.Z7) 10-2.30 OG Washington County Fire M1 (95X) �' ~✓ _ 10--22.0 00 Amar•t/Wedgewood TOTAL ✓ y'C.T REC y APPLICANT SIGNATURE _ 270 J, S Re(.oived Fly : ----�--_-_—_-_ ht/3587P/18P Date Received: -- - JWL